ENGLISH

TODAY
ENGLISH
SUBTITLES

Contents

English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English

Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today

DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD

01-English
02-English
03-English
04-English
05-English
06-English
07-English
08-English
09-English
10-English
11-English
12-English
13-English
14-English
15-English

Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles

English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English

Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today
Today

DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD

16-English
17-English
18-English
19-English
20-English
21-English
22-English
23-English
24-English
26-English

Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles
Subtitles

English Today DVD 01-Eng

Sub

Hello again!
Now we're going to watch our story 'That's life!'
And this story is about five young people from different countries, from Canada,
from Australia, from England and from America.
Now they meet and become friends and all sorts of different situations develop
over a period of time, and they will use the language that we are going to learn
here, in this live TV studio.
This is where we are going to do out lessons together .
So let's go and join them now,

DvDRip
by
ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn
quanghungxd86@gmail.com
Hello. Im Jack.
Hello!
My name's Anne.
Nice to meet you.
lt's a pleasure.
So, this is the house...
-lt's really beautiful!-Yes, it is.
but... but it's very difficult to keep clean.. .
Sorry... not a good start...
Don't worry...
Your accent is very clear.
Where are you from?
Im from Oxford.
Wow! Oxford!
100% English!
100% English!
Yes... and you are American, is that right ?
Yes, but my family is from ltaly, Bologna.
Oh! ltaly is wonderful!
My sister is in ltaly at the moment...
Where?

thanhnp.org@gmail.com-

She's in Rome,
studying ltalian painters.
She's really happy: ltalians are so friendly.
-Oh... That's Alice...-Hi...
She is also part of the 'family'.
Oh, it's nice to meet you Alice!
So this is Jack, the new flatmate.
Yes, and he is from...
Nice to meet you, Jack...
Im from Sidney, in Australia,
and you ... are... a Capricorn!
Yes! Amazing!
l come from America. Im from New York!
Wow, the Big Apple!
Yes... Okay...
Ehm... can l put my things in the bedroom ?
Let me help you!
Hey... this is nice!
Im glad you like it.
lt's a Mexican hat.
You look great!
And what is this?
lt's an African mask.

-ls it magic?-Of course!

But look at this...
... a bottle of ltalian wine.
Do you like wine?
Did you see the first part of our story, 'That's life!' ?
Was it difficult? Don't worry, it's always difficult at the beginning .
Now, let's do our first lesson: the verb 'to be'. Listen to me carefully :
Im Louise, Im English, Im from Cambridge, and Im your teacher .
You... you're my student, and you're here to learn the English language ,
and you're very intelligent, Im sure. He... let's look he ,
he... he is my boyfriend,
he's Mexican, he's a jazz musician, and he's very good-looking .
She... she yes, she is my puppy, she's Zukie, she's a Jack Russell Terrier ,
and she's lovely, Zukie... she. Now, it... yes... it's a hat ,
it's a big hat, it's a Japanese hat. Ok?
Now, we, we're a team, and we're here to learn
the language together, and you, you're my students. They... let's see... they !
They are... they're my CDs, they're music CDs and they're very expensive !
Now, in every lesson that we do together, we will have a moment
like now when l go in this position, and we will work with a screen .
Let's look at that.
The screen.
Now, this is a moment when we focus on the grammar .

So, all the things that l said then, had the verb 'to be' .
So, let's look at the verb 'to be'. Here we are !
l am, you are, he is, she is, it is, we are, you are, and they are .
Now, when we speak in English, we contract the form so that 'l am'
becomes 'Im', 'you are' becomes 'you're', 'he is' becomes 'he's' ,
she is... she's, it is... it's, we are... we're, You are... you're, they are... they're .
Ok? So, they're is quite a difficult pronunciation... they're.. .
they are... they're. Now, let's look at the sentences :
Im your teacher, you're my student, he's good-looking ,
she's a puppy, it's a Japanese hat,
we're a team, you're interested, and they're very good .
Now, in our story 'That's life!' there were some phrases
using the verb 'to be'.
For example, Anne said: Im Anne, Im from Oxford. And then Alice said :
you're a Capricorn, you're American. Other examples were :
he's from New York, she's really happy, it's a Mexican hat, it's an African mask ,
it's really beautiful, ltaly's wonderful, we're flatmates, you're students ,
and they're so friendly. Ok?
Now, that's the verb 'to be'. Be careful with the pronunciation you're ,
we're, they're.
Now, you're going to see the first episode of 'That's life!' again ,
but this time listen very carefully and see
if you can recognise all the parts of the verb 'to be' .

Alright? And then l'll see you later, ok? Bye!

Hello.
Im Jack.
Hello!
My name's Anne.
Nice to meet you.
lt's a pleasure.
So, this is the house...
-lt's really beautiful!-Yes, it is.
but... but it's very difficult to keep clean.. .
Sorry... not a good start...
Don't worry...
Your accent is very clear.
Where are you from?
Im from Oxford.
Wow! Oxford!
100% English!
100% English!
Yes... and you are American, is that right ?
Yes, but my family is from ltaly, Bologna.
Oh! ltaly is wonderful!
My sister is in ltaly at the moment...
Where?

She's in Rome,
studying ltalian painters.
She's really happy: ltalians are so friendly.
-Oh... That's Alice...-Hi...
She is also part of the 'family'.
Oh, it's nice to meet you Alice!
So this is Jack, the new flatmate.
Yes, and he is from...
Nice to meet you, Jack...
Im from Sidney, in Australia,
and you ... are... a Capricorn!
Yes! Amazing!
l come from America. Im from New York!
Wow, the Big Apple!
Yes... Okay...
Ehm... can l put my things in the bedroom ?
Let me help you!
Hey... this is nice!
Im glad you like it.
lt's a Mexican hat.
You look great!
And what is this?
lt's an African mask.

-ls it magic?-Of course!

But look at this...
... a bottle of ltalian wine.
Do you like wine?
Hallo again!
Was that a bit easier? Yeah? Good!
Now let's continue with our lesson about the verb 'to be' ,
but this time we're going to study the negative form .
So, listen to me again.
Im not English, Im Welsh.
You know Wales? Wales?... Scotland, England, Wales ?
Im Welsh. And Im not a teacher, Im a singer. You know a singer ?
But don't worry. Don't worry.
Now... you aren't fluent in English, yet... you aren't fluent, but you will be .
Now, he... my boyfriend:
he isn't rich, he isn't famous,
and he isn't tall... but he's still wonderful .
.. she... yes.
She isn't a pedigree and she isn't very obedient, but she's smashing .
lt... well, this hat. lt isn't very practical,
isn't very practical, is it?
Now, we aren't friends yet, but we will become friends .
So we aren't. They... those... they, they aren't English music .

And they aren't cheap. Ok?

So those are examples of the verb 'to be' in the negative .
And now it's time to move to our language screen ,
where we can study the grammar together.
Now, like in the positive form, we have a contraction in the negative .
Let's look at the negative!
'l am not',
'you are not',
'he is not',
'she is not',
'it is not',
'we are not',
'you are not',
'they are not'.
Now, to contract those when we speak we say :
'Im not English',
'you aren't', you see that?
'Aren't'... 'are not'... 'aren't'... difficult pronunciation.. .
'you aren't worried',
'he isn't famous',
'she isn't obedient',
'it isn't comfortable',
'we aren't relatives',

'you aren't fluent', and 'they aren't cheap'.

So, the difficult here is the pronunciation of 'are not' ,
which is 'aren't'. Ok? 'Aren't'.
Good!
So, that's the negative of the verb 'to be' and now it's time to go back
to our story 'That's life!'. And l'll see you soon. Bye !
Cheers!
Uhm... This wine is very good!
Uhm...Yes, it's really good!
Uhm...
by the way, you are very lucky. Look, it's raining now .
Yes, l am lucky.
Uhm, that's my photo album there.
The pictures of all my friends are in here .
Oh, that's interesting! Show me.
So, this is Mary.
She's from lreland.
-Her mother and father are Greek.-Her parents are from Greece ?
Yes, they are Greek.
They're from Athens.
Oh, and who's that?
That's Alice!
No, that's not Alice...

Yes, it is! After a party... a Halloween party.. .

That's funny. And...oh... and who are they ?
That's Sharon and Peter,
they live in the flat near here.
They're good friends.
She's very pretty...
Hi again, and how are you?
Now, in the last part of 'That's life!' did you hear nationalities and countries ?
Because that's what we're studying now: nationalities and countries .
And to help me do this, Im going to use my CDs .
Let's have a look.
Now, Brazilian samba... fantastic!
This is from Brazil, the Brazilian samba!
What about this... Spanish flamenco!
This is Spanish flamenco from Spain.
Next one: lrish folk music,
very interesting... lrish folk music from lreland .
Next: ltalian opera, from ltaly.
Cool American jazz from America.
And here we have French romantic music from France .
And then, unusual Chinese music,
unusual Chinese music from China.
So, those were nationalities and countries.

Let's now go to our language screen and look at those words together .
Now, if you look, on the left you can see the countries
and on the right you will see the nationalities
or the languages, because they are the adjectives .
Alright? Let's look together.
So, Australia is the country, Australian is the nationality.
Brazil is the country, Brazilian is the nationality or language,
for example: China, Chinese.
England, English.
France, French.
ltaly, ltalian.
Japan, Japanese.
Portugal, Portuguese.
Spain, Spanish.
Switzerland, Swiss.
The United States, American.
Ok, so those are some of the more important countries and nationalities .
Good! So we've studied the verb 'to be' ,
and countries and nationalities,
and this is the end of our first lesson.
But come back for more, because this is the programme ,
the live programme where you can learn English.
See you soon. Bye!

Hello...
My name's Jack.
Im the new flatmate. lt's nice to meet you .
Hello Jack! Im Peter Nash.
And Sharon?...
Okay, and this is Sharon.
lt's a pleasure.
How are you, Sharon?
Fine, thanks.
Oh, good, you're friends!
But so guys...There's work in the kitchen for everyone.. .
Please help me.
Sure.
Here's the form. Im not very good with computers .
Okay,
let me see...
Yes,
it's simple...
What is your last name, Alice?
My last name is Dubois.
-And where are you from?-Im from Australia,
but Im proud to have French blood!
Really?

Yes!
My grandmother was from Avignon!
Fascinating...
And how do you spell your last name?
D-U-B-O-l-S.
Dubois,
and the name is A-L-l-C-E.
Okay.
What's yourjob?
Well... actually... Im a student,
but l consider myself a painter...
Yes, l know...
And what's your address?
The same as you!
Forty-Five Trinity Lane!
Right!
How old are you?
Im twenty-eight years old.
Are you married?
Well,
Im on the market...
are you interested?...
You know, Alice, l only love my music...

And what about Sharon?

Did you see Sharon's face? She was really surprised to see Jack, wasn't she ?
And did you notice in that episode of 'That's life!' how Peter
helped Alice with a job application form?
And there were a lot of questions that she needed to answer about
her personal details, those are very important questions .
And now l'd like to look at those with you on the screen ,
because we use them very often. Alright ?
The first one is 'What's your first name?'. 'What's your first name?'
Well, my first name is Louise, and you? What's your first name ?
Next: 'What's your surname?' Now, we can say surname, last name or
family name, so we have three possibilities for that .
'What's your surname? ' Well, my surname is Evans, and you ?
What's your surname?
Sounds difficult!
Next one. 'Where are you from?'. Where are you from ?
Im from Cambridge. And you?
Ok! Next question, 'What's yourjob?'. What's yourjob ?
Im a teacher, and you? What's yourjob?
Next one, 'What's your phone number?'
'What's your phone number?' My phone number is 071 5634121 .
And you? What's your phone number? Alright, next one
'What's your address?', 'What's your address? My address is 140 Gilbert Road ,

Cambridge, England. And your address? Im sure it's difficult .

Next one: 'Are you married?', 'Are you married?' Now, Im not married ,
but l hope to get married to my boyfriend sometime! We'll see .
And you? Are you married?
And the last question 'How old are you?' ,'How old are you?
Im not telling you how old l am.
What about you, how old are you? No? Ok. Tried enough !
Good, so those are some of the most important questions
that you need when you are talking about your personal details .
So, memorize them, they are very important to use. Ok ?
So, now let's go back and see more of 'That's life'. Bye !
Anne, you are a great cook!
Thank you, Jack...
Big announcement:
finally l have all the points
and l can get that marvellous set of Chinese plates !
What?
Yes, with the cookies.
Help me to fill in the form, Jack, please.
All right. Let me see the questions...
What's your name?
Are you joking?
Okay okay,

A-N-N-E.
And what's your family name?
-My surname?-Yes.
Right.
Baxter.
B-A-X-T-E-R.
And what's your phone number?
lt's o four five four seven eight six two o nine seven .
O four five four seven eight eight two o nine seven .
No, it's
O four five four seven eight six two o nine seven.
Right.
You have to remember,
this is your telephone number too!
You're right...
Are you married?
No, Im single.
-A pretty girl like you is still single?-Stop it Jack, please !
Yes,
for the moment Im single.
...Next question, please.
Where are you from?
There are a lot of questions!

lt's for your Chinese plates!

Okay, for the last time!
Im from England...
from Oxford.
A-X-F-O-R-D.
No!
O-X-F-O-R-D.
-Just joking.-lt's okay.
-What's next?-Just two more questions...
The address is...
Forty-five Trinity Lane,
Flat C.
What's the postcode?
EC1 4RN.
EC1 4RN...
and what's your job?
Im an employee in a publishing company.
Oh, you are just the right person for me...
l have a great love story to write...!
Hi, and welcome back to 'English 2day'!
That was a lot of questions wasn't it for some Chinese plates ?
Now, do you know how to use the English alphabet?
Well, Im going to give you a little test .

Now, at home, take a piece of paper and a pen, and write this word .
You're ready? Right!
W
...just a minute
W-E-A-T-H-E-R
R, that's difficult!
Let me see what you got!
Did you get this?
Weather.
lt's difficult, especially this... R? lt's difficult .
So what l want to do now is, we go to the screen and
l will explain how the alphabet is divided into different groups ,
to help you remember.
Ok? So let's look at the screen!
The first group is with the sound 'ei' and the letters are A H J and K ,
alright?
The second group is with the sound 'l' at the end; so the letters are
B C D E G P T and V. Ok?
The next group is with the sound 'eh'
for example: F L M N S X and Z, /eh/ in the middle. Z, alright ?
Next group is 'ai' the sound 'ai' and the letters are l and Y .
The next group is 'ou' which is the letter? O.
And then 'u' the sound 'u' and the letters are Q U and W .

And then the last one is 'a' and that is the letter R .
And that's difficult.
Now, look at the screen and let's have another test .
So, write this word. Ready?
K-l-look at the screen. T-C-H-E-look at the screen N.
And what did you get? Did you get the same as me ?
This is the word.
Kitchen! Not easy, is it?
lf you follow that system, it really works.
Now, we also heard them using numbers.
And l want to look at that with you now, at the screen again .
So, the easy numbers witch Im sure you know already :
one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten .
From one to nine we use on the telephone .
And we also say on the telephone o or zero, the American say zero .
Let's move on.
Eleven, twelve,
now these are interesting numbers that's follow, listen:
thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen .
Nineteen, now all of those numbers finish with teen and if you are the age
from thirteen to nineteen, then you are called a teenager .
That's where it comes from, teenager.
Ok? Great!

Now let's move on: twenty, twenty-one, twenty-two ,

twenty-three, twenty-four, twenty-five, twenty-six, twenty-seven ,
twenty-eight, twenty-nine.
Thirty, forty, fifty, sixty, seventy, eighty, ninety and one hundred .
l think that's enough for now, because we've learned a lot of things ,
we've learned the alphabet and numbers.
So, keep practising those because you are going to use
them all the time. Alright?
And l'll see you again in the next lesson here on 'English 2day'. Bye .
Good morning, Alice.
How are you?
Hi, Anne.
Good morning...
Im fine, and you?
Fine, thanks.
Excuse me,
Where's my watch?
l don't know,
isn't it under the magazines?
No, it isn't.
-Are you sure?-Yes, Im sure!
lt's not under the magazines...
and...

and Im late!
l've an appointment at 8 o'clock!
Maybe it's here on the table...
Hmmm, no, the watch isn't here.
behind the apples,
next to the pasta?
Ah,
there it is!
Thanks, Alice.
You're welcome, Anne.
Bye!
Oh no,
it's late
Alice, what time is it?
Just a moment...
lt's half past seven.
Half past seven? My train is at 8 o'clock!
Hurry up, Jack! You're late!
Okay,
okay...
Where are my keys?
They're here, on the table.
Thanks Alice.

Now, another problem:

Where's my sweater?
Maybe it's on the chair!?
No, it isn't.
Where is it?
Calm down Jack...
you're wearing it!
Oh!
Thanks, Alice,
you're a life-saver!
Hurry up, go, go, go!
Ah...
Too much stress...
... l must go back to bed again.
Hello and welcome back to 'English2day',
the only live TV programme where you can learn the English language .
Now did you see that last episode of 'That's life!' ?
Do you ever have that problem in the morning ?
You know... you... get up and you can't find anything ?
Yeah? Me too.
Now in that episode there were a lot of questions ,
and that's what l'd like to do with you now...
Look in particular at 'question words',

the words that we put at beginning of questions. Ok ?

And we need to look at the screen in order to do that .
Now the most important question words in English are :
where, what, who, when, why, what time, how, and which .
Let's look at those individually now.
What?
Well... let's start with: 'where'.
Now 'where' is a question word which we use for a place .
For example Anne said: 'Where's my watch?' ,
she said: 'Where are my keys?'
and Jack said 'Where's my sweater?'.
Alright? So... 'where'... next one!
'what'... 'what' is used for things.
For example l ask: 'What is yourjob?'
Well... Im a teacher, what is yourjob ?
Next one: 'who'...
'who' is a question word that we use for people .
So for example l ask: 'Who's your favourite person?' .
'Who's your favourite person?'.
Well my favourite person is my godmother .
Who's your favourite person?
Next 'when'...
'when' is a question word that we use with.. .

the time or with a date.

For example, so 'When's your birthday?'
You could say, 'When's your birthday?'.
Well my birthday is April, the second.
When is your birthday?
Good, next one.
'Why'... 'why' is a question word we use when we want a reason .
So for example: 'Why are we here?'.
'Why are we here?'.
Well, we are here to learn English!
Next thing.
'What time' now 'what time' is used when we want the exact time .
So l could ask: 'what time is it?'.
lt's two o'clock, for example, ok? What time.
'How'... 'how' is a question we use when we ask about the state of things .
So for example: 'How are you?' Im fine thanks .
And the last one is 'which',
that is a question word that we use about particular things .
For example: 'Which lesson is this?'.
Good, so those are the most important English question words :
where, what, who, when, why, what time, how, and which, Ok ?
Very important words when you're conversing in English .
Great!

Now go and listen to that episode again,

listen for the question words but also listen for some prepositions .
Prepositions for example: 'on', 'in', 'under' and we'll look at that ,
in the next lesson, ok? So, see you later, bye !
Good morning, Alice.
How are you?
Hi, Anne.
Good morning...
Im fine, and you?
Fine, thanks.
Excuse me,
Where's my watch?
l don't know,
isn't it under the magazines?
No, it isn't.
-Are you sure?-Yes, Im sure!
lt's not under the magazines...
and...
and Im late!
l've an appointment at 8 o'clock!
Maybe it's here on the table...
Hmmm, no, the watch isn't here.
behind the apples,

next to the pasta?

Ah,
there it is!
Thanks, Alice.
You're welcome, Anne.
Bye!
Oh no,
it's late
Alice, what time is it?
Just a moment...
lt's half past seven.
Half past seven? My train is at 8 o'clock!
Hurry up, Jack! You're late!
Okay,
okay...
Where are my keys?
They're here, on the table.
Thanks Alice.
Now, another problem:
Where's my sweater?
Maybe it's on the chair!?
No, it isn't.
Where is it?

Calm down Jack...

you're wearing it!
Oh!
Thanks, Alice,
you're a life-saver!
Hurry up, go, go, go!
Ah...
Too much stress...
... l must go back to bed again.
Hi again and how are you?
Now, did you see in 'That's life' how Anne said :
'where is my watch?'
And it was 'on the table', or 'under the magazines' ,
'now', 'on' and 'under' are English prepositions and that's
what l want to do with you now.
And to help me do that l need to the help of my assistant ,
Mr. Monkey.
Here he is! He will help me!
Now listen, Mr. Monkey is on the table, he's on the table .
Now Mr. Monkey is under the table, under the table .
Now Mr. Monkey is in the box, he is in the box .
Then he comes out of, out of the box .
Then he goes through, difficult pronunciation that.. .

he goes through, through the box.

Now. Where is Mr. Monkey now?.
Look at this: he is next to, next to the box ,
now he's near the box, near the box,
next, this: he's in front of, in front of the box ,
and now... he's behind, behind the box. Ok ?
This one here,
Mr. Monkey is between the box and the computer, between ok ?
So, those are some of the most important prepositions .
Now, let's put Mr Monkey to bed for the moment, he's tired .
And let's go to the screen and look at those prepositions written in English .
So, Mr. Monkey is on the desk, he's under the desk ,
he's in the box, he comes out of the box,
he goes through the box, he's next to the box ,
he's near the box, he's in front of the box,
he's behind the box, and he's between the box
and the computer.
Those are the most important English prepositions .
Great, so. Good lesson?
l hope you are learning well, let's continue now and go back
and see more of our story, alright?
And l'll see you later. Bye!
Okay, okay girls:

What time is the dinner tonight at the restaurant?

Uh... it's at half past eight.
Are you sure? l think it's at half past nine.
Okay, guys... when is it?
Im certain it's at
eight thirty.
Sorry, it's at nine thirty.
Okay, okay, it's tonight, right?
Yes, it's tonight.
But... what time is it, by the way?
There's a clock over there.
lt's a quarter to seven.
So, if it's after six, Sharon's at home.
Ah, no... she isn't.
She's at work.
No, usually she comes back home after six.. .
Hi Sharon,
good evening.
Hi guys!
Sharon, please help us:
What time is the dinner tonight?
lt's quite late; it's at half past ten.
See Jack, half past ten!

Okay, you're right. Im wrong.

Women...
Hi, and welcome back to English 2day.
How are you?
Now did you notice in 'That's life!' the girls were very confused
about the time for dinner,
'eight thirty', 'nine thirty', 'ten thirty' .
Well that's what we are going to do in the lesson now ,
is look at how you tell the time in English.
And for that, l need a clock, so here we have a clock .
Now, when the hand is in this position on the hour in English
we say 'o'clock' it's, look at this six o'clock, now. lf we move the hand
into this position, so it's fifteen minutes after, we say
'it's a quarter past six', 'a quarter past six'.
Let's move it again, and here we have, 'half past', this is 'half past six' ,
alright thirty minutes after, 'half past'.
Let's move again, like this, this is 'a quarter to six', 'a quarter to' ,
forty-five minutes, alright?
Now let's look at those things on the screen because they're quite difficult
to pronounce. Alright?
Let's go and see them now. So, the questions were 'what time is it?'
or 'what's the time?'.
Then we said, 'it's five o'clock', we did on the hour, 'it's a quarter past two'

for example 'it's half past three'. And 'it's a quarter to nine' .
Those are the examples. Alright?
Just a minute!
Hello? Hello? (Im sorry) Yes! Yes! Yes!
About the romantic weekend in Paris?
Yes, yes. Im very, very interested ,
Yes! lt's my boyfriend's birthday.
Ok. What time is departure?
Departure at nine fifteen, okay.
And what time is arrival? Ten thirty, ok, that's good .
Ten thirty, great. And what about the romantic dinner for two ,
yes, in the evening eight...ok! Yes, eight o'clock that's perfect .
And then there was a boat trip on the Seine, what time is that ?
Eight forty-five? ln the morning? That's a bit early, ok, but that's fine !
And our departure from Paris? When is that?
Ok good. Three forty in the afternoon.
Fantastic! Yes! Thanks great. l love it, yes, l'll book it .
Ok, great, thank you very much, thank you. Yes bye .
Fantastic, that is a holiday that l've booked for my boyfriend and l ,
for his birthday for a romantic weekend.
Now, did you hear when l was speaking l was using digital time
in English? Now let's look at that on the screen. Digital time .
Well it's very easy because you just read the numbers, so for example :

'nine fifteen' is 'nine fifteen' look at the screen, 'ten thirty', 'eight forty-five' ,
so very easy; if you know the English numbers, digital time is very easy .
Now, in English we use the twelve hour clock, so we say, 'ten o'clock
in the morning', we don't say 'ten o'clock a.m.', we say 'in the morning' .
we say 'three forty in the afternoon'
not 'p.m.', ''three forty in the afternoon''. Ok ?
And then we say 'seven o'clock, seven o'clock in the evening' ,
we don't use p.m., so seven o'clock in the evening. And then for example
'eleven fifteen at night'.
So, 'in the morning', 'in the afternoon', 'in the evening'
and 'at night'.
Ok? So, that is telling the time in English, that's both normal time
and digital time.
So, l think you'll find that useful.
Good, well, keep studying and remember to come back and be
with us again at 'English2day' where you'll be learning English live .
So see you very soon. Take care, bye!
Good evening everyone.
Welcome to our TV programmes. Im Eric Brown.
And Im Lucy Ross.
Well, Lucy and l are the presenters of all the programmes !
Are you nervous Lucy?
Yes, l am! This is my first time on TV !

Come on, come on! You're a great presenter !

Well, let's meet our experts now.
What's your name?
Sanjeev Gupta.
Well, hello Sanjeev! Where are you from?
Im from New Dehli
So you're indian! lndia's a fascinating country!
And what are your interests?
l like the cinema!
Everything to do with the cinema!
l watch lots of films!
lnteresting. Sanjeev's our cinema expert.
And you? What's your name?
Hello, Im Christine Oteng. Im from Ghana, in Africa
but now l live in London.
l like London. l love travelling...
l adore travelling around the world.
ln fact, Im the travel expert.
Are you really from Ghana?
Ghana's the number one football team in Africa!
People call the football team 'the Brazil of Africa'
Oh you... you must be John Forbes, our sports expert .
Am l right?

Right, Eric! l love sports, especially rugby and football .

And how old are you, John?
Im 45 and Im from Leeds.
So you're English, interesting!
And what about you?
Hello, my name's Anthony Moore but my friends call me Tony .
Im from Brighton .... but my parents aren't English .
Really? Where are your parents from?
Well, my mother's from Spain and my father's from America .
An international family!
And what are your interests?
l love music. Pop, rock, jazz... everything!
Good! A real music expert!
Just right for our music programme.
And this charming lady? What's your name?
Hi Eric... and thanks for the compliment!
Im Susan Ferley, Im English and... like all English people .
Im interested in the weather !
l love talking about the weather...
Very good! Because there's a programme about the weather and Susan's our
expert.
Well, now let's meet Marie Cornwell and Tom Bradfield .
They're the commentators for our 'Let's talk' discussions .

Hello Marie, hello Tom. How are you?

Fine thanks.
Very well, thank you.
And where are you from Marie?
Im from Manchester.
The home of Manchester United... l love football.. .
And what do you do there?
Im a journalist.
l see! And you Tom?
Im a journalist too.
Very good! Two journalists!
We'll discuss lots of things with them
lots of different things!
Well, that's our team of experts.
We're very lucky Eric,
they're all very interesting people!
That's right! They... we're a great team !
Yes, we are!
Ok, well goodbye for now!
We'll see you soon on our TV programmes.
This is the part of the programme where we look at some useful words
and expressions from our discussions together .
Today was the first programme and we all introduced ourselves .

So, to start let's look at some useful questions when you meet someone
for the first time, and how to answer their questions .
What's your name?
Im Lucy
Where are you from?
Im from Edinburgh.
How old are you?
Im 28. Or Im 28 years old.
This is perhaps not always a good question to ask
the first time you meet someone!
What do you do?
Which means: what's yourjob?
Im a journalist.
Notice we say ''a''journalist.
Im a student.
Im a doctor.
Most of these questions
can be asked and answered with the verb ''to be'' .
Another question is:
What are your interests?
l like the cinema.
When you say what your interests are
you can also use the verbs

love and adore

which mean to like very much.
For example:
l love sports.
l adore travelling.
You can also say
'Im interested in'
for example: Im interested in the weather .
Our experts are all from different countries.
Let's take a look at some countries and nationalities.
Notice how the nationality
is a little different from the country.
Im from Scotland
Im Scottish.
Sanjeev is from lndia.
So he's lndian.
Christine is originally from Africa.
This means her origins are African.
John is from England.
He's English.
Marie and Susan are from England.
They're English.
Tony is from Brighton.

He is English.
His mother is from Spain.
She's Spanish.
And his father is from America.
He's American.
Ok, well that's all for now.
This is how it works, after every programme
Eric or l will repeat some of the most useful expressions
from our discussions
and look at topic-related vocabulary with you. See you soon !
Good morning, good morning from Lucy
and welcome to 'Talk Cinema',
the programme about the cinema.
Here in the studio is Sanjeev Gupta,
our cinema expert.
Hello, Sanjeev, how are you?
Im fine, thanks and good morning to all our viewers .
Ok Sanjeev, what are you talking about today?
Well, about a great Hollywood star
George Clooney.
Oh, George Clooney?
Yes, George Clooney. Are you a fan, Lucy?
Yes, of course l am.

Well, George Clooney is very good-looking .

He has many fans,
many young women are his fans like you Lucy.
Yes, yes, Im a George Clooney fan.
He's very handsome.
Well Sanjeev, where is George Clooney from?
He's from Kentucky in the USA.
And how old is he?
He's 45.
ls he only an actor?
No, he's an actor, a film director and a screenwriter .
An actor, a film director and a screenwriter,
he's a very interesting man.
Yes, he is. And he's very rich too.
ls he?
Yes, he is. He has two villas on Lake Como in ltaly
and a small house in Lima in Peru.
So, what are his interests?
His main interest is politics.
He's a democrat with liberal ideas.
Like me! And his hobbies?
His hobbies are basketball and motorbikes.
Really? He's a very interesting man.

Now, another question.

Yes?
ls he married?
No, he isn't, he's divorced.
So, he isn't married... he's single... and he's rich .
Yes, and remember,
he's an actor, a film director and a screenwriter
that's George Clooney
a great Hollywood star.
Well, thank you Sanjeev.
Your're welcome
and goodbye to everyone.
And goodbye from me, Lucy Ross.
Ok now let's have a look at some of the vocabulary,
Sanjeev and l just used to talk about cinema.
First of all in American English
the word 'movies' means 'films',
a movie is a film, and 'the movies' means 'the cinema'
'let's go to the movies!' is an invitation to go to the cinema .
When we talk about cinema the word 'star'
means a famous actor who plays principal roles in films .
'Star' is also a verb, it means to play a role in a film .
George Clooney stars in many films.

We all know what an actor is,

someone like George Clooney, who plays a role in a film .
But what about Julia Roberts?
She's an 'actress'. An actor is a man and an actress is a woman .
The person who directs a film, like Steven Spielberg ,
is called a 'film director'
and the person who writes a film is called a 'screenwriter' .
George Clooney writes films, so he's a screenwriter .
He directs films, so he's a film director
and he stars in films so he's also an actor .
Notice how we always use the article 'a' or 'an' before a profession
we never say 'he's film director' we say 'he's a film director'
Well that's all for now,
l hope you enjoyed the programme,
l certainly enjoyed talking about George!
Bye and see you next time!
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
look at the subtitles carefully,
listen out for the language points that we have learned together, ok ?
Enjoy your viewing!
Hello! And welcome to 'English today'.
My name is Louise and l will be your English teacher .
Now, with this new multimedia course

you really will learn the English language and you'll have fun .
Learning English with 'English today' is easy ,
just like watching television:
now, in every DVD you will see some programs
led by our presenters Lucy Ross and Eric Brown ,
about cinema, music, sport,
the weather, travel, as well as cooking and the news .
Just like a real TV network!
And along with this programs you can also enjoy a story 'That's life!' ,
which tells the adventures of five young flatmates.
Now, in each TV programs there will also be
an English language lesson:
we'll take you through a full immersion course,
which will help you learn the language step by step ,
in an enjoyable and stimulating way.
A really innovative method
where you are at the centre of the learning process .
So, are you ready to look at today's programs?
Now, in this DVD you'll see three episodes of our story 'That's life!'
and then two special TV programs. The first, 'Welcome to the team'
the second, an interview about the famous star
George Clooney.
Then after, in the grammar section,

we'll study the verb 'to be', question words ,

the alphabet and possessive adjectives, OK?
Well, enjoy your study and have fun! Bye!
DvDRip
by
ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn
quanghungxd86@gmail.com

thanhnp.org@gmail.com-

English Today DVD 02-Eng

Sub

-Hello, Anne!-Oh
it's you, Peter! DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn thanhnp.org@gmail.comquanghungxd86@gmail.com
Look, DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn thanhnp.org@gmail.comquanghungxd86@gmail.com
this is it!
Look at what?
My office!
Here, near my bed...
Oh, l see...
By the way,
where are the office supplies?
The computer supplies are
in that cupboard over there.
The folders, pencils, pens, etc. are here
in this cupboard.

And
l also have two chairs!
-Oh good! Are these for everyone?-No, they are not!
Don't touch anything, please!
Okay. So, you say you have all of the office supplies ?
No, not really...
There isn't a fax machine...
There aren't all the programs l need on my computer.. .
And l guess you have an answering machine...
ls it useful?
l don't need an answering machine.
l answer the telephone myself...
Okay, you're right.
This office is nice,
and if you need a fax machine l have one in my apartment .
Oh, thank you!
Wait a minute,
something is missing...
Where is the coffee machine? All offices have a coffee machine .
Im afraid there isn't one here.
There's a staff kitchen
on the other side of the house,
in the kitchen!

We can have some coffee there.

Good idea!
Hello and welcome back to 'English 2day'.
How are you?
Now, in that last episode of 'That's life!'
did you notice that Anne described her office ?
And the most important thing for Peter was what?
The coffee machine!
Strange...
Now l want to look at the language that Anne used ,
she used 'there is a...' and 'there are some' ,
let me explain that to you: if you have a single object ,
for example like a glass,
then we say: 'There is a glass on the table'
or 'there is a hat on the table'
or 'there is a computer on the table', ok ?
Now that changes when we have more than one object ,
like these pens for example, we say 'there are some pens on the table', ok ?
'There are some pens on the table'.
And therefore in this example here, books :
'there are some books on the table' ,
'there are some CDs on the table'.
So you see how it changes.

Now let's go and look at that on the screen,

you can see it written, so we said with singular objects we say :
' There is', examples are: 'there's a computer in Anne's office' .
'There isn't a fax machine' that's the negative.
'There isn't a fax machine', 'there's a table in the studio'
and 'there isn't a coffee machine'. Which Peter can't believe .
Now look at the plural form:
we say 'there are some office supplies in the office' .
And 'there are some pens and pencils', ok ?
And we also use that for the exact number of plural objects ,
so for example:
'there are two chairs in Anne's office' and 'there are four pictures'
for example 'in her studio'.
Alright? So that's and introduction to
'there is' and 'there are some',
now in the next lesson we are going to look at the difference between
'some' and 'any' which is very important so listen out for that
in the next episode and then come back here and we'll work on it ,
alright? See you later! Bye!
Do you want milk with your coffee?
There's a bottle in the back of the fridge.. .
l prefer it without milk,
but with some sugar.

Oh, Im afraid there isn't any sugar...

Well, that's okay...
black coffee is good, too.
Do you have any of those great cookies?
Oh yes,
there are some cookies
over here.
Peter speaking...
What?
An audition?
No, not at all,
Im free...
Great!
Bye!
Well, finally
an audition!
Wonderful!
When?
Next Monday, at the opera theatre!
These cookies are fantastic.
Are there any more?
There are some more in the box.
Thank you. Bye Anne, time for music!

Hey,
take your dirty napkin away from my kitchen!!
lt's nice to have you as my new office neighbour!
Hi again!
Anne's a bit difficult isn't she?
Now this is a lesson about 'some' and 'any' .
Remember Peter said:
'can l have some coffee and some biscuits?' .
Well l want to talk to you about that right now.
Now in order to understand 'some' and 'any' we have to understand
the difference between countable objects and
uncountable objects, so these things here are
ingredients to make a wonderful English lemon cake .
Let's divide them into countable objects and uncountable objects ,
let's start with these... now these are lemons ,
countable means you can count them, uncountable means you
can't count them, can you count these?
Yeah! One, two, so these are countable, so 'there are some lemons' .
Now... what about these? these are nuts, can you count these ?
Yeah! One, two, three...etcetera, so there are also countable ,
so we say 'there are some nuts on the table' .
Now what about this? This is marmalade...
now can you count marmalade? Well you can count the container ,

but not the marmalade inside, so this is uncountable and

we say in English: 'there is some, there is some marmalade' .
lt's a singular verb, so we put it here,
it's uncountable, ok?
Now... let's look at this,
what's this? This is salt, salt...
now is this countable or uncountable for you?
Countable or uncountable?
Well it is very difficult to count all the little bits of salt ,
so this is uncountable, we put it here, alright ?
Now next thing, these two eggs, countable ?
Uncountable? One, two, countable 'there are some eggs' .
This here is spices, spices,
now this you can count, so we say 'there are some spices' .
What about this? Milk, you can count the bottle ,
but can you count the liquid?
No, so all liquids are uncountable and we say 'there is some milk'
so singular, singular verb, put that there.
Now what have we got here? Butter, butter, can we count that ?
Well we can count the packet, yes, but the butter inside ?
Exactly, no, we can't count butter so 'there is some butter' .
We put it here, good.
Now what else have we got, flour, you know flour ?

Flour we use to make pizza, to make cakes, is that countable ?

Exactly it's not countable, it's like salt, like sugar ,
like coffee, so we put this here, uncountable.
And the last thing, this, what's this?
Water, is water countable?
No it's not, so water goes with the uncountable 'there is some water' .
lt's quite difficult hey?
Let's look at the screen to see that written, alright ?
And we will do a general summary,
so we said 'countable objects'
in the plural, in the positive form we say :
'there are some lemons on the table',
'there are some CDs on the table',
'there are some eggs on the table'.
So that's countable.
Now the negative is: 'there aren't any...'
we use any 'there aren't any cigarettes on the table' ,
'there aren't any biscuits'.
lmportant, any for the negative 'there aren't any magazines'
for example, alright?
Now questions, here again we use the word 'any',
we use 'any' in the negative and 'any' in the questions ,
so 'are there any glasses on the table?', 'are there any books on the table?' ,

'are there any pens?'.

Alright? So 'some' in the positive,
'any' in the negative and the question form, good .
Now let's move on to uncountable objects, these ones here ,
the examples are:
'There is' singular verb 'some sugar on the table' ,
'There is some flour on the table', 'there is some water on the table'
Ok? Negative, again we use 'any',
we say 'there isn't any bread on the table' ,
'there isn't any wine' a liquid 'on the table' ,
'there isn't any chocolate on the table'.
Alright?
Questions, again with the singular verb and any:
'is there any money on the table?',
'is there any pasta?'
Unfortunately not... and 'is there any beer?', ok ?
Now l want to add one more thing to this lesson
and it's the words 'this', 'that', 'these', 'those', let me explain ,
with one object you say 'this CD' when it's close to you 'this CD' .
But when it's distant from you, far away, you say 'that CD' ,
'this', 'that', alright?
We hear this very often, let me take two, plural,
now we say 'these CDs', when they're far from you we say

'those CDs', okay?

So 'these', 'those'...
one 'this', 'that', let's see that on the screen ,
so, 'this book'... plural 'these books' when they're close to you and
'that chair' for example and 'those chairs' when they're distant from you .
That's a big lesson? There's a lot to remember ,
so we have 'some' and 'any', 'countable' and 'uncountable' ,
'this', 'that', 'these', 'those'.
You have a lot to do at home to study there!
Anyway, no problem because you're a great student,
so we'll meet again in the studio very soon for some more English ,
take care! Bye for now!
Work is so hard guys...
l wake up at six-thirty every day,
have breakfast
and take the train to work
every day!
l know.
l get up at seven
but l have a friend at work
who usually gets up at six!
Why?
That's too early!

lt takes him an hour to drive to work .

Wow,
that's a long drive.
Yes,
but he lives in the country.
l think he's lucky:
every weekend he can go for walks in the woods.. .
Not in traffic jams...
l guess that's pretty nice:
he lives in the countryside
but works in the city.
A pretty nice combination.
What about you, Sharon?
What time do you wake up?
l usually get up at about nine o'clock,
but l live in the city.
lt's easy to get to work.
Yes, but you get home very late:
often at six thirty or seven.
You know, l sometimes have five or six groups of tourists a day.. .
You work too much, my dear...
And you sing too much, Peter...
Hello again and how are you?

Now from that last conversation we learned that Sharon works too much
and Peter sings too much.
How about you? Do you work too much?
What time do you get up in the morning?
Six forty-five?
Seven o'clock?
Seven fifteen?
Seven thirty?
Well Im going to describe my typical day and Im going to use
the simple present to do that, alright?
Well first l wake up at six forty-five, but l don't get up .
l listen to the radio and l listen to the news,
then after l slowly get up, that's difficult,
and l take a shower, l take a shower.
l get dressed and then l go for a walk with Zukie !
Then we have breakfast together, she has dog biscuits
and l have toast, marmalade and butter,
then l go to work on my scooter.
Now my boyfriend has a different day,
because he goes to work at eight o'clock at night ,
remember, he's a jazz musician?
Now did you notice l said 'he goes to work'
that's because with the third person we add an S, 'goes' .

He goes to work at eight o'clock

and he comes home at three o'clock in the morning ,
because he plays jazz concerts,
then he goes to bed and he gets up at lunch time ,
at one o'clock so we meet at dinner,
which is, you know, we don't have much time together
but that's life.
Now that was the simple present tense
and now we're going to see that on the screen ,
very, very important this grammatical form.
So, l work, you work, he, she, it works,
she works, it works, we work, you work, they work .
Now very often you forget to put the S on the third person ,
so, l have another teaching assistant to will help you to remember, Mr. Snake ,
he's here to help you remember, to put the S on the third person so listen .
l work at home, you work every day,
he works at night, she works in an office,
it works all week, we work together,
you work full time, they work at weekends,
so remember, it's not difficult the simple present in English :
l work, you work, he works, she works, it works ,
don't forget Mr. Snake, don't forget the S at third person alright ?
Good! Now listen to the next episode

and try and pick out words like 'often'

'sometimes' 'occasionally'
because we are going to study those next,
alright? Go and have some fun, bye!
Alice,
l bet you don't wake up at six o'clock everyday.. .
Tell us something about your typical day at university.
Well, l sometimes have classes in the morning ,
but l usually have classes in the afternoon.
On Mondays l always attend lectures in the morning .
And where do you study?
l usually study in the library,
but l sometimes study at home, too,
when l don't have classes in the morning .
My friend David also studies at your University.
Do you remember him?
David Leary?
Yes, l occasionally see him in the library
and sometimes in the park.
ln the park?
Doing what?
He likes studying there.
He takes his books, finds a nice park bench

and reads there.

Not a bad idea.
You can study and enjoy nature at the same time.
Yes, l like the park, too.
Unfortunately, l often need books that are in the library .
And what about lunch?
Do you usually make sandwiches and take them with you?
Oh no,
l hate cooking.
l usually have lunch in the cafeteria
with friends.
Oh, l do just the opposite.
l usually cook lunch at home,
l seldom have a quick lunch at coffee shops.
Okay guys,
stop with this boring talk!
What about fun?
Do any of you do anything besides
working and studying?
lt's Friday, remember!
You're right, Jack,
Im so happy it's Friday.
Me too!

lt's weekend time!

Time for shopping!
Jack really knows how to provoke Anne, doesn't he ?
Did you notice those words?
Sometimes, always, occasionally?
Because we are going to study those now,
and in English they are called: frequency adverbs ,
and we usually use them with the simple present tense ,
and they describe how many times you do actions, frequency adverbs .
Now to help me introduce them
l have another teaching assistant, this is
Mr. Dinosaur!
Mr. Dinosaur is here to help you with the frequency adverbs .
Dinosaur D-l-N-O-S-A-U-R,
now let's see at the screen how Mr. Dinosaur is going to help you .
Well look at the screen,
now we're talking about adverbs of frequency ,
things which describe how often you do something, like habitual actions ,
dinosaur, look at the screen we have D-l-N-O-S-A-U-R,
now these letters represent a frequency adverb
let's see if you can find them!
What do you think O is?
When you do something a lot,

yeah, 'often'! O is 'often'.

What about N, when you do...
N is 'never', good! N is 'never'.
What about A?
Something that you do a lot, A is 'always', good.
What about S? S is...
'sometimes'! Very good 'sometimes'.
Now, U? U is for 'usually'! 'usually' it's a habit.
What about R? R stands for 'rarely',
that's difficult to pronounce, 'rarely'.
And the last one, look at the top, D...
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday
is... a bit strange this,
every day. Alright?
So those are the main frequency adverbs,
every day, never, often, sometimes, always, usually, rarely .
You notice, 'sometimes', is also the same as 'occasionally'
and 'rarely'... another way to say 'rarely'
is 'seldom', ok?
Now the important thing about Mr. Dinosaur
and the frequency adverbs is where to put them in the sentence ,
now look at the examples.
We put them in front of the main verb,

so, 'l never go out', 'you always arrive late' ,

'he usually gets up at seven',
'she rarely plays tennis',
'it often rains in England',
'we sometimes watch TV',
'you occasionally drink wine',
and the last one is different 'every day they drive to work' .
Usually 'every day' we put at the beginning ,
but the others are always before the main verb, and after the subject .
Now one problem, there is an exception
to the rule which is typical of the English language ,
and what is the exception?
The exception is the verb 'to be',
the verb 'to be' is always an exception in English .
Let's see how that works, look at the example :
'he isn't often late', 'we're sometimes in a hurry' .
You see the position?
The position of the frequency adverb is after the verb 'to be'
not before, and that's the rule,
so 'he isn't often late'.
'we're sometimes in a hurry',
'they're never at home' and 'Im always tired'.
So those are the frequency adverbs,

very important, and we use them to describe our habitual actions .

Now in the next episode of 'That's life!' listen for this word :
Enough, enough, it's a very strange word ,
because we're going to talk about that
in the next lesson here in the studio.
So, go and see 'That's life!'... bye!
May l ask you a question, Alice?
Sure, ask any question you like. Im an open book .
Do you have a boyfriend?
Well,
l go out with some boys,
but that's nothing serious...
According to my birth chart
l need some Taureans,
but that's not easy now that Saturn is in Leo...
l see...
Anyway l think you have a strange relationship with boys...
Oh no!
l like boys very much!
They're great at carrying packages!
You are exceptional...
Thanks, Jack.
But now,

stop talking about me.

Let's talk about you.
What do you think of me?...
No, really,
Im curious:
what do you do at work?
Oh, nothing special.
Uh... You know 'Speedmaster',
the sporting goods factory?
Yeah, sure! They produce wonderful running shoes !
What department do you work in?
Im a sales manager.
Last month they gave me a promotion
and now Im responsible for Southern Europe. That's why l moved here .
Wow! That's really interesting...
You must be very good at work.
And what exactly do you do?
Oh ... Basically, l look for new clients
and keep them informed about new product lines
and take care of their requests.
What kind of requests do they have?
Oh, they often ask questions about new models and prices .
What do you do if they want a discount?

Well, basically l don't get mad!

l listen to them, and then l tell them 'No'.. .
Well, seriously speaking,
it depends... Each client is different.. .
if they are important l try to make an agreement with them .
Hi Anne, hi Sharon.
Where's Peter?
Oh, Peter is preparing his audition.
Well, tell Peter l wish him good luck!
Do you really care?...
Hello and welcome back to 'English 2day'
for some more live English.
Now Jack... Does he really care for Sharon?
l think he does, let's ask Mr. Monkey ,
Mr Monkey does Jack really care for Sharon?
Mr Monkey!
Yes, yes, he agrees, he agrees, he cares.. .
Now, in that episode there were a lot of questions
and l want to practise that with you now ,
and to do that we are going to have a quiz.
l am going to change profession Im no longer an English teacher ,
l have a different job.
l will ask ten questions,

l will give the answers and you must guess my newjob .

Now if you guess it correctly l will play a flight for you to go to London
for a romantic weekend, how about that flight to London ?
So, ten questions, listen carefully, number one :
Do l work in an office?
No, l don't.
Number two: Do l work outside?
Well... yes actually l do sometimes work outside .
Next: Do l have special qualifications?
Oh yes, l have special qualifications for my job.
Ok next one: Do l work at weekends ?
Yes l do actually, most weekends l work.
So l don't work in an office,
l work outside sometimes,
l have special qualifications and l work at weekends, ok ?
Next one.
Do you travel a lot?
Oh yes l travel everywhere, l travel to America, to the Far East ,
around Europe... a lot.
Do you earn a lot of money?
Oh yes, l earn a lot of money ah ah!
Next question:
Do you use your hands when you work?

Yes l do, l use my hands, and l also use my feet, very important .
Next one:
Do you work with other people?
Yes that's very important, l work with other people .
Alright next one: Do you use music in yourjob?
Music? Yes, now music is very important for me, music .
And the last question:
Do you wear special clothes?
Well yes, for my job l have special clothes,
l have special shoes, particular shoes.
And l do my hair in a special way.
So l use my hands, and my feet, l work with other people ,
l use music, l earn a lot of money,
l wear special clothes and l travel a lot...
so what's my job?
No!... No!... No!
lt's difficult...
Shall l tell you?
Im a prima ballerina.
l won, you lost, no London, no flight to London ,
next time, there'll be another quiz, alright ?
Good, so let's look at the grammar that we just used
for asking questions, ok?

Now, we have the question form with:

the question word like 'when', the auxiliary 'do' ,
'l' the subject and then 'arrive' which is the verb .
So 'When do l arrive?'
Ok that's a typical question in the simple present .
Look at the next one:
'What do you do at work?' What do you do ?
Next one now, this is important and we need Mr. Snake !
Because it's 'Who does he work with?'.
Remember?
'Does', third person, the 'S', do becomes does, so
'Who does he work with?'
Next one:
'Why does she study?' Third person,
'How much does it cost?' Again third person, it,
'When do we leave?',
'Where do we live?'
and, 'How do they speak English?'
Ok so remember, third person
'does' is the auxiliary plus the infinitive, alright ?
So those are the English question forms,
now in the next episode listen up for the negative form
and then we'll study that together, ok?

So have fun studying and l'll see you again very soon... Bye !
Oh girls, we're talking about jobs.
Tell me about your job, Sharon.
What do you do at the moment?
Ah, that's an interesting question!
Really? Why do you say that?
Well, you know, l have a degree in archaeology,
but now Im doing something quite different.
Do you have a part-time job?
No, unfortunately it's a full-time job.
l work for a travel agency.
Oh... What do you do?
l give tours around the city.
l bring tourists to monuments and museums and other interesting places .
Oh, that's nice!
Could l have you as a tour guide for one day?
Im sorry,
l only work with groups.
Usually with Japanese people.
Oh, well, Im a black belt in karate...
Very funny...
but it's not enough...
lt's too bad...

Anne,
stop cleaning for a moment.
Sit down and tell me about your job!
Okay, okay, okay, okay.
l work in a publishing company.
Oh, you work with famous writers!
Not exactly,
l don't work with the writers,
l just read their proofs and correct them before printing .
Ah, by the way, do you know Paul Taylor? He works with you, right ?
Yes, yes, but we don't work in the same department .
He works in the advertising department.
But we are good friends.
Every weekend we play tennis together .
Play tennis?
Im jealous!
Do you play tennis, too?
Do you want to play with us?
Well, just joking. l don't play tennis that well .
Only karate.
Jack! 'l don't play tennis very well, l only do karate' .
He doesn't play tennis very well? lt's easy !
Men... now... anyway,

it was a good example of the negative of the simple present tense .

'l don't play tennis very well'.
Now Im going to tell you my typical day again, but in the negative ,
and listen to the grammatical form, ok?
l don't wake up at six forty-five,
l don't get up after,
l don't listen to the radio.
Now 'don't' is 'do not', 'do not' abbreviated okay ?
l don't take a shower,
l don't have breakfast with Zukie
and l don't have dog biscuits.
Now think of my boyfriend, let's go into the third person ,
my boyfriend doesn't go to work at eight o'clock at night ,
he doesn't play the saxophone,
he plays the double bass,
now 'doesn't' is 'does not' contracted... 'doesn't' ok ?
Plus the infinitive, so he doesn't play...
let's say at one o'clock in the morning,
he doesn't come home at seven o'clock in the evening, so you see ?
These are examples of the negative form
and now we need to go and look at the screen ,
because we need to see how that works ,
in comparison to the positive form, alright? Great !

Now look at the examples:

'l don't teach on Sundays'
'do not' becomes 'don't'
'l don't teach on Sundays',
'you don't know my parents',
'Jack doesn't, does not, Jack doesn't play tennis well'
'Alice doesn't have a boyfriend',
'the house doesn't belong to Anne', third person, doesn't ,
'we don't work part-time',
'you don't know Anne's aunt'
and 'Alice and Sharon don't live together', alright ?
So now we have studied the positive form,
the question form and the negative form of the present tense
so a whole world opens up for you! Ok?
Well you just keep studying and we'll meet again here
for another live show very soon alright? Take care! Bye !
Good evening, from Eric Brown.
Welcome to another edition of 'Let's talk'.
With me here in the studio are Marie and Tom.
Hello Marie, hello Tom!
-Hello Eric.-Hello Eric.
Well, today let's talk... let's talk about...
about what Marie?

Low cost airlines.

Very interesting!
You're right Eric!
You know, there are 9o low cost airlines in Europe today.. .
Really... so many!
Yes, that's right, 9o. Lots of people fly with low cost airlines .
Of course! lt's very cheap to fly with these airlines .
lt's not always cheap, Marie, it's cheap to fly midweek, on Tuesday ,
Wednesday or Thursday, but it's not cheap to fly at the weekends ,
on Saturday or Sunday.
But... are the planes safe?
Yes, the planes are usually new, so they are safe.. .
That's good! lt's important to fly in safe planes .
And what about the tickets? ls it easy to find them?
Yes, it's very easy. l usually buy my tickets online with my credit card .
Well... l travel a lot.
Really? You're a real expert on low cost airlines Marie, aren't you ?
Yes, l am... my boyfriend lives in Berlin .
How often do you visit him?
l go to see him twice a month.
l see, l see... And are the flights on time ?
Yes, they're usually on time.
l leave work at five thirty in the afternoon

and arrive at the airport at six.

Perfect for the check-in.
That's very convenient, you're lucky Marie!
Usually low cost flights leave from airports a long way from the city .
What time is your flight?
At 7 o'clock.
You're really lucky Marie!
Usually low cost flights leave late at night or early in the morning ,
when it's not convenient.
Yes, that's true, and yes, l am very lucky .
ls there any food on the plane?
Yes, passengers buy drinks and snacks .
Remember, the drinks and snacks aren't free ,
you have to pay, even for a glass of water !
That's true! But lt doesn't matter!
l arrive in Berlin at eight thirty.
Just in time for a pizza with my boyfriend at 'Bella Napoli',
a very good pizzeria.
The best one in Berlin!
Ah! That's great but for us... it's time to say goodbye .
Ok... low cost airlines.
Today there are many low cost airlines throughout Europe.
They are very easy to use and they are cheap.

And... They're planes are safe and they are usually on time .
Very interesting! Very, very interesting!
-Thank you Marie...-Thank you.
-And thank you Tom.-Thank you.
And goodbye.
And see you again soon on another edition of 'Let's talk' .
Well, low cost airlines really make travelling easy!
For many people flying is very simple, like taking a bus !
Now let's take a look at some very useful vocabulary
and expressions you just heard.
The check-in is the place where you show your passport
and leave your luggage, in English it is also a verb,
we say 'l check-in at 7'
or 'Where's the check-in for Berlin?'
When we talk about cheap prices, we mean
it doesn't cost very much and expensive means it costs a lot .
My ticket to Berlin is 6oo euros,
it's expensive!
Your ticket is 1oo euros,
it's cheap, her ticket is 3o euros, that's very cheap !
To say what airline we use we say fly with,
followed by the name of the airline 'l fly with Air Liverpool' ,
or the type of airline 'l fly with low cost airlines' .

And what about when you want to ask if the plane is late ?
We can say: are the flights on time?
lf the flight is at 7 and it goes at 7, it is on time .
But if the flight is at 7 and it goes at 1o, it's late .
Marie said 'l buy my tickets online' .
This means she uses the internet to buy her ticket ,
what other things can you do online?
Here are some examples:
l reserve hotel rooms online.
l don't call the hotel on the phone to reserve a room ,
l use the internet.
l check my bank account online:
l use the internet to see how much money l have in my account .
l pay my bills online:
l use the internet to pay the electricity bill ,
the water bill, the gas bill.
Wow we can really do a lot of things online!
Ok just two more things before we say goodbye;
the first is frequency, when we say how often we do something .
l asked Marie:
How often do you visit him?
And she said:
Twice a month.

Twice a month means two times in a month ,

once a month means one time in a month,
but when we do something more than 2 times we say :
three times a month, four times a month etc .
Even if we change the period of time
the structure of frequency remains the same,
for example: we can say once a day,
twice a week, but remember we say three times a year ,
four times a week.
One last thing, notice the preposition after 'arrive' ,
when we arrive in a place like a station, airport, shop we say :
l arrive at the airport at 6.
But when we arrive in a city or country we say:
l arrive in Berlin at 8.3o.
So we say l arrive at the station, l arrive at the airport ,
but l arrive in London or l arrive in Madrid.
That's about it for now, take care and see you soon!
Good afternoon to everyone. Welcome to 'Sports Special' ,
the programme dedicated to all sports and all sports fans .
Im Eric Brown.
ln the studio with me is John Forbes, our sports expert .
Well John... what are you talking about this afternoon ?
Football.

Great! My favourite sport!

lt's not only your favourite sport, Eric!
Millions of people love football!
Of course! lt's a fantastic game, the best in the world !
Well... maybe... but remember Eric... football isn't only about fame ,
success and money.
Oh... a lot of money!
Professional footballers earn millions of euros.
That's true! But football is also about hard work... fitness training ,
stretching and jogging almost every day!
Really? How often do professional players train?
They go jogging every day at 8 in the morning
and then they work out in the gym.
Ah!... So much exercise!
And that's not all!
Really? What do you mean?
Well, they also practise football 3-4 times a week with the team !
And... Where do they train?
They usually do fitness training at the football ground .
First they do streching, then they practise shooting .
ls the coach with them during the training?
Yes, of course! The coach is very important for the team .
He shows the players good techniques for passing ,

dribbling and heading and he decides who plays in the matches .

How many matches are there in a football championship ?
3o, more or less.
You know, football championships take place in the winter ,
usually from September until June.
And when do they play matches?
At weekends, but the big clubs also play
during the week for the European Cups.
Championships, European Cups, training... footballers are very busy !
Yes they are! The only time they rest is in the summer .
Well... holidays only in the summer, but what about fun?
For example... can the players have a beer after a match ?
Of course Eric... especially if they win !
A beer is a perfect way to celebrate a victory !
Well, a footballer's training routine is very hard,
but it's very rewarding too!
Ok, thanks to our expert John Forbes!
And goodbye to all football fans and sports lovers!
See you again soon for a new edition of 'Sports Special' !
First of all football and soccer are the same thing .
Football is the British word and soccer is the American form ,
but they are exactly the same thing.
So let's take a look at some of the vocabulary

we used to talk about football.

Do you like football?
lf you do then you are a football fan!
Like me!
Do you support a team? l support lnter.
We say that we 'support a team' when we are a fan of that team .
So what is a team?
lt's the group of players that play together,
for example Manchester United is a 'football team'.
A person who plays football as a job, is called a 'professional footballer'
or a 'professional football player'.
Footballer and football player are the same thing,
a football player is a footballer.
And every team has 'a coach'.
A coach is the person who prepares the team, he teaches techniques
and how to play well.
So, eleven football players make a team and when two teams
play against each other they play 'a match'.
But as John told us, footballers don't only play matches ,
they do a lot of training.
'Training' is all the exercises they do to prepare for matches .
We can say 'footballers do training' or 'footballers train' .
'Training' is the noun and 'train' is the verb .

And what do they do when they train?

John said a few :
they work out in the gym, they do stretching ,
they go jogging and they practise football skills.
John also mentioned some of the skills or techniques
that footballers practise:
Passing: which means to pass or kick the ball to another player .
Dribbling: which means to move the ball forard, with the ball .
Shooting: which means to shoot or kick the ball into the goal ,
and heading: which means to hit the ball with your head .
lt's a lot of hard work, l think they definitely deserve a beer
when they win!
Well that's all from me for now, take it easy, see you next time !
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
look at the subtitles carefully,
listen out for the language points that we have learned together, ok ?
Enjoy your viewing!
Yes,
l always go shopping on Saturdays.
The first thing l do on Saturday is drive to the supermarket .
l sometimes go shopping on Saturdays,
but usually l sleep late.
Im always so tired on Saturdays...

Im never tired on the weekend!

The weekend is a time for fun!
l paint, go jogging,
go out with some friends.
Unfortunately, l sometimes have to study...
Oh, l sometimes do a little work at the weekend.. .
When Im free l like going swimming,
going to exhibitions or to concerts,
if l have enough money.
Oh, and every Sunday
l clean up the entire flat,
and in the evening l watch TV.
Oh, l never watch TV.
lt's boring.
Peter and l like going to the cinema at the weekend .
Yes, it's important not to watch too much TV .
An hour a day or so, that's enough.
Come on guys!
You talk like my grandfather!
Work, TV,
housework on the weekends...
Life is more!
l want you to take me to places where young people have fun !

Great! Get ready, grandpa!

Hello and welcome back again to 'English 2day' ,
your live English language programme.
Now, did you notice how Anne said that she loves going to concerts
and exhibitions, but she doesn't have enough money ?
Now, this word, 'enough'...
'enough' it's written E-N-O-U-G-H,
pronunciation is 'enough', what does it mean?
Let me show you. l have a ticket here for a concert okay ?
This is forty-five euro.
Forty-five euro,
now l have forty euro here,
forty euro, forty-five euro for the ticket,
it isn't 'enough'.
lt means is less, it's not sufficient 'it isn't enough'.. .
no ticket, no concert!
So... happens, like Anne, poor Anne, not enough money .
Now another example. You ask me 'can l have a glass of water'
and l say 'sure!'
so... here you are!
You say 'what? Excuse me, it's not enough'.
Not enough it's not sufficient.
'oh' l say 'okay, fine, so a glass of water, here we go' .

And you say 'lt's too much!'.

Too much, now that is the opposite when something is in excess ,
it's 'too much'.
Let's go back to the ticket, for example,
imagine that the theatre ticket has a discount,
now it only costs thirty euro, thirty euro,
l've got forty euro, which is too much,
in excess, too much, but that's great !
That's not a problem, that's great, l can go to the concert, ok ?
So, that's 'enough', 'too much' now one more word ,
it's a small word and it's 'so'.
When do we use 'so'?
lf l say to you: 'you are so intelligent',
that describes an emphasis, 'you are so intelligent' .
You could also say 'The glass is so full' ok ?
So 'so' is to express an emphasis of something .
So we studied 'enough', 'too much' and 'so' .
Let's look at those on the screen now, to help you, ok ?
Enough: pronunciation 'enough', when something isn't sufficient
'there isn't enough water in the glass' ,
'there isn't enough money'.
Then we can also use it with an adjective:
'the glass isn't full enough', after an adjective 'it isn't full enough'

Let's move on to 'too' when we talk about something in excess ,

so 'there's too much water in the glass' ,
'there's too much money'.
Great! 'There are too many coins'.
Now 'many' is because we use it with countable things ,
'there are too many coins'.
We can use it with an adjective, for example:
'the ticket is too expensive', 'the glass is too full'. Alright ?
Then the last thing was 'so' when you want to emphasize something
'the ticket is so expensive',
'the glass is so full' or
'you are so intelligent'.
Fantastic! So that's the end of this lesson,
remember, enough, too, too much or too many and so
that's it for now and Im going to see you again extremely soon ,
take care! Bye!
dvzlm nket isme't az English today adsban!
Ez a kezd szint msodik DVD-je.
Ezen a DVD-n That's life! c. trte'netnk jabb hrom
epizdjt lthatjk, ezutn pedig specilis TV-msorainkban
besze'lgete'st fognak hallani a diszkont le'gitrsasgokrl
e's egy sportszake'rtvel ke'sztett interjt
a futballistk edze'seirl.

Ezutn, a nyelani re'szben

tanulunk az egyszer jelenrl, a gyakortszavakrl,
a 'some', az 'any', a 'there is', e's a 'there are' hasznlatrl pe'ldkon keresztl .
Ne felejtse'k, ha valamit nem e'rtenek, hasznljk a feliratot, rendben ?
J tanulst e's j szrakozst!

English Today DVD 03-Eng

Sub

DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn thanhnp.org@gmail.comquanghungxd86@gmail.com

Hi Jack, good morning.
Look at this picture of Beck Nicholson windsurfing.. .
l know him...
Can you windsurf?
Yes, Im not great,
but l can windsurf a little.
l like windsurfing on summer holidays.
-And what about you?-No, Im afraid l can't.
But l can swim pretty well.
lt's a great sport!
What sports do you like doing?
Well, l can play tennis but Im not very good at it.. .
Oh, l can play chess very well!

Chess, that's not a sport!

-That's a hobby!-No, it's a sport!
Can you play chess?
No. l don't like playing cards, chess, or other table games .
So what do you do during the winter?
Oh, l go to the gym.
l can play basketball pretty well.
l can also do a little karate.
That's interesting.
l can do a little karate as well!
-Where do you go?-l like going to the Karate Gym
on 14th street.
Oh, interesting.
Im looking for a gym!
Why don't we go there together?
Im usually free on Saturdays.
Sure...
But l never go on Saturday:
it's the only day l have to spend time with Sharon .
l usually go on Friday afternoons...
But now Im so nervous about my audition
that l don't have time for the gym, and for Sharon too.. .
She's getting pretty angry...

Well...
lf you want l can take her out sometimes...
Oh, Jack, you're such a good friend!
Maybe you can help me with my audition too!
All right.
Hello and welcome back to 'English 2day',
your live TV programme where you can learn the English language .
Now in that last episode of 'That's life!'
we learned that Peter can windsurf a little,
Peter can play basketball, he can do karate. But he can't play chess ,
cards or table games.
Jack can swim, can play tennis, can play chess, can do karate ,
but he can't play basketball.
Now, they were talking about ability and we use the verb 'can' to do that .
So, girls, let's talk about your boyfriends.. .
What can your boyfriends do?
Can they cook? Can they clean the house, like Anne ?
Can they make you happy?
Let me tell you about my boyfriend. Well, he can cook very well ,
wonderful South American dishes, delicious !
He can surprise me, he brings me flowers and chocolates ,
he can make me laugh! And what else can he do.. .
Well actually he can't sew, mind you, not many man can, so that's not really

a problem, he can't see very well at night, sometimes a problem .

And what else? Oh yes, he can't speak Welsh .
But not many people can,
so again that's not really a problem. He can do many things .
So you see l was talking about his abilities, and that's when we use
can, let's look at the screen.
So in the positive form l can say: l can play the piano ,
she can speak Spanish.
Now notice the pronunciation of can, becomes 'can' .
She can, she can speak Spanish, he can play tennis, we can speak
German, alright so can becomes 'can' when we speak .
Now, the negative form is 'can not' but we abbreviate it when we speak
so it becomes 'can't'. Now notice the difference in pronunciation between
'can' and 'can't'? So the examples are:
they can't understand you, l can't windsurf, Sharon can't cook every
day. And notice the form never changes, it's like 'should', so we say
'can', 'can't'. l can, you can't , she can, it can, they can't, it never changes .
So, that's really useful alright?
The question form is again simple, you put 'can' in front of the subject .
So we say: can you speak ltalian? Can she drive? Can he cook ?
What can you do?
Alright? So, the form is simple,
'can' with every subject form then the infinitive without 'to' so not difficult .

So, whenever you are talking to somebody about your abilities ,

you use can.
Now you can say to people:
'Well, l can speak English now' and that's true .
Great, ok well, thank you for that and l'll see you in the next lesson ,
let's go back to 'That's life!'. Bye!
Hi, Sharon.
Have a seat.
Thanks Anne.
lt's almost ready.
What's for brunch?
Oh no, pasta!
You can't cook pasta! Im trying to lose weight !
Relax dear...
lt's Sunday!
Here, try some.
What about salt?
Good...
l guess l can eat it this time.
The salt is ok.
Do you like cooking?
Why don't you cook lunch for us sometime?
Oh, l love cooking, but it takes time and

l can't cook every day...

Well, cooking is not my favourite hobby,
but Im the only one who knows how to cook in this flat .
l can imagine...
l really love baking cakes.
...Oh that's true!! l remember now,
and l love your cakes!
Thanks, Anne.
But cooking isn't my only hobby.
l love going to the cinema and reading as well...
l love being busy...
So l don't have time to think too much.. .
Think about what?
About what's missing in my life...
But let's talk about something else...
So, if you like movies, there's a good film on at the cinema tonight .
How about going together?
lt's a good idea,
let's ask Jack too.
Hello again! And how are you?
Now did you notice at the end of that last episode in 'That's life!'
that Anne said to Sharon: 'Why don't we go to the cinema?' ,
'How about going to the cinema?'.

Now, that is a suggestion in English, and that's what l want to study

with you now because there are three different ways
of making suggestions in English.
Now, imagine that you say to me 'Im bored, l am so bored'
l can say to you, one, 'Well, why don't we go to the cinema?' ,
'why don't we go to the cinema?' That's one way of making a suggestion .
The second way is: 'How about going to the cinema?' ,
'How about going to the cinema?'
And the third way is: 'What about going to the cinema?'
So three possibilities: 'why don't we go...' ,
'how about going...', 'what about going...'.
Now you try. l say to you 'oh God Im so tired!'
make some suggestions...
'Why don't you rest?', 'How about taking a nap'
which is a short rest, very good!
Next, l say 'Im so hungry, Im so hungry', what do you say ?
Obviously 'Why don't you eat something?',
'Why don't you eat something?', 'How about having a banana?' .
For example, alright?
Next one. 'Im free this weekend', 'Im free this weekend' .
Suggestions... 'Why don't we go to the sea?' .
Or 'How about inviting some friends?'.
So, those are the different ways of making suggestions

and l'd like to look at those with you now on the screen, ok ?
So, let's go to the screen and see those written ,
because they're very, very useful and important
when you're socializing with friends.
So the first one is: 'why don't we' or 'why don't you' :
'Why don't we go to a show?.' 'Why don't you take a rest?' ,
'Why don't we take a holiday?' and 'Why don't you come with me?'
Alrigh number one.
Number two: 'how about', plus the verb plus lNG, you notice that ?
'how about doing something?' And it's the same with 'what about' ,
the same construction 'what about doing' so it's a gerund form .
The examples are: 'How about eating in an ltalian restaurant?' or ,
'How about inviting Jack?', that's Sharon's idea,
or 'What about going to the seaside?' or 'What about seeing a film?' ok ?
So, three ways 'why don't we go...', 'what about going...' ,
'how about going...', so remember you'll find those very useful
when you're socializing with your friends.
Now let's go back to our friends and see Jack and Peter who are talking
about his audition, and then afterwards l want to tell you some other things
about the verb 'can, alright?
So see you later... bye!
Hi, Sharon,
how are you?...

Im fine too.
Well, Im alone,
Anne is out for a business meeting.
Oh, Peter is too?
He is at an audition? Today?
Well, why don't we have lunch together?
Now! Yes!
Yes! No, something simple...
Okay!
Great!
-Hi, Jack, what's up?-Oh, you're here...
Hmm... Im preparing lunch...
-Anne is out and Sharon is coming...-Great! Im hungry !
-Hi, Jack.-Hi.
Alice is here...
Yeah... She's in her room.
Sorry about that.
l would like to be alone with you but... You know.. .
Yeah, l know...
Okay... Sharon... Im the cook. What would you like ?
Why don't you cook some pasta?
Sounds good. What kind of pasta do you have?
Well, we have macaroni, spaghetti...

-Let's have lasagna!-Hmmm... That's too much work.

Shall we have spaghetti?
Great. Excellent. With... Spaghetti with meat sauce?
Great. And how about having some wine with lunch?
lt's the middle of the day. l have to work later .
Let's just have some mineral water.
Fine. Mineral water it is.
And what about a salad, too?
A nice green salad with tomatoes and onions?
Your wish is my command!
And about my wish?! l want wine!
Well,
-Here's some red wine for you.-Thanks...
And do we have any rolls?
No, but there's a loaf of bread.
Great, we're set.
Hello again and welcome back!
Did you notice how Jack said 'l'd like to be alone with you' ?
'l would like to be alone'.
Now that's a very interesting construction,
and that's what l want to study with you now.
Because it describes a desire, a wish or a preference. Ok ?
Now, let me give you some examples.

l have a desire, l have a great desire, you know what it is ?

l have a desire, to have ltalian food tonight,
l'd like to go to an ltalian restaurant, because l love ltalian food .
Now l'd like a romantic table for two with candle light and
l'd like to start with a big plate of pasta.
And l'd like to have some good red Chianti wine .
And then after... l'd like to have some... let's see... boar !
Yes boar, you know boar? B-O-A-R? Boar?
Excuse me... boar, you know?. Yeah wild pig, okay ?
Boar with polenta which is typically ltalian,
followed by a dessert, l'd like to have a dessert ,
with lots of mascarpone. Fantastic, that's heaven .
Then l'd like to finish the dinner with.. .
traditional ltalian espresso. And... l'd like to have the dinner
with my boyfriend. But he's playing tonight, again.
So, would you like to have dinner with me?
Now, those were all examples of positive forms of 'would like' ,
let's look at the question forms.
Now to do this l am going to transform in to a waiter ,
here we are. And l am a waiter in a very luxurious restaurant and
l have the pleasure of serving Mr. Monkey in the restaurant tonight .
So... let's go and see what Mr. Monkey wants .
Good evening, sir, and welcome to our restaurant.. .

now... are you ready to order? Yeah?

Great! So would you like to start with a soup?
We have a wonderful soup tonight, it's leek soup, very delicate ,
and Im sure you'll like it sir. Yes? Perfect! So that's one leek soup .
And what about the main course, would you like some fish ?
We have some fresh salmon from Scotland and l really recommend it .
Fresh, from Scotland... okay right, one hamburger... fine sir !
And to drink, what about... a wonderful French red wine ,
we have some very good red wines here yes? Fine... then ,
one coca cola with your hamburger, fine.
Well. How about finishing your dinner with some cheese
and liquors from France?
Again we have a very good selection of cheeses ?
Oh yeah, right, okay, one toffee ice cream with chocolate sauce .
Sure l will see what l can do, sir... one toffee ice cream with.. .
Okay good, so... enjoy your meal and l'll see you later ,
thank you sir, goodbye.
Toffee ice cream!!!
Those were examples of questions 'would you like' .
Now, let's go to the screen together and see that language
alright?
Now, usually 'would like' as l said is used for wishes ,
wishes that you have, so we often use it in restaurants ,

and the form is 'would like' plus the verb. 'Would you like to go?'
orjust simply 'Would you like some wine?' you can say .
Now the question is important because we don't contract the form ,
let's look at the examples on the screen:
'Would you like to come out with us this evening?' ,
'Would you like to come out?' Okay?
'Would they like to have some wine?'
'What would you like to order Mr. Monkey?'
And 'Where would you like to go this weekend?'
So the question form 'What would you like to do?'
or 'What would you like?'
Then the positive form now, in the positive form we contract .
You know, very often we contract in English.
So 'l would like' becomes 'l'd, l'd, l'd like' .
And, in fact, Jack said 'l'd like to be alone with you'. Remember ?
Other examples: 'They'd like to have dinner' ,
'They'd like to have dinner'.
So you see the pronunciation it's not easy,
'They would' becomes 'they'd', ok ?
'He'd like to buy a TV'. He would, he'd like to buy a TV .
'She'd like to visit her friends this weekend', 'she'd like' .
So 'l'd like, you'd like, she'd like, they'd like'. Alright ?
The contractions.

And in the negative we also contract and we say 'She wouldn't like'
'would not like' becomes 'wouldn't, wouldn't like' ,
difficult isn't it English pronunciation?
So 'She wouldn't like to stay for the weekend .
And l wouldn't like to do that'.
So very very important this form 'l'd like to' because very often we talk
about our preferences and, as we said, our wishes .
Great! Now let's go back and watch our friends in 'That's Life!'
and afterwards l want to tell you something you don't know about
'some' and 'any', ok?
See you later... Bye!
What's on tonight?
Hmm... Just a moment.
-Can you hand me the TV guide?-Oh... Here you are .
What would you like to watch?
Let's watch a documentary.
Oh, documentaries are boring. Why don't we watch 'LA Kids' ?
Please... More soap operas... l can't stand soap operas .
How about watching the news?
Fine... Let's watch the news and then maybe a film .
Right. That's a good compromise.
Shall we make something to eat?
What would you like?

How about some sandwiches? Tuna-fish sandwiches?

Okay, tuna-fish sandwiches.
Why don't you go and prepare them for all of us ?
All right. lt's my turn now.
Why?
What do you mean?!
We had lunch with Sharon today and Jack was the cook.
Oh...
What a piece of news...
-And what would you like to drink?-Let's have a beer .
Great. We've got some good lager in the fridge.
TV, sandwiches and a beer. Paradise!
-Hello everybody!-Hi Peter!
Enjoy Paradise!
Guys... Great news today!
Oh, right! The audition!
So... Have you got the part?
Well...Yes and no...! l mean, they want to see me for a second call !
Oh great! Let's celebrate it!
Wait! Wait! Don't move!
Napkins!!
-Oh, guys, what about my celebration?-Oh, shut up, Peter !
Okay. Okay... Fast... We're losing it !

Oh please, don't be stupid, this is a serious problem !

How about having some pizza?
-Great idea!-Let's go!
Food, food, food. All they think about is food !
Hello and welcome back for some more English.
Now, do you remember in a previous lesson
how we learned about 'some' and 'any'?
And that usually we use 'some' in a positive form ?
For example 'l've got some brothers',
and 'any' is for the negative and the question ,
For example 'Have you got any money?'
negative: 'l haven't got any time'.
Well now l want to teach you something else, something special
about 'some' and 'any', and to do that l need some help ,
l need some help from something rather.. .
Mr. Monkey l'll be right back don't go away, don't go away okay ?
Yes here we are... this is fine... here l am !
Now imagine Im on a plane ok? Im an air hostess ,
so listen to what l say...
Madam would you like some coffee? Would you like some coffee? Yes ?
And some milk? With your coffee? Certainly!
Sir would you like some tea? Ah, ok... Would you like some water ?
Certainly, some water... and some biscuits? Certainly !

Now did you notice? l was asking questions using 'some' .

Now you say 'Wait a minute that's not possible!
You told us that we use 'some' in the positive' .
Now that's very interesting because there is an exception in English ,
there are often exceptions in English.
When we use the question form 'would you like' or 'do you want'
which is like an offer, then we use 'some' .
So this is very important because it's very common .
And let's look at it, on the screen now.
So we say that usually we use 'some' in the positive form ,
'any' in the negative and question.
Well the exception is this: with offers and requests we use
'some', so we would say for example 'Would you like some lunch?'
or 'Woud they like some biscuits?'.
Now, when you're on a plane and you hear an air hostess
who says to you: 'Any coffee?', 'Any biscuits?'.
lt's wrong, it's wrong! You must tell her ''No, no, no, we say some' .
Okay, watch out for that, so 'Would you like some lunch?'
'Would you like some biscuits?' and then requests:
'Can l have some cheese?' Notice the question 'Can l have...'
it's a request 'Can l have some cheese?'
or 'Can we have some water?' Alright ?
So, that is an exception with 'some' and 'any', when we use offers

and requests we use 'some' ok?

So important to remember.
That's the end of this lesson and l'll see you very soon in the next one .
Bye!
Hello, hello to everyone! Welcome to 'The Travel Programme' ,
the TV Show for all travellers.
We talk about foreign countries,
holiday destinations and tourist attractions with Christine Oteng ,
our travel expert.
Hi Christine.
Hi Lucy and good morning to all travellers.
You know, Christine is a real globetrotter.
She visits 14 to 15 countries a year.
ls that right Christine?
That's right Lucy! l travel a lot!
So, what are you talking about today?
Well, l want to talk about a new tourist destination.
Dubai, in the United Arab Emirates.
lnteresting. Dubai's a fascinating city.
Modern and traditional at the same time.
That's true!
ln Dubai there are new skyscrapers next to traditional Arab 'souks' .
But there's something else!

Do you know why Dubai is famous throughout the world?

No, l don't! Please, tell us... we're curious !
Because of the shopping.
Dubai has duty free shopping.
You can find everything there... designer clothes, cameras ,
high tech goods... all at very low prices!
So, it's a real shopping paradise!
Yes Lucy, it is!
But Dubai is also famous for its beaches, blue sea and white sand .
lt sounds wonderful.
When's the best time to visit Dubai?
The best time to visit is from October to April .
During this period the weather's good and there's almost no rain .
So, it's a winter destination!
Exactly! ln summer it's very, very hot there .
lt's about 40C!
Wow! Really hot!
And what is that to do in Dubai?
l mean besides shopping, of course!
Well, there are many things to do there!
You can go on desert safaris, camel rides ,
you can swim and if you like sports there are many centres
for snorkelling and diving.

Ok... so... you need a lot of time to do all those things !

Well, if you prefer to relax you can just sunbathe !
That's true! What about hotels?
ls it easy to find accommodation in Dubai?
Of course! There are many hotels at all prices !
Most of them are new, with large rooms and good service .
And food? What about the food?
You can find all kinds of food in Dubai.
Middle eastern and international food:
Lebanese, French, ltalian, lndian and so on .
Well, Dubai is the home of sun, sand and shopping .
Do you like all these things?
Then Dubai is the place for you! Goodbye Christine.
Goodbye Lucy and goodbye to all travellers.
See you again soon to learn more about the world of travel with
'The Travel Programme'! Bye, bye!
Are you a traveller?
A traveller is a person who travels to many foreign countries .
And what's a foreign country?
A country that is not your country.
Im from Scotland so for me France is a foreign country .
And a foreigner is a person from a different country .
l am a foreigner in France.

But a tourist is someone who is on holiday in a foreign country .

Let's have a look at some other useful words
and expressions to talk about travelling:
l called Christine a globetrotter,
that's a person who travels all around the world
from one country to another country.
She visits America then Japan then Kenya and Spain
A holiday destination is a place where people go on holiday ,
like Paris and lbiza.
A tourist attraction is something people visit like
Buckingham Palace and the Louvre.
An important word for travellers is accommodation.
Accommodation is the place where you stay and sleep .
A hotel is a kind of accommodation,
a bed and breakfast is another kind of accommodation .
What do people do when they go on holiday ?
They visit tourist attractions, like the Souks in Dubai,
a Souk is a traditional Arab market.
Or if they prefer the sun and the sea they go to the beach .
When l go to the beach l like to relax and sunbathe.
Sunbathing is when you sit or lie in the sun and do nothing ,
maybe just read a book!
But there are often water activities you can do ,

like snorkelling and diving.

Snorkelling is like swimming but you have a mask to see under the water .
Diving is swimming deep under the water with oxygen tanks to breathe .
Notice how we say the United Arab Emirates,
the article 'the' is used when the words united ,
union and republic are in the name of the country .
For example we say:
the United States of America, the Republic of lreland ,
the Soviet Union,
but we say: Spain, Brazil, Australia, France
and we don't use 'the' with names of cities :
Dubai, London, Madrid, Rome.
That's all for now, see you soon.
Good evening, good evening!
lt's time for music now with 'Music World'!
ln this programme we talk about music with our expert
Tony Moore and of course we listen to good songs !
What kind of music do you like Tony?
l like pop music and rock music too !
Pop and rock are great types of music!
Well... what are you talking about this evening Tony?
l'd like to talk about new ways of listening to music .
Sounds interesting!

What do you mean exactly?

Well, l mean downloading songs from the lnternet.
You know Lucy, this new way of listening to music
is very very popular today, especially amongst young people !
Really? Maybe because it's a cheap way of listening to music.. .
That's true, it is cheap.
But that isn't the only reason!
There are many music websites on the lnternet .
You can find all kinds of music.
Old songs, unusual types of music,
pieces of music by unknown artists or bands .
So there's a good choice.
Exactly, there's a very good choice !
lt's a good way of listening to new styles of music.
And you know many people like to listen to the latest records
before they buy them.
l see, l see! So, listening to music from the lnternet is very popular .
But how does it work? ls it difficult to download songs ?
No, no... it's very easy!
You go to the music website, choose the song you want to listen to ,
pay with your credit card and then download the MP3 file
to a computer.
Remember, you have to have your credit card ready ,

it's illegal to download music files without paying!

Right, l'll remember that. But Tony,
what's an MP3 file?
Well, an MP3 file is an audio file.
lt's the type file we use for pieces of music .
But remember Lucy... you can only listen to MP3 files
on your computer or on an MP3 player!
Ok, this is very interesting, but it's quite difficult for me .
Im not good with technology.
l usually listen to music on my stereo.
Don't worry Lucy! lt's always difficult at the beginning...
Now l'll give you an example of how it works .
-Are you ready?-Yes l am!
Ok, you want to download a piece of music...
This is what you have to do: you go on the lnternet
and you go to the music website.
A music website is like a library of music.
Here you can search by artist, type of music or genre ,
CD title or song. Do you follow?
Yes yes, l follow you.
Good, so you choose the song, download it to your computer ,
then from the computer download it to your MP3 player .
An MP3 player is a music container.

lt can store 7,500 songs.

7,500 songs, wow, so many!
Well, you're right! lt isn't very difficult! Ok.
lt's time to say goodbye to our viewers!
-So thanks Tony...-Thanks, bye bye .
Bye.
See you again soon here on
'Music World'. And...
What would you like to listen to next time?
Time again to repeat some of the useful expressions
and words that we used.
To start with, notice how we always say 'listen to music' .
We say: listen to the radio, listen to a CD and listen to me !
How do we listen to music?
With a CD player you listen to CDs,
with a record player you listen to records and with a cassette player
you listen to cassettes.
Now a lot of people use MP3 players because they download music
from the lnternet to their computers as MP3 files .
An MP3 file is the music file you find on a music website ,
which, as Tony said, is like a music library
where you can find lots of different songs.
That was a lot of information, so let's see now,

you download music from the lnternet to your computer .

Notice the use of 'from' and 'to'.
You download the music from the computer to your MP3 player ,
and then you can listen to music on an MP3 player .
Here notice the use of 'on':
You listen to a CD on a CD player.
You listen to a record on a record player,
and you listen to music on the radio.
We also say 'go on the Net',
and when we do research on the lnternet we say that we 'navigate'
or 'surf the Net.
'The Net' is the abbreviation of the lnternet.
Remember l asked Tony:
What kind of music do you like?
What kind of... ?
ls a useful question form not only to talk about music !
We ask:
What kind of food do you like?
What kind of beer do you like?
What kind of wine do you like?
ln these questions 'kind' means 'type' or 'genre' ,
genre is another word Tony used.
Pop is a genre of music, classical is also a genre .

So happy listening, until next time. Bye!

Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
look at the subtitles carefully,
listen out for the language points that we have learned together, ok ?
Enjoy your viewing!
dvzlm nket ismt az English today adsban.
Ez a kezd szint harmadik DVD-je.
Ezen a DVD-n tovbbi kt epizdot fognak ltni az That's life! c. trtnetbl ,
specilis TV-msorunkban ltni fognak egy interjt
[ Skipped item nr. 598 ]
ezt kveten pedig egy beszlgetst egy zeneszakrtvel

English Today DVD 04-Eng

Sub

DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn thanhnp.org@gmail.comquanghungxd86@gmail.com

Hi Alice.
What are you doing?
Im just relaxing a bit, watching some TV.
What's on?
Im watching the news.
So... What's happening in the world?
The usual:

politicians are trying to pretend they know what they are doing !
Alice, you are such a sceptic!
That's the way l am.
What's that?
lt's a book Im reading.
What's it about?
lt's a story about a woman, a young woman...
Who can't stand her father.
That sounds interesting.
Yes, it's not that bad...
Alice, what's wrong?
Do you want to talk about it?
No, Im so tired now,
Im going to bed...
Good night!
'Night!
Hello again e welcome back to 'English 2day' for some more English .
Now in that last episode of 'That's Life!'
did you notice that Anne said 'What are you doing?' ,
and Alice said 'Oh, Im just relaxing, Im just relaxing, Im watching TV' .
Now, they were using the Present Continuous tense ,
and that is a tense that we use to describe something
which is happening now at this very moment, ok?

Now l want to practise that with you. So,

you watch me and tell me what Im doing. Ok?
So... this... What am l doing?
What am l doing? Im reading, exactly, Im reading .
Now, this. What am l doing?
Im relaxing, Im relaxing.
Now, what am l doing?
Im phoning,
or Im calling, Im phoning.
Next. This...
What am l doing?
Im writing, Im writing, good.
Next, what, what am l doing?
What am l doing?
Im listening to music, listening to music, ok ?
This one...
What am l doing?
Like Anne, Im cleaning the table. Cleaning the table .
Now, you. What are you doing at the moment?
Well, you're listening to me and you're watching television ,
for example, and you're learning English, ok?
Now, my boyfriend, remember my boyfriend ?
What's he doing? Well at this time he's sleeping ,

because it's in the morning, he's sleeping .

What about my dog, Zukie, she's probably sleeping too ,
she's sleeping all the time.
So, she's sleeping too, Im the only person who's not sleeping .
We, what are we doing?
Well, Im asking you questions
and you're thinking of answers to my questions, ok ?
So that's the form, the form isn't difficult,
let's go to the screen and see it,
see how we make up the Present Continuous .
Now in the positive sentences we use the verb 'to be' so :
'l am, you are, he is, she is, it is, we are, you are, they are'
and then we take the verb and we add 'l-N-G' to the verb .
So, it becomes in the positive form 'Im reading' ,
now notice 'l am' is contracted, as always ,
and we say 'Im reading', 'you're learning'.
Contraction, 'you are'... 'you're learning', 'he's relaxing' ,
'she's working', 'it's raining',
'we're listening', 'you're talking'
and 'they're eating'.
So the verb 'to be' contracted ,
then the infinitive of the verb plus l-N-G, not too difficult .
So, look at the question form.

Now the question form is easy, what we do is:

we change the position of the subject and the verb 'to be' .
So it becomes: 'Where am l working this month?' ,
'Where are you staying?', 'What is he reading this week?' ,
'What is she doing now?', 'What is it eating?' ,
like the dog, 'Who are we playing?', 'Who are you visiting?' ,
'Who are they working with?'.
Alright?
And then the negative, remember the negative of the verb 'to be' ?
We need it here, so we say: 'l am not' becomes 'Im not working' ,
'you are not' becomes 'you aren't', remember contraction ,
'you aren't sleeping', 'he isn't concentrating' ,
'she isn't cooking',
'it isn't snowing', 'we aren't going out',
'you aren't watching TV',
and 'they aren't studying'.
So this is the Present Continuous tense
that we use to describe an action happening now, at the moment ,
a very important tense, and we will definitely come back
and look at more of that.
Alright? Good! Thank you and l'll see you again soon, bye !
What are you doing?
Im connecting to the lnternet

because l need to send an email.

Who are you sending an email to?
To my boss in America.
He needs the weekly report immediately .
Why?
Because he has a meeting with the shareholders tomorrow morning .
What's happening with the laptop?
The lnternet connection isn't working very well .
Sometimes it happens with my computer, too.
Do you have a suggestion?
Usually Peter lends me his computer...
ls Peter at home?
No, l think there's only Sharon.
Okay,
Im going anyway...
Anne has daggers for Sharon! Doesn't she?
Things are beginning to heat up.
Now did you notice that they use the Present Continuous a lot ?
A lot of things were happening at that moment .
With Jack getting on the lnternet, having problems with his computers ,
asking Peter for help etcetera.
l want to tell you something about when we use the Present Continuous .
Because there are two occasions to start with .

First when we describe something happening right now, for example :

'We are learning English'.
But then we use the Present Continuous to describe
an action happening around the present.
l can say for example: 'At the moment Im doing yoga' .
Which doesn't mean at this very moment, but at this point of time.. .
in this month for example, ok?
So at the moment, which is around the present ,
Im doing yoga, one use, and the other is 'Now ,
we are learning, we are studying English'.
So that's interesting, let's look at the screen at some examples about that, ok ?
So, Present Continuous asking or telling about something
happening now at this present moment in time, ok ?
So the examples: 'Im teaching now', 'you're listening now' ,
'he's learning at the moment'.
And the other example is when you are speaking about
something happening around the moment.
So 'We're studying English', for example, 'this month' ,
or 'She's reading a new book this week' .
Or 'They're working on the project this week' .
So you see the slight difference between the two?
That's important. Now let's go back to 'That's Life!'
and listen again to how they use the Present Continuous,

and then l have something else to tell you about it after, ok ?

So see you later, bye!
Yes, l am listening to you!
Yes, Im listening!
Who's she talking to?
l don't know,
l guess it's her father...
Just a moment.
What do you want?
Nothing. lt's four o'clock in the morning...
ls everything all right, Alice?
lt's none of your business!
What? Excuse us. Sorry to interrupt!
Listen... l know it's late, Im sorry .
But Im talking to my father.
He's in Boston now, it's nine o'clock there !
What?
What do you want?
Im not tired anymore...
Neither am l...
What about eating something?
l don't know,
Im not really hungry.

Im going on the lnternet to chat with a friend in ltaly .

Would you like to join me?
Now, that Im not sleeping anymore...
Would you like to see him?
How?
l have pictures of him on my computer.. .
And... You know what? He can see you, too, with the Webcam !
What? Oh my Gosh!
No, please! Im horrible now!
No, you're not!
And besides... He might be interested.. .
Why?
Do you think l need a boyfriend?
l think we know what Anne needs... don't we ?
Now, l have one more thing do with you related to the Present Continuous ,
and that's the spelling, of the Present Continuous .
And to do that let's go to the screen because it's easier to see things written .
The Present Continuous, for example
'l am talking', now to form 'talking' what we usually do is :
we take the verb, like 'talk', and we just add 'lNG' ,
for the majority of verbs we do that, look at the examples :
'talk', 'talking'; 'work', add lNG, 'working'; 'start', 'starting' .
Now, as ever there are exceptions in the English language, what are they ?

Well, all verbs that end with letter E are exceptions, look what happens .
'Have', for example, ends with E.
You eliminate the E and you add 'lNG'. So 'have' becomes 'having'
without the E, ok?
Other examples are 'live', 'living';
'dance', 'dancing'; 'make', 'making'.
So all verbs which end in E, you eliminate the E, add 'l-N-G' .
Then another group which is important is a group where
the verbs end with a consonant-vowel-consonant .
What does that mean? Well... give me example of.. .
let's have the example of 'stop'.
Now stop is S-T-O-P, so the end of the verb is T-O-P, okay ?
So it's consonant-vowel-consonant.
So with these verbs we double the last consonant
and it becomes 'stop', 'stopping'.
Now notice that in English pronunciation when there's
a double consonant we don't hear it in the pronunciation .
So for example we don't say 'stoPPing' or 'swiMMing' ok ?
Not like other languages.
So the pronunciation stays the same but we double the consonant .
Examples are: 'stop', 'stopping'; 'plot', 'plotting';
'swim', 'swimming'; 'get', 'getting'.
Alright? So those are the different ways of spelling

the Present Continuous tense verbs, great!

Well now you are expert about the Present Continuous ,
so keep practising it, and l really look forward to seeing you
in the next lesson... Bye!
Fine. Im looking forward to seeing you.
Bye bye.
Oh my God!
Okay guys, don't panic!
What?
We have to be strong, and try to keep calm!
-What are you talking about?-She's coming! Tomorrow morning !
Who, for God's sake?
Aunt Mary! The owner of the flat!
-So what?-Your auntie!
-What's so terrible about her?-Let me explain:
imagine me in fifty years...
You mean... You... Old... With your manias.. .
Your cleaning obsessions?...
Oh my God! Okay okay, don't panic!
So, what do we have to do?
Let me see...
What do you have scheduled for today?
Today is a busy day! l have to finish my painting !

No way! Painting means brushes, colours... Dirt and mess everywhere !

As for me... Let's check my date book...
Date book? l don't believe it!
You mean, you don't have a PDA?
Please, Alice. l have a program on my laptop, l don't need a PDA as well .
Im just surprised, that's all. You are usually highly technological .
That's not entirely true...
l like to use paper and pen as well.
Okay... Leave it guys! Let's go straight to the point .
What's on your schedule today?
Im meeting a client from four to five. And then Im going to the mall .
Why are you going to the mall?
l want to buy a new modem for my PC.
A new modem?!
That's not exactly business.
Yes... Well... There's something wrong with mine.. .
Okay, maybe it's not that important... l can go tomorrow morning.. .
That's very kind of you, Jack.
Well, let me see...
l've got a list with all your duties here...
But... What is it?
lt's always with me... For emergencies, you know.. .
Just like this one.

-Jack!-At your orders, general!

You have to clean up the kitchen.
You're washing the dishes... Cleaning the oven and the fridge.. .
The burners and the basin.
Oh, and finally, you have to sweep and mop the floor .
Im ready!
Oh, and obviously you have to clean your bedroom, too .
lt sounds exciting...
Alice,
you have to clean the living room.
You have to throw all these magazines out,
put all the CDs in order,
clean up the carpet
and dust the furniture.
-Do l have to mop the floor as well?-Of course !
As for me, Im cleaning the bathroom
and all the windows...
Well, l want you both in the living room at half past six
-for a detailed report, ok?-Yes sir!
Hello again and welcome back to 'English 2day',
your live television programme about the English language .
Anne is really panicking in 'That's life!', isn't she ?
Did you notice how they were using the Present Continuous ,

but referring to the future? That's interesting, isn't it ?

We haven't learned that yet... Present Continuous for the future ,
well, in fact we use the Present Continuous
when we are talking about future plans, and in 'That's Life!' ,
in that episode we heard...
Anne says 'she's coming tomorrow',
'she's coming tomorrow', that's her aunt, now, that's a plan ,
it's a plan. Anne then says to Jack:
'What's on your schedule today? What's on your schedule?'
and Jack says:
'Im meeting a client from four to five and then Im going to the mall' .
Now those are both plans,
so let's look at how we can use the Present Continuous also for plans .
We often use it when we describe what we have in our week ,
what we've arranged for our week .
So in our diary, not agenda, remember, diary.. .
So let me tell you... next week...
Well next week on Monday...
Im going to the dentist, Im going to the dentist, that is not very nice .
Number two... let's look Tuesday...
Tuesday Im staying at home, ok Im staying at home... that's ok.. .
Wednesday... Wednesday Im having dinner with friends .
That's really nice, that's pleasant...

Thursday, on Thursday Im teaching some Chinese students.. .

That will be different... interesting!
On Friday Im listening to my boyfriend, he's playing in a concert ,
so that'll be great... and then on Saturday and Sunday
Im going to the coast... to spend a relaxing weekend .
That's not a bad week, you?
What about you? What are you doing?
You notice when l ask you the question l use the Present Continuous
because l want to know your plans...
What are you doing?
And also, my boyfriend, l could say:
What is he doing? What's my boyfriend doing this Saturday ?
Well unfortunately he's playing in a jazz festival in Berlin.. .
and l can't go... so... never mind .
Alright? So let's look at the summary now of the Present Continuous
on the screen because it's very interesting, all the different uses .
So, we said, we use the Present Continuous
to express actions happening now, at the moment.
Remember that? 'She's doing her homework now' .
'They're playing basketball at the moment'.
Alright? So that's now.
Then we said we use the Present Continuous to describe actions
around to this moment in time, for example...

'She's studying Spanish this month' or 'We're going to do yoga ,

We're doing yoga this week'.
So around the present time.
And this lesson we learned Present Continuous for a planned future ,
a programmed future.
So... 'Im going to the dentist this afternoon' .
That's a plan, it's a schedule.
'Jack's meeting a client'. That's a plan.
'Aunt Mary is coming tomorrow'.
And the question?
'What are you doing tomorrow?'
'We're flying to New York'.
Alright? So important that.
Have a look at that episode again,
and listen for the Present Continuous used in the future ,
and also listen for something else which Anne uses.. .
she uses often the verb 'have to' for duties and responsibilities ,
because we are going to study that together, alright? Great!
l'll see you soon... bye!
Fine. Im looking forward to seeing you.
Bye bye.
Oh my God!
Okay guys, don't panic!

What?
We have to be strong, and try to keep calm!
-What are you talking about?-She's coming! Tomorrow morning !
Who, for God's sake?
Aunt Mary! The owner of the flat!
-So what?-Your auntie!
-What's so terrible about her?-Let me explain:
imagine me in fifty years...
You mean... You... Old... With your manias.. .
Your cleaning obsessions?...
Oh my God! Okay okay, don't panic!
So, what do we have to do?
Let me see...
What do you have scheduled for today?
Today is a busy day! l have to finish my painting !
No way! Painting means brushes, colours... Dirt and mess everywhere !
As for me... Let's check my date book...
Date book? l don't believe it!
You mean, you don't have a PDA?
Please, Alice. l have a program on my laptop, l don't need a PDA as well .
Im just surprised, that's all. You are usually highly technological .
That's not entirely true...
l like to use paper and pen as well.

Okay... Leave it guys! Let's go straight to the point .

What's on your schedule today?
Im meeting a client from four to five. And then Im going to the mall .
Why are you going to the mall?
l want to buy a new modem for my PC.
A new modem?!
That's not exactly business.
Yes... Well... There's something wrong with mine.. .
Okay, maybe it's not that important... l can go tomorrow morning.. .
That's very kind of you, Jack.
Well, let me see...
l've got a list with all your duties here...
But... What is it?
lt's always with me... For emergencies, you know.. .
Just like this one.
-Jack!-At your orders, general!
You have to clean up the kitchen.
You're washing the dishes... Cleaning the oven and the fridge.. .
The burners and the basin.
Oh, and finally, you have to sweep and mop the floor .
Im ready!
Oh, and obviously you have to clean your bedroom, too .
lt sounds exciting...

Alice,
you have to clean the living room.
You have to throw all these magazines out,
put all the CDs in order,
clean up the carpet
and dust the furniture.
-Do l have to mop the floor as well?-Of course !
As for me, Im cleaning the bathroom
and all the windows...
Well, l want you both in the living room at half past six
-for a detailed report, ok?-Yes sir!
l don't know about you Mr. Monkey
but there's something l just can't stand, is cleaning the house, just awful !
Hello camera one, how are you?
l was just talking to Mr. Monkey about what they're doing
in 'That's Life!'... cleaning the house, can't stand it !
Now, did you see Anne organizing everybody, responsibilities, duties ,
well she was using some language that l want to study with you now .
Did you hear this sentences?
Jack said so: 'What do we have to do?'
and Anne replies, to Jack,
'You have to clean up the kitchen,
you have to sweep and mop the floor and you have to clean your bedroom' .

Like a child!
And Alice, she says... she says:
'She has to clean the living room,
she has to throw all the magazines out
and she has to put the CDs in order'.
Like... organize them.
And this is the use of the verb 'have to' plus the infinitive ,
talking about duties and responsibilities.
So let's look at other situations using 'have to' .
For example, l have a very important responsibility in my life and.. .
you know who that is?
Yeah... Zukie, you know, it's a great responsibility if you have a dog ,
let me tell you about it.
For example, l have to take her for a walk at least twice a day ,
l have to feed her, give her food, what else?
l have to keep her company too,
because when she's alone she often barks, you know 'barks'... ?
So l have to keep her company... what else ?
Oh yeah... lf l go on holiday, l have to find her kennels ,
kennels is like a hotel for dogs,
so that she is looked after, so she's a great responsibility .
Think of my boyfriend.
Now, he's a professional jazz musician, and he has responsibilities ,

for example he has to practise at least four hours a day .

He has to learn new songs, what else?
He has to attend master classes, for example.
And... he has to work at night.
Now what about you?
Im sure you have responsibilities and duties.
What do you have to do?
You have families maybe... and also, you are learning English ,
so you have a responsibility towards learning the language ,
for example you have to learn new vocabulary,
and that takes memory, so vocabulary...
You have to practise speaking,
practise listening and you have to dedicate time
to learning the language.
So that's 'have to' and l want to look at that with you now on the screen ,
because it's a very interesting verb,
and when you want to talk about your responsibilities
and duties this is the verb to use.
Now... so 'have to' for daily responsibilities and obligations .
Now we use the verb 'have', which is conjugated ,
l have, you have, he has, she has, it has, we have, you have, they have.. .
then we add 'to'... 'have to' okay?
That's very important, then we add the infinitive, so an example :

l have to use a computer at work.

Now, did you hear my pronunciation?
'l have to'... notice l don't say V, l say F.. .
'have'... 'have', it becomes 'have to' ,
'have to' becomes in pronunciation 'have to'... 'have to' Okay ?
So... l have to use a computer at work .
She has to write a report.
Third person, 'has'.
She has to write a report.
He has to answer e-mails. Alright?
We have to, we go back to the pronunciation with F ,
we have to pay taxes, unfortunately.
They have to go to meetings, which is sometimes boring.. .
'have to' okay? Duties, responsibilities.
Good, now the examples of questions are:
Do you have to speak English?
We use the auxiliary 'do' very important, it's like the verb 'have' .
So: Do you have to speak English?
How often do you have to travel? For example.
What language does she have to learn?
And where do we have to go?
So remember use the auxiliary 'do' and 'does' .
So that 'have to' when we are speaking about obligations

and responsibilities and we have a lot of them in life

so it's an important verb.
Great!
Let's go back and see how the cleaning is going ,
terrible Mr. Monkey cleaning! See you soon... Bye !
Well done guys, Im proud of you!
Neat and clean!
Rather stressful, l know,
but at last the flat is perfectly clean.
Yes, but now it's us that needs to be cleaned.. .
Excuse me...
Hello...
Aunt Mary...
Everything is ready for your arrival...
Im picking you up at the airport tomorrow at...
What?
Really?
Oh, l understand. What a shame...
Oh no, no... Not a problem, at all.
l hope you get well soon...
Right.
Bye bye.
-So?-What?

Aunt Mary isn't coming anymore.

She's got a cold...
Hey guys,
l've got the part!
But, what's happening here?
-Nothing special...-Congratulations Peter.. .
Hello and welcome back to 'English 2day',
the only live TV programme where you can learn the English language .
Let me tell you what happens here...
Well there are a lot of sound technicians, cameramen,
technicians everywhere, helping me make this programme
for you and it's great, it's a real pleasure to teach you .
Now, in this lesson l want to do a general revision of the present tenses ,
just to be sure that you've understood everything
we learned so far, ok?
Now, do you remember him?
Mr. Dinosaur? Do you remember him? Dinosaur?
He represents the Simple Present tense and when we use it, remember ?
Let's check that Mr. Dinosaur...
DlNOSAUR, these letters represent the beginning of frequency adverbs ,
do you remember them?
Let me remind you:
O is 'often' so 'l often drink coffee in the morning' .

What about this? A... good! 'Always' great!

'l always get up at half past six in the morning'.
This one 'usually', this one 'rarely', 'rarely' difficult pronunciation ,
this one 'sometimes' great!
This one? 'Never'? Okay!
And this one here... D... 'every day'.
So remember DlNOSAUR,
this is when we use the simple present for habitual actions ,
actions that repeat themselves, with the frequency adverbs .
Now do you remember also him? Mr. Snake?
He is to remind you about 'sss'... third person:
l like, you like, he likes, she likes, it likes .
Often we forget to put the S on the third person, he's here to remind you .
And also the auxiliaries: 'does', negative: 'doesn't' okay ?
So Mr. Dinosaur, Mr. Snake, Simple Present. Great !
Then we learned the Present Continuous that...
for example 'l am learning'.
We learned that Present Continuous has three uses do you remember ?
Here they are: now, something happening now .
'We're learning English now' then 'at the moment' ,
something happening around the present, 'at the moment
Im learning yoga' for example.
And then for a future plan 'tomorrow Im going to Paris' .

So the three uses of the Present Continuous, alright? Great !

Let's go to the screen and check those once more .
So, we said: Simple Present is when we talk about activities or routines
which take place on a regular basis Mr. Dinosaur... Mr. Snake.. .
Examples: 'He goes to work every day' Mr. Snake ,
'She gets up at 7 o'clock', and the question?
'Where do you live?' So auxiliaries 'do', 'does', 'doesn't', 'don't' .
Great, then the Present Continuous,
we use it for something happening now,
at the moment and in the future, so the examples are :
'Im reading 'An ltalian Affair' this month',
for example: 'they're cooking dinner now',
and 'she's meeting with Jack tomorrow'.
So you really are truly experts about the present tense now .
So keep practising that, keep using it,
then it'll really go into your heads.
And l look forward to seeing you and to teaching you some more things
about the English language very soon... so take care... Bye !
Good evening and welcome to another edition of 'Let's talk' .
ln the studio with me this evening are our commentators
Marie and Tom, welcome.
Hello... Hello...
Well, what's the subject of our debate this evening ?

We're talking about the work-life balance.

Wow! Sounds interesting...
What exactly does the expression 'work-life balance' mean ?
Well... work-life balance is about enjoying a good quality of life
without working too much...
Yes! lt's important for people to have some control over when ,
where and how much they work.
ln other words, we're talking about the importance
of not working too much!
Exactly, Eric!
Today for many people work is the only thing they think about .
We have no time for family, no time to relax and no time for ourselves !
You're right, Marie! And of course today with the lnternet
and mobile phones it's possible for people to work
24 hours a day from home, from the car, from anywhere !
That's true... but... you need to have a job to live.. .
Of course! But work isn't the only important thing in life .
Workers today are tired and feel stressed.
Yes, people are working long hours.
Do you know that 30% of UK workers take work home
in the evening and at weekends?
Really? ln the evenings and at weekends
that's a lot of work...

Yes, it's a real problem... for our quality of life, l mean .

Right! And there are also problems at work for mothers
with young children and workers who look after ill or old family members .
Of course! Are there any solutions to these issues ?
Well, companies are looking for solutions.
They're studying new ways of working.
What are these new ways of working?
For example companies can introduce flexible working hours .
l mean, workers start work early and finish work early or start work late
and finish work late.
Or they can encourage homeworking.
Workers can use the lnternet and work from home .
That way they save time as they don't travel to the office.. .
lnteresting solutions... And what about part-time work ?
Yes, this is another way of solving the problem of too much work .
Workers can work 2 or 3 days a week.. .
So... there are ways of finding a good work-life balance ,
we need to put them into practice.
That's right Eric!
Ok, so remember, don't work too much !
A good work-life balance is important for the individual,
for the company and for society.
Thank you to our commentators. Thank you!

And goodbye!
And see you again soon for the next edition of 'Let's talk' !
Let's have a closer look at the expressions
from our debate about work.
As Marie and Tom just said, many people work too much ,
so they are stressed and tired.
Do you work long hours?
'To work long hours' means you work a lot of hours in a day .
A lot of people take work home, this means if you don't finish your work
in the office you take it home and finish it there .
Can you take work home in your job?
This is different from homeworking.
'Homeworking' means you work from home. You have a computer
at home with lnternet access and you do your job at home .
'Flexible working hours' means you don't work
from nine to five every day, you work eight hours a day ,
but you can decide when you start and finish.
'Part-time work' means you don't work every day,
perhaps just two or three days a week or only in the morning .
lf you work part-time then you have a part-time job .
'Full-time work' means you work eight hours a day, five days a week .
You work full-time, you have a full-time job.
Notice how we say: in the morning, in the afternoon and in the evening .

We use 'in' for parts of the day but we say 'at night'
and we say 'at weekends'.
ln American English you can also say 'on weekends' .
Let's take a quick look before we finish at some vocabulary :
A mobile phone is the phone you can take everywhere with you .
ln American English it's called a 'cell-phone'
and in British English it is a 'mobile phone' .
A company is a business or organization where people work .
And a worker is someone who works in an office or factory .
Notice this work comes from the verb 'work' = 'ER' .
ln English it is common to add 'ER' to a verb to form the name
of the person who does it.
For example 'teach'= ER = teacher; 'sing'= ER = singer
and 'play'= ER = player, like 'football player'.
That's all there's time for now,
l'll see you next time!
Bye, bye.
Hello, everyone and welcome to 'Let's talk' ,
the Saturday evening debate with our two commentators, Tom and Marie .
Good evening! Hello!
Tom and Marie, tonight l'd like to hear your thoughts on.. .
on these new ways for people to meet their ideal partner .
What do you mean Eric?

Well, a friend of mine is going to a speed dating event next week .

And he wants me to go with him.
l don't know what to do... Im curious... l'd like to try but.. .
Come on Eric. No 'buts'! You have to go! Speed dating's great fun !
And even if you don't find your soul mate,
it's an interesting way to spend an evening .
That's true! Speed dating's really popular at the moment .
lt's a great opportunity to meet people.
Sometimes... very interesting people !
Yes! And sometimes you can fall in love !
l know a guy who married a girl he met speed dating !
This speed dating sounds interesting!
Im single, you know... But how does it work ?
Perhaps you can explain this to our viewers, too !
Im sure people would like to know exactly how speed dating works.. .
l'd certainly like to find out!
Well, speed dating events usually take place in nightclubs or pubs .
The participants have a number and they sit around the tables .
The men are on one side, the women are on the other side .
Then the fun starts! You have four minutes to ask your questions ,
only four minutes remember. The other person asks questions too .
Then you move to the next table and ask your questions again .
What kind of questions can l ask?

Anything you like. For example 'What's your name?',

'How old are you?', 'What are your interests?'... The kind of questions
that you ask when you meet somebody for the first time.. .
And what happens next?
Well, you write down your thoughts about the person .
The person facing you does the same thing. At the end of the event
you give your thoughts about the people to the organisers .
What do you mean: 'my thoughts'?
lt's easy, you select the people you'd like to meet again.. .
The organisers then add your decisions to their website .
And then what happens?
The next day you go to their website and read the results !
What 'results'?
Well, if you select a person and that person selects you ,
you can meet again... Now it's time for a 'slow' date !
Wow! lt sounds really interesting! And fun, too.
Well, l think l'll go with my friend next wednesday to that speed dating thing .
Would you like to try speed dating?
Well, now it's time to say goodbye to our commentators, to Tom and Marie .
-Goodbye Eric!-Goodbye!
And goodbye to you!
And see you again soon in our next edition of 'Let's talk' !
Well, the speed dating sounds a little crazy but fun, so l think l'll go !

As Marie said, l don't think l'll find my 'soul mate'

but l'll definitely meet a lot of people .
A soul mate is the perfect person for you,
in other words your ideal partner, the best person to spend your life with .
Do you have a soul mate?
Here are some other useful expressions
and words to talk about 'affairs of the heart' for example .
A date is a meeting with a 'special' person .
We say 'go on a date' or 'l've got a date' with somebody .
For example: l've got a date with Lucy!
lf you do have a boyfriend or a girlfriend then you are in a relationship .
You say 'Im in a relationship'.
When you fall in love with someone you like the person a lot ,
it's a wonderful feeling and beautiful things happen !
And you say you are in love with that person.
And if you are in love with a person you may decide to marry them
in a church or a town hall.
When you marry you form a legal union with a person forever .
And you say 'Im married'.
But it doesn't always last forever, people sometimes divorce ,
they separate from the person they marry ,
so they are divorced and they say 'Im divorced' .
Do you have a boyfriend or girlfriend? Are you single ?

Well if you're not in a relationship

then perhaps you'd like to try 'speed dating' one day too !
That's all from me for now, see you again soon .
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
look at the subtitles carefully,
listen out for the language points that we have learned together, ok ?
Enjoy your viewing!

English Today DVD 05-Eng

Sub

Good morning, Alice. DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn thanhnp.org@gmail.comquanghungxd86@gmail.com

-Wake up!-Good morning, Jack. DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn
thanhnp.org@gmail.com-quanghungxd86@gmail.com
Please, give me a cup of coffee... Bring me back to life... Im still asleep .
Here you are.
So, what are you doing today?
Well, first Im taking a shower
and after that l have my daily appointment with 'Ask the stars'.. .
-Ask... What?!-Oh, don't you know it?
Sorry, no!
lt's the horoscope l listen to every morning on the radio .
lt's fantastic, l can't start my day without it.
How can l go out in the morning without the advice of 'Ask the stars'? !

Please Jack, this is not a joke:

our entire life is driven by planets.
By the way... What are you doing today?
Well... Im going to work, just like every day and.. .
Today it's Tuesday, isn't it? l have to go to the karate gym .
Wow!! Are you doing anYThing this evening?
No, l don't have anYThing planned.
Well, Sharon, Anne and l are going to the cinema.
Maybe Peter is coming, too.
-Would you like to come?-That sounds great. Which film ?
We're seeing 'lnterview with the vampire'.
Not that film, guys. l hate horror films.
Why don't we go to see the latest Julia Roberts' film ?
Oh, please, Anne. We don't need more romance.. .
We already have our love story in the apartment next to us.. .
With Peter and Sharon, l mean.
Okay, you are right! Let's go to see 'lnterview with the vampire' then .
Well, l think... l prefer to stay at home.. .
Now l have got to go to work... See you later .
-ls eveRYThing okay, Jack?-Yes, why?
-lt's late, that's all... Bye.-Bye...
Hello and welcome back to 'English 2day', your live TV programme
where you can learn the English language .

And in this lesson we are going to look at the verb 'have' .

Now, the verb 'have', you think 'Well, that's easy!' .
lt's not true... it's actually quite complicated because
there are two ways of using the verb 'have' in English .
l can say 'l have a scooter', or 'l've got a scooter' .
Well in this lesson we look at the first way, 'l have a scooter' .
Now in that our last episode do you remember that Alice said :
'l have my daily appointment with ask the stars',
you know she believes in the stars, 'l have my daily appointment' .
Just simply the verb 'have'.
Now l want to give you a little test before we move on.
lf l say 'l have a scooter' how would you ask me the question about that ?
How would you do it?
'Have you a scooter?'
No that's not possible, something missing like... an auxiliary ?
That's it! 'Do you have a scooter?'
Now this is a typical mistake,
people often think that 'have you a scooter?'
is a question, but the verb 'have' needs an auxiliary
'do you have a scooter?'.
Listen to this: he has a scooter, he has, Mr. Snake, a scooter .
What's the question? Careful... what's the question?
'Has he...?' 'does he have a scooter?'

Yes! That's it!

So you need the auxiliary, 'does he have a scooter?'
Fantastic, let's look at the screen and check on that .
So... the verb 'have':
l have blue eyes, you have a new car, she has, third person.. .
Mr. Snake, S, look at the spelling H-A-S.
She has a cat, he has a dog, it has four doors, we have a garden ,
you have a course, an English course, they have three children .
Now the negative:
l don't have blue eyes, you don't have a new car ,
she doesn't, look at the pronunciation,
she doesn't have a cat, he doesn't have a dog ,
it doesn't have four doors, we don't have a garden ,
you don't have a course, they don't have three children .
The question: 'Do l have blue eyes?
Do you have a new car? Does she have a cat ?
Does he have a dog? Does it have four doors?
Do we have a garden? Do you have a course?
And, 'Do they have three children?'
So that's the verb 'have',
don't forget the auxiliaries 'do' and 'does'.
Now, another interesting thing about the verb 'have'
is that often we use it in special expressions.

Which make up verbs with particular meanings,

and in other languages, here in near situations you hear 'make' .
Let me show you, we say 'to have breakfast',
breakfast in the morning, 'to have lunch' one o'clock .
And 'to have supper'. So... 'to have breakfast' ,
'to have lunch', 'to have dinner' now dinner is what time ?
'Dinner' and 'supper' what's the difference ?
Dinner at eight o'clock in the evening, supper.. .
is something we have at about...
ten thirty or eleven o'clock at night, alright?
So we use the verb 'have' for these, we don't say 'to have a breakfast'
but 'to have breakfast', 'have lunch', 'have dinner', 'have supper' .
Other things we say 'to have a cigarette',
we say 'to have a cup of coffee', 'to have a drink' of any sort ,
we also say: 'to have a shower in the morning', you know ?
'To have a shower', in other languages they use
'make a shower' or 'make a bath' for example.
But in English we say: 'to have a shower',
'to have a bath' in the bathroom.
We also say: 'to have a rest', we say 'to have a party' ,
'Did you have a good party?'
We say: 'to have fun', which means 'to have a good time' .
So these are very common expressions which we always use

with the verb 'have'.

Have breakfast, have lunch, have dinner.
Now, when we go back and listen to our friends ,
they will introduce the other form 'have got'.
And then afterwards l'll tell you all about it. Alright?
So... see you then, bye!
Have you got a moment, Peter? l've got a problem with my computer .
Oh, l don't know very much about computers... And Im going out.. .
They are waiting for me at the theatre.
-Always busy, eh?-Okay, okay Sharon, take it easy!
-Shall we have a look?-Thanks Peter,
you've got a big heart!
Let's see if l can help before you thank me.
Alright... l can't use this program.
l use it every day and today it isn't opening .
Hmmm... Why don't you turn the computer off
and then turn it on again?
Okay Peter, that's really a great idea!
You are a genius!
-How can l do without you?-l know, my dear!...
What are you working on?
Im writing my curriculum, because l would like to find a new job.. .
Listen, Peter! l don't know how to write it...

Can you help me, please?

Im sorry, Sharon!
Im in a hurry... l have no time! Im late .
-They're waiting for me!-Very kind as usual !
Listen, Peter... Anne, Alice and l are going to the cinema this evening .
Would you like to come?
l'd like to... But l can't.
-l have to...-...Go to the theatre, yes, l know !
You always have something else to do!
Come on, Sharon!
What's the problem? Maybe you are jealous of my career ?
Oh, Peter! Im just tired of always coming second !
Hello and welcome back!
How are you all?
Did you notice that Sharon is tired of coming second ?
Well, l understand her,
if you live with a musician you need to be very patient .
Now, Sharon said, in that last episode, she said :
'have you got a moment?'
Then she said: 'l've got a problem with my new laptop' ,
'have got', and this is what l want to study with you now .
The second use of 'have': 'have got'.
Now, in order for you to understand it better let's do something

in the typical tone context where we would use 'have got' .

Let me tell you about my present situation:
Im in a flat, but l have to leave the flat and find another one .
And l saw an advertisement in the newspaper
for a flat which looks quite interesting.
So l want to call the owner of the flat and asking some questions, alright ?
So listen to what l say, alright?
Now... his name is Mr. James... l hope he's in... let's see .
Mr. James... hello Mr. James?
Yes, hello, my name is Louise Evans
and l saw your advertisement in the newspaper for a flat ,
and l wonder if l could ask you some questions ?
Great, ok... how many rooms has it got?
Yes... ok... so two bedrooms, good, a living room ,
a kitchen, bathroom, and toilet, very good fine .
And, has it got a garage?
No ok, so l have to park my car in the street .
Ok, fine. And a garden?
Does it have a garden?
No ok, a small balcony, on the second floor, good .
Fine. And has it got central heating?
Central heating yeah?
And kitchen... kitchen electricity,

electric kitchen is fine why not?

Another thing is air conditioning,
it gets very hot in England in the summer now... no.. .
Alright.
Does it have easy access to public transport?
Oh good, so there's a tube nearby. Fantastic.
Good, another thing has it got big windows?
Because l love a lot of light.
Small windows... alright.
Has it got any views?
The road, and the neighbours' garden.. .
Ok, one more important thing:
how much doest it cost a month?
One thousand two hundred and fifty pounds, right.. .
Ok thank you very much, yes,
yes l'll think about that and l'll call you back .
Ok, fine, thank you very much!
Thank you... goodbye... bye... bye.
One thousand two hundred and fifty pounds ?
Oh my god, that's a lot of money for a flat,
l can't afford that, it's impossible.
Now, did you notice that l used 'has it got'
a lot as a construction 'has got' 'have got'.

That's what l want to talk about.

Now, this construction 'have got'
was introduced into the English language
to describe possession, in fact,
but now we use it in different situations, not only possession .
So, the Americans, in fact,
use the verb 'have' more than 'have got'.
ln British English we use 'have got' a lot. Alright ?
Now. Let's have a look at the construction.
So... in the positive form 'l have got' gets contracted to
'l've got', 'l've got some money.'
'You have got' becomes: 'you've got',
'You've got a scooter', 'she's got...' 'she has... she's...'
looks like the verb 'to be' but it is in fact 'has' ,
'she's got long hair', 'he's got a shop', 'it's got a balcony' ,
'we've got a house', 'you've got some CDs'
and 'they've got some plants', alright?
So that's the positive.
Now the negative.
ln the negative the auxiliary 'have'
turns in to negative auxiliary. So...
'l haven't got any money', 'you haven't got a scooter' ,
'he hasn't got long hair', 'she hasn't got a shop' ,

'it hasn't got a balcony', 'we haven't got a house' ,

'you haven't got any CDs',
and 'they haven't got any plants.'
So 'hasn't' and 'haven't'.
And then in the questions... the question... easy ,
we use 'have' or 'has' so... 'have l got any money?' ,
'Have you got a scooter?', 'Has she got long hair?' ,
'Has he got a shop?'
'Has it got a balcony?', 'Have we got a house?',
'Have you got some CDs?' and
'Have they got some plants?'
So it's not really difficult grammatically,
you have to remember the auxiliary 'have' and 'has'
and then remember to put 'got' alright?
Now, you come across this a lot specially in subtitles in films .
So... watch out for it and we'll keep practising it .
Great! So that's the end of this lesson,
and l'll see you again live very soon, bye!
Hi, Anne.
Housework, hum?
Yeah, at last...
Can l ask you a question?
Sure. Uh, how are you and Peter?

We're fine, thanks. Listen, l want to go to that book shop .

Do you remember?
Oh, yes. The one with lots of photography books ?
Yeah...
-And thriller books?-Yeah...
And with the red coffee tables and flowers on the windows ?
Yeah...
Where you can sit down and drink a delicious hot chocolate ?
Yes, Anne, that's the one!
The London Reader. lt's a great place.
Yes.
How do l get there? ls it far?
You can walk from here. lt's about ten minutes away .
Great!
Oh, okay. Let see...
Go out the front door and turn left.
-Easy enough.-Go straight ahead,
past the traffic lights.
Right, straight ahead, past the traffic lights.
-Turn right into June Lane.-June Lane.
Follow June Lane to the end of the street. And turn right into May Avenue .
Just a moment. Turn left on May Avenue?
No, no no. Turn right into May Avenue, and the book shop is. .

Hi, Sharon. What are you girls talking about?

Im giving Sharon directions for The London Reader .
So, turn right into May Avenue, and the book shop is the second
shop on the left, next to the butcher's.
No, Anne!
Sharon, the book shop is on the right, past the museum ,
and between a chemist's and a bank.
No, no, Jack! You are wrong! The book shop is.. .
Okay, okay guys, be quiet. Don't worry! l've got my map .
Hum, Sharon, l can come with you... lf you don't mind.. .
Great! That's very kind of you, Jack!
Jaack... Housework! Do you remember?
Hello and welcome back again!
Now... Anne's a bit jealous, isn't she?
l mean how can she attract Jack if she asks him to do the house cleaning ?
l mean, she's more like a mother than a lover, isn't she ?
Well... anyway...
Now... she gave some directions to Sharon.
Because Sharon wants to go to the bookshop .
And actually Mr. Monkey wants to go to the same bookshop so ,
l want to test those directions to see if they work .
Let's imagine...
This is the bookshop.

Mr. Monkey wants to go there. So let's see her directions.. .

So: 'Go out of the front door and turn left.'
Ok Mr. Monkey turn left... great.
Then go straight ahead... go straight ahead, until the traffic lights .
You know traffic lights?
Traffic lights are red, amber, green, Ok?
Traffic lights.
And at the traffic lights turn right, like that, into June Street .
Follow to the end of the street, then turn right again .
And, go down May Avenue, this must be May Avenue ,
and the bookshop is the second on the left .
One, two, here's the bookshop... they work .
Now, l was using the language of directions .
So, l want to go to the screen now and show you that language ,
the language we use for giving directions to people, alright ?
Now, we usually use the imperative form, what is the imperative ?
The imperative is just the infinitive form of the verb .
So you can say: take the first left or the first right. 'take' ok ?
That is just an infinitive: 'Take the first right or the first left' .
You could say: 'Take a bus to', 'take a train to', 'take the subway' .
Now in America they say 'subway' and in Britain we say 'tube' .
'Take the tube to', Ok?
Another example: turn left, turn right.

So, turn is the verb turn left, turn right, Ok ?

Another possibility is: go straight on,
straight on which is an expression we use in Britain or go straight
ahead. Which is an expression that they use in America .
But we use both. Straight on, Straight ahead. Alright ?
Then we can say: go past the shop or go along the street ,
a road, or an avenue, again we use go.
lt's the infinitive and it's the imperative form. Alright ?
Another example, at the end we can say the position :
it's next to, it's near to, it's opposite, it's between... ,
lt's on the left, it's on the right .
You remember the prepositions that we did at the beginning ?
Well, that's to indicate the actual spot.
Great, so that's giving directions using the imperative form .
Now let's go back to our friends in 'That's life!'
And listen to Jack who is giving Alice instructions about using the lnternet .
And listen to the imperatives that he uses,
and l'll see you later alright? Bye for now...
Hey Alice, what are you doing?
Do you mind giving us a hand with the housework, please ?
Can't you see? Im cleaning the computer!
l see, l see... Why is the computer on ?
Just a moment...

l don't understand how to connect to the lnternet on this computer .

Can you help me?
Okay, but just for one moment.
Thanks, Jack.
Okay, click on that icon.
What's an icon?
That symbol on the screen.
-But do you mean this picture of a telephone?
-Yes. Click on that.
-Right, now what?-Enter your user name and password .
-Okay.-And click on that button there .
Click on that button...
And now you are connecting to the lnternet !
Hey, that's easy.
lt's very easy, Alice.
You're hopeless with computers...
And with housework too!
Come on, Alice! lt's time to clean up this mess now !
Hello again!
Did you notice how Jack was giving Alice instructions
to go on the lnternet?
Well l want to give you some instructions, to do something at home .
Now, in order to do that you need one of these .

What's this?
A what? lt's a napkin, a napkin... So, take a napkin, Alright ?
Put it down, open it up, like this.
So we have an open napkin, anyway.
Now, take the bottom of the napkin and fold it over a little bit, like that .
Ok? Then fold it again like that.
Then fold it again and again, and again,
until you reach half way and press it down like that, press it down. Alright ,
now, take the whole napkin, lift it up,
and put it in this position you turn it over.
Press that down.
Now, take the bottom of the napkin and fold it in half over ,
like this, again press it down well.
Now take this part of the napkin here on the right and fold it right down ,
along the folds on the left.
Press down.
Then take all of it up like this,
and fold this bit over so you create a support, like that.
Then... turn it around and...
there you have something nice to decorate your table with ,
a romantic dinner, for example. Alright?
So, l gave you instructions in order to do that ,
and we are going to look at that on the screen

because l used imperatives to give you the instructions

as l used for giving directions alright?
So let's see.
Let's use some other examples related to the computer
and the internet: plug in the computer.
Now you notice we used 'plug' which is the infinitive form
and we use it for both 'you' singular and 'you' plural, so .
'Plug in the computer', 'Switch it on'.
'Connect it to the lnternet',
'Click on the lnternet icon'.
Alright? So imperative, they're all infinitive verbs.
Now, the negative,
if you want to use the negative of the imperative we say 'do not' .
Which is contracted, as always in English, and we say :
'Don't click, click, too many times.'
Or 'Don't press the exit button.'
Or 'Don't overload the desktop.'
So, this is the negative imperative form.
Very interesting that...
and don't forget to be here for your next lesson, alright ?
See you then, bye!
Jack, where were you yesterday evening?
-Why?-There was a great party at Mary's!

Really? l wasn't invited!

l can't believe that. Everyone was invited.
Im sure, l wasn't...
Anyway, l was busy yesterday.
Ah! Did you have a meeting with some clients?
No, l didn't.
So... What?
Where were you?
l was with Robert at the Red Lion Pub.
That's impossible... Robert was at the party .
Oops! l always get them mixed up... l was with Charles.. .
Charles was at the party, too!
Come on Jack, who were you with!?
You're too curious, Alice!
Okay, okay...
l was with a girl...
Oh-oh... And?
And... What?
Well... What's her name? Do we know her?
How old is she?
Stop! Alice, stop! lt's none of your business !
Okay, okay! You don't want to tell us, hum ?
That's okay, l like mystery... lt makes life exciting !

Well, let's change the subject!

Peter, where were you yesterday evening ?
Why weren't you at the party?
l was at the theatre. We are preparing the performance .
And you Sharon? Where were you?
-Me?-Where were you?
Ehm... l was at home watching a film on TV.
-Which one?-Ehm, the latest film
starring Nicole Kidman...
What's the name?
Yes, 'Moulin Rouge'!
Really? That's strange... l remember...
Here! Look, it's on TV today!
Really? Oh! They always show the same stuff on TV...
Oh, don't get up! l'll get the door.
Hello again everyone!
Well done, Sharon.
That was a bit embarrassing, wasn't it?
Now, where were you last night?
Well, l wasn't at a party.
l wasn't in a pub, like Jack, l wasn't at the theatre .
l was at my first samba lesson.
And it was great, fantastic.

You know... the music was really fantastic,

really loud and exciting and there were thirty people there !
lt was difficult to see the teachers.
Can imagine?
Two teachers, thirty people... excuse me, excuse me .
Anyway, as usual, there were too many women,
and not enough men... and that's typical.
But the teachers were fantastic!
They were really, really professional.
One was Brazilian and the other was from Argentina ,
yeah Argentina. Great! Really, really good.
And in the first lesson it was, it was easy .
Because we did some basic steps.
But it was really, really enjoyable.
And l can't wait for the next lesson because that was so, so exciting !
Can you samba? l bet you can!
Now, in most of those sentences
l was using the verb 'to be' in the past.
And that's what l want to look at with you now .
Let's look at the screen: 'to be' in the past .
When we talk about something specific in the past .
Let's look at the form:
'l was', 'l was in New York last year',

'you were', see how it changes, 'you were at the party last night' ,
'he was at a meeting on Tuesday.'
l was, you were, 'he was, she was... fine yesterday' .
For example
'lt was beautiful', 'we were at school on Monday' ,
'you were happy', and 'they were in London two weeks ago.'
So you see:
l was, you were, he/she/it was, we were, you were, they were .
Be careful about that it's easy to make a mistake.
Now, what about the negative form?
Well 'was' becomes 'wasn't'.
Listen to the pronunciation 'wasn't'. 'wasn't', Ok? So :
'l wasn't on time this morning', 'you weren't here yesterday' ,
'he wasn't at the party last night', 'she wasn't very happy'
and 'it wasn't difficult'.
'We weren't at work on Saturday',
'you weren't on time for work',
and 'they weren't on holiday last month.'
So 'wasn't' and 'weren't'.
Question form, listen to these: 'Where was l yesterday?' ,
'Where were you last night?',
'Where was he, was he, last week?',
'Was she at work yesterday?',

'Was it an easy test?', 'When were we there?' ,

'What time were you at school yesterday?'
And 'how often were they in class?'
So the verb 'to be' in the past tense :
l was, you were, he/she/it was, we were, you were ,
they were, very important, you can't live without that verb ,
'to be' in the past.
Alright? Great!
Well we will continue with the past in the next lesson so.. .
see you then! Bye!
-There's a postcard for you, Alice.-For me? Oh, it's from my father .
He was in the Bahamas last week.
Really? l was in the Bahamas last summer.
Just you?!
Oops, sorry Sharon. We were in the Bahamas last summer .
lt was sunny and hot.
The perfect weather for swimming and relaxing!
lt was fantastic!
Fantastic, yeah, fantastic...
Im sure it was!
l prefer holidays in the winter. lt's too hot in the summer .
l like going to the mountains and skiing.
My last holiday was two years ago!

Two years ago?

Yes, it was a long time ago.
l need another holiday soon!
Anyway... Was your father on holiday in the Bahamas, Alice ?
No, he wasn't. He's working on a new play there .
Oh, how fascinating must be being a director!
Fame, money, and a lot of travelling around the world !
And no time for family!
Just a few calls, postcards and a lot of misunderstandings.. .
Why don't you call him now?
l don't think that's a good idea!
Why? When was your last call?
Three weeks ago.
That's a long time! Come on! Alice, call him!
Im sure he'll be happy to hear from you !
Well... Maybe you're right!
Okay, l'll call him! Thanks Jack...
For your advice, l mean!
Hello again for another important lesson.
We're in the past tense.
Now, l want to help you remember how to use the past tense .
So, l have another acronym, you know acronym?
Look: 'oil way', 'oil way', now,

these letters represent the time words when you use

the simple past tense, what am l meaning by that ?
Well, this one for example,
let me give you an idea: this stands for 'yesterday' Ok ?
'yesterday'
Now, when you have 'yesterday' in the sentence
you always use the simple past...
Now do you know what the other words are?
Let's have a look.
Any easy one could be this: 'last', 'last' you know that ?
'Last week l was in Paris', 'last week',
Now what about this one? 'Two days... ago!'
Very good, so, 'two days ago we were at the sea' .
For example... this is 'ago'.
We have 'last, yesterday, ago'...
This one? That's more difficult...
This is difficult, it's 'on' in English,
and we use it with days and dates ,
and in some languages it doesn't exist. So we say :
'on Monday', 'on the 7th of July', for example... 'on' .
This one here? 'ln' Ok... when do we use that ?
Yeah, months for example: 'in January',
'in February', 'in March'... and also for years ,

'in 1961', 'in 1970', etcetera .

This one... 'when' Ok... with 'when'
we use the past tense so for example :
'When were you there?'
So; 'Oil way': 'on, in, last, when, ago, yesterday' ,
it's like a rime, 'on, in, last, when, ago, yesterday' .
You need to memorize those.
We look at them on the screen now,
but it's important for you to memorize them,
to remember that when you're speaking...
'on, in, last, when, ago, yesterday',
help you to remember to use the simple past .
So to revise that... our acronym 'oil way'.
'On' we use with days or specific dates .
So... 'the party was on Friday'.
Or 'he was in London on the 2nd of March' .
The date.
Then 'in'... 'in' with a specific year or with months .
So for example: 'she was born in June, in 1976' .
Next 'last', 'last' with, for example the previous week ,
'last week', or month or year.
So the examples are: 'they were in Vienna last month.'
'When'... now 'when' with a past time clause .

Sometimes in the question, sometimes in the middle of the phrase .

So: 'l was very happy when l was a teenager.'
That's 'When'.
Then 'ago'... for example: 'two days ago' ,
'two months ago', 'three years ago',
'we were at the meeting three weeks ago'. Right ?
And then the last one, easy, 'yesterday',
with the previous day, so: 'l was at the cinema yesterday.'
Alright? 'Oil way', don't forget it, memorize it .
'On, in, last, when, ago, yesterday'.
Always with the simple past. Alright?
That will open up a world for you.
Great! We will still do more about the simple past,
this is an important tense.
But the verb 'to be' is often the one which people forget .
So be very careful when you're speaking... Alright ?
Great! Well, happy studying and l'll see you again very soon. Bye !
Good evening and welcome to this week's edition
of 'The Travel Programme',
the programme about eveRYThing to do with travelling and holidays .
Here in the studio with me, as always, is Christine Oteng ,
our travel expert.
Hello Lucy.

Well summer's approaching and... and the summer holidays are too !
So, have you got any suggestions for the holidays?
Well... let's see... are you bored with your usual holiday ?
Are you tired of beaches or trips to the mountains ?
Would you like to say 'no' to museums, city tours and shopping ?
Well why don't you try something new and exciting?
What exactly do you have in mind?
How about a holiday hunting for ghosts in a castle in Great Britain?
Hunting for ghosts in a castle,
that's certainly a change from lying on a beach! lt sounds exciting !
lt is exciting! Something really different!
Just right if you love adventure.
Mmm... but what do you have to do?
Do you spend all the time looking for ghosts?
No, not all the time!
ln some ways it's like a normal holiday.
ln the morning you have a traditional English breakfast,
then you go for a walk or visit a local town.
ln other words, you do the things you always do
when you visit a foreign country.
But... the fun starts in the evening!
You have dinner and then the ghost hunting starts.
With the help of one or two 'ghost experts'

you search through the haunted castle until late at night .

Oh... it sounds frightening!
lt is frightening!
There are strange sounds, doors and windows open
and close by themselves...
Yes, it's really frightening, but exciting too!
Tell me Lucy, do you believe in ghosts?
Yes l do... but Im not very brave,
l don't think l'd like to visit places like that,
especially not at night!
Are there any haunted castles in Great Britain?
Oh, yes there are, especially in Scotland!
Many of the castles in Scotland have got ghosts .
There are some fascinating ghost stories...
there are lots of books about haunted castles.
Why not read one before visiting Scotland!
l see... a holiday spent looking for ghosts .
A night in a haunted castle would certainly be a memorable experience !
lt certainly would!
And if you want to see even more ghosts,
before you return home, try a 'ghost walk' in London;
visit places in London famous for strange and unusual happenings !
Christine this is definitely an interesting idea for a holiday

with a difference!
Well, if you're curious about ghosts and you love adventure ,
this could be just the holiday for you!
Thanks Christine for this unusual holiday idea!
You're welcome, goodbye.
And goodbye to all travellers! See you again soon!
Do you believe in ghosts?
To believe in ghosts means you think that ghosts exist.
lf you do then you say 'l believe in ghosts' .
We say that a castle is 'haunted'
when it has a ghost, or more than one !
We say it's 'a haunted castle'.
Now, there are lots of different kinds of holidays
and the holiday Christine just told us about is an adventure holiday .
Looking for ghosts in a castle is an adventure!
But personally l prefer beach holidays,
they are definitely more relaxing.
Or perhaps you prefer city holidays.
A city holiday is when you visit a city.
So let's look at some of the things
you can do when you have a beach holiday :
You lie on the beach in the sun and relax .
This is called sunbathing.

You go for a walk on the beach or go for a swim in the sea .

Notice the expression 'go for'
You can visit a local town;
local means that it's near the place where you are .
What about when you have a city holiday?
You can go on a city tour:
a bus takes you on a tour round the tourist sights of the city .
A tourist sight is something that tourists want to see ,
for example the Colosseum in Rome
or Buckingham Palace in London.
You can go for a walk around the city and visit the tourist sights .
We call this sightseeing and we say 'go sightseeing' .
Just one last thing:
remember there is a difference between travel and trip .
To travel is a verb,
when you go on holiday to a different city or country you travel .
A trip is a noun and it's like a short holiday.
You say 'go on a trip' this means to go somewhere for a short time ,
for example: go on a trip to Scotland.
Goodbye for now, and see you next time!
Good evening and welcome to this week's edition of 'Let's talk' ,
the Saturday debate with our commentators Tom and Marie .
Good evening Eric.

Good evening.
Well, this evening let's talk about the differences
between the generations.
What do you think about this issue, Tom?
l think that over the last 50 years lifestyles have changed a great deal ,
there's been a lot of progress, new technologies have helped here ,
think about health care, it's very good today ,
television and internet tell people
about the world and what's happening.
So lots of progress, do you think life is easy today ?
Yes, l think it is! There are lots of opportunities for everyone .
Let's take travel as an example.
ln the past it was impossible to travel a lot ,
today we can fly to lots of cities in Europe and it's very cheap .
Im sorry, l don't agree with you Tom!
l mean it's true that lots of things are easy now ,
but there are also lots of things to worry about and there's lots of stress .
ln the past life was simple!
lt was all about the family and family values.
Do you think that people today are confused about how to live life ?
That's exactly what l mean!
Today people marry when they're 30 or 35 ,
when my grandmother was young it was usual to marry young

and start a family.

Well... things are different today;
l mean women work now! 50 years ago only a minority of women worked .
l think this is very important for female emancipation .
l agree with you Eric.Today women are fulfilled!
They play an important role in society!
Yes but it's not easy for women,
they have less time for the family, the children and the housekeeping !
Im not sure that my grandmother would agree !
Life was hard for her!
There weren't any washing machines
dishwashers or vacuum cleaners!
She was the washing machine,
the dishwasher and the vacuum cleaner...
And after all that work there was nothing to do,
she stayed at home all the time!
Today people go out 3 or 4 times a week to the pub ,
to the cinema, or to the disco; my grandparents were always at home !
Well... Life is definitely different now!
According to Tom life was hard in the past, now eveRYThing is easy .
Marie doesn't agree.
She thinks that life today is difficult and that people have lots of cares ,
worries and stress!

And what do you think?

Well, it's time to say goodbye to our commentators .
-Goodbye.-Goodbye.
And we'll see you again soon on the next edition of 'Let's talk' !
Ok, first of all let's have a look at the expressions
we used to discuss our different ideas and opinions :
'What do you think about this idea?'
This is a good way to ask someone's opinion .
Or simply 'What do you think?'
How about when you don't agree with someone's opinion ?
You can say 'Im sorry, l don't agree with you' .
This is a polite way to say 'l don't agree' !
lf you do agree with someone then you say 'l agree with you' .
When we give our opinions we usually start with 'l think...'
or 'l don't think...', the use of 'that' after 'think' is optional ,
so we can say: 'l think it is important' or 'l think that it is important' .
Another useful expression is 'l mean'
and we use it to explain our ideas better,
let me give you an example:
Things are different today... l mean women work now!
So l say things are different and then with 'l mean'
l explain how they are different.
What about the vocabulary we used to talk about the things

that have changed in the last 50 years?

Let's take 'Health care':
it's the protection a country gives to its people like doctors ,
hospitals and medicines.
These are all parts of health care.
Another important thing is
'Female emancipation', the freedom and rights that women have .
And some things that we have in our houses
now which makes our lives easier are the washing machine :
this is the machine that washes our clothes ,
the dishwasher: the machine that cleans the dishes ,
plates and glasses and the vacuum cleaner :
the machine that cleans the floor.
Before l say goodbye l just want to look at a little word
that we use a lot: it's 'lot' and we use it to express quantity .
We can say 'a lot' or 'lots of and it means a big amount .
We use it with verbs we say 'a lot' and it comes after the verb .
For example: 'Today people travel a lot'.
And when we use it with nouns we usually say 'lots of
and it comes before the noun.
For example: 'There's lots of stress today'.
Well that's all from me,
see you soon for another edition of 'Let's Talk' !

Now let's watch the whole episode together ,

look at the subtitles carefully,
listen out for the language points that we have learned together, ok ?
Enjoy your viewing!
Hello and welcome back to 'English today'
and this is DVD five and the first DVD of the elementary level .
And in this DVD you will see three more episodes
of out story 'That's life!', followed by a special TV programmes .
You'll see a travel expert in the discussion
'Around the world' followed
by a discussion about the differences
between generations.
Then, in the grammar section,
we will study the verb 'have' and 'have got'
and also the past tense of the verb 'to be' ,
we will also learn to give instructions
and directions using the imperative. Ok?
So enjoy your studying and have fun.

English Today DVD 06-Eng

Sub

Hi, Jack... DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn thanhnp.org@gmail.comquanghungxd86@gmail.com

...Yes, that's exactly what l told him. DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn

thanhnp.org@gmail.com-quanghungxd86@gmail.com
l sent him an Email asking for more information...
No, l didn't... Im sorry, l didn't have enough time today.. .
Okay,
okay, l'll call him in ten minutes! Bye.
Hi, Jack!
So... Did you have a good day?
No, l didn't. lt was a horrible day, Anne.
l had a lot of work to do...
First l met some clients in the city.
We met at nine o'clock and finished at two .
After that l checked the monthly loss and profit accounts twice
and then l wrote some letters... Im so tired.. .
Well, now relax!
Have a glass of wine...
You're lucky...
Im cooking lasagna,
your favourite dish...
No, thanks Anne. l ate lasagna at lunch.
Oh... But it's not a problem... l'll prepare something else.. .
And after dinner we can watch Wimbledon on TV .
There is a men's singles match.

-lt should be exciting.-Im sorry Anne, l... l can't.. .

l have some work to finish. And then Im going to my karate gym .
-That's how l relax!-Hey, Jack, just a moment!
Didn't you notice anything?
Did you clean the kitchen?
No, l didn't...
Ah... Did you... Receive your 'marvellous set of Chinese plates' ?
No, Jack! Nothing about the house...
lt's about me...
Oh, l see! You bought a new pair of shoes, didn't you ?
They're very nice!
Well... l have to go, now. lt's late.
lt doesn't matter! Go! Bye!
Such a waste of time...
Hello and welcome to English 2day,
your live programme where you can learn the English language .
Now did you see the last episode of 'That's Life!' ?
Well l think Jack needs a pair of these, what do you think ?
l mean... honestly... men...
Let's change the subject and talk about something else, shall we ?
Let's talk about regular and irregular verbs.
Let's take an example: the verb 'play',
well in the past it's very easy,

because regular verbs just take ED at the end.

So 'play' plus ED, becomes 'played'.
Another example: 'start' plus ED becomes 'started' .
Let's look at those on the screen now ,
because there are certain things
that we need to know about the pronunciation and the spelling ,
in particular, of regular verbs in the past.
So, as we said, the simple verbs are: 'play' ,
'visit' you just add ED so it's 'played' and 'visited' .
What happens if a verb ends with E?
Well it's simple we just add D, so 'live' becomes 'lived' ,
just D, 'dance' becomes 'danced', you just add the D .
There's no need to add another E, Ok ?
Then what happens if the verb ends in a Y?
For example 'hurry'. Well that's simple, you take off the Y
and you replace it with l, l-E-D, 'hurry' becomes 'hurried' .
Now this is for verbs which end with a Y preceded by a consonant ,
so another example is 'marry',
it ends with R-Y and becomes 'married'. l-E-D. Ok ?
Then the next group, 'stop', T-O-P
is the end of that verb, so it's consonant, vowel, consonant .
With these verbs what we do is, we double the consonant
so 'stop' becomes 'stopped' with double P

but the pronunciation doesn't change, ok ?

Another example is 'prefer', 'prefer' becomes 'preferred', double R, ok ?
Again pronunciation doesn't change.
So these are the things you need to remember about the Simple Past ,
regular verbs, mainly it's a problem of spelling .
Ok? Otherise it's easy.
The problems begin with the irregular verbs ,
because you have to learn them by heart, which means by memory .
You have to learn them individually.
Now, l am going to read some to you, some of the most important ones ,
some of them you have already heard in the story so ,
listen carefully to the pronunciation.
Buy, bought. You notice that O-U-G-H-T is pronounced O-T.
Buy, bought
come, came
do, did
drink, drank
eat, ate
find, found
get, got
give, gave
have, had
make, made
meet, met

read, read.
Notice that now, read and read are written exactly the same
but the pronunciation changes in the Past Tense. Read, read
say, said
send, sent
speak, spoke
tell, told
think, thought. Watch that again O-U-G-H-T, O-T.
Write, wrote.
Ok, so, some of those are the most important irregular tense verbs
that you will hear, alright?
Now let's go and join our friends again in 'That's life!' .
And the girls are looking at an album of photographs .
Listen to them carefully
and see how many Past Tense verbs you can pick out .
Ok? And then we'll continue with our studying of it after ,
they're very important, these verbs... see you later, bye !
Hey Anne...
Thanks a lot for the tip on the bookshop.. .
Oh my God! Anne!
What's happening here?
Make-up... Let me see...
New hair-style, new dress...

You look great!

At last somebody noticed my change!
-lt's impossible not to notice it!-Thanks!...
Well, what were you talking about?
Oh, l wanted to thank you for the tip on the bookshop !
lt's a great shop.
Great. Im glad you liked it.
l love sitting and drinking a cup of coffee and looking at the books .
Yes, that's exactly what l did:
l sat down, ordered a cup of coffee and read .
-And l found all the books l wanted!-What books did you buy ?
l bought a biography about Virginia Woolf and a book about archaeology .
And you... What are you doing?
Im trying not to think about all my problems.. .
So, Im looking at some pictures.
-Can l see them?-Sure!
They're pictures of us!
Oh, look... Look at this one!
We were in Edinburgh! We went for a trip,
-do you remember?-Yes, l do!
How funny Alice was with that Scottish hat!
-Did we go by car?-Oh, no, we didn't.
We went by train.

And at the very last moment

Peter didn't come because of the audition.
Yes! As usual...
And who is this? l don't know him!
Oh, that's Frank, a friend of mine.
l met him on holiday in Noray.
We had a good time together.
... And?
Afterards he went his way and l went my way.
Yeah, that's life!
Did you have an affair with him?
No, no, l didn't... Nothing like that.
We were only good friends!
-Do you keep in touch?-No, we don't.
He wrote me a letter five years ago.
He sent me an invitation to his wedding .
-Did you go?-No, l didn't.
Well... Unfortunately, l had a lot of work
and l couldn't get away.
Hey, but this is Jack!
-How smart he looks in this picture!-Yes,
yes, he does!
Do you mind, Anne, if l keep this picture with me?

l... l do mind!
No way, Im sorry, Sharon! But no!
Why not?! What do you care about it?!
And you? What do you care about it?!
Hey girls, what's happening here?!
Nothing, at all!
Why??
Hello again and welcome back.
That's quite a triangle, isn't it?
ln the story...
Now let's continue with the Past Tense
and let's look at questions and negative forms.
Fortunately they are very regular because we just use the auxiliary 'did' .
Remember in the Present Tense we used 'do' and 'does' ?
Well, in the Past Tense we only need 'did' and in the negative 'didn't' .
So things are easier, ok?
Now, l want to do a little exercise with you to practise questions .
l will say a sentence in the positive form
and l want you to formulate the question.
Let me give you an example. l say:
'l went out last night.' Went, the Simple Past of 'go' exactly .
So the question is: 'Where did you go?' Alright?
Now l want you to practise to formulate the questions,

next example.
'l saw a good film.' 'l saw a good film.'
'What film...' alright, 'did you see?' Very good, see, saw, very good .
'After we went to a pizza place.'
'Where...' Exactly!
'Where did we go?' The infinitive 'went, go' .
'Where did we go?' Next one.
'l had a four seasons pizza',
Question? 'What type of pizza... did you... have?' Exactly !
'Have' is the infinitive of the Past Tense 'had' great, next one .
'We drank some beer.'
'What...' good, 'did you drink?', 'What did you drink?'
Great. Next one.
'We talked about the film.' 'We talked', regular, 'about the film.'
'What... what did you talk about?'
So it's a regular verb, we take off the ED, the infinitive 'talk' ,
'What did we talk about?' Great!
Next one: 'We left the restaurant at eleven thirty.'
'We left the restaurant.' 'What time... did you leave?'
Very good, 'leave' is the infinitive of 'left' ,
'What time did you leave the restaurant?'
And the last one, be careful here.
'lt was very good.'
What? 'Did it be?'

No... remember the verb 'to be' is always an exception ?

And we don't use an auxiliary, we don't use 'did' ,
we don't use 'do', we don't use 'does' .
So, what's the question? 'lt was very good.'
'What was it like?' Alright?
So remember with the verb 'to be' don't use the auxiliary 'did' ,
so let's go to the screen now and look at that written ,
to help you memorize it.
So, we said that we use 'did' and 'didn't'
in the question and negative forms.
Let's look at the question, you have the question word :
'when', the auxiliary 'did', the subject
'you' and then the infinitive form, alright?
'When did you arrive?', 'Who did she, or he, see?' ,
'How did it happen?', 'Why did we sell it?'
Always 'did', with l, you, he/she/it, we, you, they .
And 'Where did they go last week?'. Alright?
So it's not difficult.
Now, the negative, well, we take 'did not'
and we abbreviate it to 'didn't', and we say :
'l didn't see them last month', 'you didn't hear me' ,
'he or she didn't visit him last week', 'it didn't rain last month' ,
'we didn't buy the house', 'they didn't go to the party yesterday.'

So again 'didn't' with all the forms:

l, you, he/she/it, we, you, they, alright?
So now you know the positive form,
the question form and the negative form of the Simple Past tense
which means you can have some fantastic conversations
with any of your English or American friends.
Alright? So, keep listening for that,
and we'll keep talking about it in the future lessons .
So take care until then... see you soon bye !
Peter, sorry, could you stop singing? l... l can't read.. .
Sorry Jack, what are you reading?
lt's a book about inventions.
Really? Can l have a look?
Sure.
Im reading about the computer.
Oh, Jack! You have a serious problem...
You work hard all day long
and then you spend your spare time reading about computers.. .
The same applies to you... With music, l mean !
Are you crazy?
How can you compare music with computers?
Anyway, music is my job.
You know... We're performing in a few days.. .

-Im so nervous...-l know, l know...

But music isn't the only thing in life!
Im studying for my European Computer Driver's License .
-Does that count?-Sure it does...
-But music is more interesting!-That's your opinion, Peter !
For example did you know that Bill Gates founded Microsoft ,
but the computer goes back to the 19th century ?
They built a computer in the 19th century?
No, John Babbage had the idea for the first computer in the 19th century .
He called it the 'analytical engine'...
Hey guys! What are you talking about?
l've got a questionnaire for you. Are you ready?
Not again! Why do you like answering all these surveys ?
l guess it's a hobby... A little strange, l know .
Anyway, it's a way to learn something new about ourselves... You know?.. .
Im curious, aren't you too?
-Well, are you ready?-No, no! Not me!
Please, leave me alone, Alice. l have more important things to think about !
-Bye, bye!-Jack?
Okay, okay! What are the questions? Shoot!
So, this questionnaire is about love... First question:
when was the first time you kissed someone ?
Oh... That's an interesting question...

l kissed a girl for the first time two years ago .

-Come on, you're joking!-Yeah, l guess l am.
-No... l kissed her in 1982.-How did you know it was 1982 ?
l remember it well. l met her during the summer holiday.. .
l was riding my bicycle and when l saw her l fell off.. .
She was so beautiful!
-Did you kiss her immediately?-No, it took me a long time.. .
She gave me a kiss for my birthday in January!
lnteresting... Very interesting...
Next question...
Saved by the bell! Just a moment, let me answer that .
Welcome back again!
lt's good to see you,
now l have one more thing to tell you about the simple Past Tense
and it's all related to pronunciation,
the pronunciation of the regular verbs.
Now, it's unusual but we have three different ways of pronouncing
the verbs in the regular, in the past.
So we need to look at the screen and study those together ,
it's quite interesting.
Let's take the first group, look at the verbs:
'watch', 'dance', 'laugh', 'wash' and 'walk'.
Now, if you notice those verbs end with a hard sound

'watch', 'dance', 'laugh', 'wash' .

Those are hard sounds.
Now, when we add the ED, what happens is :
the pronunciation becomes T, we don't say 'watched' ,
we eliminate the E and we say 'watcheT', ok? lnteresting ?
So look at that, 'watchT,
dancT', eliminate the E, pronounce the T, 'dancT', 'laughT' ,
'washT' and 'walkT'.
Now the temptation is to say 'watchED, dancED, laughED, washED' ,
but we eliminate the E and we add T.
WatchT, dancT. Good.
The next group, listen to the verbs:
'play', 'clean', 'study', 'close', 'snow' .
Now the pronunciation of the end of those verbs is soft ,
not like 'walk' which is hard,
it's soft, 'play', 'clean', 'study', 'close', 'snow' .
So the pronunciation of ED becomes D.
lt becomes 'playD', again we eliminate the E ,
we say 'playD', 'cleanD', 'studiD', 'closD', 'snowD' .
Not 'snowed', 'closed', 'studied'. But 'studiD', 'closD', 'snowD' .
Alright so first group with the T,
second group with a D and the last group is... actually easy .
lf a verb ends with a T or a D,

then the pronunciation of ED becomes lD,

and in fact it's impossible to pronounce it any other way .
Take an example: 'start'. lt becomes 'startlD', 'startlD' .
Not 'started', 'startlD'. Ok?
So 'want' becomes 'wantlD', 'start' becomes 'startlD' ,
'land, landlD'
'paint, paintlD', alright?
So those are the three groups of pronunciation,
just keep practising them and they'll soon become more automatic for you ,
don't worry too much.
And also when you're listening to our friends in 'That's life!'
try and pick the pronunciation out. Alright?
Great, l'll see you again in the next lesson, bye!
Hello? Yes... Just a moment.
Alice, it's for you... Tom on the phone...
Oh... No, no! Jack, can you tell him Im out, please ?
No, Alice! l told him you were at home!
Oh, make something up, please!
l don't want to talk to him... He's so boring! !
Tell him Im ill or something else... Whatever you like !
Uh... Hello? Tom?... Hello? Tom, l can't hear you! Hello?.. .
Thanks, Jack! Okay, well, where were we? Let me see... Ah !
When did you start school?

What does school have to do with love ?

And what a stupid question...
l started school when l was six years old.
Everybody starts school at six years of age.. .
Right! Did you enjoy school?
l enjoyed university, yes. l enjoyed it very much.
Excuse me, Alice...
But do you really find this questionnaire all that interesting ?
Well, not really! Anyway, let's go on...
And why did you enjoy university?
Because we had parties every Saturday night!
Ha, Ha! No, really, why?
Well... l learned a lot. And l made a lot of new friends .
l lived on my own and... Oh, just a moment !
Hello? Just a minute.
Alice, it's John on the phone...
-Oh, Jack! Please, tell him that...-l know... That you are not at home.. .
Or that you are ill, l know the story...
-Thanks Jack!-Hello?... John...
Hello? John, l can't hear you...
Right! Now... Where were we?
Wait a minute, Alice! Now it's my turn! l have a question for you.. .
Okay! Shoot!

Could you please answer the phone next time?

You know, Im not your secretary!...
Hi again!
And welcome back to your live English language learning programme .
Alice has a lot of admirers, doesn't she, girls ?
How does she do it?
Now l want to do an exercise with you
to help you practise recognizing Past Tense verbs .
So Im going to become a newsreader Im going to read you
the 'Nine O'Clock News' in English
and l will use about twenty-two verbs in the past,
l want you to listen carefully
and try and recognize as many as you can.
Alright? So let me get in position... Are we ready ?
Good evening and here's the Nine O'Clock News !
Yesterday ten thousand people left their workplace
and went into the streets of London
to protest against the government's new labour law,
the police sent out special forces to control the crowds
and arrested fifteen people.
A Bengali tiger escaped from London Zoo yesterday morning ,
it went to Covent Garden and drank and ate everything in its path ,
the zookeepers found it in the garden of a pub

and took it safely back to the zoo.

Prince Charles had an accident yesterday playing polo,
they took him into the hospital in Scotland
where they did a minor operation on his leg .
When he spoke to the press this morning he said that he felt fine .
And now rugby, this afternoon England played ltaly
at Twickenham and ltaly lost by 3 points.
The ltalian captain broke his leg,
the English captain said the game was close
and that the ltalians played very well .
That's all from me, goodnight.
So? How many verbs did you get? Ten? Fifteen ?
Twenty? Twenty-two?
Alright let's go and check them on the board now, together .
So, we started with:
'Good evening here's the Nine O'Clock News...'
'Yesterday ten thousand people left... their workplace' ,
'left' is the Past Tense of 'leave' good !
'And went into the streets of London'
'went', Past Tense of 'go'.
Right 'to protest against the government's new labour law' .
Then 'the police sent out special forces' ,
'sent'... Past Tense of 'send' 'to control the crowds and arrested' ,

which is the Past Tense of 'arrest',

it's a regular verb 'arrested fifteen people' .
How many so far?
Ok... 'A Bengali tiger escaped from London', regular verb ,
'escaped from', 'escape', 'it went to Covent Garden market' ,
'went' Past Tense of 'go' 'and drank and ate' ,
'drank' Past Tense of 'drink',
'ate' Past Tense of 'eat',
'the zookeepers found it in the garden of a pub'
'found' Past Tense of 'find', good.
'And took it safely back', 'took', difficult,
'took' Past Tense of 'take', 'take, took', ok .
'Prince Charles had an accident',
'had' is the Past Tense of 'have',
'they took him', 'took him', you know ?
Past Tense of 'take', 'to a hospital in Scotland
where they did a minor operation',
'did', Past Tense of... 'do', yeah !
'When he spoke to the press', 'spoke' is the Past Tense of 'speak' ,
'he said', Past Tense of 'say',
'that he felt fine', 'felt' Past Tense of 'feel'. Great !
'Rugby', 'this afternoon England played', Past Tense of 'play' ,
ltaly at Twickenham and ltaly lost',

'lost' is the Past Tense of 'lose', ok? 'Lose' .

'The ltalian captain broke his leg', 'broke',
Past Tense of 'break', 'the English captain said' ,
Past Tense of 'say', we saw, 'the game was close' ,
'was' is the Past Tense of... yeah, the verb 'to be' ,
'and that the ltalians played very well', 'played' ,
regular verb, Past Tense of 'play', 'play', 'played' .
Well done how many did you get?
Twenty-two? Twenty? Eighteen? Nineteen?
l know it's difficult at the beginning,
and in fact that is, often one of the most difficult things ,
is recognizing English pronunciation,
that's why it's very important for you
to learn good pronunciation at the beginning,
because it'll really help your comprehension .
So... take care and l'll see you in the next lesson for more practice, bye .
Hi, Sharon? What's up?
Hi, Jack. Im okay!...
-Don't worry! Everything is just fine!-Really?
l don't think so...
Come on, tell me what's happening... Some problems with Peter ?
No! Well... Yes! But l don't think you are the right person to talk with !
Maybe you're right.

But l can't stand seeing you so sad!

And this? What does it mean?
Don't worry! Im not leaving for ever!
My colleague Lucy invited me to spend the weekend at her house .
She has a cottage in the countryside, near Brighton .
We're leaving in the evening, right after work!
The countryside is lovely there!
l hope so! l need a break!
Living with Peter is getting hard! He is so nervous about his concert.. .
He can only think and talk about that!
He seems miles away! And as for his music... He's excessive !
He goes on singing all day long!
He doesn't speak with me anymore... He sings with me :
'Sharon, can you pass me the salt, please?'
l like it when you smile!
l think a weekend in the countryside is exactly what you need !
l didn't know you liked the country so much.. .
Are you joking?
l love the countryside. lt's so quiet and relaxing.
-A lot of people think it's boring.-Well...
They don't know what they are missing...
What, Jack!? Are you using cliche's now?
... Like: the countryside is safe and the city is dangerous ?

... Or: the country is clean and the city is dirty ?

And don't forget the country is cheap, too !
Yes, there's that, too.
The city is very expensive,
just think how much the rent is for this apartment!
Don't remind me! l have to pay mine tomorrow morning !
Well, Jack! lt was good talking with you!
You make me laugh!
Sometimes... l think about us...
About how we were together once...
We were... We are... A wonderful couple!
-Don't forget it!-Alright!
Hi again! How are you?
So, Jack and Sharon both like the countryside, do they ?
Can you imagine them? Alone?
ln a house in the country?
Cheek to cheek?
We'll see... could be interesting... Now,
in this lesson l want to talk to you about adjectives, adjectives .
ln that last episode they talked about the city and the countryside ,
so let's look at some adjectives
that we could use to describe the city and the country .
For example the countryside is 'beautiful', but often cities are.. .

the opposite of beautiful?

We say ugly. 'Beautiful', 'ugly'. Alright?
Usually the countryside is 'quiet',
and the city is 'noisy', 'noisy'.
The countryside is usually 'safe' whereas cities can be ,
yeah, 'dangerous'.
Life in the countryside is 'slow' whereas life in the city is 'fast' .
The countryside is 'rural' whereas the city is 'urban' alright ?
Usually the countryside is 'charming' and often cities are 'modern' .
Life sometimes in the countryside can be 'boring'.. .
but life in cities is usually 'interesting'.
Life in the countryside can be very 'relaxing' ,
whereas the city is usually 'exciting'.
Countryside is very 'clean'...
Anne would like that, whereas often cities are 'dirty' .
The countryside is usually 'cheap',
whereas cities are often 'expensive'.
Ok? So, those are typical adjectives to describe countryside and city .
Now, let's think of people and things.
Well, people can be 'young',
but things, we wouldn't say things are 'young' ,
we would say things are 'new',
so a book is new but my brother is young.

The opposite of 'young' is 'old', ok?

'Old', and we also use that for things,
so we could talk about an old book.
Now, some people are 'fat'
but when we describe a book in that term ,
then we say the book is 'thick', not 'fat' .
We can say a person is 'thin',
and we could also say a book is 'thin'.
Then somebody is... two meters tall, somebody is 'tall' ,
whereas we would say for a building...
the building is 'big', or 'high'.
Then the opposite is 'short', person 'is short'
and the thing would be 'little'.
Now there's another very interesting thing about adjectives to learn.. .
is that adjectives are divided into syllables.
So for example if you look at the adjective 'beautiful' ,
how many syllables are there?
'Beau', 'ti' ,'ful' three syllables,
'beau', 'ti' ,'ful', 'beau', 'ti', 'ful', ok ?
Let's look at another example:
'quiet', listen to that, 'qui', 'et', two syllables 'qui', 'et' .
Another one, 'safe', is one syllable, 'safe', how about 'dangerous' ?
How many? Dangerous 'dan', 'ge', 'rous', three.

One more, 'interesting', that's quite difficult,

'in', 'te', 'res', 'ting', how many syllables ?
Four, 'in', 'te', 'res', 'ting' pronunciation: 'interesting' .
'Relaxing', 're', 'lax', 'ing' three. 'Cheap', one .
So all adjectives in English are divided into syllables ,
you can count them and that's important
when you want to compare things,
which is what we'll be looking at in another lesson .
Now we are going to go back to 'That's life!'
and Anne wants to buy a car.
And Jack is giving her advice.
Listen to the way that they use the word 'should'
and we'll look at that in the next lesson alright ?
See you then, bye!
Oh... Hi Jack. Do you have a moment?
l always have time for you, Anne!
-Can l ask you a question?-Sure, how can l help you?
Well, l need your advice. l want to buy a new car .
Ah, you should buy a fast, expensive sports car!
Come on, l can't afford a sports car.
My car's old, it's too big and it's difficult to drive .
-Very good reasons to buy a new car.-Yes!
l'd like to buy a small, stylish car that's not too expensive .

Hmmm, a small, stylish car that's not too expensive.. .

...And for young people!
Of course, you shouldn't buy a car for old people .
So, what car should l buy? l don't understand anything about cars !
Well, what about buying a Ferrari?
-Are you joking?-Just kidding...
Let me think...
Oh... Can l have a look?
How about this car?
lt's nice! lsn't it expensive?
All cars are expensive these days .
By the way, did you hear about Sharon?
Yes! l met Peter in the afternoon.
He told me they had a quarrel...
But l don't think we should worry about it! Do you?
Hmmm... Maybe we should... What do you think of Sharon, Anne ?
-She's very pretty...-Yes, she is...
What about me, Jack? Do you think Im good-looking ?
Come on Anne, you are very attractive!
-Do you really think so?-Yes, Anne...
You are always on my mind!
-Oh! Anne, Im sorry...-lt doesn't matter, Jack.. .
Hello again and welcome back!

Did you hear what Jack said to Anne?

He said:
'You should get yourself a really fast, expensive, sports car.'
Now... do you think that's practical advice ,
with all the money that Anne hasn't got?
Well he did say one thing which is useful.
He used 'should'... and that's what we're going to study now :
the use of 'should'.
Because we use 'should' in English
when you want to give advice to someone.
So, if l say to you for example: 'l've got a terrible headache' ,
then you give me advice.
And you could say for example:
'well, you should take an aspirin.' 'Should',
'should' written S-H-O-U-L-D, very easy, because we say :
l should, you should, he should, it should, she should ,
we should, they should, fantastic! Never changes.
So, 'should' plus the infinitive.
Now l want to do something with you.
l'll say something and l want you to give me some advice. Alright ?
So for example, l say: 'God, Im really tired.
Im really tired...', 'you should go to bed'
or 'you should rest.' Exactly.

Next one: 'Im getting fat', 'Im getting fat.'

Yeah, exactly: 'You should eat less.'
Or, the negative would be: 'you shouldn't eat so much' ,
'you shouldn't eat so much.'
Next one: 'my back, my back really hurts!'
Exactly: 'you should see a doctor',
or 'you should go to a chiropractor', for example .
Great! Now: 'l don't speak English very well' ,
'l don't speak English very well.'
Yes exactly!
'You should watch 'English 2day' all the time.'
Alright? Fantastic, so that's the form 'should' for suggestions .
Let's look at them now on the screen
just to consolidate that, so: 'should'.
ln the positive form the examples are
you should take a rest, she should take an aspirin ,
they should see a doctor, he should stop eating sweets
and l should study English every day.
So, the form is 'should' plus the infinitive without 'to' .
The negative: she shouldn't, shouldn't,
look at the pronunciation, 'shouldn't work so much'.
'l shouldn't go to bed so late', 'you shouldn't go to that film' ,
'he shouldn't smoke so much'. Alright?
The question, when you're asking for advice is simple ,

you put 'should' first and then the subject so the examples are :
'should l see a dentist?', 'What should l do?' and ,
'should we practise English every day?' 'Yes, we should.'
Good.
So that is the language that you can use
whenever you want to give advice to somebody in English .
'Should' plus the infinitive,
so 'should you come and see me everyday?'
'Yes, you should!'
Ok and you should come to the next lesson so l'll see you there.. .
Take care, bye!
Hello, hello and welcome to 'Music World',
and welcome to Tony Moore, our music expert!
ln this week's edition we want to celebrate
the life of a great musician from Liverpool,
maybe the greatest pop musician of all time! Right Tony ?
Yes, that's right. And of course we're talking about John Lennon !
Yes, John Lennon, a famous singer and songwriter ,
but also sometimes a controversial figure.
Ok Tony, let's look at the important moments of his short
but very successful career!
Well, John was born on October 9th 194o in Liverpool .
He had a difficult childhood, his parents separated

and John lived with his aunt Mimi.

She was very very strict and she didn't like John
spending all his time playing the guitar!
So John had a difficult childhood.
And what about The Beatles?
When did this amazing pop group start playing together ?
ln 1958 John met Paul McCartney at art school in Liverpool .
This was the beginning of their musical journey together .
Shortly afterards George Harrison joined them .
At the beginning the band was called the 'Quarrymen' ,
but in 1959 they changed the name to The Beatles .
lnteresting! Where did the band play?
Well in Liverpool of course, at the Cavern Club ,
but they gave their first series of performances in Hamburg
at the Star Club in the city's red-light district.
The Beatles were very happy and had lots of fun in Hamburg .
lt was here in Hamburg that they developed their look
and in particular their famous hairstyle;
a hairstyle that suddenly became fashionable all over the world .
Ah... that hairstyle! They were called 'moptops', weren't they ?
Yes, that's right.
What was their first number one single?
The single 'Please, please me'.

lt was an immediate success and went to the top of the charts !

That's right!
Well... the four lads from Liverpool played together
as The Beatles until 197o.
Their last album was 'Abbey Road'.
Then the band broke up.
To the disappointment of all their fans!
And then? What did John do next?
He started a successful solo career.
'lmagine' and 'Plastic Ono Band' were popular albums .
Did John ever try to re-unite the Beatles?
Oh no! His relationship with Yoko Ono became very ,
very important for him. John and Yoko started to get involved
in politics, they began to spread a message of world peace .
And when was he killed?
John was killed on the 8th December 198o outside
his New York apartment in the Dakota Building.
Who killed him?
Mark David Chapman, a Beatles fan.
And why?
Well he was crazy, he was mad,
he said Lennon had betrayed the ideals of his generation !
Yes, well, John was only 4o when he died ,

but he certainly isn't forgotten.

No, he certainly isn't forgotten.
At today's there's a garden in Central Park
called Strawberry Fields to remember John's life;
it's near the Dakota Building.
Ok, so... John Lennon...
John Lennon, perhaps the greatest pop musician of all time .
Thanks to our expert Tony Moore.
-Thank you, goodbye.-Goodbye.
See you again next week for another edition of 'Music World' !
Goodbye!
The Beatles! What a band!
A band is a group of musicians that play together ,
for example a jazz band.
When the band plays pop or rock music
we often say a pop group or a rock group .
A musician is someone who plays music,
there are jazz musicians, classical musicians, pop musicians .
We say that someone plays music or plays a musical instrument
for example, John played the guitar,
l play the piano.
Do you play an instrument?
A singer is also a musician, their voice is their instrument, they sing !

A musician plays music and a singer sings songs .

John was also a songwriter,
a songwriter is the person who writes a song .
And the words of a song are called lyrics .
The lyrics of John Lennon's songs are very beautiful .
The Beatles recorded lots of albums.
An album is a record or CD with 8 or more songs on it .
A single is a record or CD with just one song .
Often a single becomes very popular and we say
that it 'goes to the top of the charts'.
'The charts' is the list of the most popular songs that week ,
so when a single goes to the top of the charts
it means that it's at the top of the list and very popular .
When a song is number one on the list we call it
'a number one single'.
'Please, please me' was a number one single .
But bands also play 'live' in front of an audience .
We say they 'give a performance'.
So we can say
'The Rolling Stones are playing in Rome tonight'
or 'The Rolling Stones are giving a performance in Rome tonight' .
A performance can be just one song or piece of music
but when a band or singer plays lots of songs we call it a concert .

Unfortunately some bands, like

The Beatles separate and we say they 'break up' .
The Beatles broke up in 197o and John Lennon started his solo career .
A solo career is when a musician records songs alone ,
without the band.
lt's time for me to say goodbye to all you music lovers ,
see you next time.
Good evening and welcome to this week's edition of 'Let's talk' .
ln the studio with me this evening are our commentators
Marie and Tom. How are you?
-Fine, thanks Eric.-Fine, thanks Eric.
Very good! Today let's talk... Let's talk
about one of the world most famous men in the world .
l mean, Bill Gates: the world's top businessman
and the richest man in the world .
l have a question: how did he become so successful ?
l can answer that question with one word: 'Windows' ,
the most widely used computer operating system in the world .
Yes, yes, that's true.
lt's almost every computer in the world uses Windows .
Let's go back in time a little!
How did Bill Gates arrive at where he is today ?
l'd say thanks to his business skills !

At the end of the 8o's when he founded Microsoft

he understood where the computer industry was going .
That's right!
At that time computers were very big,
very expensive and only large companies could use them .
Gates understood that smaller, personal computers ,
the PCs we use today, were the future.
Of course, he wanted all these PCs to use his software .
So he understood 2o years ago how we use computers today ,
that's a good businessman.
But of course you need more than intuition
to become the world's top businessman .
Yes of course, to become the world's number one businessman
you need an aggressive business philosophy .
For example, from the beginning Bill Gates did everything to stop
the illegal copying of Microsoft programmes.
Until this time people didn't buy software programmes ,
they shared them freely or copied them;
Bill Gates created the market for computer software.
But that's not all!
Bill Gates was very ambitious too!
Do you know he wanted to be a millionaire by the age of 3o ?
Yes, and he worked very, very hard!

For many years he only slept six hours a day, he was a real workaholic .
So he also helped coffee producers too !
l guess so.
After he became a multi-millionaire with Windows what did he do next ?
He turned his attention to the lnternet.
lnitially he didn't think the lnternet was important,
this was a business mistake.
Microsoft developed lnternet Explorer 4
and three years later Microsoft won the browser war
and destroyed its competitors.
So today almost every computer in the world uses
a Microsoft programme.
That's right!
Well, Bill Gates is a very, very successful businessman .
ls there anything about him to make him likeable or just a bit human ?
Well, his charity work, this is very important for him .
Bill and his wife Melinda now work for
The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation;
in 2ooo Bill gave half his fortune to the foundation to fund charity work .
This is fantastic. Bill Gates, a successful man ,
with very good business skills, but with a big heart too !
Well, today we have learned about
one of the most important business leaders of our age .

Thanks very much Marie, and thank you Tom! Goodbye .

-Goodbye.-Thank you. Goodbye.
And goodbye to you.
And see you again soon for the next edition of 'Let's talk' .
Well, Bill Gates is definitely the most famous businessman
in the world but l didn't know he was so generous !
A businessman, or businesswoman,
is a person who works for a company, or for themselves ,
and they are always looking for ways to make money .
To be a successful businessman you need good business skills ,
in other words, good ideas to sell more and to make more money !
Bill Gates has very good business skills, he founded Microsoft !
To found a company means to start a company,
and Bill Gates founded Microsoft because
he knew where the computer market was going.
What is the computer market?
The people who buy computers.
The people who buy a product are the market of that product .
Bill Gates even created a market for computer software .
To create a market for a product means
you are the first person or company to sell that product .
He also destroyed his competitors.
Competitors are the people who sell the same product as you .

Of course to be so successful Bill worked a lot ,

we say he was a workaholic.
Workaholic comes from the word 'alcoholic',
a person that drinks a lot of alcohol.
And he became a multimillionaire with his business philosophy .
A multimillionaire has lots of millions of euros or dollars,
someone who has one million is called a millionaire.
A business philosophy is how someone wants to run a business .
To run a business means to manage a business.
Bill Gates runs his business very well !
And not only, he gave half of his money to a foundation ,
which is an organization that funds charity work.
To fund something means to give money to an activity .
And Charity work is when people work to help eachother .
So, very smart but also very generous!
l think l would be generous like Bill if l were a multimillionaire too !
See you soon!
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
look at the subtitles carefully,
listen out for the language points that we have learned together, ok ?
Enjoy your viewing!
Hello and welcome back to 'English today'
and this is DVD 6 and the second DVD of your elementary level .

And in this DVD you will see another three episodes

of our story 'That's life!' followed by our special TV programmes .
ln the first a music expert talks about John Lennon,
followed by a business debate
about Bill Gates.
Then, in the grammar section,
we will study the regular and irregular verbs of the past tense ,
adjectives and the use of 'should' for giving advices .
Ok? So enjoy your studying and have fun.

English Today DVD 07-Eng

Sub

Well guys, why don't we go to the cinema tonight? DvDRip by ohbabyViettorrent.vn thanhnp.org@gmail.com-quanghungxd86@gmail.com
That's a great idea. What's on? DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn
thanhnp.org@gmail.com-quanghungxd86@gmail.com
Well, there's the new film with Schwarzenegger .
-That should be good.-You're joking, right ?
No, Im not. What would you suggest?
How about going to the disco?
The disco? Are you crazy, Alice?
That's not even music... That's simply noise !
Come on, Peter! lt's Saturday night, we have to do something special.. .
Something exciting!

And going dancing is surely more exciting than going to the cinema !
l agree with Alice! Let's go dancing!
What about a third choice?
l guess Anne is right! Why don't we try to find a good compromise ?
Come on, guys! How boring and old-fashioned you are!
...And you are more frivolous than l am, Alice!
Come on guys! Don't argue now, please!
Let's vote on it!
Well, Alice and l want to go dancing. Peter and Anne don't.. .
How about you, Sharon?
l don't know...
Well...
The disco is probably more entertaining than the cinema.. .
Great! Okay, guys. Three against two... Let's go dancing !
Hello and welcome back to 'English 2day' for some more English .
Now... What would you prefer?
Discotheque or cinema? Dancing or a film?
Well we are going to look at comparatives now.
l have to buy a camera, and l need to choose one ,
l have to make a choice so l have to compare two different types ,
here l have two types look, this one here and this one here .
Now, they are quite different.
Listen to the language l use when l compare them okay ?

Now this camera is smaller, than this one ,

this is really quite big, it's bigger than this .
And it's also heavier, this camera, than this one ,
this is a light camera so it's lighter than this model .
Now this model looks more sophisticated
and probably more artistic than this one,
whereas this one looks more practical,
but maybe less complicated, what do you think ?
And what else?
Well this is definitely more expensive than this one ,
this is probably cheaper, l think.
Because this has a big lens as well .
So Im not sure what do you think?
l like the idea of a more sophisticated camera.. .
but l think it's more expensive so...
l think l'll have to go for the cheaper one which is the digital one ,
l think l'll choose this.
Alright? Good now let's go and have a look at the language
and see how we formulate comparatives in English. Alright ?
lf you have a one syllable word, you remember one syllable word ,
like cheap, small, hot, high, then to make the comparative it's easy ,
we add E-R to the adjective, so 'cheap' becomes 'cheaper', 'small'
becomes 'smaller', 'hot' becomes 'hotter', notice we double the T ,

'high' becomes 'higher'.

So, some examples are: 'the new model is lighter than the old model' ,
or 'London is safer than New York'.
'Today is hotter than yesterday', alright ?
So, those are adjectives with one syllable.
But what happens if you have adjectives
with three syllables or more?
Look at the examples.
'lnteresting' is an adjective with three syllables 'in' 'te' 'res' 'ting' no !
Four syllables!
So it becomes 'more interesting' you see what happens ?
We put more in front of the adjective so 'more interesting' .
'Difficult', how many syllables? 'Difficult' 'dif 'fi' 'cult' ?
Ok so it becomes 'more difficult'.
Therefore, the example we have next is:
'the new model is more practical',
or 'London is more expensive than Madrid' ,
for example 'this test is more difficult than the last test' .
So you see how we formulate the comparative
depends on the adjective that we use:
if it's a one-syllable adjective we add E-R, cheap cheaper ,
if it's three-syllables or more we add 'more'
in front of the adjective like 'more difficult'. Ok ?

Now, we are going to go back to 'That's life!'

where the girls are getting ready to go dancing...
they use a lot of comparatives in the conversation,
listen carefully and try and recognize them.
Great, see you next time! Bye!
Here's my party-hat!
-How do you like it?-You look great!
l envy you! Hats really suit you!
Well, l envy your room, Anne.
But with all this traffic how do you sleep?
Oh, Im used to it!
Which disco are we going to?
'Paradise'. lt's a new disco on King's Road... lt's very nice !
Did Tom and you go there together?
Yes, we went last Saturday...
We spent a nice night together...
Maybe l asked the wrong question.
You don't like Tom, do you?
He's boring, very boring...
Besides, he's an Aries! And he talks too much.. .
Last night, for example,
he showed me all the pictures of his holiday in the Alps .
He talked for an hour about the mountains... But l hate the mountains !

Why do you say that? The mountains are beautiful and spectacular .
l prefer the beach... lt's more relaxing and entertaining !
Oh, l don't know. l think the beach is more boring than the mountains .
-Why do you say that?-Well, think about it.
Lying on the beach every day.
lt's much more interesting to be walking in the countryside .
Yes, but it's usually colder in the mountains.
l think the beach is also more romantic .
Girls! Stop talking nonsense! How do l look ?
You look very pretty, Alice!
Thanks Sharon. But you look better than me.
No, how can you say that?
You are much more tanned than l am.
Yes, but you are in better shape.
And me? How do l look?
You are very pretty too, Anne.
Im sure Im not nearly as beautiful as you !
Come on, guys! Stop making stupid comparisons!
Let's just say that we are all different...
Hey girls! Okay, are you ready? l need your advice.. .
Which shirt is better according to you?
The red one! lt's much better than the blue one for a disco-night .
And you, Sharon? What do you think?

Well, l think the red one is funnier,

while the blue one is more professional...
l prefer the blue one.
So, girls, which shirt should l put on?
l told you, the red one. With that one on you'll look more macho !
-Yes, macho, that's the right word!-Really? Macho? l like it !
Okay, l'll put on the red shirt!
Do you agree with Alice, Sharon? About being macho, l mean.. .
Come on, Jack! lt's late... The disco is waiting for us !
Hello again! And welcome back.
l want to continue talking about comparatives in this lesson ,
because last time we talked about how we compare
with adjectives with one syllable and three syllables and more .
Remember we said 'hotter than...' but 'more difficult than' .
So what happens if we have adjectives with only two syllables ?
For example like, 'heavy' or 'easy', well ,
we say 'heavier' and 'easier' but the spelling changes ,
and that's what l want to show you on the screen now ,
because... the Y at the end of easy and heavy disappears, look .
Happy is an example with...
an adjective with two syllables ending in Y,
happy becomes happier, take out the Y, put in l... l-E-R .
Then funny funnier, and easy, as we said before ,

easier, heavy again, another example, heavier .

Ok, so be careful, remember that the Y becomes an l .
Some examples: 'Im happier than you' ,
'his joke was funnier than mine',
'English is easier than Russian.' Alright?
So, that's important to remember,
but that's not all. There are some real exceptions ,
as always, in the English language, also in the comparative form ,
and that's what l want to look at with you now .
lt's very important.
The question is: what is the comparative of 'good'?
The comparative is completely different, it's 'better' .
So you would say
'This camera is better than that camera' alright ?
So 'good' becomes 'better'.
What about 'bad'? Again it's completely different,
'bad' becomes 'worse'. Today the weather is worse than yesterday .
Ok? 'Bad' 'worse'.
And one more example 'far', which means distant,
'far' becomes 'further' or even 'farther', both possibilities .
Farther written F-A-R-T-H-E-R,
as you can see on the screen alright so those are the big exceptions :
'good' becomes 'better', 'bad' becomes 'worse' ,

'far' becomes 'farther' or 'further', you choose .

Examples: 'walking is better than running' ,
'today the weather is worse than yesterday' ,
and 'Southampton is further than Brighton' .
Alright?
So those are all the most important things that you need
to know when you are comparing things,
don't forget the exceptions, they're very,
very common and easy to forget.
Alright? Great!
So l'll see you next lesson when, no doubt ,
you'll be speaking English better.
Ok? See you then, bye!
So, Tom... Which do you think is the best?
l think Prague is the most interesting .
Are you sure? l think Vienna is more exciting than Prague.
Yes, but it's certainly the most expensive tour .
lt doesn't matter... My father is going to pay for everything !
And what about Madrid? l think it's probably the most exciting.. .
-Why do you say that?-Well... The night-life.. .
Im sure there are a lot of discos.
That's true, but it's certainly the hottest city .
You're a good friend, Tom, but... You're so boring !

l don't really care about the weather... l just want to enjoy myself !
This trip is my father's birthday present to me .
l want to go to Europe's most interesting city,
but also to the most special and the most entertaining one !
l see... Well, l think all three are interesting cities !
Hi guys, what are you doing?
My father is going to give me a trip for my birthday .
So Im choosing where l would like to go...
Oh, really? That's great!
Are you going alone?
No, my father promised to come with me.. .
Well, do you already have an idea of where you want to go?
Not yet! l can't make up my mind between Vienna, Prague and Madrid.. .
Tom was making some 'precious' suggestions.. .
... But she isn't taking my advice... As usual !
Well, l think Prague is probably the oldest city ,
but Vienna is the most interesting one.
There are a lot of important meetings in Vienna, and lots of museums, too .
Well, Madrid also has a lot of museums. Do you agree with that ?
Yes, that's true...
But Madrid is certainly the hottest city !
Oh my God, Anne! You are like Tom! You both talk nonsense !
l think you two should go out together...

l think you would get on well...

Alice, what are you talking about?
-You're joking, right?-Well, not really!
l think Tom is perfect for you, Anne...
Come on, Alice! Stop being foolish... You are embarrassing us !
Really? There's no need to be ashamed!
Listen, Im going to leave you two alone, now!
So you can get to know each other better...
Bye!
Hello again! Now, that's an interesting couple.
Tom, who is an obsessive museum-goer,
Anne, who is an obsessive cleaner... put them together.. .
and what have you got?
The cleanest museum in the world !
Now, 'the cleanest' is an example of the grammar form
of the superlative.
And that's what l want to look at with you now ,
l want to give you some examples, so .
Listen carefully to what l say, alright? Good, so.. .
Good morning ladies and gentlemen!
Are you having problems opening your bottles?
Well, l have the solution for you, here it is,
a revolutionary bottle opener, this is a bottle opener .

Have you been using these old models

like this and being having problems?
Well, this is the most intelligent and the most revolutionary bottle ,
that you can find, bottle opener it's called ok ?
So how does it work?
You take your bottle of wine, you open it up like this ,
you open it here, you put it on the top of the bottle like that ,
over the cork, then in this position, you see ?
Hold it strong.
Take the lever like this and pull over like that.
Takes a little bit of effort but not like that one.
Then you push it back and what happens ?
Bingo! Out comes the cork, then the same action ,
hold it tight, pull it over,
the cork comes out and we are ready to drink .
This is ladies and gentlemen, the most effective ,
the newest, the quickest, the smartest,
and the most revolutionary bottle opener
that you will ever find and it's the most economical,
it's the cheapest, it only costs twenty euro, for you.
So buy one today and let's pour some wine
and toast to the most superlative bottle opener in the world... cheers !
That's nice! Great!

That was the superlative, let's go and see it on the screen.

Nice wine!
Now, when we have an adjective with one syllable like cheap ,
what we do is we add 'the' at the beginning
to make it superlative and then we add E-S-T to the adjective .
Look at the examples:
it's the cheapest, the newest, the quickest,
the smartest bottle opener in the world .
So 'the' plus E-S-T at the end.
Now if the adjective is two or three or more syllables it changes .
As l said, and it becomes 'the most effective' .
Now, the adjective doesn't change, but in front of it we put 'the most' .
The most effective, it's the most economical bottle opener ,
it's the most beautiful, it's the most revolutionary bottle opener .
So again, be careful. ls it a one syllable adjective?
ls it a two or three or four syllable adjective? Because it changes .
Great! Now let's go back to life, 'That's life!'
where Jack and Peter are talking about football,
they're talking about the best football team in the world .
And l'll see you later, cheers!
Hey, Peter... Did you see the match yesterday evening ?
-Which match?-Which match? Ajax vs. Juventus.
-Those teams are boring...-Excuse me, excuse me !

Ajax is the best football club in the world !

Im afraid l don't have a clue.
l know that only music matters...
Anyway... ln your opinion... Which is the best team ?
l don't know! l heard Arsenal is the best one of all time .
They've got the most aggressive players,
the most important coach, the toughest goalkeeper .
Peter, Peter... You are so mistaken!
Okay, what's so great about Ajax?
First of all, their defence is superb.
lt's much more intelligent than Arsenal's. Still...
No... But you promised to me!
You're always busy!
No, l don't want to go anymore! Anyway, thanks daddy !
Thanks for your present! You are the worst father in the world !
Don't worry, Im gonna have a great birthday, all the same!.. .
Yes, with my friends... They do love me! Bye !
-ls everything okay, Alice?-No, nothing is okay !
My father keeps on being the same...
Come on, Alice! Don't cry, please!
Tell us what happened!
Well, you know... l told you...
My father decided to give me a trip for my birthday.. .

Well, he promised to come with me...

And just now he told me that he can't anymore...
Because he has some important work to do... As usual !
Don't be angry with him!
Even if he has something important to do you can leave for your trip anyway !
No, l don't want to go anymore!
Well, don't worry Alice!
We are going to give a big party for you. lsn't that true, guys ?
-Absolutely!-Of course!
You are the most brilliant,
the smartest and the funniest roommate we've ever had !
Even if sometimes you are a bit lazy... You need a special party !
Thanks a lot! You are the best friends in the world.. .
Hello again! Now you know?
Mr. Monkey reminds me of Jack.
He's obsessed with football, but he's very sweet .
Did you hear what he said to Alice?
He said 'you're the most brilliant roommate we've ever had' .
That's really sweet.
And did you hear them talking about football ?
Well l don't know what you thought... they said, this was Jack ,
he said 'Ajax is the best football team in the world' .
Debatable? Alice said her father was the worst father ,

and Jack then said 'you're the funniest roommate that l've ever had' .
And so these are all examples of exceptions in the superlative form .
l want to go to the screen now
and look at those because they're not that easy .
So, look at the first example, with adjectives ending in Y ,
we remove the Y, as we've learned before, and we add l-E-S-T .
So, 'funny' becomes 'the funniest',
'easy' becomes 'the easiest'.
So the examples are:
'you're the funniest roommate, l have ever had',
for example, or 'Naples is the noisiest city in ltaly' ,
or 'it's the happiest day'.
Alright? So, those are two syllable adjectives ending in Y.. .
Now look at the exceptions,
remember we have already learned that 'good' ,
'bad' and 'far', are exceptions in the comparative,
now look at the superlative:
'good' in the superlative becomes 'the best' .
So it's good, better, the best.
'Bad' in the comparative is 'worse', remember ?
The superlative is 'the worst'.
Notice the T. Bad, worse, the worst, don't forget to pronounce the T .
And then 'far':

the comparative we said was 'farther' or 'further'

and the superlative form is 'the farthest' or 'the furthest' .
So those are the three most important exceptions,
you need to learn those by heart,
because words like 'good' and 'bad' we use every day ,
so try and memorize them alright?
And l'll see you in the next lesson, bye.
Good morning, good morning!
Welcome to this week's edition of 'Talk Cinema' .
Here in the studio with me is Sanjeev Gupta, our cinema expert .
Good morning Sanjeev.
Good morning.
Well Sanjeev, what are you talking about today?
Today l want to talk about the Sundance film festival!
Sounds interesting! l've heard of the Sundance festival, what exactly is it ?
Well, to put it simply Sundance is a festival for independent films
and people interested in them .
OK, can you explain what an independent film is ?
lndependent films, sometimes they're called 'indies' ,
are films that don't come from the major Hollywood studios .
They're produced and financed by the directors themselves
and they're usually low-budget productions.
But, of course this doesn't mean that they're appreciated

less than normal commercial films.

Of course! lndependent films can be very interesting
and often they deal with contemporary issues .
Exactly!
You can't compare independent films with Hollywood blockbusters !
They're two completely different things!
Well, Hollywood films are more spectacular .
They're usually high-budget productions and the money
comes from the Hollywood studios, not from the directors !
There's more money to spend so they can feature famous stars .
There's another important difference here:
Hollywood movies are distributed throughout the world.
That's how they make so much money at the box office !
Right Sanjeev?
Right, Lucy!
On the other hand, independent films generally
win the praise of cinema critics but make less money at the box office .
Ok, let's go back to the Sundance film festival !
Well, this festival has nothing in common
with the Oscars night in Los Angeles!
But it is the most important film festival in the world
for independent films.
lt's important because it promotes the work of many young directors .

When did the festival start?

Robert Redford organised the first festival 25 years ago .
The festival takes its name from 'Sundance Kid' ,
the character Robert Redford plays in the film
'Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid'.
Today the Sundance is divided into two sections .
The main section is called the 'American Competition'
and is for American films and documentaries.
The second section is the 'World Cinema Competition'
this is for all other films.
You know Sundance is great fun.
ln addition to the films there are parties
and concerts and also special meetings for film students !
Well, the Sundance festival sounds fun...
lt's smaller and younger than other film festivals.. .
There aren't lots of Hollywood stars...
The awards aren't as prestigious as the Oscars.
But it's an important festival! Right Sanjeev?
Right! And don't forget, it's great fun!
Ok, thank you Sanjeev, and goodbye.
Goodbye.
Goodbye and see you next week for another edition of 'Talk Cinema' !
So the Sundance Festival takes its name from the Sundance Kid ,

the character that Robert Redford plays .

A character is a person in a film.
And we say that an actor plays a character.
And let's have a look at some of the vocabulary
and expressions we use to talk about films.
There are independent films and Hollywood blockbusters .
First of all, what is an independent film?
lt's a low-budget production that is not produced or financed
by a major Hollywood studio.
Major means big and important.
A low-budget production is a film made with little money .
And what's a Hollywood blockbuster?
lt's a high-budget production that is produced and financed
by a major Hollywood studio.
A high-budget production is a film made with lots of money .
To produce a film means to make a film and to finance a film
means to find the money to make a film.
We say a film is produced by and financed by someone .
So, an independent film is usually produced and financed
by the director of the film.
The director is the person responsible for making a film;
he or she directs the actors and decides
how to tell the story of the film.

lndependent films are sometimes called 'indies' ,

which comes from the word independent.
Because Hollywood blockbusters are high-budget productions
they can feature famous stars.
Famous stars are famous actors.
So if a film features famous stars it means
that famous actors and actresses are in the film .
'Pretty Woman' features Julia Roberts and Richard Gere.
We say Hollywood blockbusters are commercial films.
This means they are easy to watch and easy to sell.
They are made with the purpose of making money .
All right cinema lovers, that's it for now .
Bye! and see you again soon!
Hello, welcome to this week's edition of 'Let's talk' ,
the Saturday evening debate with our commentators Tom and Marie .
-Good evening.
Tonight l'd like to hear your thoughts about e-learning .
You know when l was a teenager l hated school and studying ,
as you can imagine my exam results weren't very good
so l couldn't go to university.
Now l'd like to study philosophy
and Im thinking of taking a distance learning course
using my computer and the internet.

Well, e-learning, the 'e' means 'electronic'

so 'e-learning' is 'electronic learning';
this is a new and convenient way of studying.
Many universities around the world
now offer distance learning degree courses via the internet .
You can take a course from a university in England
or in the States without leaving your home.
That's true, but you need to have a lot of motivation
to take an e-learning course.
Why?
Well, good time management skills are very important
for successful e-learning.
You mustn't waste time, you must study a little every day...
lt isn't always easy, especially if you work!
Ok, e-learning courses can be more difficult ,
traditional courses can be better, but there are many advantages
to studying for a degree at a distance.
What are these advantages?
ln fact let's talk about the advantages and the disadvantages
of e-learning.
Ok, one advantage, you can study when you like and where you like .
l see, so it's a flexible way of learning?
Exactly!
Another advantage is that e-learning gives people a second chance

to take a university course, without giving up your job !

You can study and work at the same time!
Im sorry Marie, l don't agree!
When you work it can be very difficult to find time to study .
Besides, students can feel lonely and isolated
when they study by themselves.
Wait a minute, this is where the 'e', the 'electronic' part helps .
There's lots of interaction with other students and course tutors .
Some courses use virtual classrooms to teach small groups .
You can see your tutor and other students on your computer screen .
You can talk with them and use text chat or e-mail
and discussion forums too.
Today most courses include study skills information
on how to study well at a distance.
Ok but some course materials can be really boring just like reading
'books online' and some e-tutors are very inexperienced
and don't know how to teach in this new way.
And remember that drop out rates are high for e-learning courses .
Yes l agree with some of what you say
but good multimedia course materials can be very stimulating
as they use audio, images and text together to teach!
Ok, ok! l see that you both have strong opinions on this topic .
This discussion is very interesting but Im afraid we've run out of time !

So, e-learning:
the new independent way of studying with advantages
and disadvantages! My philosophy course?
Hmm... l'll have to think...
So, goodbye to our commentators Marie and Tom .
-Goodbye.
And goodbye to you.
And see you the next time on our discussion group 'Let's talk' .
Well, l'd like to take an e-learning course
but Im not sure that l have the motivation l need.
Notice how we say 'to take a course'.
For example...
To take an English course means to study English.
To take a distance learning course means to study from home .
lf l take an e-learning course l can study at home
and send my work to my course tutor via lnternet .
The course tutor is the teacher for the course .
Most people go to university.
To go to university means to study full-time at a university .
We can also say someone is at university.
For example 'Im at university'
means Im studying for a degree at a university.
A degree is the qualification

you get when you complete a university course.

A degree course can take from 3 to 5 years
depending on the subject you study.
l wanted to study philosophy at university.
We say 'to study a subject at university'.
For example, my friend Sasha is studying Mathematics at university .
We can say: She goes to university.
She's at university.
She's studying Mathematics at university.
She's taking a Mathematics degree at university .
We can also say she's studying for a degree in Mathematics .
Notice we can say either a Mathematics degree
or a degree in Mathematics.
With e-learning courses people study for a degree at a distance .
This means they study at home, they don't go to the university to study .
But Tom said 'the drop out rates' for these courses are high .
The drop out rates is the number of people who don't finish the course .
The verb 'to drop out' means to not finish a course .
We can say 'to drop out of school' or 'to drop out of university' .
Ok, well study hard and l'll see you on Saturday
for another edition of 'Let's Talk'! Goodbye!
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
look at the subtitles carefully

and listen out for the language points we've studied, ok ?

Enjoy your listening!
Hello! And welcome back to 'English today'
and this is DVD seven and the third DVD
in your elementary level.
And in this DVD you will see another two episodes
of our story 'That's life!'
followed by our special TV programmes.
ln the cinema programme they will be talking about the
Sundance film festival followed by a debate about e-learning .
Then, in the grammar section, we will study more about adjectives ,
in particular the comparatives and the superlatives .
So happy studying!

English Today DVD 08-Eng

Sub

-How does this scarf suit me, Anne?-Oh... Very well. You look fine! DvDRip by
ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn thanhnp.org@gmail.com-quanghungxd86@gmail.com
Really? Im not sure... Look... Maybe this one looks better.. .
Don't panic, Peter! Everything is going to be all right tonight !
l don't know... Actually l've a sore throat... And Im losing my voice.. .
l'll sing badly tonight, Im sure!
Come on, Peter! You will sing very well!

You are a professional singer! Don't forget it!

Well, Im going to have some tea. Would you like some ?
Thank you, Anne! l would really like a cup of tea. lf it's not too much trouble.. .
No, not at all, l'll just add some water to the pot .
A cup of tea and my chocolate cake
will keep your mind off the musical...
-For five minutes at least!-Shall l give you a hand?
Uh... Yes, thanks...
Here is the cake.
-Oops...-Oh Peter! Okay, listen...
l know you are nervous, but try to be careful, please !
Im sorry, Anne... Listen, how do you think the musical will go ?
l think it will go very well! 'Grease' is considered a classic musical .
lt's successful, entertaining... There will be loads of people clapping .
-Do you really think so?-Sure l do!
Hey, Peter, what time does the show start?
At nine o'clock. How are we going to get to the theatre?
-Im going to drive.-l don't think that's a very good idea .
Why not?
Because parking there is almost impossible.
-Okay, we'll take the Tube.-That's a much better idea .
-When shall we leave?-Around eight thirty?
-No, that's too late!-Okay! We'll leave earlier!

Oh... Im so sorry, Anne!

Peter, you're hopeless!
Okay, okay, listen... l think you need to relax a bit !
-Why don't you go and take a nap?-l can't sleep... Im too nervous !
Okay. Why don't you rehearse your part again?
l can't... l can't remember anything!
Okay. Okay. Go wherever you want... Just, please, leave me alone! Please.. .
Hi! And welcome back to 'English 2day!'
The only live TV programme where you can learn the English language .
Did you see that Peter dropped chocolate cake
and tea all over the table?
And Anne didn't really react?
She's becoming more tolerant, isn't she? Great!
Now... l have an interesting thing to teach you in this lesson
and it's about 'will'.
Now, people usually think that 'will',
the future 'will', is very easy in English, but it isn't that easy ,
and in this lesson l want to look at a particular use of 'will' .
Now, watch this, listen:
imagine that Im in Oxford Street, in London, shopping .
l stop outside a shop and l see a beautiful dress, and l think :
l like that... l want that, and l say:
l'll buy it!

Now, 'l'll' it's the abbreviation of 'l will', 'l'll buy it!' .
We use this form when we make a spontaneous decision .
lt's nothing planned, it happens spontaneously .
lt's called in English 'a snap, snap decision', alright ?
Let's continue, so l see the dress and l think :
l'll buy it! Great! Then l look at the price...
One thousand five hundred euro?
Crikey!
And l think:
l won't buy it! Negative of will, 'l won't buy it'.
But then l think: no, wait a minute,
l haven't bought myself anything lovely for a long time!
Maybe my boyfriend can help me...
So l decide: l'll buy it!
l go into the shop, l talk to the shop assistant and l say :
'That dress, l like that dress, can l try it?'
She says: 'Yes, yes, sure!'
So l put it on, look at myself in the mirror and think :
'Fantastic, l'll take it!' So l go to the shop assistant and l say :
'l'll take it'!
She says: 'Fine, Madam, how would you like to pay?'
How would l like to pay?
Cash? Must be drinking!

Cash, one thousand five hundred euros ?

Cash? No! Credit card!
Yes, exactly, l'll pay by credit card, ok?
l'll pay by credit card, so, in my bag, here's my bag! Oh noo! !
l left my credit card at home!
What shall l do? Good!
l'll come back tomorrow.
And she says: 'That's fine Madam, that's fine, don't worry', she says ,
'l'll put it aside for you, Madam, l'll put it aside' .
And l say: 'Great! Thank you so much.
Don't worry, l'll definitely come back tomorrow' .
Now, all those were examples of 'snap decisions', spontaneous
decisions and that happens many times in a day .
So, let's look at the form together :
we have 'l will' contracted to become 'l'll', look at the examples :
l'll try it!, l'll take it!, l'll pay by credit card!,
l'll put it aside for you!, l'll make a bowl of pasta !
And l'll come back later!
So, snap, spontaneous decisions 'l'll', alright ?
Now, the negative form...
We've mentioned it before, you heard me? With the money .
ls 'won't'.
Be careful with the pronunciation, it's not 'want', it's 'won't' ,

so the example is:

l won't buy it! Or l won't pay by cash!
Alright so? Will, won't.
You can also ask a question in this situation of a snap decision
and you can say 'shall l?'.
Now that's a big change because will in the question form
becomes 'shall'. So we say:
'shall l make, shall l make a bowl of pasta?'
Or 'shall l help you?'.
Alright? That's the question form.
So, l'll do it, l won't do it, shall l do it ?
So those are snap decisions, very useful, very important ,
and not many people remember that use of 'will'.
Great! Let's go back and see how Peter's feeling ,
and then l'll see you later, l'll... see you later! Bye !
Hi, Anne. Hi, Peter! Im starving! ls there anything to eat ?
How can you think about food at a time like this?
-Why? What's the matter?-What's the matter? !
-The performance is tonight!-Come on, Peter! Don't panic !
Everything is going to be all right tonight... Don't worry !
Why does everyone tell me the same stupid things? !
Because it's the truth!
Look, Peter, take this lucky charm!

l bought it in Portobello market this morning.

l'll give it to you as a lucky mascot!
Remember, you have to kiss it three times.. .
And then keep it in the right pocket of your jacket .
Why just in the right pocket?
Well, l don't know...
The woman who gave it to me said that this is what you have to do .
-Anyway, Im sure it will bring you luck!-Hmm! Im not so sure.. .
Why not? Shall we bet on it?
Alright! Sounds like fun! How much?
Oh, let's make it interesting.
lf it brings you luck, you'll take me for dinner at Bluebird .
Bluebird? Are you crazy?
That's London's most expensive restaurant!
l know, l know... But the musical is important to you, Peter, isn't it ?
All right Alice! What will you do if it doesn't bring me luck ?
Well, l will cook dinner for a month!
But you can't cook!
Ah-ah, Peter! That's why l said it!
This way Im sure you will make it bring you luck !
Hello again and welcome back!
The most expensive restaurant in London.. .
Good for Alice!

Now, in this lesson l want to look at the future again,

but at a new form of the future, and it's the form 'going to' .
And in the episode we heard Anne say:
'Everything is going to be alright' .
So l want to look at that form with you now .
And... To illustrate it l want to tell you about something wonderful
that happened to me.
l won, l've just won in fact, twenty thousand euro,
and l have to decide what to do with this money .
And l have a few intentions, so, let me tell you about them .
Firstly, Im going to relax for a few days in a spa.. .
hopefully with my boyfriend, relax in a spa.. .
hot water, you know? Wonderful!
Then Im going to visit some old friends in Canada
that l haven't seen for a long time.
So, that's good. Then what?
Yes, then a dream:
Im going to travel around Turkey,
and Im going to go in a hot air balloon over Cappadocia .
Fabulous. Then what?
Im going to organise a surprise holiday for my parents in Egypt .
Another thing let's see... another intention that l have.. .
Oh yes, Im going to buy another double bass for my boyfriend

because, you know...

it's an expensive instrument and he needs it for his work, so.. .
Im going to buy that.
Then what?
Im going to buy another Jack Russell Terrier to keep Zukie companion .
And the last thing well... l think...
Im going to put the rest in the bank. Alright?
Now, l was explaining to you my intentions for the future ,
and when you do that in English you use a particular form ,
in the future, and it's 'going to'.
Let's look at that on the screen:
So, the verb 'to be' plus 'going to'
and then the infinitive, so the examples, that l was using ,
is this form:
'Im going to have some tea', for example, you see ?
The verb 'to be', 'going to' and the infinitive .
'He's going to sing well', so 'he', third person, change the auxiliary
'he's going to sing well',
'everything's going to be all right' as Anne said .
They're going to take the Tube', you know ?
The underground in London, 'they're going to take the Tube' .
Now very often, when you hear this form,
you hear a pronunciation like 'gonna'.

So, 'they're gonna take the tube',

and that's when we completely contract 'they are going to...'
and it becomes 'gonna'.
And often you see that in subtitles, in English, on films, 'gonna' .
Now, the negative form, is easy,
it's negative of the auxiliary 'to be' so...
'Im not going to leave tomorrow',
'Im not going to leave tomorrow',
'he isn't going to return soon',
and 'we aren't going to come with you', alright ?
Sometimes you hear 'Im not gonna...', 'he's not gonna...' .
That's when we speak quickly, alright ?
And then the question form... again, easy,
you invert the subject and the auxiliary:
'how are we gonna get there?',
'how are we going to get there?',
'where is it gonna happen?'
And 'when are they gonna leave?',
Or 'are they going to leave?'.
Alright? So, that's another form of the future ,
and you can see slowly that the English future
is quite interesting and quite complex.
So, when you want to talk about your intentions you use 'going to'

and Im going to see you in the next lesson!

Alright? Bye for now.
-The musical was great, wasn't it?-Yes, it was !
Peter was excellent!
Well, now let's think about the party! lt's time for fun !
Uh, by the way, who is coming to the party tomorrow ?
Well... David will be here.
Mary, Paul and Tom will be here as well...
Everyone will be here!
-l wonder if Jack will be here...-Jack? Why ?
He's leaving on a business trip tomorrow morning .
He doesn't know exactly when he'll be back.. .
Hey, girls! What are you talking about?
Anne was telling me that you won't be coming to the party this evening .
-lt isn't true, is it?-Yes it is.
-Im afraid l can't.-Business before pleasure...
-You never will change, will you?-Excuse me... Hello? Oh, hi.. .
-l really don't have a choice.-Listen, Jack.. .
l was wondering if you really have to go away on business
or if you're not coming to Peter's party for some other reasons.. .
No, Sharon! l... l do have a business engagement .
Anyway, since you asked... l'll tell you...
There's more...

Im jealous of Peter!
Oh, come on, Jack... You only care about business.. .
Sure, that's what they all say...
But, you know... l...
Im interested in you... And... Sharon...
Are you... Are you really interested in me?
Anne, who were you talking to on the telephone ?
Mary... She wanted to know what time the party is going to start .
l think it will start at about nine o'clock, won't it?
Well, girls... l have to go finish my presentation .
-See you later. Bye!-Back to work.. .
You'll never quit, will you?
What a shame that Jack isn't coming...
He's a very interesting person...
l wonder if you are falling in love with him!
Come on, you can tell me!
Okay... But don't tell anyone!...
Yes...
He's quite handsome...
Do you think he likes me, Sharon?
What a question! lt's none of my business!
Don't be so difficult, Sharon!
l was just asking confidentially your opinion.. .

You are my friend, Sharon...

Im sorry, Anne...
l didn't mean to hurt your feelings, Im just a bit nervous these days.. .
-Why?-Because of Peter...
We're having some problems...
Im sorry Anne, but l don't wanna talk about that.. .
l've got to go...
See you later. Bye bye!
Oh, Jack! You're always so messy...
You leave your things everywhere...
But...
What's this, in the pocket?
What?
lt's Jack and Sharon!?!
And he's kissing her??
Oh my God!
Now, l understand everything...
Hello again and welcome back to your live English language lessons !
And in this lesson we are going to learn something about questions ,
remember how we said that English questions
are difficult because of all those auxiliaries?
Well, in this lesson we are going to learn something which is
especially typical of the English language,

they are called 'question tags'.

Now, let me give you an example of a question tag:
'She's unhappy, isn't she?'
Let's look at that, so: 'she's unhappy, isn't she?'
Strange? 'She's unhappy, isn't she?'
Now, it's not really a question asking you for information ,
it's more a question asking for confirmation
where do you agree, and usually the people agree ,
So 'she's unhappy, isn't she?' Yes she is .
Look at the construction, 'she is unhappy' is in the positive form ,
and then we have the tag, it's called 'the question tag', after ,
in the verb 'to be' but in the negative question form ,
'she's unhappy, isn't she?'
This is very common in English and not common in other languages ,
because other languages usually use 'no?',
for example: 'She's unhappy, no?'.
We repeat the verb.
And because it's complicated now let's go to the screen
and see some more examples of that .
So, 'she's upset' is like 'she's unhappy', 'she's upset, isn't she?' .
'You're a student...' the verb to be, 'you're a student' ,
you take the verb to be 'are' and you turn it into a negative question .
So we say: 'You're a student, aren't you?' Alright ?

Next one 'He's Brazilian, isn't he?'

Do you see the mechanism now?
'lt's raining, isn't it?'
Again, Im not asking for information,
Im asking for confirmation.
'They're watching television... they are watching, aren't they?' ,
'They're watching television, aren't they?'
And you notice that my voice actually goes down at the end ,
so it's not like a real question, where your voice goes up ,
'We're learning, aren't we?'
'You live in ltaly' now, look at this example here :
'You live' is the present tense, so we need the auxiliary ,
of the present tense of 'live', which is not the verb 'to be' ,
so look how that works: 'You live in ltaly, don't you?'
Negative 'don't', auxiliary is 'do'
and the negative 'don't you', interesting!
'You live in ltaly, don't you?'
lf we change that into the third person it becomes :
'She likes English', what's the auxiliary?
Exactly, 'does', in the negative?
'Doesn't she'. So, 'she likes English, doesn't she?'
And the last example: 'They work at home, don't they?'
'They work at home, don't they?'
Alright? So it's not easy,

you have to keep in mind the auxiliaries all the time.

What happens if we begin with a negative sentence ?
For example: 'You aren't American', well, then we use a positive tag .
So 'you aren't American, are you?' Ok? Aren't, are.
'She isn't a teacher, is she?'
Negative, positive, 'he isn't watching TV, is he?'
'They aren't playing today, are they?'
Let's change to the present tense:
'You don't play tennis, do you?'
We use the auxiliary do, 'do you?'
Question form, 'it doesn't work, does it?'
Third person, 'she doesn't like him, does she?'
'They don't come often, do they?'
Now you're probably thinking: 'God!
That's difficult!' and it's not easy, it takes a lot of practice ,
but when you know your auxiliaries well,
it becomes easier and easier, ok?
So, don't worry, slowly but surely as we say ,
now let's turn to 'That's life!'
and our friends are having a party, let's go and join them, bye !
lt's a shame Jack isn't here, isn't it?
Yes, it's just not the same without him, is it?
Well, business is business, you know.. .
Well, Anne, l wonder what wonderful food you cooked for us this evening.. .

Anne, hello! Are you there?

Oh! Sorry, Peter. l was miles away...
-What did you say?-What did you cook for us?
-Oh... Your favourite! Fish and chips!-Oh... What would l do without you ?
Hey, what about me? l brought the beer!
Yes, we are glad you did. Cheers!
Cheers! To Peter's success!
Well, guys... This is the right time for an important announcement.. .
Last night, there was a famous director at the theatre.. .
We met after the show and he told me
he is preparing a musical to be performed all over Japan.. .
So, he wants to see me for an audition next week !
Cheers! You'll be famous soon, Peter!
-Surprise!!!-Jack!!!
Well, well, not so dedicated to your work, are you? !
-Peter, get me a beer!-Now you're talking...
-Hi Anne! ls everything okay?-Yes...
No, Jack!
Everything is fine! lt was just really a surprise to me !
Hello and welcome back again for some more English .
Now, at that party everybody seemed happy except Anne .
And nobody really noticed what was happening between Sharon and Jack ,
well, anyway let's get back to English questions .

Last time we studied question tags,

but this time l want to look at another question form in English
which is very important.
Now when you don't know the subject you need
to ask a question in order to get the subject .
Now let me explain that.
Usually in a normal question in English like:
'Where do you work?' the subject form is in the question
'Where do you work?' and the answer would be :
'l work in London'.
But if l want to ask you about the subject,
l have to change the question and it becomes
'Who works in London?'
Now that question is asking for the subject and the answer could be :
'My brother', the subject, 'works in London' .
Now, the good thing is... we eliminate the auxiliaries ,
do and does.Yahoo!
l can hear you say it.
Let's do some examples before we go to the screen ok ?
Now l'll ask you some questions, for example:
'Who likes English?'
Notice that there's the S on the verb,
because 'who' is considered a third person .

'Who likes English?' l do, you do, for example, alright ?

'Who lives in igloos?' Now give me the subject,
'Who lives in igloos?'
Exactly, Eskimos live in igloos, alright?
You give me the subject.
Now, answer this one: 'Who cultivates rice?'
'Who cultivates rice?' Yeah?
The Chinese, the ltalians, Southeast Asian countries, ok, good .
Next one: 'Who sings musicals, in 'That's life!'?'
Exactly, Jack sings musicals, great.
'Who wants to be an artist?' Im asking you for the subject ,
'Who wants to be an artist?'
Yeah! Alice does, Alice wants to be an artist .
And 'Who likes Jack?'
Well, Sharon does... Anne does...
and so does Alice, he's a lucky man!
Alright? Now let's go to the screen and see those written ,
because is unusual for you now to learn a question with no auxiliary .
So, what happens is:
you have the word 'who' which is the question word,
and you eliminate the auxiliary.
lf you look at the first example, which is the typical question ,
'Who do you live with?' you're asking for the object ,

and the answer could be: 'Your family' for example .

'Who do you live with?', the subject is 'you', you ask for the object .
But 'who leaves with you?' you are asking for the subject ,
and the answer could be: 'My family'.
Let's look at more examples, no auxiliary,
so 'Who works in an office?',
'He does', 'Who likes English?',
'We do', 'who lives in igloos?',
'Eskimos live in igloos', 'Who cultivates rice?' ,
'The ltalians, the Chinese',
'Who understands Russian?', 'l don't... do you?' ,
'Who sings musicals?',
'Peter does', 'Who wants to be an artist?',
'Alice', and 'Who likes Jack?', 'We all do' .
So, very interesting this, and we will look at it again ,
in the future, but remember this is one occasion ,
the only occasion, where you don't need auxiliaries in the question form ,
when you're asking for the subject.
So, who understands this?
We do, so l'll see you again soon, take care, bye !
Good afternoon, welcome to this week's edition of 'Sports Special' .
And welcome to John Forbes, our sports expert .
Hello Eric and good afternoon to all our sports fans!

Well John, which sport are you going to talk about today ?
Today l'd like to talk about rugby.
Fantastic! Im a real rugby fan! l think it's a really exciting sport !
John, a question, where did rugby start?
Well, you know Rugby is a town in England, near Birmingham .
Yes...
There's a famous school there called 'Rugby School' ,
it's one of the oldest schools in England. lt opened in 1567 .
Anyway, boys at this school started the game.
Really... And where is rugby played today?
lt's played all round the world but there are eight main countries ,
these are lreland, Wales, England, Scotland, France, Australia ,
New Zealand and South Africa.
And it's becoming more popular today in ltaly and Argentina .
Who plays rugby?
Mainly men, but there are more and more women's teams .
Really women?
That's a surprise!
That's right!
There are more than 4oo women's teams in England today !
l see. John, can you explain to our viewers how to play rugby ?
Of course! Remember, rugby's very different from soccer ,
the ball's oval, like an egg.

There are 15 players in a team and the players can carry the ball .
ln fact the aim is to run fast with the ball in your hands.. .
And what about a 'tackle'? What's that?
To stop a player of the opponent's team running
with the ball you 'tackle' him...
You catch his legs and pull him to the ground .
That sounds dangerous!
Yes, it can be. There are lots of injuries in rugby .
lt's a very physical game...
How do you score?
Well, you run with the ball and put it down
on the ground at the opponents' end of the pitch .
Of course your opponents do everything
they can to stop you from reaching their end of the pitch !
You score a try if you cross the try line
and put the ball down on the ground,
you can also score points by kicking the ball between the two goalposts .
The goalposts are very high, if you do this you score a goal .
So, there are tries and there are goals?
That's right...
Just one more question, what are 'scrums'?
Scrums are special to rugby, players from the two sides
push against each other to try to get the ball.

Scrums sound dangerous too!

Yes, they can be dangerous... but it's fun ,
you know l used to play rugby...
Really?
Yes but l injured my shoulder and had to stop.
l just watch now!
Well, l sometimes watch a game on Saturday afternoons,
how about coming along?
Sure.
How about next weekend?
Great! Ok, thank you John!
Goodbye... and goodbye to all our sports fans.
See you next week for another edition of 'Sports Special' !
So like in football the group of players
that play rugby together is called 'a team' .
ln rugby it's called a 'rugby team' and there are 15 players in a team .
The players are called 'rugby players'.
Where do they play?
On a rugby pitch.
We also say a football pitch,
which is where football players play football and a cricket pitch ,
where cricket players play cricket.
When we go to watch a rugby match we go to a rugby ground .

Well as John said, rugby can be dangerous .

ln fact there are lots of injuries in rugby.
An injury is when you hurt or damage a part of the body .
lf a player has a serious injury then he cannot play .
To injure is a regular verb.
For example if you break your arm you say 'l injured my arm' .
Why is rugby so dangerous?
Well it's a very physical sport.
This means you use your body a lot
and there is a lot of contact with the other players .
When a player 'tackles', he stops a player
from the other team by pulling him to the ground .
This is called a tackle.
To tackle is the verb.
The aim of a tackle is to get the ball.
You can tackle in football too,
but you can only use your feet to get the ball,
in rugby you use your whole body!
What about 'a scrum'?
This is a term specific to rugby.
A scrum is when all the players push against each other to get the ball .
As John explained, in rugby there are two different ways of scoring .
To score means to win a point for your team.

You score a try when the ball touches the ground .

You score a goal when you kick the ball between the two goalposts .
Well sports fans, that's all we have time for today see you next time !
Good afternoon and welcome to this week's edition
of 'The Travel Programme'.
And of course welcome to Christine Oteng, our travel expert !
Hello Lucy!
Well Christine,
do you know that one of the main causes of stress
in the west is air travel?
According to research from the University of lllinois in the USA .
You know that doesn't surprise me!
Air travel can be a very stressful experience .
lt seems that a lot of people start to feel nervous
in the travel agency when they're buying the ticket
or when they're buying the ticket online at home.
Really?
Well why don't we give our viewers some advice
on how to reduce that stress and enjoy air travel more ?
Sure! Just follow a few simple rules
and you'll fly without any stress at all.
The first rule: don't arrive at the airport late !
l always arrive late.

That's not a good idea!

For a start if you arrive at the airport early
you have plenty of time to check-in,
you can go straight through passport control
and the security check,
then you have plenty of time to relax!
You can do some shopping, have a drink, read a magazine or a book .
All stress free without worrying about missing the flight .
You're right, Christine!
lt's important to arrive at the airport
with plenty of time to spare!
And what else can l do to make air travel less stressful ?
Well, another cause of stress is the amount of luggage
that we take with us, we always take too much!
Listen, don't take more than 2o kg and only take one suitcase !
Check the weight before you leave home,
and relax at the check-in,
there's no need now to worry about excess baggage charges .
lt's always relaxing to save money.
Definitely! And one last thing on the topic of luggage.. .
Yes...
Hand luggage:
take one small bag and don't put too much in it!

Remember you'll have to carry this around the airport !

Good advice.
You know many people have a fear of flying,
these people become nervous when the plane takes off and lands .
Of course, l understand that people may feel nervous at these moments .
They should remember that flying is the safest way to travel .
So, relax and enjoy the flight!
And you shouldn't look out the windows too much.
Why not? Clouds are relaxing!
But if you do feel nervous you could try taking a tranquiliser .
lf you have a real fear of flying they can help you relax !
Don't take too many though!
Of course not!
And try closing your eyes as the plane takes-off and lands ,
think of the beautiful place you're going to
or the wonderful holiday you've just had...
Well! How to enjoy stress free air travel:
don't arrive at the airport late!
Don't take too much luggage!
After passport control and the security check,
relax with a drink and something interesting to read !
Or perhaps do some shopping!
And, once you're on the plane remember that flying

is the safest way to travel.

So, thanks Christine for this very useful advice and goodye !
Goodbye Lucy and safe travelling!
See you soon with another edition of 'The Travel Programme' !
Goodbye!
Well l certainly didn't know that air travel could cause so much stress !
Air travel is the general expression for everything to do with flying .
So the stress can even start when people buy their tickets
at the travel agency or online.
The travel agency
is the place where you book a holiday or buy an air-ticket .
'Online' means you buy the ticket on the lnternet
and you pay by credit card.
To avoid stress you should arrive at the airport
with plenty of time to spare.
To have plenty of time to spare means you have lots of time to relax .
Notice how we say 'arrive at the airport'.
And relax is a verb.
So you should arrive at the airport early,
so you can relax before the flight.
lf you arrive at the airport late you could miss the flight .
'To miss the flight' means you can't get on the plane
and it leaves without you.

Before you can get on the plane

you have to go through passport control,
this is where you show your passport to an official .
You have to go through the security check ,
this is where you put your hand luggage into the x-ray machine .
Hand luggage is the bag you take on the plane with you .
Luggage is the general word for suitcases and bags .
A suitcase is a kind of bag where you put your clothes and shoes .
Now some people have 'a fear of flying'.
This means they are afraid of flying and they get nervous
when the plane takes off and lands.
When the plane takes off, it leaves the ground.
And when a plane lands, it touches the ground again .
So remember flying is the safest way to travel!
See you soon, bye bye!
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
look at the subtitles carefully
and listen out for the language points we've studied, ok ?
Enjoy your listening!
Hello and welcome back to 'English today',
this is DVD eight and the fourth DVD of your elementary level .
And in this DVD you will see another two episodes of 'That's life!' ,
our story, followed by our special TV programmes .

This time a sports expert will be talking all about rugby ,

followed by air travel without stress, featuring our travel expert .
Then, in the grammar section, we will study
the future forms 'will' and 'going to'
and also look at special 'question forms' and 'question tags' .
Ok? So happy studying to you all!

English Today DVD 09-Eng

Sub

What horrible weather! l hate it when it rains! DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn

thanhnp.org@gmail.com-quanghungxd86@gmail.com
So, what are we going to do today? DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn
thanhnp.org@gmail.com-quanghungxd86@gmail.com
lt's a perfect day for tidying up!
l enjoy putting the house in order when the weather is bad .
By the way, look at the mess!
We don't often get a chance to clean up together.. .
You're joking, right?! l hate cleaning the house!
Don't you have any better ideas, Anne?
Just a little bit of tidying-up.
Anyway, it was just an idea... And not a bad idea at that... ln my opinion !
Sorry, that idea is bad. What else do you suggest ?
Personally, l enjoy doing something more exciting
than vacuuming and doing the dusting.

-Why don't we play a game?-What kind of game ?

-How about playing cards?
No! l hate playing cards, it's so boring !
Let's see what's on tv...
Hmm... Cartoons, soap operas, political talk shows.. .
-There's nothing interesting on.-Shall we go for a walk ?
l like walking in the rain.
Why don't we take a walk to the new bakery in Piccadilly ?
-What do you say?-Are you crazy?! lt's raining out!
Well, you know what the traffic's like when it rains.. .
l certainly don't wanna get stuck in a traffic jam on a Sunday !
That happens every day
when l drive to work and when l drive back home .
Okay, okay! So... What shall we do?
lf you want, l can read your fortunes using the tarot cards .
Aren't you interested in what the future holds?
That's your favourite hobby! No, thanks, Alice!
Let's not think about the future.
l prefer the future to remain a mystery!
Well, l prefer to be prepared if something is going to happen .
-l don't like surprises...-So, sit here!
l'll tell you who you are and what your future holds !
You know what l like to do on days like this?

Nothing!
Totally relaxing doing nothing!
l agree with you, Jack. Total relaxation.
Now, that's a great idea!
... And maybe eating something nice and tasty...
Hem, Anne, why don't you
prepare us one of your lovely lunches?
No way, guys! You don't
want to go out, you hate cleaning the house ,
you don't like playing games...
So in other words, you want
to do nothing while l have to cook?!?
And you know what l say? l also enjoy doing nothing !
That's what Im going to do.
Watch out couch! Here l come!
Hello and welcome back to 'English 2day',
that live TV programme where you can learn the English language .
And in this lesson l want to do some revision on the things that people
don't like about the English language: the auxiliaries!
Now, the exercise is simple:
we're going to look at some of the auxiliaries
that we've learned up to now, what are they ?
Well... we have learned 'am', 'is', 'are', 'do', 'does' and 'did' .

When do we use them?

We use them in questions!
This is the exercise.
l have here some sentences in the positive form
and l want you to make questions using these auxiliaries, ok ?
So l'll give you an example,
l say 'He likes wine', you start the question with 'What', 'What...' ,
'He likes wine', now this is the simple present tense ,
so which of those auxiliaries do we need?
'Am', 'is', 'are', 'do', 'does', or 'did' ?
Simple present tense... exactly we need 'do' or 'does' .
Now l said 'He likes wine', third person, so which one ?
'Does!' Exactly!
Good, so the question is 'What does he like?' .
Get the idea? Great! Let's continue, number two ,
'l play tennis', 'l play tennis', 'What sport...?'
all right 'do l play?', very good...
'l play' simple present tense, we need 'do' or 'does', the subject 'l' ,
so 'What sport do l play?'.
Great! Next one, 'They're coming at seven o'clock' ,
'They're coming at seven o'clock'.
'What time...?', 'They are coming', present continuous, auxiliary ?
That's it! Fantastic, 'What time are they coming?'

Alright? Present continuous, auxiliary 'to be'.

Next one, 'She went to the cinema yesterday',
'She went to the cinema',
'Where...' alright, simple past tense, what do we need ?
We need 'did', so 'Where did she go?' .
Excellent! Very good, you see?
Getting better.
Next one, 'We had an ice cream after dinner' ,
'We had an ice cream after dinner',
'What... had we?' simple past... did! That's it !
'What did we have?',
remember that the verb 'have' always takes an auxiliary ,
so 'What did we have?', great!
Next one 'She's painting the front door',
'She's painting the front door', which tense ?
Present continuous,
so 'What...' third person 'is she painting?', very good .
Next one 'l was at home on Saturday', this is difficult.. .
'l was at home...'
remember the verb 'to be' is an exception ,
'l was', is the past tense of the verb 'to be' and it doesn't take an auxiliary ,
so we don't need an auxiliary, the question is 'Where... were you?' ,
that's difficult, 'Where were you?', the verb 'to be' no auxiliary, ok ?

'They work in Paris', what's the tense?

Simple present, good 'Where... do they work?'
Excellent! And the last one 'Im living in Florence',
'Im living in Florence', 'Where are you living?', fantastic !
You're getting better all the time, you see?
lt's just a question of practice.
So now let's look at the screen and see those written
just to remind you once more, ok?
So, 'He likes wine', 'What does he like?',
'l play tennis', 'What sport do you play',
'They're coming at seven', 'What time are they coming?' ,
present continuous, 'She went to the cinema yesterday' ,
'Where did she go?', simple past,
'We had an ice cream after dinner', 'What did we have?' ,
simple past, after dinner, remember, 'have', you need the auxiliaries ,
'She's painting the front door', present continuous ,
'What is she painting?'.
So... that's it, keep practising with your auxiliaries
they will be easier and easier.
Now let's go back to our friends,
where Alice is reading Sharon's tarot cards, let's see what comes up ,
see you later, bye!
Yeah... l see...

You are very shy and sweet-tempered...

Yet you are somewhat moody and
sometimes it seems you prefer to stay by yourself.. .
Yeah, that's right! Sometimes l enjoy solitude,
just me and my thoughts...
Yes, indeed,
l see that you are worried about something...
But that's not clear... l think it has something to do with a boy... Or.. .
Or?
Or maybe it has something to do with your job.. .
Yes! Maybe you are going to get a new job!
Wow, definitely l like the second options much better !
But... l don't know... Actually this
card means that love troubles are on their way.. .
Sorry Peter, but l see the shadow
of another boy in your Sharon's heart!
Don't be silly Alice! Tell me more about this job instead !
Okay, if you like... So, you are very careful in your work ,
even if it seems you don't like it that much.
Yeah, that's right!
l like doing things right.
lf l can't work well l prefer doing nothing at all .
What's more Im very punctual, l hate being late!

-Yes, and you are also very modest...-Thanks Alice !

Well, actually l can't stand people who show off, they make me uneasy.. .
Your tarot cards seem to know me very well!!
Well, you know... Tarot cards never lie!
That's why l want to investigate more about this mysterious boy !
Come on, darling, they don't... They aren't always right, are they? !
Yes they are! l swear it! They always tell the truth !
Oh, come on girls, stop it!
How can you spend the whole afternoon talking nonsense? !
Why don't we do something more interesting?
Why don't we all stop doing nothing and, and go out? !
Look, it has just stopped raining! How about strolling in the park ?
Yeah! That's a great idea! Let's, let's go!
Hello again and welcome back!
l want to continue doing some work on auxiliaries.. .
Do you believe in tarot cards?
l don't.
Now, that's sort of an example of what l'd like to teach you now :
short answers in English.
Usually in other languages when you ask a question like
'Do you believe in tarot cards',
people say 'Yes' or 'No'.
ln English it's a little bit more complicated, l can say for example ,

'Do you believe in tarot cards?',

'Yes, l do', 'No, l don't'.
So we take the auxiliary and we repeat it in the positive or the negative ,
so that's really quite strange, other languages don't do that .
As it's complicated l want to go to the screen now
and we could look at it written, it'll be easier for you .
Very common, you'll hear it all the time.
So, look at the example: 'Does he like wine?' ,
instead of just saying 'Yes' or 'No',
we take the auxiliary of the question and we say
'Yes, he does' or 'No, he doesn't'. You see that ?
We repeat the auxiliary, very unusual.
'Do you play tennis?' 'Do' is the auxiliary,
'Yes, l do', 'No, l don't', the negative, alright ?
So we always take the auxiliary of the question.
Next one, 'Are they coming at seven o'clock?' ,
we've changed tense, it's the present continuous ,
the auxiliary 'to be', so 'Yes, they are' or 'No, they aren't' .
'Are they coming at seven o'clock?',
'Yes, they are', 'No, they aren't' .
Next, 'Did she go to the cinema yesterday?',
'did', simple past, repeat,
'Yes, she did', 'No, she didn't', ok? Next one ,

'Did you have an ice cream after dinner?',

'Yes, we did', 'No, we didn't'.
'ls she painting the front door?' 'ls'.. .
'Yes, she is', ' No, she isn't' .
'Were you at home on Saturday?'
Now listen to this...
'Yes, l was', you take the verb 'to be'
and you put it in the correct form so
'Were you... ?', 'Yes, l was', 'No, l wasn't', ok ?
'ls she in the bathroom?' 'ls...?'
'Yes, she is', 'No, she isn't'. 'Do they work in Paris?' ,
'Yes, they do', 'No, they don't'. 'Are you living in Florence?' ,
'Yes, l am', verb 'to be', 'Are you... ?', Yes, l am', 'No, Im not' .
So you see, it's really quite unusual, isn't it?
And it's not easy, it's not a spontaneous thing ,
you have to practise.
So, 'Do you understand?' 'Yes, l do', 'No, l don't' .
Alright? So, those are your short answers,
have some fun with them, keep practising them ,
and l'll see you in our next lesson, ok? Bye !
Hello, this is Anne Baxter from Red Bear Publishing .
Im looking for accommodation for an American writer and his agent .
They're coming to London in two weeks' time.

Hmmm... Could you tell me a little bit about your hotel, please ?
Hum, our, our clients are used to the very best .
And do you also have a swimming pool?
Oh... A sauna? Great!
And as far as entertainment is concerned ,
do you have a lounge with live music?
Could you hold a moment, please?
Sharon, stop humming, please!
l can't hear anything!
Hmm... Ok, well... Thank you very much for your help ,
l'll let you know as soon as possible. Right. Good bye .
What are you doing, Anne?
My boss asked me to book two rooms for two of our most demanding clients .
They would like a quiet hotel, near our publishing house ,
and, of course, with all the creature-comforts .
So Im making a few telephone calls.
Anne, listen to this song for a moment.
lt's Ray Charles' last recording... lt's fantastic !
l've got a lot to do, Sharon!
Just for one minute, Anne... Come on!
Im afraid l can't now.
Why don't you go over to Alice's ?
She's having a shower...

You know... When Alice gets in the bathroom she takes at least two hours !
Well, do whatever you want...
Just please, get out of this room!
Anne, what's the matter today? Why are you treating me so badly ?
That's enough Sharon! l know everything about it!
-Everything about what?-...That you've got a lover!
A lover?? Are you going crazy, Anne?
Oh, don't try and pretend with me, Sharon!
-And l call you a friend!-But it's the truth!
And who is my romantic lover, by the way?!
You know... Im talking about Jack!
-Jack? What are you talking about?-The photograph...
The one where you and Jack are kissing!
lt's not what you think, Anne!
A-ha... So you tell me! You know, a picture says more
than a thousand words!
That photo is from three years ago. We were engaged .
Oh, what? You and Jack were engaged?
l know, l know... l wanted to avoid stupid gossip.. .
And also because of Peter.
So now you're telling me... Well... l can't believe it !
l know, l didn't wanna hurt your feelings.
See, now you are angry with me! That's why!

Well you're right, Sharon! l am mad at you! And now l look like a fool !
-Im sorry Anne, really!-Oh, my hair!!...
-What's going on?! lt's Alice...-Oh, my God!!...
Come on, let's go see what's happening!
Hello again and welcome back to 'English 2day'.
Did you see that last episode of 'That's life!' ?
Poor Anne! Well, sometimes the truth is difficult to hear, isn't it ?
Yeah... sorry, sorry l've got to turn my phone off !
This is live television programme... just, just one moment .
Hello? This is Louise speaking, Pablo?
Im afraid he's not here at the moment...
yes, but just one moment, just one moment,
l'll find... l'll try and find out, ok. Put it on hold.. .
Hello? Yes hello, could l speak to Pablo please ?
Well could you put me through to him?
No... Ok, yes, l understand, no, no it's not important don't worry ,
alright thank you very much, thank you, yes alright, bye !
Hello? Yes hello Im afraid, he's not available at the moment.. .
Yes, would you like to leave a message?
Sharon called, ok, would you like him to call you back ?
Yeah, alright, ok, yes, l'll tell him, right, thank you ,
thank you very much, goodbye, goodbye!
Sharon? Who's Sharon? Where were we?

Ah, yes, interesting, l wanted to talk to you about telephone language .

Now, l used some phrases there,
which are quite useful to you and l want to go to the screen ,
so that we can see those written together ,
and look at how the phrases work, ok?
Now, look at these situations:
when you don't understand someone on the telephone ,
what do you say? 'Can you repeat please?'
No... no! lf you ask somebody,
'Can you repeat, please?' lt's like asking them to... vomit, why ?
Because there is a small word missing,
a very important one, in English you must say
'Can you repeat that, please?',
very important, many, many, many, many people
make that mistake and they ask everybody to vomit on the telephone ,
so remember, 'Can you repeat that, please?', good .
Next, when, for example, imagine that you are on the telephone
and you want to write something down when the person is speaking ,
so you want them to... Ok, good so you stop them ,
'Just a minute'...
This is difficult, we say in English 'l'll make a note of that' ,
'Just a minute, l'll make a note of that',
'l'll make a note of that', snap decision, alright ?

Next one, imagine you're on the telephone

and somebody knocks at the door when you're speaking .
Now, you have to say... What can you say?
Yeah, so, 'Just a minute', we say 'l'll be right back' .
Now, that means that you're going somewhere
and coming back then quickly, so,
'Just a minute, l'll be right back',
l'll be right back', ok? Useful, that phrase .
Now, you return to the phone, ok?
And the other person has been waiting for you ,
so, you need to apologize for the inconvenience, so you can say ,
'Sorry', we say in English, 'Sorry to keep you waiting' ,
'Sorry to keep you waiting'. So, you say, 'Just a minute ,
l'll be right back'... Music, and you say ,
'Sorry to keep you waiting' alright?
Great, next thing, you're speaking to somebody ,
and suddenly the other person disappears because... disappears .
Now, how do you say that?
ln English we say, 'Sorry, we were cut off ,
we don't talk about the telephone line,
we say 'Sorry, we were cut, we were cut off, ok ?
Great, now, when the line is bad, you know,
with mobile phones often you can't hear properly ,

especially when you're on the train,

sometimes when you're in the mountain and you hear...
Do you know what you can say?
We say in English, 'Hello, you're breaking up',
'You're breaking', 'You're breaking up, l'll call you back' ,
'l'll call you back'.
So, 'You're breaking up, l'll call you back',
or 'Can you call me back?' Alright?
So, those are some of the most important phrases
when you're speaking on the phone
but we will be looking at more telephone language,
because it's very useful for you and it's a bit unusual ,
you need to practise it a lot,
practise in the bath for example 'l'll be right back' ,
'l'll be right back'.
So that way you don't panic when you answer in English, alright ?
Great! So l'll see you in the next lesson
and we'll look at some more telephone language, bye !
-What's happening?-Alice, why are you screaming?
My hair... Look!
lt's... lt looks... Your hair is... Green!
-l know!!-But how?
Okay, imagine this:

Im washing my hair... Well, colouring my hair, actually .

l want to change my look... My mobile rings... lt's Tom.. .
He's telling me all about this great party yesterday evening.. .
Im listening to his story and l don't realise that time flies !
More than an hour!
lt's always the same old story Alice!
Anyway... Green suits you...
lt looks, it looks very original, very unique... Just like you !
Well, Alice, don't be offended, but...
You look like a frog!
Thanks Anne, that's the nicest compliment !
What shall l do?
Well... Why don't you...
Call a hairdresser and make an appointment?
And, in future, try to avoid changing your look!
Hello again and welcome back to your live TV programme
where you learn English, and in this lesson
l want to go back to look at some more telephone English ,
because it's really not that simple, we have special phrases
that we use when we speak on the telephone in English .
So to help us let's go and look at those on the language screen, ok ?
Now, the first thing is when you introduce yourself on the telephone ,
we don't say 'l am Louise' we say this,

we say 'This is Louise', or 'This is Mr Smith' ,

now that's really quite unusual and different to other languages ,
so 'Hello, this is Mr Smith' or we can say
'Hello, Tom speaking', 'Tom speaking',
'Louise speaking', ok? So don't say
'Hello, Im Louise', we only use that when you do,
for example, a sales presentation on the telephone, alright ?
Good, then asking who the other person is, you can say
'Hello, is that Mr Jackson?', 'ls that Mr Jackson?', so it's like ,
'This is...', 'ls that Mr Jackson?',
'Hello, is that Peter speaking?'
and not 'Hello, are you Peter?', ok? 'ls that', good .
Now you want to ask to speak to another person ,
so what can you say?
Well, you can say 'Hello, l'd like to speak to John, please' ,
'l'd like to speak to John' or you can ask the questions ,
'Can l speak...', 'Could l speak...' ,
'May l speak to the managing director?'
Now remember 'may' is very polite ,
'could' is neutral and 'can' is more informal, alright?
Then we can also say,
'Good morning, could you please put me through to Mr Smith?'
Now 'put me through to' which is difficult to say ,

'put me through to', is like saying in American English ,

'Could you connect me to...?', alright?
So that's connecting people.
Now, when you connect the person you can say ,
'Just a moment, l'll put you through to him',
'l'll put you through to him', you need to practise that a lot ,
'l'll put you through to him',
or 'Yes, Mr Smith is in, Im trying to connect you now' ,
'connect' is the other word, and you can say ,
'Hold on...', 'Just a moment please',
that's to ask people to wait, ok? Good.
Then, leaving a message, you could say, you could ask ,
'Could you take a message, please?',
'Could you take a message?' or 'Can l leave a message?' ,
then you could say, 'Could you ask him, or her, to call me back?' ,
'Could you ask him to call me back?', alright?
Then the last thing is taking a message, you can ask ,
'Can l take a message?',
or 'Would you like to leave a message?',
alright so there are some more fundamental
and essential English language phrases
that you use on the telephone and l think you'll find them very useful ,
so experiment, and l'll see you again very soon, bye !

Good morning, everybody!

CAN l ask you a question? Yesterday evening, l got...
Sorry, Jack! l CAN'T listen now... l'VE GOT to get to work .
l have a meeting at 9.3o with my editor and Im late .
But l only need a minute. lt's important...
Nothing is more important than this meeting .
lf l arrive late, my boss will kill me.
Ring me later if you want! Bye bye...
Great. Alice... Alice!
CAN l ask you a question? Yesterday evening...
No, Jack, l CAN'T! Im really sorry, but l HAVE TO get going too.. .
But you never leave before 1 1 in the morning !
Why are you in such a hurry today?
Im starting a new yoga course this morning...
My horoscope says l HAVE TO do some exercise !
Well, if your horoscope says so... Anyway, l only need a second.. .
No, Jack! My teacher told me not to be late !
You CAN give me a call later!
But Alice, wait! lt's important!
What a bunch of nuts! l wonder what my aunt will think.. .
Hi again! Did you hear what Jack said?
He said 'what a bunch of nuts'.
Do you know that expression in English?

'Cause 'nuts' has a couple of meanings,

'nuts' are the things that you have in an aperitif ,
but it's also a way of calling somebody a crazy person ,
you say 'You're a nut!', means 'You're crazy!', ok?
l just wanted to clarify that for you.
He also said, 'Can l ask you something?',
'May l ask you something?',
he wanted the girls to listen to him
and they weren't paying any attention.
And l want to talk to you about these words which are 'may' ,
'could', and 'can' because they are the three forms
that we use when we ask for permission,
so what's the difference between them ?
Now, if l say, 'Excuse me, may l open the window
because it's hot in here', 'may' is used in more formal situations .
lf l use 'could' it can be used in any situation it's neutral ,
so for example, 'Could you lend me your pen?' .
And 'can' is used in more informal situations ,
imagine you're at home, you're having dinner,
you want the salt, so you can ask, 'Can l have the salt?', less formal .
So let's go to the screen and see those written .
See the differences.
We talked about it already actually

when we looked at telephone conversations.

So, formal situations, 'May l...'
and we can also say, 'May we...',
'May l... May we...', 'May l ask you a question?' ,
'May l offer you something?',
and 'May l have this dance?'
So remember, 'may' for formal situations, it's very polite, ok ?
Then 'could' for neutral situations,
which means you can use it in any situation really,
'Could l use your phone, please?',
'Could l change the appointment?',
and 'Could we meet later?', alright?
So very useful verb, it's good in all situations, and then 'can' ,
'Can you pass me the salt, please?'
more informal, with your friends, your family,
people you know well 'Can l have some wine, please?'
and 'Can l borrow the car tonight?'.
So those are the examples, alright?
'May', 'could' and 'can', so remember ,
depending on who you are talking to make that choice 'may' ,
'could' or 'can'.
Let's go back to 'That's life!',
the girls are exhausted and Jack has a surprise for them ,

let's see what it is... bye.

What a day! Im exhausted!
Me too, all of my muscles are killing me!
What is there to eat, Anne?
Well, we CAN make a sandwich, that's about it.
The fridge is practically empty!
Jack? ls that you?
Who's that with him?
Hi everybody. This is my aunt Carolina!
She came all the way from Bologna to see me.
She'd like to see how Im getting along...
Well... Good evening!
Jack, why didn't you say anything? l SHOULD clean up! Look at the mess !
Well, everybody was in such a hurry this morning !
l tried to telephone you but your mobile was off .
And Alice's mobile just rang and rang...
l imagine you left it at home again, as usual, Alice...
Well, l guess so! Good evening. lt's a pleasure to meet you !
Well, well! Only girls, huh?
So, you are Alice... Alice, the 'interesting' one of the house.. .
And you are Anne, the house-keeper.
Please, aunt Carolina...
So that's how you describe us!

Come on, aunt Carolina is only joking. Right?

-And this is the wonderful house...-Hmmm, well, yes !
But it's usually tidy...
-lt's still very charming!-Thank you!
Well... May l offer you something?
Would you like to have a glass of wine maybe?
Yes, thank you. l would.
Alice, COULD you get a bottle of wine, please?
There isn't any wine!
Anne there isn't any wine, there isn't any beer.
We HAVE to do the shopping!
Umm, Im terribly sorry... lt's not usually like this.. .
But today was very busy!
Do you know what?! Let's go out for dinner!
What do you say, aunt Carolina?
That sounds good to me!
Excuse me... Do you go out dressed like that ?
Maybe you SHOULD get cleaned up a bit?
-Yeah, you're absolutely right!-Let's get ready to go out on the town !
-MAY l ask you a question, Jack?-Well, of course, aunt Carolina. Shoot !
Do you really think it's such a good idea to live together
with all these women?
Well hello Mr Monkey and how are we feeling today ?

Let's check the thermometer,

l know you're not well, let's have a look... good !
Yes the temperature has gone down, that's good news !
Now, Mr Monkey you don't have to stay in bed any longer, ok ?
Because your temperature has gone down
but you can't go out monkeying, not yet,
you must stay in doors for another three days
because you're not strong enough to go out yet, alright?
You mustn't be too energetic,
you can have relaxing baths and you can eat whatever
you want but you mustn't have any alcohol, ok?
Because you haven't finished your antibiotics
and it could have a disastrous effect on you, alright?
So, you must finish your cycle of tablets, now let's see ,
what else... Oh yes, and you must drink a lot of water ,
maybe five litres a day if you can manage that, ok ?
Good, so, and you don't have to pay me
until you're better Mr Monkey?
So, take very good care of yourself
and l will come back tomorrow and check on your condition again, ok ?
So goodbye Mr Monkey see you tomorrow.
l became a nurse to show you other ways of using 'modal verbs' ,
now, so far we have studied 'can', 'could' and 'may'

and these are verbs which help to change the meaning of the verb
which comes after, they're called 'modal verbs'
and here we were using verbs of obligation, very interesting ,
let's look at the screen and see those.
Now, let's first go back to permission, remember ,
we talked about 'can', is a form of expressing permission ,
and l was giving him permission to do things, for example ,
'You can eat whatever you want', 'You can go for walks'
and 'You can't', however, that's not giving permission
'You can't go monkeying' or 'You can't go to work', alright ?
Then l talked about obligation and this is very interesting ,
l used the verb 'must'. 'Must' followed by an infinitive without 'to' ,
so for example, 'You must finish the tablets',
'You must relax', 'You must stay at home for three days'
and 'You must look after yourself.'
Now that in English is how you express obligation ,
something which you are obliged, forced, to do, alright ?
lt's a strong verb in English.
Now the opposite 'mustn't' means prohibition, if you do that... Ok ?
So very strong verb 'You mustn't drink alcohol',
'You mustn't do anything energetic'
and 'You mustn't jump about', alright?
So 'must' and 'mustn't', 'must' obligation, 'mustn't' prohibition .

Then l said something else,

l said 'You don't' have to stay in bed'.
Now that's very interesting because that's optional obligation ,
and it's the same as saying 'You don't need to stay in bed' ,
'You don't have to stay in bed', it's optional ,
or 'You don't have to stay indoors',
l also said 'You don't have to pay me', it means it's not necessary ,
so that's optional, optional obligation with 'have to' .
So that's an important lesson, 'must', 'mustn't'
and 'have to' as different ways of expressing obligation .
Great! So now you have to study more English,
you must read and read and watch and watch your English lessons .
And l must see you again next time, ok then, goodbye .
Good evening. Welcome to this week's edition of 'Let's talk' ,
our discussion programme with our commentators Tom and Marie .
How are you?
Fine Eric.
Fine, good to see you again.
Well, did you have a good weekend?
Very good, thanks! l relaxed in the country .
l have a house there, it's so peaceful!
A healthy weekend! And you Tom?
Well, l had a great weekend too!

l stayed in the city and it wasn't peaceful,

l went out a lot and made some new friends.
Sounds like a good weekend to me!
So... the same old story, a relaxing, peaceful life in the country
compared with an exciting life in the city.
Where's the best place to be? ln the city or in the country ?
Let's discuss this more.
Sure! l'll convince you that gardening's more interesting
than the pollution and chaos of the city.
Im not so sure about that!
Last weekend l went to the cinema, a rock concert and two parties ,
gardening isn't for me!
Really? Your weekend certainly wasn't relaxing, don't you feel tired ?
Maybe a little, yes, but l love city life.
The city offers so many things, it's fantastic !
l don't agree with you! Life in the city's too stressful .
You rush around all day long.
And then there's the traffic and finding a parking space !
Walking in the woods is far better than being stuck in traffic jams !
Im really thinking of moving to the country .
Well, l don't think l could ever live in the country ,
l'd die of boredom! lt would be a problem for my work too .
You're wrong, Tom! You can work from home!

A friend of mine does this!

He works from home, he uses the lnternet for e-mail
and virtual meetings.
He goes to the office in the city two or three times a month .
He's got three children and life in the country is great for the family .
And he loves gardening, too!
And gardening is difficult in the city, isn't it?
Sure, but country life is so isolating, you don't meet new people .
Well, ok the city is more polluted, more stressful.. .
But country life is so boring!
l like meeting new people making new friends
and in the city it's easy to meet new people .
Im not so sure about that!
Whenever Im in the country lots of my friends come to visit me .
They all complain about the stress of city life
and they really enjoy the peace and quiet of the country !
Im sure that sooner or later you'll arrive, too !
Let's bet on it!
But if l do come l'll bring a few friends
and maybe we'll have a party!
Ok, l'll be waiting for you!
Of course you're invited too, Eric!
Thanks Marie!

Ok, this is a good compromise!

A less stressful weekend for Tom and a more exciting one for Marie !
Well, the city or the country?
l think it's difficult to say where it's best to live !
lt depends upon your taste,
the country life is more relaxing whereas the city life is more exciting !
Well, time to say goodbye!
Goodbye Marie and goodbye Tom.
-Goodbye Eric.
And goodbye to you.
And see you again next time on 'Let's talk'!
Did you notice how we call life in the city? 'City life'.
And life in the country? 'Country life'.
City life is more exciting but also quite 'stressful'.
We say something is stressful when it makes you nervous .
The traffic in the city is stressful.
'Traffic' is the word we use for cars, buses, trucks ,
everything on the roads.
When the traffic moves slowly or stops, we say there is a 'traffic jam' .
Parking in the city is also stressful.
lt's often difficult to find a parking space to park your car .
Notice the verb is 'to park'
and a place where you can leave your car is called

'a parking space'.

Usually in cities there are car parks .
A car park is a big area with lots of parking spaces for many cars .
Another problem in the city is the 'pollution' .
Pollution is the contamination of the environment,
for example the traffic makes the air dirty .
ln the country the air is clean and it's easy to park
but Tom says it's 'boring' to live in the country
because there's nothing to do.
'Boring' means that it's not interesting.
Marie says it's 'relaxing' to live in the country .
'Relaxing' means it makes you feel relaxed .
Notice that often the adjectives we use to describe things ,
places or people end with lNG.
The city is exciting.
The country is relaxing but boring.
Adjectives that describe how a person feels often end with ED .
Tom is bored in the country.
Marie is relaxed in the country and stressed in the city .
Marie said that at city you rush around all day.
'Rush around' means to go everywhere e and do everything very quickly .
But in the country you can go for walks in the woods
and do the gardening.

A 'wood' is an area with lots of trees.

The 'gardening' is the work you do in your garden ,
like watering the plants or cutting the grass.
Well, see you!
Welcome to 'Cooking Today'!
Today l'd like to introduce you to a very special guest, Lisa French .
She's the popular author of the bestseller
'A PhD in Homemaking'.
Lisa, thank you so much for inviting us into your home .
lt's my pleasure.
lf you're wondering what to make for lunch,
if you have to prepare a last-minute dinner,
then, Lisa is the person to ask for help.
Listen Lisa, Im having a dinner on Saturday.
Could you give me a tip on a quick and tasty dessert ?
Of course.
You can prepare an easy-to-make dish with fresh strawberries .
The strawberries season only lasts a few weeks ,
so it's worthwhile making the best of in-season berries .
And it can be made in a jiffy.
Oh! Strawberries! l absolutely go mad about strawberries !
So, let's get started, just the idea
of strawberries makes my mouth water.

First wash, drain and hull strawberries for four servings ,

then, mash them to a pulp.
All of them?
No. You have to put aside some good ones for decoration .
Ok, then what?
Next, whip about half a pint of cream,
then whisk two egg whites stiffly and fold into the cream .
Add the strawberries pulp
and stir in two tablespoons of castor sugar.
Does it need cooking?
No. All you need to do is pour the mixture into individual goblets .
ls that all?
Don't forget to decorate each one with a bit of whipped cream
and the whole strawberries you put aside.
Now your dessert's ready to serve!
Oh, it looks delicious! Let me have a taste right now !
Yummy! This is sensational!
lf any of you have a request regarding homemaking,
then please contact us at our studio:
8oo 33 22 1 1 or send an e-mail to
cookingtoday@homemakingTV.com
Thank you Lisa we have so much to learn from you .
Thank you for coming!

Have you enjoyed the recipe?

Well, now let's go over the language used in the interview .
First of all, let's explain what a homemaker is.
A homemaker is an expert in all matters concerning administration
and running of a household, cooking, budgeting, sewing etc .
Lisa used some typical culinary terms:
'drain' means eliminating excess water
from food after washing or boiling.
You drain pasta, vegetables, and so on.
'Hull' means removing inedible parts from food,
like peas, beans, or strawberries, 'mash' means crushing some food ,
such as potatoes or carrots, into a paste ,
'whip' means beating to a fluffy consistency, as in whipping cream ,
'whisk' means whipping, egg whites for example ,
to a froth, incorporating air, or until firm: we say 'whisking stiffly' .
'Stir' is moving a spoon around a liquid;
when we add one ingredient to another
and mix them together's when we say 'stir in' .
'Fold in' means blending other ingredients
to a whipped mixture stirring gently,
'pour' means adding a liquid into a mixture
or serving tea, coffee, water...
Lisa also mentioned a 'goblet',

which is a small cup with stem to serve fruit salad or ice cream ,
a 'pint', which is a unit of liquid measure equivalent to 568 ml ,
a UK pint, or 55o ml, a US pint.
A 'tablespoon' is also used as a unit of measure .
ln order to express appreciation about food ,
we say 'tasty', 'delicious', 'yummy', 'mouth-watering' .
Lisa said 'in-season berries', to mean fresh fruit .
Otheruise we say 'out of season'.
Not to be confused with the word 'seasoning' ,
which means adding salt, pepper and other spices to food .
A 'berry' is a small fruit, such as a strawberry ,
blackberry, raspberry, blueberry .
Another useful term is 'serving', you can also say 'helping' ,
it refers to individual portions of food .
Well, l hope you've had a good time and l'll see you next time !
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
watch the subtitles carefully
because the language points that we've studied together
are highlighted, ok? Enjoy your viewing!
Hello and welcome to 'English today',
this is DVD nine and it's the first DVD of your lower intermediate level .
And in this DVD we'll begin with another three episodes
of our story 'That's life!',

followed by our special TV programmes,

where there will be a debate about where to live,
the city or the countryside?
Then we'll learn how to make
strawberry whip in the cooking section.
Then in the grammar section we will study
how to use the English auxiliaries,
we'll also look at how to ask for permission
and express obligation using 'must' and 'have to'.
You'll also learn some important phrases for talking on the telephone ,
ok? So happy viewing!

English Today DVD 10-Eng

Sub

-Alice, what are you going to do today?-l don't know... Why? DvDRip by ohbabyViettorrent.vn thanhnp.org@gmail.com-quanghungxd86@gmail.com
Im going to do some shopping for this evening... DvDRip by ohbaby-Viettorrent.vn
thanhnp.org@gmail.com-quanghungxd86@gmail.com
Would you like to come along?
l'd like to make dinner for Jack's aunt.
l also want to invite Sharon and Peter.
My lesson is at three. l don't know what time l'll finish .
Don't worry. Im going to do some work before that .
l don't think l'll finish before five... So, what do you say ?

Okay... But only if you loan me your red hat !

Okay, l'll lend you the hat.
But be careful, if you lose it, l'll get very angry !
-Good morning, everyone.-Oh, good morning, Mrs. Andreini .
What are you talking about?
We're deciding what we are going to do today .
How are you going to spend your day?
l think l'll go for a walk in the city centre, maybe do a little shopping.. .
Oh, l think it's going to rain. Just look at those clouds !
Hi, guys! Hi, auntie! Im on my way out...
Jack! Aren't you going to have breakfast?
Oh, l can't, auntie. Im meeting a Japanese client.. .
lf l get there late, my boss will have a fit.. .
You can't go on an empty stomach!
Oh, don't worry, l'll have something to eat at lunch .
Oh, wait Jack, l'll come with you!
So, we'll see each other at five. Don't forget !
Im worried about Jack... He's so thin, maybe he isn't eating enough ?
Oh... He won't starve if he misses breakfast !
He seems so run down and so distracted...
He's always thinking about something else.
Maybe he's in love...
Excuse me a moment, l'll get that.

Hello and welcome back for another English language lesson

on your live programme,
l want to tell you something else about 'will'.
Remember that we learned 'will' for snap decisions
like 'l'll buy it', well now l want to teach you another use
of 'will' which is very common for predictions ,
and l want you to watch this situation
which is very typical of the use of 'will', ok? Great !
Good afternoon ladies and gentlemen
and here is the weather forecast for the bank holiday weekend .
ln north Scotland it will be very cold,
with outbreaks of snow in the mountains,
temperatures will remain low as a cold front moves across the region .
Now, in the north of England it'll be somewhat wet
as rain will move across the region until late into the night ,
so if you're planning on going walking,
take some waterproof clothes with you .
ln East Anglia it will be dry but generally dull and rather cloudy ,
unfortunately, however in south England it will be a bright clear day
with sunshine, a day for the beach. And in south east England
in the morning it will be foggy
but then it will clear in the afternoon
and there will be a wonderful warm wind .
So, ladies and gentlemen that is the forecast for your weekend ,

your holiday weekend, and l hope you enjoy yourselves .

lf l were you l would go to south England
where the sun is shining, goodbye.
Ok, now there l was telling you the weather forecast
and that is a typical example of when we use 'will' ,
let's look at the board.
Now, 'will' is easy, really, it's just the pronunciation
which is difficult, l said 'Tomorrow it'll be cold',
you notice how 'it will' becomes 'it'll', 'it'll' strange pronunciation yes ?
So 'Tomorrow it'll be cold', 'it'll be sunny', 'it'll be winter' .
'lt won't be sunny' is the negative, 'won't' remember ,
the difference between 'will not', 'won't' and 'want' ?
'Won't', 'want' so be careful with that pronunciation ,
so 'it'll be sunny' and 'it won't be sunny' you could say, ok ?
So that's another use of 'will' for predictions ,
so we have learned snap decisions
'l'll buy it' and predictions 'Tomorrow it'll rain'.
So what do you think it will do tomorrow?
We'll find out, won't we? Ok see you in the next lesson, bye .
Sharon, this is Jack's aunt Carolina.
lt's a pleasure to meet you, Im Sharon Evans. l live next door .
... Another woman! And very pretty, l might add!
Let me guess... You're Jack's friend, too.. .

Who knows why my nephew prefers female friends !

Excuse me, l have to go... Sharon, why don't you stay ?
You can get to know each other better!
Sharon, Im a little worried about Jack. He's so distracted these days.. .
Maybe there's something you know l don't?.. .
-Me? l don't know anything! Really!-lt's strange...
l know his work is going very well. Maybe there's a woman in the picture ?
Listen, Im very sorry... As l told you, l don't know anything about it .
Now l really must get going...
Okay, okay... What's the matter Sharon? You look a little upset .
Im fine, just, just a little tired, that's all!
Listen, Sharon, you seem like such a nice girl... May l ask you a favour ?
Certainly, go right ahead.
You know Im going to leave in a few days...
When l leave, will you take care of Jack?
lt would make me feel so much better!
Oh, well... l don't know... l don't know if l can do that.. .
And why not?
Im not really the right person... And Im also engaged to Peter.. .
We live together!
Engaged? That's strange...
Why do you say that?
Because love is joyful, my girl! And you seem.. .

Well, you seem so... unhappy!

Hello again and welcome back,
Jack's aunt is like a walking x-ray, isn't she?
Now l want to look at 'going to' with you again.
Remember in the last lessons, some lessons ago,
we learned 'going to' for a future intention,
you know when l won two... it was twenty thousand euro,
l said 'Im going to have a good holiday',
well l want to look at another use of 'going to' now,
which is for inevitable results, let me give you an example .
lf l take this jug and this glass,
and l start pouring water like this into it, right there !
l say 'Stop! lt's going to overflow' you can see it happening
and the result is inevitable,
so this is another situation when we use 'going to' .
Let me give you some other examples.
For example let's think football, you see the umpire, the referee ,
you see the referee?
He does this... red card, inevitable,
inevitable result is he's going to send off a player ,
red card. Look at this...
Im going to make a speech,
Im clearing my throat, Im preparing myself, the inevitable result is :

Im going to make a speech.

Now this, my God it's four o'clock !
My train is at quarter past four,
and it takes me twenty minutes to get there by taxi !
Oh no! lnevitable result, Im going to miss my train! Alright ?
One more example, watch me...
Im going to fall asleep, that's the inevitable reaction.
So l want to look at those with you on the screen now ,
let's have a look.
So, before we said that we use 'going to' for future intentions ,
so let's remind ourselves of that,
so 'Im going to learn Portuguese' for example ,
or 'he's going to make a speech' these are intentions, ok ?
'Be careful you're going to drop those plates' .
So, when it's an intention
you often think about the plan you've planned it before, remember that ?
'Im going to go on holiday',
'Im going to buy some beautiful plates' it's all planned
and programmed, but 'going to' in this situation
l showed you is for something you see is about to happen .
So, l look at my clock 'Im going to miss my train' ,
'the referee's going to send him off the football pitch' ,
for example, 'be careful!

You're going to lose the match' in football situation, for example .

So these are all things that are going to happen ,
you see them, and it's inevitable.
So, you need to decide between the two situations alright ?
Whether it's an intention or whether it's a predictable action or result .
Now an intention for you is you are going to be very good at English .
That's a future intention.
Good, that's 'going to' and l'll see you again in the next lesson, bye .
Hello Anne! You're very beautiful this evening!
Come on... Would you like a nice, big kiss ?
But Peter, are you crazy?! What's the special occasion ?
Im so happy. Im elated!
But you're never like this! What's happened?
Do you remember that famous director who was at my performance ?
What did he look like?
You know, that tall, well-dressed man, about 5o years old .
-He looked like Clark Gable.-Oh, yes, now l remember.. .
Well, he said he wanted to direct a musical in Japan .
Yes, and... But so what?
... And he said he wanted me to do an audition.
Yes... l can't stand the suspense.. .
-What about him?-Well... Today l auditioned...
And listen to this, Anne! He wants me to go with him to Japan !

Oh, congratulations, Peter! That's fantastic. Im so happy for you !

Now tell me everything... What was the audition like?
l was very nervous... At first he asked me to sing ,
and then he asked me to act like a snob.. .
You know, they're putting on 'My Fair Lady'
and they are looking for an actor to play the Professor of Pronunciation .
Remember, this professor transforms a simple
flower girl into a high society star.
Oh, wow! A leading role!
You are perfect for the part!
You like wearing fancy scarves...
You enjoy using a superior tone of voice...
Are you going to move to Japan?
Of course! Im so excited about the idea of living there .
l wonder what it will be like?!
What does Sharon think about all this?
Well, she doesn't know yet... You know, she's so moody.. .
l need to find the right words...
Anyway... All l can think about now is celebrating!
-Do you wanna go dancing?!-But you hate dancing, Peter!
l know. But l wanna be crazy tonight!
Put on your best dress... l want you to look like Sophia Loren !
Hey, what's happening here?

-You're kissing each other!-Alice, now hold on.. .

Im leaving for Japan!
For Japan? What are you going to do in Japan?
Im gonna act in a great musical... 'My Fair Lady'!
That's amazing! And when are you going to leave ?
l don't really know yet.
l think we're gonna leave in two or three weeks at the most .
And what does Sharon think about this?
Sharon, Sharon! All you wanna know about is Sharon...
l imagine she'll be very pleased to come with me.. .
At any rate, it's time to party!
We're going dancing, would you like to join us ?
Dancing?! Why aren't you always like this?
Going to Japan is making you much more fun!
Hello again and welcome back to 'English 2day'
for some more English lessons.
Japan? Now that's an interesting destination, isn't it?
Have you ever been there?
No, neither have l, l'd love to go.
Now in this lesson l'd like to do some revision
about the simple past irregular verbs,
and l want to do a type of quiz with you, it's very simple ,
just to see if you can remember the irregular verbs .

l will say something, a phrase in the positive form in the past ,

let me give you an example.
'l said that yesterday', now you have to find the infinitive
of the past tense and formulate the question,
so 'l said that yesterday', what's the question ?
'What' remember, yeah the auxiliary for the simple past is 'did' ,
'What did l...' now 'said' is the past tense of what ?
'Say', exactly, so 'What did l say yesterday?'
Alright? That's the quiz.
l say the positive form, you make the question form, alright ?
Let's start: 'l sold it yesterday', 'l sold it yesterday' ,
'When, when did l sell it?' 'Sell', 'sold' .
Next one, 'l met him on Monday',
'l met him on Monday', 'met' so 'When...' ,
'When did l meet him?' 'When did l meet him?' very good .
Next one 'l came by train', 'l came by train' ,
'How did l come' alright? 'How did l come' very good .
Next one 'l had a problem', 'l had a problem' be careful
'l had a problem', 'What problem did you have?'
remember 'have' always takes the auxiliary in the past tense
and in the present tense,
so 'What problem did you have?' great!
Next one 'l bought it in England',

'l bought it in England', 'Where did you buy' very good

'Where did you buy it?' great!
Next one 'l found it on the bus', 'l found it on the bus' ,
'Where did you find', 'find, found', 'Where did you find it?' good .
Next 'l thought it was good',
'l thought it was good', 'What did you think about it?' ,
'think, thought', 'What did you think about it?', great .
Next one 'He was at home', 'He was at home' ,
'Where' be careful, 'was', the verb 'to be' remember ?
An exception 'Where did he be?'
No, no you can't use the auxiliary with the verb 'to be', so ?
'He was at home', 'Where was he?', ok?
So don't forget that, the verb 'to be' is an exception ,
doesn't use auxiliaries, right.
Next one 'l flew by British Airays',
Flew... 'How... did you fly?'.
'l saw the film yesterday', 'l saw' S-A-W 'the film yesterday' ,
'When did you see the film?', great, we're getting good .
'l drank some wine',
'What did you drink?', and the last one 'l took an aspirin' ,
'l took' T-O-O-K 'l took an aspirin',
'What did you take?' fabulous!
Let's go and look at those on the board now

quickly, just to remind you also of the spelling, alright ?

So 'l said that yesterday', 'What did you say?' ,
'said', infinitive, 'say'.
'l sold it yesterday', 'When did you sell it?'.
'l met him on Monday', 'When did you meet him?' .
'l came by train', 'How did you come?'.
'l had a problem', 'What problem did you have?' .
'l bought it in England', 'Where did you buy it?' .
'l found it on the bus', 'Where did you find it?' .
'l thought it was good', 'What did you think about it?' .
'He was at home', 'Where was he?', no, no auxiliary .
'l flew by British Airays', 'How did you fly?' .
'l saw the film yesterday', 'What did you see?' .
'l drank some wine', 'What did you drink?'
and 'l took an aspirin', 'What did you take?', great !
You see it's really just a question of practice,
with the irregular past tense verbs it's a question of memory
and familiarizing yourself with them, it will come with practice ok ?
Great, so see you in the next lesson, bye .
Hi, everybody!
Wow! Im really pleased to see everyone dressing up like this for me !
Ha! Ha! You'd like to be the centre of attention, wouldn't you ?
Well... Of course!

Anne, that colour really suits you!

And Alice, made up like that you look much... older .
What's happening, anyway? Why are you all so elegant?
Did l forget something?
No, Jack! We're going out to celebrate with Peter .
He is going to play a role in a musical...
-And he's moving to Japan!-To Japan?!
What does Sharon think about all this?
She doesn't know...
Anyway, according to Peter,
she'll be ecstatic about the idea of moving to Japan.. .
Moving to Japan?!?
What does Sharon have to do with Peter's musical anyway? !
Well, you know how it is, Jack...
When two people are together, they make changes together.. .
And, anyway, why do you care if Peter and Sharon move to Japan ?
l don't care...
But l really don't think that Sharon is going
to be happy about moving to Japan.
That's what you think...
Well... Of course l could be wrong...
ln any case, it's useless to make guesses.. .
Hey Jack, do you want to come with us?

Not really. Tell Peter Im sorry,

but l don't really feel like celebrating tonight...
Well... You don't know what you're missing...
Sayonara, Jack!
Sayonara, do you know what that is in English?
Well it's 'Hello', 'Hi', 'Howdy', 'How're you doing?' ,
'How's it going', sayonara.
ln that episode we heard three interesting uses of 'like' ,
now, Anne said 'What did he look like?'.
Peter said 'l wonder what it'll be like' and Peter also said
'Would you like to go dancing?'.
lnteresting, this word 'like' in English is really very very interesting
because it has different uses and different meanings
and Mr Monkey is going to help me explain them to you .
Now, if l ask the question: 'What would he like to do?'
'What would he like to do?' Mr Monkey what would you like to do ?
Mr Monkey! You know what he said?
He said he would like to find a Mrs Monkey, well that's natural .
What does it express? What would he like to do?
'Would like' expresses desires, wishes and wants .
So that's one form 'What would he like to do?' .
What is his desire 'would like' with the conditional form, that's one .
Next one, if l ask 'What does he like?' in the present tense

'What does he like?', well l know,

l know he likes jumping around trees and eating nuts.
'What do you like?' That's a question about your general likes ,
the things that you like doing on a regular basis,
for example 'l like singing', 'He likes eating nuts' .
'What do you like doing?'
Do you like going to the cinema? Going to the theatre ?
So those are general likes, right?
Number two... number three, l say 'What does he look like?' ,
the answer to that question is,
'Well, he's got blond hair, he's got a squashy nose
and he's got short legs'. Sorry Mr Monkey .
Now 'What does he look like?',
we use when we're talking about somebody's physical appearance ,
'What does he look like?', 'What does my boyfriend look like?' ,
well he's not too tall actually, he's good looking, he's dark ,
he's handsome, alright? 'Look like' is therefore a physical appearance .
And the last one is if l say
'What is he like?' the verb 'to be' with 'like', 'What is he like?' .
Well, the answer with Mr Monkey is 'He's kind, he's loving ,
he's generous, he's just gorgeous',
so 'What is he like?' is the general impression about something .
So that's four different uses of 'like', very, very interesting ,

let's look at them together on the board, to help you .

So the first thing, the first thing we said was talking about
a specific request about something you desire or something you want .
So 'What would he like to do?' so 'would like',
the answer could be in his case
'He'd like to have a long holiday in the sun' and wouldn't you ?
Alright, the next question was 'What does he like?'
and this is for general likes, hobbies, for example ,
and the answer could be,
'Well, he likes going to the theatre and the cinema' ,
'He likes playing with other female monkeys'.
So next question was 'What does he look like?',
now that's for physical appearance, remember ?
'What does he look like?', 'He's dark, he's handsome' ,
that's my boyfriend, 'He's short and blond' that's Mr Monkey .
And in the last one is 'What is he like?',
the verb 'to be' with 'like' at the end, for general personality
and character, so 'What's he like?'.
'Well, he's easy going, he's very generous, he's friendly, etcetera' .
l want to draw you attention to one more question in English
which is often confused by people who speak other languages ,
the question 'How is he?' means only one thing in English ,
'How is he?' like 'How are you?'

is asking about somebody's general state of health,

about how they're feeling, so 'How are you?', 'Im fine thanks' .
'How is he?' is not about his appearance or his character
but about how he feels 'How is he?', 'He's fine' ,
or 'Well he's a bit tired, he's a bit stressed' .
So very, very interesting word that 'like' and listen out for it ,
for the different uses, because you'll find it very useful ,
won't they Mr Monkey? See you soon, bye!
Yes, sure. Okay, four o'clock is fine.
l'll see you later, bye.
Who WERE you SPEAKlNG to, Sharon?
To the museum l sent my CV to.
Im gonna have an interview this afternoon .
Oh, great!
But l really don't understand why you are in SUCH A RUSH to find a job !
You know very well l don't enjoy being a tour guide.. .
Now, let's get back to us...
Where were you last night?
You didn't get home until three in the morning !
l was out with Anne and Alice...
Listen Sharon, l have to tell you something very important .
What's the matter, Peter? ls something wrong?
Well, not really wrong, but...

Yesterday...
Remember when l WAS WAlTlNG for you outside the gym ?
You saw that director, didn't you?
The one who wants to put on a musical in Japan ?
Yes, that's the one.
-Well... He asked me to audition...-And... ?
Well, we had a meeting... And the audition went very well !
lt's a shame you weren't there. l was fantastic!
Let me tell you what happened.
FlRSTLY, WHEN l arrived they WERE REHEARSlNG
the first scene of 'My Fair Lady':
a girl WAS SELLlNG flowers on the street,
people WERE PASSlNG by without noticing her,
two men WERE WATCHlNG the scene laughing all the while .
THEN l sat down because l didn't wanna interrupt anything !
AFTER THAT, all of a sudden, the director noticed me.. .
He called out to me and asked me to play one of the roles .
And here comes the best part.
FlNALLY, WHlLE l WAS SlNGlNG, he interrupted me and he shouted :
'Great, my boy, the part is yours!' Can you believe it Sharon? ?
l got the leading part!
Im really happy for you, Peter!
-You should be happy for both of us!-Why is that ?

Because we are gonna leave for Japan!

ln two or three weeks at the most...
You'll come with me, won't you, Sharon?
Japan? But... But... How?
This is SUCH A SURPRlSE. l...
l don't know Peter. l certainly WASN'T EXPECTlNG this .
What's the problem? A change will do us both good !
What's keeping you here?
You don't seem happy with your work...
That's true... l wanted a change...
But l certainly WASN'T EXPECTlNG this.
This is so SUDDEN...
Im completely confused!
Hello again! Peter and Japan or Jack and England ,
Sharon the choice is yours, what would you choose ?
Now there was something that Peter said in that episode
which is interesting and that l'd like to teach you now .
He said 'While l was singing he interrupted me and shouted :
the part is yours'.
'While l was singing he interrupted me',
now that is an example of the past continuous tense
which is what l like to look at with you now.
And l want to give you some examples of that if you listen ,

using my friend the alchemist.

Now this is the alchemist,
and he travels through many countries looking for magical potions
to help people, and he was travelling in Tibet for many, many days
and was extremely tired, so he decided to lie down and rest .
So Mr Alchemist rested in the mountains of Tibet
and while he was resting a magical butterfly from Tibet
rested near his head to protect him,
and these butterflies in Tibet protect good people from the evil
around and there are evil things in the mountains of Tibet .
So, while he was resting, and regaining his energy,
suddenly a ferocious lion appeared and saw the alchemist
and the butterfly resting and thought: 'A great two-course dinner !
A starter and a main course!'.
As he was preparing to attack, the butterfly saw him ,
but didn't move, as the lion was getting closer ,
suddenly the butterfly turned and cast a spell on the lion
and the lion bit off his tongue and died!
That was the end of the lion, and the alchemist survived .
Let's look at the language that l used there, the past continuous .
Now the past continuous, as l said before,
is a tense that we use when an action is continuing
and is sometimes interrupted by another action ,

look at the example:

'He was sleeping when the lion attacked' ,
'She was working when it happened' now you notice it's l was ,
you were, he/she/it was, we were, you were ,
they were plus the infinitive form and lNG.
So 'She was working when it happened',
'We were watching TV when he phoned',
'They were relaxing when the lights went off.
Now, the negative form is easy
because you put the auxiliary into the negative
'l wasn't concentrating when l dropped it',
'You weren't listening when the teacher explained it' ,
'you weren't', check the pronunciation there,
'lt wasn't working when l switched it on' .
The question form: you take the auxiliary and the subject form
'What were you doing when he phoned?',
'What were you doing...',
'Where were you going when the news arrived?' ,
and 'Who were they talking to when l saw them?' ,
'Who were they talking to when l saw them?', alright ?
So, past continuous tense in order to describe actions
which are continuing and can sometimes being interrupted or ,
for example 'As l was telling the story you were listening to me

and learning the past continuous'.

Great! So that's the past continuous,
come back to the next lesson for some more new language, bye !
Hi, Anne...
Hum... What's that smell? What are you cooking?
-Im cooking roast-beef.-Wow! Im starving...
You know, my sweet Anne, l WAS THlNKlNG about you today ,
about how you take care of Alice and me... You are fantastic !
lt's something l've been wanting to tell you for a long time .
Come on Jack! Stop it!
-Stop making fun of me!-But it's true Anne!
What's the matter? Why are you so NERVOUS today?
l know everything Jack...
l know all about you and Sharon!
And... What is it exactly that you know ?
That you had a relationship many years ago and that...
Maybe... You are still in love with her.
And how did you find this out?
l WAS TlDYlNG UP in the living room the night of Peter's performance
when l saw your jacket.
l WAS TAKlNG it to your room WHEN something fell out...
lt was a photo... A very meaningful photo.. .
You WERE KlSSlNG her!

So l spoke to Sharon...
And what did she say?
She told me everything!
Tell me the truth Jack...
Are you still in love with her?
Well...
l have to admit that seeing her makes me feel.. .
But... What about me, Jack?
l thought...
l thought there was something special between us !
And there is, Anne! l care very much about you, but.. .
... But?
Well...
l thought we were just friends!
Oh... Okay, Jack... l understand now!
Wait, Anne... l didn't mean to hurt your feelings.. .
But it doesn't matter Jack!
Just remember: Sharon is going to Japan!
Hello again and welcome back for some more English .
ln that last episode there were some interesting sentences .
Jack said: 'Why were you so nervous?',
'Why were you so nervous?'.
This word 'so' plus an adjective, and Sharon said :

'This is such a surprise', 'such', those are the words

l want to look at with you now 'so' and 'such'.
Now l want to illustrate them by telling you something about
a holiday that l went on, listen to how l use them .
Now in front of me l have some objects
which l found when l went to Tibet,
l had a fantastic holiday in Tibet, it was so interesting ,
and we visited the monasteries there which were so huge
and so beautiful, and inside the monasteries
we met some monks, now there aren't actually many monks
left in the monasteries any more but they were very interesting ,
and so special and... we saw this instrument, this here ,
is an instrument and, look, if you... you can open it ,
it's so strange and it's so long and it's actually so difficult to blow ,
l'll try it, listen.
Well, when they played it, in Tibet, it was much easier, anyway ,
so interesting this, so they have these instruments
and the monks wear these, these hats look, look, so strange !
Look at them! Very strange, so, or very interesting
and in Tibet obviously the temperatues are low
and Tibetans have a special type of milk
and this is a container were they keep the milk ,
and the milk is yak milk, it comes from these unusual cows
with long hair and horns, that make this milk, yak milk,

which is so unpleasant if you are not used to it.

But anyway it was such an interesting trip
that l really recommend you should go and visit Tibet .
Now as l was describing Tibet to you l was using both
'so' and 'such', let me show you how that works .
'So' is usually followed by an adjective,
the example is 'Tibet is so interesting', 'interesting'
is an adjective, 'so interesting'
and it gives the impression of being very, extremely interesting .
'We were so impressed by Tibet', 'so' plus adjective ,
'These instruments are so difficult to play',
'they're so difficult to play',
'the monasteries are so huge' and 'it was so cheap'
in fact 'the holiday was so cheap', alright ?
So 'so' followed by an adjective.
Now 'such'; l said 'lt was such an interesting trip' ,
now look at that 'lt was such' is then followed by the noun
and if you have an adjective describing the noun
that goes before, so look 'lt was such an interesting trip' .
Not easy, it was not 'a such interesting'
but 'such an interesting trip',
another example 'lt was such a different experience' ,
so 'such' goes before the noun and its adjective .
ln the plural look at what happens

'They sang with such deep voices', yes in fact in Tibet the monks ,
they sing in their boots, they sing... incredible sound .
You notice in this example we take out 'a', or 'a' or 'an'
which is the indefinite article and it becomes
'They sang with such deep voices',
'They wore such strange hats' alright?
So 'so' and 'such', 'so' we use with adjectives ,
'such' we use with the noun and its adjective alright ?
So, Tibet is so interesting
l recommend you go there for a trip, ok .
Great, well l look forard to seeing you in the next lesson
for more English, take care and keep practising, bye !
Good morning. Welcome to this week's edition of
'The Travel Programme' and welcome to Christine Oteng ,
our travel expert!
Good morning, Lucy.
Well, Christine statistics from the lnternational Tourist Office show
that Japan is the 'in' destination at the moment for holidays .
That doesn't surprise me. Japan's a fascinating country !
Yes, Im sure it is but tourists do worry about high prices in Japan .
lt's true, Japan can be expensive but there are ways to save money ,
visitors can save on accommodation for example .
What do you have in mind?

Well, Im thinking of capsule hotels .

There are lots of them in Tokyo and in other Japanese cities .
What on earth is a capsule hotel?
lt's a low budget hotel.
lt doesn't have bedrooms, instead it has capsules !
You sleep in a capsule, this is a plastic box two metres long ,
one metre wide and one metre high.
lncredible! lt sounds like a coffin!
Yes, but they're more comfortable than a coffin !
There's everything you need:
a bed, a control panel for the light and heating,
or air-conditioning,
a small TV near your feet, a radio and an alarm clock .
Don't tell me, there's a shower too!
Yes, there is a shower, but not in the capsule though !
You share showers and toilet facilities
with the other guests.
And how much does it cost?
About 25 euros a night.
Capsule hotels are really for office workers
who miss their trains home at night,
but tourists can sleep there too.
Amazing and only 25 euros!

Do you think that an idea like that could work in Europe ?

Absolutely! ln fact there's at least one
capsule hotel already in London.
Does it have capsules too?
No, it doesn't. There are traditional rooms,
but they're very small, they're about seven square metres .
Many of them don't have a window
and there isn't a wardrobe, just two coat hangers!
You need to pay extra to watch TV and to have your room cleaned .
But there is a double-bed,
and an en-suite bathroom with a shower,
toilet and washbasin.
And how much does it cost in London?
A room costs about 4o euros a night,
but if there's a lot of demand the room can cost more .
You see, the hotel uses the concept of low cost flights ,
and the earlier you book the cheaper it is .
So... if you book at the last minute you pay more .
That's it!
Well, there are some interesting travel ideas there .
lf you're looking for a cheap place to stay in central London ,
you could try a capsule hotel.
But remember to book early!

On the other hand, if you're visiting Tokyo,

why not spend a night in one of those capsules ?
lt'll certainly be an unusual experience
and you'll save some money too. Thanks Christine !
lt's a pleasure, goodbye.
And goodbye to all our travellers! See you next week .
Christine said Japan is the 'in' destination at the moment .
We say something is 'in' when it's fashionable and popular .
We can say: green is 'in' or green is the 'in colour' .
This means that it's a popular colour at the moment .
And did you know what a capsule hotel is? l didn't !
lt's a low-budget hotel with capsules instead of rooms .
'Low-budget' means it doesn't cost very much,
so a low-budget hotel is cheap accommodation.
Remember accommodation is the place where you sleep .
How much does it cost?
This is the question you ask when you want to know
the price of something.
lt costs about 25 euros a night.
Notice we say the price of a hotel room:
about 4o euros a night.
We use 'about' before the price to indicate that it isn't exact ,
it could cost a little more or a little less.

And we say 4o euros 'a night', this means for one night .
ln London the earlier you book a room, the cheaper it is .
'To book' means to reserve.
So, you should book early,
this means you should reserve the room as soon as you can .
Because if you book at the last minute it's more expensive !
'At the last minute' means very late, just before you leave .
So, now let's look at some hotel vocabulary:
'A double room' is a room with a double bed ,
a bed for two people.
'A single room' is a room with a single bed, for one person .
Usually in a hotel room there is 'a wardrobe',
the place where you put your clothes.
An 'en-suite bathroom' is a private bathroom ,
for your use only.
ln low-budget hotels you often have to share
the showers and toilet with other guests.
'Guests' are the people who stay in a hotel.
'To share' means that it is not only for you .
When it's cold you use the heating to make a room warm .
ln summer when it's hot you use the air-conditioning
to make a room cool.
That's all for this time!

Take care and see you next week!

Good morning and welcome to this week's edition of 'Talk Cinema' .
And welcome to Sanjeev Gupta, our cinema expert.
Hi Lucy and hello everyone.
Well Sanjeev, what are we talking about today?
Bollywood.
Im sure you're a real expert Sanjeev, and a fan !
Absolutely, l adore Bollywood films,
you know my brother's a director in Mumbai.
lnteresting. First of all let's explain to our viewers
what Bollywood is.
Of course. Bollywood's the name given
to the lndian film industry,
it comes from Bombay and Hollywood, Bollywood .
Bombay's the centre of the lndian film industry .
Bombay's now called Mumbai,
but the name Bollywood is still used.
As you seem to be such an expert,
l can ask you lots of questions.
Fire away.
How many films are made in Bollywood each year?
About 8oo! The same as the number of films
that are made in Hollywood.

Wow! Film making's really big business in lndia!

That's right!
Did you know that 14 million people in lndia
go to the cinema every day?
14 million every day, l don't believe it!
That's a huge number of people!
That's right, there are lots of people in lndia remember ,
but even so, it's a large number of cinema-goers .
lt certainly is!
But tell us, is it true that Bollywood's now
becoming more known internationally?
Yes it is! Many people from lndia
now live overseas, especially in the UK and the USA .
Today in the UK Bollywood films
are screened in normal cinemas
and are also broadcast on TV.
The films are becoming popular with new audicences .
Also you know, Hollywood's beginning to copy Bollywood ,
the film 'Moulin Rouge', for example,
used lots of ideas that are common in Bollywood films .
l see, but what's so special about Bollywood films ?
The films are full of colour with beautiful traditional lndian costumes
and lots of lndian music and dancing.

But there's one thing l don't like,

the story lines are nearly always the same,
love stories, l mean.
l see. What about the actors?
Does Bollywood have its own film stars?
lt certainly does!
They're very famous and very rich, just like Hollywood stars .
Well, stars are the same everywhere!
But tell us Sanjeev, are there any problems facing Bollywood ?
Unfortunately there are!
lllegal copying is the biggest problem facing
the Bollywood Studios.
They lose lots of money because of piracy .
Another problem is that young audiences
are becoming bored with the traditional love story formula .
Today the Studios have to create new story lines .
A typical new film is the one that is set in a call centre in Mumbai
and follows the lives of six young lndians working there .
Did you know Lucy that many young lndian graduates
now work in call centres?
They answer calls in English from customers
in the US and the UK.
Yes, l have heard of the new call centres in lndia .

So the film mirrors real life. lt sounds fascinating!

Well, Bollywood's booming
and is becoming more known internationally.
The stories are rather similar,
love stories,
but some new interesting story lines are creeping in.
Right Sanjeev?
Right!
Thanks Sanjeev and goodbye.
Goodbye.
See you again next week for another edition of 'Talk Cinema' !
So Bollywood is booming!
We say something is 'booming'
when it is growing quickly and becoming successful .
Bollywood is the name of lndia's film industry.
The film industry is everything connected with making films .
The music industry is everything connected with making music .
Sanjeev said that lndian films are screened in cinemas
in the UK and broadcast on TV.
We say that a film is screened in a cinema ,
which means it is shown there.
And a film is broadcast on TV, means it is shown on TV .
Well, l didn't know there were so many cinema-goers in lndia .

A cinema-goer is a person who goes to the cinema to watch films .

Are you a cinema-goer? Do you like love stories?
A love story is a story about love.
Most lndian films are love stories,
in fact that the story lines are nearly all the same .
A story line is how a story develops.
So the story line of a film is what happens in the film .
The audience is all the people in the cinema watching a film ,
in a theatre the audience is the people watching a play .
Young audiences in lndia are bored with love stories .
This is a problem Sanjeev mentioned ,
he also said illegal copying and piracy are problems .
'lllegal copying' is when somebody copies a film without permission ,
it is illegal.
And 'piracy' is when people sell the illegal copies .
Bollywood Studios lose money because of illegal copying and piracy ,
it's a problem for film and music industries all over the world .
Do you remember the expression Sanjeev used
when l told him l had lots of questions for him?
He said: 'Fire away!'
This is an informal way of saying 'ask me those questions' .
Bye for now! See you next week.
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,

watch the subtitles carefully

because the language points that we've studied together
are highlighted, ok? Enjoy your viewing!
Hello and welcome back to 'English today'.
This is DVD ten and the second DVD of your lower intermediate level .
And in this DVD we'll begin with another three episodes of our story
'That's life!' followed by our special TV programmes ,
where our travel expert will be looking at capsule hotels
and then in our cinema programme
we'll be talking about 'Bollywood'.
Then in the grammar section
we will study more
about the forms 'will' and 'going to' in the future, and their uses .
We'll also study the past continuous tens
and the different uses of the word 'like'.
So, l hope you enjoy yourselves.

English Today DVD 11-Eng

Sub

Good morning.
Alice, is Anne at home? l just met the postman and this package is for her .
No, she's not in now. My! What a large package!
Please, be careful! l think it contains fragile objects .

Hey Peter... Do you know if it contains a set of porcelain plates

that she won with the 'Sweet' biscuits bonus points ?
Well, l think so... At least, that's where the package comes from .
Alright Alice, l have to go now. See you later .
Anne will be so happy! She's been waiting for it for a long time! Bye !
Hello, Anne, this is Alice. l've got great news for you :
your set of Chinese porcelain has arrived! They're beautiful .
No, l opened it. Im sorry Anne, l just couldn't resist.. .
Oh no! Anne... Im so sorry... lt broke !
Okay, okay. Im not allowed to touch any more plates .
You're absolutely right, Im so sorry! Bye.
Jack be careful, don't touch anything !
This packet contains Anne's set of Chinese porcelain .
l hope you didn't break anything!
l already broke a plate, and guess who heard me breaking it ?
-Anne!-Oh my... l didn't notice anything!
-You should look where you are going...-Im... Im sorry .
What are we going to do?
Well, let's get ready for Anne to lose her temper.. .
Who knows, maybe she'll forgive us.
She can't get that angry! They're just plates...
Remember, we can't cook... lf Anne gets angry, we'll have to learn to cook !
That's true...

l've got an idea: let's go get something from the local Take Out place .
Then we can pretend that we cooked dinner .
She might be happy and forget about those plates...
That's a great idea! Let's get going!
Hello and welcome back again to your live English language programme ,
and l want to talk to you more about 'can'.
Now, how do you express 'can' in the future or in the past ?
'Can' in the future, do we say 'l will can' ?
What do we say in the past?
Now this is interesting because it's very strange ,
we use the verb 'to be able to',
that's what l want to look at now with you on the language screen .
'To be able to', isn't that strange ?
We have learned to use 'can' in the present ,
we've had examples like 'l can cook', 'Can you cook?'
and the negative 'l can't cook'.
Now when we talk about ability in the past everything changes ,
and we need to use this verb 'to be able to' .
When that goes into the past we say
'l was able to cook yesterday',
you see the verb 'to be' goes into the past
'l was able to cook yesterday' strange?
Another example, the question:

'Were you' past tense of the verb 'to be' ,

'Were you able to cook?' and the negative is 'He wasn't able to cook' .
So 'can' in the future, we use 'to be able to'
and in the past 'to be able to' so 'was, were able to' .
The future, let's look at that now,
you want to say 'can' tomorrow,
so we use 'to be able to' and say:
'l'll be able to cook tomorrow',
'l will', 'l'll', 'l'll be able to cook tomorrow' .
The question becomes 'Will you',
'Will you be able to cook?'
and the negative, remember the negative of 'will' ?
Good 'l won't be able to cook tomorrow' so isn't that interesting ?
When you want to express ability in the future
and in the past you need to use this verb 'to be able to' .
Now there's one more thing l want to tell you about ,
and it's about permission.
lmagine that you are in a restaurant and you can see 'No smoking' ,
the person next to you starts smoking.
Now, it's a rule and a regulation that you can't smoke in a restaurant .
So, what do you say to that person?
ln English we say 'Excuse me, you're not allowed to smoke here' ,
'You're not allowed' see that? 'You're not allowed' ,

now that pronunciation is difficult 'allowed' ok?

'You're not allowed to smoke in here'.
For example if you go to a museum often they say
'No cameras' so 'You're not allowed to take photos' ,
'You're not allowed to take photos'. Another example ,
if you go into a library and people are reading... 'Silence' ,
'You're not allowed to speak'.
So those are interesting things we've looked at :
'to be able to' and the use of 'you're not allowed to' .
Great! Now we're going to go back to our friends ,
and Anne is very angry about something,
she wants to communicate something to her friends ,
let's find out what it is, and l'll see you later, bye .
Hi, Anne! What's that you're holding?
Hello everyone!
Listen... We need some rules in this house !
Living together means obeying some rules!
l've written this list of house rules
that every person who spends time in this house must follow !
No one is allowed to leave this living room until
they read and memorise these rules!
-Bad day, huh?-She's right, Jack!
Anyway, Anne dear, what about these... house rules ?

First of all, don't call me 'Anne, dear'... Now listen :

Rule No.1 : You must never, and l stress 'never', open my post .
Rule No. 2: From now on, clean the house at least once a week .
Rule No. 3: We have to take turns washing-up.
-Rule No. 4...-Okay, okay...
We understand! You must be angry.
Well, yes, Jack! Im very, very angry!
l was really looking forard to getting that set of Chinese plates.. .
l saved bonus points for a year, eating the same, stupid biscuits.. .
which, for your information, l can't stand anymore!
l just kept eating and buying them in order to get
the set of Chinese porcelain...
All for nothing!
Oh, please forgive us, Anne.
Just tell us where to go, and we'll buy you a new set !
Well, that's not possible! They were handcrafted in Shanghai !
-And they cost a fortune!-Okay, we'll do our best to make it up.. .
Somehow... Now, sit down Anne. You must be exhausted .
Jack and l made dinner for you!
You don't have to do anything... We thought of everything !
Really? You made dinner for me?
Yes, Anne... lt was the least we could do.. .
Well... Okay, l'll forgive you this time...

But, l warn both of you that l want more discipline in this house !
You can't do what you want all the time...
We need some rules!
Don't roll your eyes while Im speaking to you!
Okay, okay Anne! You're right!
Rules are important, but it's also important to laugh a little !
Hi and welcome back, this is a box which my mother sent me
and she said there are some useful things for me, so l was just looking .
Come and have a look with me.
What's this?
Well it can't be a shoe, can it?
lt's not a shoe, can't be a shoe because it's made of metal ,
it's made of metal, well it might be some sort of lamp or something like ,
it looks like an Aladdin's lamp, a special lamp ,
no but it can't be that... Look, here there's a sort of metal groove ,
probably for cigarettes, that's it,
it must be a cigarette holder and a type of ashtray ,
an oriental ashtray, how unusual, that's very typical of my mother !
Useful though. Now, did you see the language that l used ?
l said: 'lt can't be a shoe', when l say 'lt can't be' means it's impossible ,
it's impossible, it's too small and it's metal, so it can't be a shoe .
So Im talking about probability and possibility.
Then l said: 'Well it might be a magical lamp',

now 'might' is when you're not sure 'might' is M-l-G-H-T ,

'it might be a lamp', so when you're not sure you say 'might' .
Then l said 'no, no, no, no it must be an ashtray' .
Now when l say 'must be' it's because Im absolutely sure ,
that the possibility of it being an ashtray is certain .
So three possibilities 'can't be', 'might be' and 'must be' .
So let's have a look at the other things in the box, ashtray.. .
What is this? What's this? You see this?
Well... lt can't be... lt looks like a negative from a film, doesn't it ?
No, it can't be a negative because there are no images .
Well it might be... You know? l just don' t know !
l mean it might be some sort of special sticker that you put on things
but it hasn't got any glue,
l don't know what it is, just a minute, look,
here is something explaining it 'a forehead thermometer' ,
'put it on your head and it reads the temperature', what ?
Let's try that, so l put it on my head like this.. .
Hold it on your forehead and it tells you your temperature,
let's have a look... Thirty-seven?
That's hot! lt is! lt's a thermometer, incredible!
Now that is very useful because it's small, so interesting .
Next thing, what's this? This is... Look at this !
Now, it's shiny and it's silver but it can't be a mirror

because l can't see myself, can't be a mirror, what can it be? Oh l know !
lt might be for under glasses, you know what l mean ?
When you lay the table and you have glasses,
sometimes you put it under to protect the tablecloth .
Look what l have here? So this for example.
Yeah but it's a bit strange isn't?
l mean... no it can't be, it can't be that, really ,
not made of metal like this... lt must be.. .
l don't know again!
Wait a minute, here's the box, 'a drop-stop' a drop-stop ?
lt must be something for pouring then, oh look, you put it... Let's try ,
l just... So happen to have a bottle here, and it says :
'Put it on the bottle' like this,
a drop-stop so it stop things from dropping
and pour out the liquid and there are no drops, let's try that, let's try.. .
That works! lt doesn't drop!
So it must be something for stopping drops, you can see, fantastic !
My mother is a genius, she is full of amazing ideas, thanks mum .
Let me show you the language that l was using then .
We were talking about probability and possibility and,
the first thing that we can talk about
is when you are expressing strong probability,
is when you think almost certainly you know what something is ,

so 'it must be an ashtray', so when l use

'must' l am a hundred percent sure of something
'it must be an ashtray'.
Now if you are sure that it isn't something, that is totally improbable ,
one hundred percent, the opposite is 'it can't be' like that ,
l said 'it can't be a shoe, it's too small' .
So 'it must be',
'it can't be' and then if you're not sure about something we use ,
we use the simple verb 'might',
look at the spelling M-l-G-H-T
'it might be an incense burner' for example .
We can also say 'it could be', 'might',
'could' both express uncertain probability, alright ?
So this is very useful when you are making deductions .
'Must be', 'it can't be' and 'it, well... it might be' .
So those are the three verbs that we use ok? Great !
So thanks mum and l'll see you again very soon, bye .
Hi everybody, what's on TV?
Shh... Jack! Just a minute... lt's almost finished .
So... What were you watching that was so engrossing ?
lt was an extremely interesting documentary about Picasso's life .
There were lots of details about some of his stranger habits .
Did you know that Picasso preferred painting women with four eyes ?

No, l had no idea...

And that he had lots of different types of dogs ?
He used to give only dogs to his friends. Strange, isn't it ?
And that he liked eating ltalian cake at Christmas?
Well, l also go crazy for ltalian cake at Christmas,
and my name isn't Picasso!
By the way, where is our resident artist, Alice?
She left early this morning.
She said that she had something important to do.
She wouldn't tell me what...
But she did say it was none of my business. You know how she is.. .
That's strange... She usually leaves late...
Well... As a matter of fact, she was very serious this morning .
She told me she had a headache, but l didn't believe her .
Oh look: but it's getting late!
Im starting to get worried.
Don't play 'mom', Anne! Alice is a big girl now.. .
l know... l know... But it's just that she didn't tell me
she would be late...
ln fact she asked me if l would be late today.. .
Just a moment... A few days ago Alice told me
that she wanted to enter a painting contest .
She said she thought it was her big chance.. .

Maybe that's where she is today.

Well, you're probably right...
But, but it's almost midnight. l don't think contests last that long .
Why not? We all know that artists are a little crazy!
Picasso was a perfect example!
That's true! You know something about being crazy, Jack, don't you ?
Hello again!
Did you hear them talking about Picasso,
some interesting things about him.
They said he used to give only dogs to his friends ,
he used to give only dogs and he used to eat ltalian cake at Christmas .
Now this verb 'used to', well it's written U-S-E-D
but the pronunciation is 'used' and we'll see that on the screen later .
And we use it to talk about habits that people have had in the past
and now don't have anymore.
And to illustrate this l have some, here,
some examples of habits that l have had in the past ,
for example this, this is a cigarette, well 'l used to smoke' .
Now that means that l did smoke in the past
but l don't smoke anymore, l stopped the habit, 'l used to smoke' .
Look at this tennis racket, 'l used to play tennis',
l was quite good actually, 'l used to play tennis'
but then l stopped, l didn't have enough time, too much work ,

you know how it is... Now look at this, look at this ,

this is fur, l used to wear this in England, it's a fur ,
you know F-U-R, this, l used to wear it in England
but then l stopped because now in England people spit ,
spit at you if you wear fur.
So that is a habit l have definitely stopped.
Now these, these are vitamins,
now, l didn't use to take vitamins in the past,
l didn't use to, but then my mother,
you know my mother's fantastic,
she explained how useful they can be, so now l do ,
but in the past l didn't use to.
And this opera, yeah another thing, opera,
l didn't use to listen to opera but now l just love it, so l listen to it a lot .
So there were some examples for you of 'used to' ,
let's go and look at the different forms on the board now .
So when we speak about habits that we had in the past
and we don't have now, we use 'used to' .
Look at the spelling U-S-E-D and then T-O
but the pronunciation is not 'used' it's 'used', unusual 'used' ok ?
So the example is 'l used to smoke'
and that's for all the subject forms l used to ,
you used to, he used to, she used to, we used to, they used to, ok ?

So 'l used to smoke', 'l used to play tennis', 'l used to wear fur' .
Pronunciation 'used'.
Now in the negative we use the auxiliary 'did' so
'l didn't use', notice we take off the D
because it's the infinitive, 'l didn't use to take vitamins'
and 'l didn't use to listen to the opera'
and the question form is easy, it's
'Did you use to do a lot of sports?'
'Did you use to stay in bed until midday?'
l remember that.
So if you think about your lives and about habits
that you had in the past and you don't have now,
when you talk about those to people, that's what you use .
'l used to smoke but l don't anymore',
'l used to play tennis, but now Im too busy' alright ?
So very important for describing past habits 'used to'. Great !
That's the lesson for now and l'll see you again very soon, bye !
Good morning, Alice.
Where were you last night?
-We were getting worried...-Good morning.
l'd prefer not to talk about it...
Why, what happened?
Well, l took part in a young artists competition...

l thought it would be the perfect occasion for me to show my talent !

So, how did it go? You made a great impression, didn't you ?
Well, no...
lt went badly. They said that l wasn't cut out to be an artist .
But the jury was made up of incompetents...
Maybe no one appreciates my talent !
Come on Alice, don't take it so badly.
You know you are a genius, right? That's all that matters !
Yes, just like Van Gogh... who, by the way ,
only became famous after he had died.
Maybe that's my destiny...
Maybe, you're exaggerating just a little bit...
l mean, Van Gogh?!
But you don't really think you're in the same league, do you ?
And why not?! No one appreciates my talent either !
Anyway, l want your opinions! Wait just a moment
while l get something...
My Goodness!
Here you go! This is the painting l took along yesterday .
What do you think? lsn't it beautiful?
lt's... lt's interesting! lt's a very... A very unique painting, yes.. .
Unique is the right word.
Hum... Alice... You know l don't really understand art, don't you ?

What does it represent?

That's the same question they asked me yesterday .
l can't believe that! lt's so clear!
lt's a painting of a man and a woman walking hand in hand !
Oh... l see...
Well, the truth is, it's a bit difficult to see... l mean ,
at first glance... lt looks like a whole lot of mixed-up colours.. .
Come on Jack, you just don't understand abstract art, do you ?
Well, now l understand that neither of you has any appreciation of fine art !
Oh, artists! Never tell an artist what you really think !
Hello again to you and welcome back for some more English ,
did you hear in that last episode
how Anne said to Alice 'So how did it go?
You made a great impression, didn't you?',
'You made a great impression, didn't you?'
Do you remember that grammatical form?
'Didn't you?'. A question... question tag?
Yeah? Remember we did a lesson about this
and the example we used was 'She's unhappy, isn't she ?
Do you remember that? Yes?
l want to give you a little test on it,
and in order to do this well you have to be very careful
about your auxiliaries so pay attention.

Number one: 'You're married...', question tag

'You're married, aren't you?', did you get that right ?
Wrong? Difficult?
Do you remember 'You are married' you take the verb ,
the auxiliary, and at the beginning it's positive
so you turn it into negative 'You're married, aren't you?' .
Try this: 'You didn't go to the party...',
'didn't' is negative, becomes positive
'You didn't go the party, did you?', great!
Next one: 'He lives in Paris',
'He lives in Paris', lives, simple present, auxiliary ?
Yeah! 'Doesn't he?', 'He lives in Paris, doesn't he?' .
'They aren't French' aren't...
'They aren't French', positive... 'are they?', great !
Next one: 'She went to the cinema',
'She went to the cinema' auxiliary... past tense... 'didn't she?' ,
'She went to the cinema, didn't she?' alright?
'You don't like him',
'You don't like him' negative... 'do you?',
'You don't like him, do you?', great,
'They were enjoying the show'
'They were enjoying the show' past continuous... 'weren't they?'
They were, weren't they, great!

'He's coming tomorrow', 'isn't he?',

great, you're getting better all the time.
'They'll be late', 'They'll be late' will... will... 'won't they?' ,
'They'll be late, won't they?'.
And the last one: 'We can't buy it',
'We can't buy it... can we?'
So, it's negative and positive 'We can't buy it, can we' .
Well done!
You know these are difficult,
only if you know your auxiliary verbs can you do these question tags ,
so congratulations, we're making progress.
Great, so l'll see you in the next lesson very soon ,
take care and enjoy studying, bye!
Good morning, welcome to this week's edition of 'Climate Change' .
ln the studio with me is our weather expert Susan Ferley .
Good morning Eric.
Well Susan, there's a lot of talk these days
about climate change.
Could you explain exactly what is happening?
Of course.
You know the first thing to stress is that the earth's climate
is always changing.
ln the past this happened due to natural causes .

l mean, the atmosphere

and the earth's climate changed naturally.
Now things are different.
Scientists believe that climate change today
is a result of man's activities, our activities.
And why are scientists so worried about this climate change ?
Well, before l answer that question l'd like to talk
a little about what we call the greenhouse effect .
Certainly, scientists often talk about the greenhouse effect .
What is this exactly?
The 'greenhouse effect'
is very important for the world's weather.
Greenhouse gases help to capture
the energy we receive from the sun.
They keep the earth warm.
Without these gases the world would be a colder place ,
and our lives would be very different.
Well, if the greenhouse effect is so useful for the earth ,
why do scientists talk about it nowadays
as if it's something dangerous?
lt's the extra greenhouse gases that are dangerous!
Our way of life, cars, factories, central heating,
is producing too much of these greenhouse gases .

These gases are trapping more and more of the sun's energy
and the world's becoming warmer.
ls carbon dioxide one of these gases?
Yes, carbon dioxide, co2, is one of the main greenhouse gases .
Carbon dioxide is produced when we burn coal
and natural gas.
The problem is that over the years the concentration
of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere
has increased enormously.
So, to stop global warming we need to use
less coal and natural gases?
Exactly! but not only that!
We also need to plant more trees
and we must stop destroying our forests
because they take carbon dioxide out of the air .
ls there anything else we can do?
Well, governments around the world need to encourage
the use of renewable energy sources.
Solar panels can use the sun's energy,
wind turbines can generate electricity from the wind
and hydroelectric power plants can use water to generate electricity .
Renewable energy is becoming popular today, isn't it ?
Yes, it is, but there's still a long way to go.
Ok, Susan one last question,

what are the consequences of climate change?

Well, higher average temperatures around the world .
You know even a small change in temperature,
even a one degree increase,
can cause the sea level to rise as the polar ice caps melt ,
in fact this is already happening.
Other consequences?
More rainfall in some parts of the world
and less in others, more extreme weather conditions ,
stronger hurricanes and typhoons.
So this is definitely a serious issue!
We mustn't underestimate the importance of climate change
and we need to use more renewable energy .
Well, thanks to Susan for your clear explanation of the problems .
Thank you, goodbye.
And goodbye and see you again next week
for another edition of 'Climate Change' .
Ok, now let's have a look at all the terms and expressions
we used to talk about the weather and climate change .
Firstly, 'climate change' is the term
we use for the changes to the world's weather .
For example higher temperatures and more rainfall.
'Rainfall' is how much rain there is, the volume of rain that falls .

And l finally understand what the 'Greenhouse effect' is !

Well, a 'greenhouse' is a transparent house, usually made of glass ,
where we grow plants. lt gets very hot in a greenhouse !
ln fact the 'Greenhouse effect'
is the gases in the atmosphere that trap the sun's energy ,
causing an increase in temperature of the world .
This is what we call 'global warming', the world becoming hotter .
'The atmosphere' is word for the gases that cover the world .
The main gases are nitrogen, oxygen and carbon dioxide .
Now carbon dioxide is one of the main greenhouse gases ,
these are the gases responsible for the Greenhouse effect .
The carbon dioxide in the atmosphere is increasing due to
man's activities so we have to do something to reduce it .
We use the expression 'due to' to say 'as a result of .
Susan said we should use more renewable energy sources .
'Renewable energy' is energy from the sun, the wind and water .
For example solar panels generate electricity
from the sun and wind turbines generate electricity from the wind .
The verb 'to generate' means 'to make' .
Well, renewable energy is becoming popular today which is good
but there's still a long way to go!
This expression 'there's a long way to go' means
that there is still a lot we have to do before we reach our objective ,

which is to reduce global warming.

We've run out of time so that's all for now, see you soon !
Welcome to 'Cooking Today'!
All homemakers will be thrilled to know that we are back with Lisa French !
Thank you for inviting us into your lovely home once again, Lisa .
Im glad to have you.
Now, Lisa, Leslie Forbes, from New Castle on Tyne, is desperate .
Her family's always complaining about her cooking.
They say it's really... yucky!
And they sneak out to get junk food !
How can she make her meals more appetizing?
Well... actually, it's just a matter of good meal planning .
That sounds rather serious!
Yes, it is... but it can also be a fun challenge !
This means preparing food that's healthy as well as
appealing and involves the senses, such as smell, taste, and sight .
ls that why they say:
'Your eyes are bigger than your stomach?'
Not exactly.
Now, getting serious, when you say healthy ,
you're referring to nutrition, aren't you?
Yes, of course. Nutrition is the key to good health !
As a matter of fact, nutritionists agree that a varied diet

is fundamental for physical and mental well-being .

What are the correct guidelines to good nutrition?
As you can see... l have an example of a food pyramid here .
These six main food groups contain the nutrients
essential to a well-balanced diet.
Why a pyramid?
Because it enables us to understand the correct number of servings per day .
Can you give an example?
Certainly. You see, the largest group includes bread ,
cereals, rice and pasta.
Then, going up the pyramid, you find fruits
and vegetables, then meats and dairy products .
What's at the top?
You mean here? These are fats, oils and sweets which ,
although essential to the diet,
must be eaten in moderate quantities.
Now, going back to Leslie's request ,
how can she make tasty meals for her family?
lf she hasn't much time for shopping, she can make a weekly plan .
Besides a correct diet,
she must consider the likes and dislikes of her family .
You're telling me! ln my family my son hated beans ,
and my daughter was allergic at the milk!

That's a common problem.

The thing is to compensate with food
belonging to the same group or supplements .
Really? That's good to know.
A little secret, if you truly enjoy preparing meals,
then your family will probably enjoy eating them.
How can l get my family to enjoy my cooking?
Just be creative!
Think like an artist, play with the colours, shapes
and textures of food.
Oh my gosh! How time flies!
We've got to wind this up!
Lisa, thank you for inviting us into your home again,
it's been a pleasure being here.
Thank you for coming.
And now, let's pay attention to some expressions used in the dialogue .
We've talked about 'meals': 'breakfast' in the morning ,
'lunch' at noon, 'dinner', or in the US, 'supper', at night .
ln the US a dinner is the main meal of the day, even at lunchtime .
Notice that in the UK 'tea' is sometimes used instead of 'dinner' .
When we refer to specific times during the day ,
we can say 'lunch time', 'tea time'.
Lisa showed a 'food pyramid': it contains 'food groups' ,

such as 'cereals', 'meats', 'dairy products' (milk, cheese, yoghurt) ,

'fats and oils' and 'vegetables'.
All these foods contain nutrients.
Then, some positive adjectives used to define food are :
'appetizing' and 'healthy', while 'yucky' is something rather disgusting !
Moreover, the expression 'junk food' refers to food
which is not considered healthy at all!
We say 'diet' to indicate what we eat;
it also means a series of rules to be followed to improve one's health .
lf we want to lose weight, we say 'Im on a diet' .
A diet is correct when it's 'varied', or 'well-balanced' .
lf you're 'allergic' to a type of food eating that food
can make you ill or cause skin problems.
Lisa talked about 'texture' of food, for example, food can be defined :
'soft', 'crispy', 'crusty'; or 'shape': food can be cut into 'slices' ,
'cubes' and 'rings'.
During the interview, l quoted a common way of expressing
that somebody has put more food on their plate
than they're actually able to eat:
'Your eyes are bigger than your stomach'.
All right, that's all this week. Bye, bye.
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
watch the subtitles carefully

because the language points that we've studied together

are highlighted, ok? Enjoy your viewing!
Hello and welcome back to 'English today'.
This is DVD eleven and the third DVD of your lower intermediate level .
And in this DVD we'll begin with another two episodes of the story
'That's life!', followed by our special TV programmes ,
where we will look at climatic change,
and then in our cooking programme we'll talk about planning meals .
Then, in the grammar section, we're going to do some more work
on the modal verbs 'can', 'might' and 'must',
and the concept of probability and possibility.
We'll also be studying the grammatical form 'used to' ok ?
So, l hope you enjoy yourselves.

English Today DVD 12-Eng

Sub

Good morning. Oh, thank you!

-Anne, there's a telegram for you!-Oh, for me?
l wonder who it's from... Oh, it's from ltaly.. .
Come on, Anne, tell me who it is from...
-You know Im dying of curiosity!-lt's from my sister Kimberly.. .
She says she's coming to visit me.
-She's arriving on Thursday.-Today is Thursday !

Oh, my God. lt is! What... Oh...

What now l... l have to tidy-up and do the shopping and.. .
The house needs a good cleaning as well !
Slow down, and calm down, Anne! We've got time...
So who is older, you or your sister?
-l am.-And are you similar or different?
Well... We're quite different...
She's shorter than l am and she's got blue eyes .
-Hey, what are you talking about?-About Anne's sister, Kimberly.. .
-She's arriving this afternoon.-Great! l can't wait to meet her .
ls she as cute as you, Anne?
Stop being silly, Jack! You're the biggest joker l know.. .
l have to get going now... Remember, don't leave the house in a mess !
ls that all she thinks about when someone is coming ?
Cleaning, vacuuming, tidying-up and dusting?
Do you think Kimberly is worse than Anne ?
lf so, we're going to have a lot of work to do!
That's right! Two sisters means twice the work !
Hello again and welcome back
for another English lesson on your live TV programme .
Now in that episode which you just saw
we learned that Anne has a sister called Kimberly
and that Anne is older than Kimberly and Kimberly is shorter than Anne .

And Jack asked: 'ls she as cute as Anne?' .

Now those were examples of different ways of using
the comparative form, which is what l want to look at with you now .
For example, look at this, this is one book, this is another ,
they're not the same, so we say 'this book is bigger than this' ,
'this book is smaller than this book', ok ?
They're not the same. Two more examples,
we have two pens, this costs twenty euro, this costs seven euro ,
so when we compare them we can say
'this pen is more expensive than this pen'
and 'this pen is less expensive than this pen'
or 'this pen is cheaper', remember adjectives with one syllable ,
'cheaper than' but 'less expensive'
because it has a three syllable adjective.
Now the next thing is: what happens when objects are the same ?
For example look at this...
Mr Elephant,
and look at this... another Mr Elephant, two elephants ,
these are exactly the same, so when we compare them
we say 'this elephant is as big as this elephant' ,
so we say 'as' plus the adjective and then 'as' again, 'as big as' ,
'this elephant is as heavy as this elephant' .
So when two things are being compared

and they're the same we use 'as... as' .

So we'll look at the screen now and we'll see that in the written form, ok .
So we said at the beginning:
when something is bigger, larger we say 'more than' ,
so 'London' for example 'is more expensive than Paris'
and when two things are the same size, like our elephants ,
we use 'as... as' so 'London is as expensive as New York'
so these are comparatives of equality,
and then the other example was when one thing
is smaller than the other, so 'Paris is less... than London' ,
'less expensive than', 'Paris is less expensive than London', alright ?
So, three different ways of using the comparatives,
and you'll find that very useful when you're having conversations
with your friends. So remember, when they're the same
'he is as big as he', the two elephants .
Great, so enjoy your learning and l'll see you again very soon, bye .
Hi Anne. So you must be Kimberly... lt's a pleasure. Im Jack !
Hello, Jack, Anne has told me so much about you!
Hi, Im Alice. You live in Rome, don't you? So, how is life in 'bella' ltaly ?
Wonderful! My father raised me in America, though ,
but ltaly is the most fascinating country in the world,
as far as Im concerned!
lts history, the art... And, of course, the best food in the world !

What else can anyone ask for?

And, of course, the ltalians are the most likeable people in the world !
You are 1oo% right! Just look at me...
Im originally from Bologna,
which is one of the best cities in the world when it comes to eating well !
l know Bologna well. lt's a beautiful city, even if l do prefer Rome .
Rome is much bigger and more exciting.
-So, how does London in compare?-London isn't that bad.. .
Apart from the weather... lt certainly is much colder than in ltaly !
And the British are... Well... How should l say this? They're.. .
less clever than the ltalians!
Watch yourself, Jack! Watch what you're saying...
Yes! You know Kimberly and l are both British !
Well, Im more british than she is...
You're right!
Well... l was talking about British men, of course .
Kimberly, this is Peter and Sharon.
-They live in the apartment next door.-lt's a pleasure to meet you !
So, Kimberly, Anne told us that you're attending Art School in Rome.. .
You know, l wanted to study art when l was a little girl.. .
But in the end, l decided to study Archaeology, instead .
That's interesting! And Peter, what do you do?
Im an actor... And l do little singing...

-Im acting in a musical at the moment.-What a great career !

Yes, but it's certainly less stressful than Jack's line of work.. .
He works a lot harder than Peter...
Actually, he's the hardest working person in the house !
... And Im the person that has the most fun!
Speaking of fun, what shall we do this evening? l would love to go out !
lt's been so long since l last came to London!
-Well, why don't we go to the cinema?-Come on, Anne, that's so boring !
Why don't we do something more exciting? l don't know.. .
We could go to the pub and get something to eat...
And, and after that, why don't we go to a disco?
Wow, what a surprise! You two are completely different!
Hello again and welcome back, did you hear what Jack said ?
He said: 'The British are less clever than the ltalians' .
Im not sure l agree with that, but anyway,
l want to do some revision of the comparatives and the superlatives
with you, now do you remember that in order to formulate the comparative
and superlative we have to look closely at the adjective .
lf the adjective is one syllable, like 'short', for example ,
the comparative is 'shorter than',
but if the adjective is three syllables or more, like 'beautiful'
or 'expensive', we say 'more expensive than' .
What happens with two syllables adjectives ending in Y like 'funny' ?

You take off the Y, insert an l and it becomes 'funnier than' alright ?
So, are you ready to try?
l will give you an adjective and you must tell me the comparative, ok ?
So 'cold', 'colder than' great, one syllable. Next: 'Good', 'gooder than?' ,
no, no... an exception 'good',
'better', do you remember those exceptions ?
Very important don't forget 'good' is an exception 'good', 'better than' .
Next: 'Likeable'...
Yeah 'likeable', 'more likeable than', great.
'Dirty'... very good 'dirtier than', 'bad'... yes 'worse' ,
remember it's an exception, 'bad', 'worse than' very good .
Next one: 'Far', it's another exception, 'farther than' ok !
'Hard', 'harder than', one syllable; 'difficult' ,
'more difficult than' great!
Now, superlatives, Im going to give you an adjective
and you give me the superlative, so 'tasty', 'it's the... tastiest' ok ,
'the tastiest' remember, with the superlative you put 'the' in front of it .
Next one: 'Beautiful' three syllables... 'the...' yeah 'the most beautiful' great .
Next one: 'Good', 'the best' wonderful !
Yes it's an exception, great 'the best'. Next one: 'High' ,
'the highest' great, 'noisy', 'the noisiest', 'bad' ,
'the worst' very, very good!
And, one more 'large', 'the largest' fantastic!

You see? lt's just practice!

The more you practise the more you remember, the easier it is ,
great, well congratulations and l'll see you again
for some more grammar in the next lesson, bye .
Have you finished yet? Alice?!?
No Jack, l haven't finished my shower!
Could you ask Anne to come in here, please ?
She's just left! Come on, l am pleading with you, Alice. Im late !
Okay, okay, l've finished.
Calm down, the bathroom's all yours!
Finally! You've been in there for over an hour !
Yes... Yes, this is Jack.
No, l haven't seen John since yesterday. Why ?
Oh, the report... Uhh... Yes.
No, l haven't finished it yet.
Yes, yes, l know it's important. Anyway, l've already started writing it.. .
Yes, yes, l'll send it to you as soon as it's finished. Excuse me ?
Listen, l'll call you later. Okay.
Alice, if you don't open this door, Im going to knock it down !
Actually, it's Kimberly, l've just come in... ls everything okay Jack ?
Yes!... No! l've been waiting to use the bathroom for over an hour !
l must get to the office!
Okay Jack, it's all yours!

l'll use the bathroom later.

Thanks Kimberly, that's very kind of you.. .
Sorry!
Hey Jack, have you seen my watch? l've probably left it in there .
Here you go! Have you forgotten anything else?
We're rather nervous, today, aren't we ?
Bye, l have to get going.
Hey Jack, wait! Jack your mobile!
Oh... He's already gone! So, what are you doing today Kimberly ?
Have you ever been to Portobello market?
No, l've never been there!
Would you like to come along and browse around the stands ?
Oh, yes, it's been months since l last visited a flea market !
Well Jack is becoming more and more ltalian don't you think ?
Now in that last episode our friends were using a new tense
which we haven't yet studied together and l want to look at now .
Let me give you some examples of what they said.
Alice said 'l haven't finished my shower',
Jack said 'She's just left', he also said
'You've been in there for more than an hour',
Alice asked 'Have you seen my watch?'
and then Alice also asked Kimberly
'Have you ever been to Portobello market?'

and Kimberly said 'No, l've never been there' .

Now these are all examples of the present perfect tense ,
very important tense in English which l want to look at with you now .
At the moment we want to look just at the construction
of the present perfect.
Now, as from the examples you heard, l was using the auxiliary 'have'
and 'has' followed by what we call the past participle .
Now, let me just explain the past participle.
Let's take some regular verbs. 'Live', the past tense of 'live' is 'lived'
and the past participle is also 'lived', so in the verb paradigm it's
'live, lived, lived' and that's the same for all regular verbs ,
so that's easy. 'Watch, watched, watched', 'start, started, started' .
So the third column is our past participle.
Now things change in the irregular verbs, let's look at the example .
'Go' the past tense of go is 'went' and the past participle is 'gone' ,
'go, went, gone', you see, it changes.
Another example 'begin', past tense 'began'
and then 'begun' past participle.
'Fly, flew, flown' past participle, now here, like the past tense ,
you have to memorize them by heart, that's the only way .
So in the verb paradigm you need the third column
in order to construct the present perfect tense .
Let's look at some positive sentences; 'l've paid' ,

now we contract 'l have' into 'l've' as we always do in English ,

'l've paid', 'pay, paid, paid'. 'You've forgotten' ,
'You've' you have, 'forgotten', 'forget, forgot, forgotten' .
'She's left', 'She has left', be careful because, you see ,
the abbreviation is 'She's' it's not the verb 'is' it's 'has' ,
'She's left', 'leave, left, left', ok ?
'He's arrived', 'it's finished' contraction always ,
'We've won' , 'win, won, won', 'You've understood' ,
'understand, understood, understood', and 'They've changed' .
Negative form is easy, the auxiliary goes into the negative 'haven't'
or 'hasn't', look at the examples 'l haven't found it'
and 'He hasn't seen it', 'see, saw, seen' past participle .
Question form, you invert the auxiliary and the subject as always ,
so 'Have you eaten?', 'eat, ate, eaten' and 'Has she moved?' .
So these are the examples of how you formulate the present perfect .
Now, in the next lesson we're going to look at
when we use the present perfect which is a little bit more tricky ,
but now let's go back and see what's happening to our friends .
Jack arrives home and he's very tired, let's go and join them, bye !
Hi Jack!
What's the matter?! You look awful!
Im a wreck! And l've lost my mobile!
No, Alice told me you forgot it when you left the apartment this morning !

That's where it is! l've looked everywhere...

l must admit l've been a little distracted lately...
l guess l need some rest.
You know, l haven't had a holiday since they transferred me to London !
Oh... Okay, well... Relax a little now...
Kimberly is showing me some photos
of a party they had at university last month.
l've never seen such funny photos !
Hey, this is a picture of the Faculty of Economics.. .
l've been there for a seminar!
Really?! When did you attend that?
Well, l was only there for four days, but it was really interesting !
Hey guys, l've just got off the phone to Peter.
And he wants to know if they can come over in a bit.. .
He wants us to convince Sharon to move to Japan with him !
She hasn't decided yet if she wants to go.
To Japan?! lt's a great country! Have you ever been there ?
No... And to tell you the truth Im not really interested in going !
Why do you say that Jack?
You're right, Kimberly, Japan is a fascinating country .
l haven't been since... 1995.
Who knows what has changed since then?!
Do you mind if l go to my room?

Today was awful... Im dead tired and l haven't had anything to eat !
Please tell Sharon and Peter...
Please give Sharon and Peter my regards.
Im...
Really not in the mood to chat this evening !
Jack: 'l haven't had anything to eat yet' that's just an excuse ,
but it's interesting for us, because he used the present perfect with 'yet' ,
'l haven't had anything to eat yet'.
And in this lesson l want to help you understand
when we use the present perfect, ok?
Now, remember when we studied the past tense ,
l gave you an acronym, this 'oil way', 'on, in, last, when, ago, yesterday' ?
Because we use the simple past with definite time in the past ,
well, l have another acronym for you,
to help you with the present perfect, and here it is 'Jeany' .
Now these represent time words which are indefinite ,
they describe indefinite time, so can you guess what they are ?
J... J is 'just', 'l have just seen him' means like two seconds ago ,
just now, recently, 'just'.
This one here, England? Used in question... lt's 'ever' ok ?
So 'Have you ever been to England?',
'ever' means sometime in your life, alright?
So 'ever'.

Next one A 'l've already seen it',

'already' means something that you have done,
it's something that is finished in the past 'l've already seen it' .
This one here is the opposite of this... 'ever', 'never' good ,
'l have never been to England'.
'Just', 'ever', 'already', 'never' and this one, that's what Jack said ,
'l haven't eaten yet'.
'Yet' means an action which hasn't been completed, so 'yet' .
l want to look at these on the screen with you now
and see where we put them in the sentence 'cause that's important .
'Just', 'ever', 'already', 'never', 'yet', there they are ,
you see them written.
'Just', 'ever', 'already', 'never', 'yet' .
So they are indefinite time words, look at them in the sentence ,
'l've just come', do you notice where it is?
lt's before the past participle, after the auxiliary,
before the past participle, 'l've just come' .
Second example 'Have you ever been there?',
'ever' is before the past participle, great!
'He's already gone' it's before the past participle ,
and 'l've never seen them' before the past participle 'seen' .
So 'just', 'ever', 'already', and 'never' are before the past participle .
Look at the last one 'l haven't finished yet'.

Notice that 'yet' is the exception and it comes after the past participle ,
so you need to remember that, 'yet' is the exception, alright ?
So try and learn this, 'just', 'ever', 'already', 'never', 'yet' ,
when you're in the bath, just repeat it, 'just', 'ever', 'already' ,
'never', 'yet', present perfect, alright?
lt will really help you when you're in conversation and don't worry ,
we haven't finished with the present perfect ,
we will be saying other things about it in the future,
so, happy memorizing! And l'll see you again soon, bye !
Hello and welcome to this week's edition of 'Let's talk' ,
the discussion programme with our commentators Tom and Marie .
Good evening everyone.
Good evening.
Tom, you went to London last week, didn't you ?
You told me you had a meeting with an important businessman .
Yes l did!
l interviewed the chief executive of a major UK financial group .
He works in the City.
So you visited the heart of international high finance, interesting .
Yes, it was interesting actually.
You know the City is very small but very important
in the world of finance.
l mean, did you know that the City of London, that's its full name ,

is just one square mile or 2.6 kilometres?

And that only 7ooo people live there?
Really? So few people?
Yes, only 7ooo people live there
but more than 32o,ooo people a day commute
into the City to work there.
Wow, a third of a million commuters every day .
Can we explain to our viewers just why this part of London
is so important?
Of course! The City is a global financial centre
with hundreds of banks, financial exchanges,
insurance companies and investment companies.
You know, there are more than 5oo companies in the City .
That's right!
And it also has several important commodity markets.
The City's the place to buy commodities such as oil ,
gold and silver.
ln the City people carry out
all kinds of financial transactions,
they borrow money, save money, invest money ,
buy and sell commodities,
buy and sell insurance for all kinds of things ,
from oil tankers to skyscrapers!

Exactly Marie!
Together with Tokyo and New York
the City is one of the world's most important financial centres .
lt's situated between the time zones of Asia and America .
ln fact, offices in the City don't have just one clock, they have at least four ,
with clocks showing the time for Tokyo, Zurich and New York .
So the City's open for business 24 hours a day !
Well, do only people from the world of finance work there ?
No, no! Lots of other highly skilled people work there .
For example many lawyers,
accountants and computer experts work there.
They help the banks
and insurance companies to work smoothly.
lt's worth remembering too that the City's a beautiful place to visit .
lt can be ultra-modern and medieval at the same time .
There are some beautiful old buildings, especially the churches ,
and some innovative new buildings
such as the Lloyd's insurance building and the Swiss Re Building ,
or the 'gherkin' as it's now known.
But remember: don't visit the City at weekends!
There's nobody there! And most of the shops and pubs are closed .
Thank you for that tip!
Well, the City is the financial heart of the UK

and perhaps of Europe.

But it is also an interesting place to visit with many interesting buildings .
Thanks to our commentators.
-Goodbye.
Goodbye everyone.
And see you again soon for our next interesting appointment
with 'Let's talk'.
So the City of London is the financial heart of the UK ,
the heart of international high finance!
We say a thing or a place is 'the heart' of something
we mean it is the centre.
Well, the City of London is very important.
32o.ooo people commute every day to work there .
To 'commute' means to travel regularly from work to home to work ,
usually the distance is quite far.
A person who does this is called a 'commuter' .
The City is important because it's full of financial institutions .
For example:
insurance companies.
These are companies that insure people or property .
This means they guarantee against loss or damage.
Now, most people have car insurance.
You pay your car insurance every year

and if you have an accident your insurance company pays

for the damages... hopefully!
Going back to the City.
There are investment companies.
Companies that buy shares of other companies to make a profit .
And there are several commodity markets.
'Several' is more than two but not many.
A 'commodity' is a product that you can buy and sell in large quantities .
Coffee, oil, gold, are all commodities.
The place where you buy and sell commodities
is called a commodity market.
And of course there are lots of banks in the City !
A bank is an institution that carries out financial transactions .
'To carry out' means 'to do'.
Financial transactions are the things you do with money .
Some examples are:
you can borrow money. To 'borrow' means to take
and then to give back later.
You can save money. To 'save' means to keep secure .
The bank keeps the money for you .
You can invest money. To 'invest' means to buy something
or put your money into a company to have a financial return.
People invest money to make more money!

See you again soon!

Good evening to all viewers
and welcome to this week's edition of 'Let's talk' ,
our discussion programme
with our expert commentators Tom and Marie.
Good evening Eric.
Good evening.
Well, according to the data from the latest European conference
on migration the number of migrants arriving in Europe
has increased enormously over the last five years .
EU politicians are divided on this issue.
Some of them believe that migration is a bad thing
and causes lots of problems.
On the other hand, other politicians maintain
that migrants contribute to the developing of the economy .
Could l ask what you think about this issues?
Well, in my opinion migrants don't help our economy .
On the contrary they take jobs from local people
and push down pay rates for both unskilled
and skilled workers.
ln fact migrants are often paid less
than the legal minimum wage.
Im afraid l don't agree with you Marie.
Many employers use immigration

to plug labor shortages, for example in agriculture .

Farmers employ thousands of Eastern European workers
to pick their crops as they can't find local workers to do the work .
That's true. ln addition there are low birth rates
in most European countries, particularly in Spain and ltaly .
The economies of these countries need more workers ,
especially for difficult jobs that local people don't want to do .
Exactly! And it's important to remember
that migrant workers contribute to the economy
because they pay taxes.
Well, this only happens if migrant works legally !
Unfortunately many migrants come into Europe illegally .
You're right Eric!
They come in illegally and they often form an underclass
that doesn't have access to healthcare and education .
That's why they sometimes get involved in criminal activities .
l think some immigration is ok,
especially if the immigrants are asylum seekers
or refugees who can't return to their home countries .
Apart from this l think European governments
should put a stop to immigration.
How do you suggest they do this?
Well, the EU should do more

to help develop the economies of North and West Africa .

This would help economic migrants ,
migrants who come to Europe to work, to stay at home ,
find a job and develop their local economies .
Come on Marie, today the world is a 'global village' .
People have always moved around the world .
Don't forget for example the millions of Europeans
who migrated to North America at the beginning of the last century .
They experienced the same problems that the Africans
are experiencing today.
That's right Tom! Migration is as old as the human race .
People have always moved to where it is possible to make a living .
Maybe we should get used to the idea that our society
is becoming more and more multiracial.
Ok, this discussion has been very interesting but unfortunately
it is time to say goodbye to Tom and Marie.
Goodbye Eric.
Goodbye.
Goodbye and see you again soon for our next instalment
of 'Let's talk'!
First of all let's look at the difference between 'migration' and 'immigration' .
Migration is the movement of people from one country to another .
A 'migrant' is a traveller who moves from one country to another .

There are two kinds of migrants:

economic migrants, who come from poor countries
and look for work in Europe, and 'asylum seekers'
and 'refugees', people who must leave their home country
because their lives are in danger there.
lmmigration is the migration of people into a country to live there .
So an immigrant is a person who goes to a foreign country to live there .
Data shows that the number of migrants
coming to Europe is increasing.
'Data' is another word for information, usually numbers.
Well there are divided opinions in the EU .
The EU stands for the 'European Union'.
Some EU politicians think it's a good thing because migrants
contribute to the development of European economies .
This means they help the economy to grow.
How do they contribute?
They pay taxes. Tax is the money we pay from our salaries
to the government.
And employers, these are the people who give jobs to other people ,
use migrants to plug labour shortages.
This means they give jobs to the migrants
because there are no local people to do the work .
Other EU politicians think immigration is a bad thing

because migrants push down pay rates.

This means they reduce the amount of money that people are paid .
How do they push down pay rates?
They are often paid less than the legal minimum wage .
This is the lowest legal salary a person can receive .
Some migrants work illegally. 'lllegally' means against the law.
Migrants who pay taxes work legally.
'Legally' means following the law.
Im afraid l have to say goodbye now,
l'll see you next time for another discussion on 'Let's talk' !
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
watch the subtitles carefully
because the language points that we've studied together
are highlighted, ok? Enjoy your viewing!
Hello again and welcome back to 'English today'.
This is DVD twelve and the fourth DVD in your lower intermediate level .
And in this DVD we'll begin with another two episodes of our story
'That's life!', followed by our special TV programmes
which include two interesting discussions,
one about the city of London and the other about migration .
Then, in the grammar section,
we will be learning more about comparative forms
and we'll be studying that very important tense :

the present perfect, about how and when to use it. So, have fun !

English Today DVD 13-Eng

Sub

Sharon, l called a real-estate agent five minutes ago .

He deals with apartments in Japan...
He said he'd send an e.mail with some photos.. .
That way we can choose which apartment we like the best .
Don't rush me Peter! You know l haven't decided.. .
l know, we've talked about this a lot...
But doesn't the idea of leaving appeal to you?
l mean, just think of it: a new country, a new life together, new experiences.. .
Now, Im really enthusiastic about this opportunity!
lt's not every day you have a chance like this.
Well, l've wanted to make changes in my life for a long time ,
but these changes seem so... Well... So overhelming !
There, l said it...
l've never been to Asia and Im frightened of going there to live !
... But l told you that Alice has been there.
She went to Japan in 1995... She says it's a fascinating country .
lt's antique and modern at the same time...
lt's full of interesting traditions and new innovations.

l know... l know... l've read a number of books .

Last night l finished reading 'Japan in the 21st Century' .
-l admit Im curious about it all...-You see?!
Just remember, you were afraid when we came to London .
But you've adjusted well...
We've been here a year and half and you haven't once complained .
Uh, l take that back, you complained once last week !
Come on Peter, stop joking around! You're right. l've made great friends .
-That's why Im so hesitant to go...-l know.. .
Im also sad at the idea of leaving everyone...
Hey, Jack, how long have you been in here?
A couple of minutes... Excuse me, l didn't mean to spy.. .
But you were so involved in your discussion...
So you've heard that she still hasn't decided
even if she's going to decide soon.
ln fact, we are just talking about which apartment to choose .
Don't rush it, Peter... Decisions about major changes take time.. .
So whose side are you on? l need to get going.. .
l took my watch to be repaired two weeks ago and
l still haven't picked it up...
Sooner or later they're gonna put it up for sale !
Bye! Jack, Im leaving her in your hands. Please try to convince her.. .
Hello again and welcome back to 'English 2day',

your live TV programme where you can learn the English language .
That last episode... Im sure Jack can manage to convince Sharon
to go to Japan, what do you think?
We will see how that evolves, now let's go back to the present perfect .
Remember that we have learned so far that we use the present perfect
with 'jeany': 'just', 'ever', 'already', 'never' and 'yet' .
Well l want to give you two more acronyms
to help you understand when you use the present perfect .
And the first one is this: 'flot'. Now you see at the top we have 'for' ,
'for' is a time word and we use 'for' for a length of time, what's length ?
Length means a duration of time, so if you want to say
'ten years' for example, you would say:
'l have lived in France for ten years',
'for ten years' a duration of time or, for example, 'five minutes' ,
'l have worked here for five minutes'.
So 'for' we use for a length or a duration of time .
That's 'flot' F-L-O-T, 'flot'.
Now let's look at the second one 'spot'.
Now 'spot' starts with the word 'since'.
'Since' is a word that we use when we're talking about
an exact point of time.
So, let me give you an example,
if l say 'five o'clock' that is an exact point of time ,

so you could say 'l have been here since five o'clock' or 'for a year' ,
you can say 1973 'since 1973'.
So these two words are very important ,
'for' and 'since', 'flot', 'spot'.
'For' for a length of time and 'since' for a point of time .
Now let's do a little exercise to help you with that .
l will say something like 'two days' you must decide whether
to use 'for' or whether to use 'since' ok ?
So, 'two days' is it a length of time or a point in time ?
Length, so, 'for two days, l have been here for two days' .
Another example, 'Thursday', Thursday is a point of time so
'since Thursday', great. 'For a long time', 'a long time'... exactly ,
that is a duration, it's a length so it's 'for' l gave you the answer .
Another one, 'December'... good it's a point so
'since December' very good, this one, 'weeks'... very good 'for weeks' .
Ok fine, let's think of another one, '2oo1' .
That's a point of time so 'since 2oo1' .
Those are some examples, let's go to the screen now ,
and l'll show them to you in a written form, that's.. .
that way you can memorize them and fix them.
So 'flot' and 'spot'. There we have it, 'for' a length of time ,
'flot' so this is to express duration.
The examples 'l have lived here, l've lived here for ten years' then

'He's known her for ages' now 'for ages' means for a long time .
Then we had 'spot' which is 'since' and we use it for a point of time ,
the examples 'She's worked there since the seventh of June'
point of time, that's a date, and 'They've been here since 1978' a year .
So 'flot' and 'spot'.
Now the interesting thing is that when we ask questions
about that we use the word 'how long' for example
'How long have you been here?' and we use the present perfect ,
look at the screen, we say 'How long have you lived in Cambridge?'
And the answer would be 'l've lived in Cambridge for ten years'
or 'since 2oo1' you see? Now remember that 'how long'
is different to 'how many times',
'how many times' is one, two, three, four, five ,
'how long' is a period of time.
Another example 'How long has he worked there?' ,
answers 'He's worked there for ten years' or
'He's worked there since 1973' alright ?
Now just look at the examples we practised: we have 'for two days' ,
'for ages', 'for weeks', 'for a long time' duration ,
then 'since Friday', 'since five o'clock', 'since 2oo1' ,
'since l was young' and 'since December'.
Great! So there we have it, we have 'jeany': 'just, ever, already, never ,
yet', we have 'flot' and 'spot' which is 'for' and 'since' .

This is when we use the present perfect, great !

Now let's go back and see if Jack has managed to convince Sharon
to go to Japan, ok? Bye!
You can't leave! Now that we've finally found each other !
Stop it, Jack! Im so confused... Don't you start !
l was thinking... You'll be all alone in a foreign country.. .
You won't know anyone... Peter will be at rehearsals all day.. .
At least here you have us... l will always be here for you .
Yes, l, l know that...
... Oh, and, and did you know that women can't go out alone in Japan ?
Jack that only happens in the Middle East!
Stop it now! The truth is l love new experiences.. .
Remember when l moved to London two years ago?
l've loved every minute of it.
But that's not what you told Peter.
l said it on purpose... You know, l want him to slow down .
l heard what you said five minutes ago:
you were sincere, you weren't joking.
You misunderstood, Jack! Im not afraid of leaving.. .
l've lived in a lot of different places in my life .
l've done a lot of things...
l've worked as a baby-sitter, as a tour guide, as a waitress.. .
-Im sure l'll find something in Japan.-l know you all too well, Sharon !

You haven't ever really enjoyed any of those jobs!

You still haven't found what you want to do in life!
Stop it Jack! Im glad you promised Peter to convince me to go !
l didn't promise him anything!
So, what have you decided? Are you going to move ?
l don't know.
l think l will... Yes,
Im going to move.
lf you've already decided,
why did you have a job interview yesterday afternoon ?
Who told you that? Anne?
No! l haven't spoken to her for days...
-So how, how did you find out?-lt doesn't matter... So ?
You still haven't answered my question!
l don't have to answer to you, Jack!
Okay, l see you are angry...
lt just proves that Im right!
Jack sometimes you are so impossible!
Have you ever considered that maybe it's the best thing for me ?
... And what about you, Sharon?
Have you ever thought that you might be in love with somebody else? !
Listen... l refuse to give up!
Love is difficult, isn't it? l know something about that.. .

But so is the simple past and the present perfect !

And in fact this is an important lesson because
one of the most difficult things in the English language
is to decide when to use the simple past
and when to use the present perfect,
l hear a lot of people making mistakes about this ,
when do we say 'l went' and when do we say 'l have gone' ?
Well remember up until now l've tried to help you
with these acronyms, you remember?
'Oil way' and 'jeany' and l really do think they'll help you .
Now do you remember 'oil way' was for the simple past ,
we use the simple past with 'on', 'in', 'last' ,
'when', 'ago' and 'yesterday' ok?
And we use the present perfect with 'just', 'ever', 'already' ,
'never' and 'yet'. Be careful, there are two As,
this is 'already' this is 'ago'.
So be careful there.
So when you are speaking English, you have to make these choices ,
what do l use? Simple past or present perfect?
And it depends on what time reference or time word
you are using in the sentence, that is the most important thing .
Which one of these acronyms?
Let me give you an example,

we take a simple verb like 'l go'. Now, if you want to use
'already' in the sentence, what do we use ?
Do we use present perfect or simple past?
'Already' is part of 'jeany', 'just', 'ever', 'already', 'never', 'yet' ,
so you need the present perfect and you say
'l have already gone'. Now, if you want to use 'last week', where is it ?
L, 'last' simple past, so you say 'l went last week' .
Now you try, l want to use 'just', which one?
'Jeany', 'just' so we say 'l have just gone', present perfect, ok next one ,
l want to use 'yet', now be careful, there are two Ys, this one is 'yet' ,
this one is 'yesterday' be careful.
So, 'yet' is negative do you remember?
lt's present perfect and the 'yet' is at the end of the sentence ,
so 'l haven't gone yet' alright?
That's more difficult, 'yet' so that's an exception .
Next one, 'when', 'when', simple past, for a question ,
very often 'When did you go?'.
Next one, 'never'... Right 'l have never gone' present perfect, fabulous .
'Two days ago'... Now, this is 'already' and that is 'ago' so
'l went two days ago' great, you're getting the hang of it .
'On'... Yes, so 'l went on Friday' for example .
'Yesterday', 'l went yesterday', and the last one 'in' .
Good, 'l went in June or in September'.

Fantastic. So that's it.

When you are deciding whether to use the simple past
or present perfect, think of the time words ,
and let's look at that on the screen just to remind you once more
'cause this is difficult! So 'oil way' is for specified time :
'on, in, last, when, ago, yesterday'. 'l saw him on Friday' ,
'We went there in 1988', 'She came last week' ,
'When did you visit them?' question form,
'l visited them two weeks ago', 'l saw him yesterday' ,
'on, in, last, when, ago, yesterday'.
Then 'jeany' for unspecified time, indefinite time ,
'just, ever, already, never, yet'.
Examples 'l have just seen him',
'Have you ever been to America?', 'They've already eaten' ,
'He's never learnt' and 'Have you met them yet?' ok ?
'Yet' at the end, so please try and memorize these 'oil way', 'jeany'
and think about it when you have to decide between simple past
and present perfect, alright?
Good luck! And l'll see you again soon, bye.
Okay, Sharon, you remembered to buy the beer, right ?
Of course l did! And you managed to bake the cake, right ?
Not yet... Im going to bake it this afternoon .
l still need to get some chocolate.

Actually, Jack offered to get some for me.

He promised to bring some before lunch .
Im sorry but l can't help you with the cake ,
l have to take some tourists to visit the Tate Gallery .
Oh, don't worry about it, l'll have Jack to help me.
He decided to stay home today to give me a hand .
Just don't forget to tell Tom, David, Mary and all the others .
Don't worry. Peter said he'd take care of it .
Im sure he's already got in touch with everybody by phone .
Great, everything is going as planned!
Oh, don't forget to buy the present !
Don't worry.
How about getting an astrology book? She'd love that .
Absolutely! She loves reading those kinds of books !
l hope l can get it before l go to work.
By the way, have you heard anything from Mr Dubois ?
He told me he expected to come, but couldn't confirm.. .
You know how it is being so busy and everything ,
it's hard for him to give a definite answer one way or the other .
l imagine being a stage director is difficult !
Alice will be so happy if he comes!
Yes, she will...
Anyway, mum's the word: if you say anything, it won't be a surprise !

-Hey everyone, what are you up to?-Oh, nothing important.. .

Oh, l almost forgot... Happy Birthday Alice!
So... What have you arranged to do this evening ?
Well, l considered celebrating with you guys.. .
l mean... lf you want to...
Oh... Im really sorry, but...
Jack has arranged to eat out this evening
with his colleagues and he can't put it off now .
And... Well... l agreed to correct some reports.. .
Oh, l see... What about you, Sharon?
Oh, Im terribly sorry but l agreed to go to the theatre with Peter and
he won't be finished rehearsing before midnight.. .
But l thought that...
l know we promised to have a party...
But why don't we postpone it? lt's just not possible today.. .
What a shame!
l can't stand the thought of being all alone on my birthday !
Hello again! She really believed them, didn't she? Great actors !
Now in this lesson l want to do something new,
and it's related to gerunds and infinitives .
ln that last episode our friends used some quite complicated sentences
which l want to look at with you now.
Anne said 'Jack offered to get some cake' ,

now do you notice that there are two verbs together there ,
'Jack offered to get some cake',
now 'offered' here is followed by an infinitive, that's one example .
The next example is, she said
'He promised to bring some before lunchtime' .
'He promised to bring some', 'promised' is followed by an infinitive ,
'promised to bring'. Then Anne says 'she loves reading' ,
'loves reading' now 'love' is followed by a gerund ,
then Sharon says 'Yes l imagine being a stage director is difficult' ,
'l imagine being' gerund.
So here we have 'offer' which is followed by an infinitive ,
'promise' followed by an infinitive,
'love' followed by a gerund and 'imagine' followed by a gerund ,
and you're probably thinking 'So how do l learn these?' .
Well, you have to learn them by heart as we say, there's no other choice .
So let's go to the board now and l will show you how it works ,
and unfortunately, like the simple past irregular verbs,
it's all a question of memory.
So, as we said, when you have a main verb followed
by another verb sometimes it's in the infinitive,
sometimes in the gerund, let's look at some examples .
'You managed to bake a cake' the verb 'manage'
is followed by an infinitive, 'Jack offered to get some' ,

'He promised to bring some', 'l have to take some tourists' ,

'have to' in the sense of obligation.
'What have you arranged to do?', 'arranged' plus infinitive ,
'l agreed to correct some reports'. So there you see 'manage' ,
'offer', 'promise' ,'have', 'arrange'
and 'agree' are followed by the infinitive with 'to'.
Let's move on to the other examples where verbs
are followed by the gerund.
'She loves reading' so 'love' followed by 'reading' gerund .
'l imagine being a director is difficult', 'imagine' followed by gerund .
'l considered celebrating', 'considered' followed by gerund .
'Celebrating with you guys'
and 'He won't finish rehearsing before midnight' .
So there we have examples of 'love', 'imagine', 'consider' ,
'finish' followed by the gerund forms.
So it's a bit complicated
and it's a question of familiarizing yourselves with the verbs
that take gerund and the verbs which take infinitive,
it comes with practice, don't worry, but this is just an introduction .
So let's go back and see what's going on in Alice's birthday party, alright ?
And l'll see you later, bye!
Hey, is anybody home?
Oh, that's right... l forgot...

Everyone's busy this evening... What a shame !

l resent having to spend my birthday all alone .
Hey what's happening here?
Surprise!
'Happy birthday to you, happy birthday to you,
happy birthday dear Alice... Happy birthday to you!'
Oh, Im so happy! l didn't expect to find anybody here !
l thought l had to spend my birthday all by myself !
Oh, did you really think we would forget to celebrate your birthday ?
Well... Yes! You played quite a trick on me!
And you fell for it. Come on everyone, a toast to Alice !
Oh, wait, wait... Before we make a toast, we have another surprise.. .
Another surprise...
Daddy?!
This is such a great birthday! How did they talk you into coming ?
Alice, dear, how could l miss your birthday?! Work is important, sure ,
but nothing is more important than my dear ,
sweet, only, loveable, adorable little girl!
Dad, if you talk like that, you'll make me blush in front of everybody !
Listen, l know l wasn't always there for you,
and that l've made a lot of mistakes,
but l want to catch up... Things change...
l've got a suggestion for you...

Do you want to come and work with me?

Really? With you? What would l do?
You can write scenes for my films... You've always had artistic flair.. .
l'll teach you the tricks of the trade...
You'll learn how to write convincing scenes in no time at all.. .
That way, we'll always be together... lf you want.. .
l... l don't know what to say. l gave up wanting to spend time with you.. .
You don't have to decide to do anything now!
Let's celebrate your birthday! Let's toast. Cheers Alice !
Thank you so much, daddy! This is the best birthday of my entire life !
Happy birthday Alice! Did you hear what her father said ?
He said 'lf you work with me, l'll teach you the tricks' .
Now that's an opportunity!
Not only for Alice, but also for us,
because he used a grammatical form that l want to teach you now .
'lf you work with me', 'if, 'l'll teach you the tricks' .
And that in English is a conditional form, the first conditional .
'lf l work', 'if plus the simple present ,
'l will teach' followed by the future 'will'.
So to illustrate this a little bit better,
l want to talk to you about what is almost a religion in England :
making tea.
Now, every household in England has one of these, this ,

do you know what this is called?

lt's for water, to heat, to boil water, in English we call it a 'kettle' ,
every English household has a kettle.
We have all sorts of different models as well and l can assure you ,
if you buy a kettle, you will never regret it. Why?
Look at this: it's very light plastic, and it's very fast, so ,
if you fill this kettle to about here, it's one and a half litres ,
and then, here's the plug, if you plug the kettle in, the water ,
one and a half litres, will boil in three minutes, incredible ,
so one and a half litres,
if you boil one and a half litres, then it will be ready in three minutes, ok ?
The other good thing is that if you want to carry the water to another place ,
look, take it off the element, and it's portable .
Now there's one thing to remember, inside... sometimes it gets a bit dirty ,
you have a special liquid to clean it.
Because if you don't clean it, then it'll change the taste
or it might change the taste of the tea .
So that's important, so a kettle, if you buy this, l can assure you ,
you will never regret it.
Ok now l was using some conditional sentences there
and l want to go to the screen, now, to look at those more carefully .
lt was the first conditional, using 'if alright?
And this is used to describe real possibilities so ,

look at this: 'lf you work with me' this is Alice's father ,
'l'll teach you all the tricks'. So we have 'if
then the present tense and then 'will' and the infinitive ,
which is probably different to your own language,
so be careful about that.
The other example 'lf you use a kettle,
you'll make tea faster' so present tense, future with 'will' ,
'lf you use a kettle, you'll make tea faster'.
'lf you don't clean it, the tea won't taste good' .
You see the negatives there?
'lf we don't' negative of the present,
'the tea won't' negative of 'will', 'taste good' .
Now we can sometimes change the second part ,
look at the next example: 'lf her father offers her a job ,
she might accept it'. Now, using 'might' gives the idea of uncertainty ,
but that's fine to use in the first conditional .
The other example: 'lf he accepts the job' ,
'lf he accepts the job, he might move', go to Japan, alright ?
So you can also use 'might'.
lf you stay with me in 'English 2day' you will learn
the English language, alright?
Great, well, l'll see you again in the next lesson, bye !
-Hi Jack, is Anne home?-No, she HASN'T ARRlVED YET.. .

l'VE BEEN WAlTlNG for her FOR OVER AN HOUR.

l think she'S BEEN SHOPPlNG...
What's the matter?
You don't look too well.
Nothing, really...
Don't lie to me... l'VE KNOWN you FOR TEN YEARS.. .
Listen, Jack. l... l really don't wanna speak about it. Okay ?
No, it's not okay!
We have to speak about the situation and clear the air ONCE and for all !
l'VE BEEN THlNKlNG about us a lot...
l'VE BEEN THlNKlNG about us so much! l... l HAVEN'T SLEPT well in nights !
What HAVE you BEEN THlNKlNG, Jack?
About us! You're leaving for Japan...
l'VE TOLD you before and l'll tell you again, Sharon: it's crazy!.. .
You can't leave now when... When we know how we feel !
-Jack... You're repeating yourself.-That's right!
And l'll continue repeating myself until you accept the truth .
We're made for each other!
Stop it! You're embarrassing me.
Sharon listen,
l HAVEN'T STOPPED loving you
and l know you feel the same about me...
That's it! l said stop it and l meant it!

Look, you'VE MADE me cry!

And anyhow, how do our feelings change anything ?
How do they change anything?! They, they change everything !
You must tell Peter immediately about everything.
Tell him you won't go!...
Im so happy!
l knew you felt the same way about me!
Hey, is anyone in there?
Oh my God, it's Peter... He, he can't see me like this !
Stay calm... Maybe it's time we tell him everything.. .
ls anybody in there? Hello?...
Hello everyone and welcome back to some more 'English 2day' .
lt's the moment of truth for Sharon, isn't it?
Now, in that episode they used some very interesting language .
And language which is a grammatical form very typical to English ,
it's a form you don't find in many other languages,
let me give you some examples.
Jack said 'l've been waiting for her for over an hour' ,
'l've been waiting for her', 'She's been shopping' ,
'She's been shopping'.
And Jack also said 'l've been thinking a lot about us' remember ?
She said 'What have you been thinking Jack?' .
Now, that's the form that l want to look at with you now, because ,

as l said, it's very unusual and particular to the English language .

So, London Bridge! The Tower Bridge, now that's ,
that's a useful image because in fact,
this grammatical form is about 'bridging' two different forms .
lt's about 'bridging' the present perfect 'has been' or 'have been' ,
with the present continuous form, for example 'l am working' .
Now you put those together, mix them all up... bingo !
You get the present perfect continuous ,
you see the taxi joins the two together, that's great .
l'll give you an example, 'l have been teaching for years' .
Now, what does that mean? lt means that l started it in the past ,
this action, and l am still continuing it now, so l started in the past
'have been' and Im continuing now, the continuous
'l have been teaching English for years'.
Let me give you another example, yoga:
l started yoga five years ago,
Im still doing yoga now,
so l say 'l have been doing yoga for many years' ,
'l have been doing yoga for many years'.
So that is this interesting mixture of present perfect
and the present continuous.
So, l think, in order to understand it a little better ,
we should go to the screen so that you can see it in the written form .

l remind you it's a tense that you find in particular in the English language ,
not in other languages, so, here we have it.
'Sharon has been working as a tour guide for many months' ,
so an action starting in the past continuing now,
'He's been working here for five years' ,
'He's been' stands for 'He has been working here' .
'They've been playing tennis since May' ok ?
That's the positive form.
Now the negative form,
'Peter hasn't been paying attention to Sharon for a number of weeks' ,
that's the negative, that's true.
The question form is
'How long have you been doing your homework this morning?' ,
'Have you been doing' inversion,
'How long has she been teaching?'.
We use 'how long' very often
because we want to find out the duration,
when the action started and the action's continuing now ,
so what period of time. How long have l been teaching?' ,
then the answer would be 'l've been teaching for many years' .
l could ask you 'How long have you been learning English?' ,
you can say 'Well, l've been learning English for years'
or whatever the answer is.

So that's the present perfect continuous, PPC, and don't worry ,

this is not the only lesson about it,
it's not easy and l will tell you other things about it in another lesson ,
the next lesson, alright?
So see you then, bye!
Hey Jack... Sharon?!
What are you doing here?
l'VE BEEN LOOKlNG for you FOR HALF AN HOUR...
Hey, what's the matter? You'VE BEEN CRYlNG!
Are you going to explain to me what's going on or not ?
-Peter, listen, calm down...-Im not gonna calm down !
l want answers, and l want them now!
-What's going on here?-That's what l'd like to know !
Jack and Sharon HAVE BEEN here for who knows how long ,
and who knows what they'VE BEEN DOlNG...
Hey Jack, it's time to tell me what's up!
Im gonna get really mad if l don't get some answers!.. .
Okay, stop! Stop!! You're acting like little children...
Come on Jack, let's leave Peter and Sharon alone...
They need to talk and, and we need to go shopping !
So, Sharon? What's going on?
Peter, l have to tell you something l'VE NEVER TOLD you before.. .
l'VE KNOWN Jack FOR A LONG TlME...

We went to the same university together and... Well.. .

-We were once engaged!-What?!
So that's why Jack came to live here!
You'VE BEEN SEElNG each other, haven't you Sharon?
No, Peter, l swear it's true! We just happened to meet him here .
lt happened by chance.
By chance? That's a strange stroke of luck!
Just to not bring back some old, passionate feelings? ?
There's been...
How long HAS this BEEN GOlNG ON, Sharon?
Nothing HAS HAPPENED between Jack and l...
Even if l do... Still have some feelings for him .
After all, Peter, you'VE BEEN NEGLECTlNG me FOR MONTHS.. .
The only thing that's important to you is your work !
You live, eat and drink theatre and nothing else!
-So you're saying this is my fault?-No one is at fault.. .
lt's just that we want different things from life at the moment .
l'VE HAD two interviews with the director of the Archaeology museum.. .
They want to open an art exhibition... And they'VE OFFERED me a job.. .
Do you understand Peter?
lt means a job l would really love!
What are you getting at, Sharon?
Would you stay here and not go to Japan if l asked you ?

What kind of question is that?

Answer me Peter, it's important...
-l'VE ACCEPTED the job...-Without asking me? How could you ?
... Did you ask me about Japan? Did you Peter, huh ?
Are you willing to stay here with me?
l... l can't, Sharon. This is my big chance!
You see Peter? Im right!
Nothing is more important to you than your success !
So this is our moment of truth, the question is:
when do we use the present perfect
and when do we use the present perfect continuous ?
Many people ask me this, they say
'Louise, but when do we use the present perfect?' ,
l have gone, l have seen, l have done,
'and when do we use the present perfect continuous?' ,
l have been working, l have been learning.
Often people confuse the use, and you're right, it's not easy at all .
So l'd like to try and help clarify that, by these simple things ,
revision of what we've already seen.
Now with the present perfect we use 'jeany', remember ?
'Just, ever, already, never and yet'.
That's important to remember,
with those words we use the present perfect.

But with the present perfect continuous we're using 'for' ,

'since' and 'how long' ok?
Now that is the difference, so if l take a phrase like 'l do the exercise'
and l want to use the time word 'already',
then you need the present perfect.
'l have already done the exercise'.
But if you want to use the concept of 'since'
you can't use the present perfect,
you use the present perfect continuous, so:
'l have been doing the exercise since Friday' .
Another example would be, for example, 'just',
'just' is a present perfect word, so we say
'l have just done the exercise'.
lf you want to use 'for' we're into the present perfect continuous ,
the PPC, so 'l have been learning English for many years' .
So do you see the mechanism?
You have to think about what time words you want to use in the sentence ,
then you choose the correct grammatical form,
'jeany' for the present perfect; 'for', 'since', 'how long' ,
'How long have you been learning English?',
for the present perfect continuous.
That way you can distinguish between the two forms, alright ?
So try and memorize those time words and l can assure you ,

it will help you a lot when you're speaking. Alright?

Great, well, see you again in the next lesson, bye!
Welcome to 'Cooking Today'!
We're delighted to be back in Lisa French's home again .
Lisa, we've had so many calls since our last programme !
Im glad to hear it!
Well, now... Let's see, here...
Sally from Manchester is getting married in June
and has always dreamt of having a well equipped modern kitchen ,
just like the ones in the movies.
How can we help her?
Well, to begin with, a kitchen environment should be well lit
and have ample surfaces to work on.
Also, plenty of drawer space
is necessary for storage of food items and utensils .
l know what you mean...
l have to contend with a small kitchen,
that has neither light nor enough drawer space!
That's why l go out to restaurants!
You don't need a king-size kitchen to enjoy cooking in it !
What's important is organization and having things at hand.
What are the main appliances newly weds should have ?
Well, obviously a hob, an oven and a fridge are absolutely essential .

Today many people can't survive without a dishwasher .

Im one of those people!
l really hate doing dishes!
So do l! Getting back to the subject,
l'd like to show our viewers some optional appliances .
Although they're not strictly necessary,
they often come in handy in large families
or when entertaining guests frequently.
One is the grill, another is a deep fryer
for large quantities of chips and other titbits.
That's not the appliance for me!
l love healthy cooking.
ln that case, you need a steamer oven like this one .
ln the US it's hard to find a kitchen without a microwave .
Microwaves are quite useful especially for busy people .
Other appliances which are also common in the US
are water and ice dispensers, like this one .
Everybody seems to have a food processor these days .
Why is a food processor so useful?
Well, a food processor's a great boon,
since it's a real space and time-saver.
lt has many different functions: it can mince meat,
grate cheese and vegetables, make bread-crumbs ,

pulp tomatoes, fruit and so on.

What else can you show us?
An electric beater like this can be used for whisking eggs
as well as making mayonnaise.
Other kitchen aids are scales and measuring utensils .
Careful weighing and measuring are fundamental
for successful cooking since recipes are generally in kilos and grams .
All right. There are a lot of other things we could talk about ,
but unfortunately our time is up.
Lisa, once again it's been great being here.
Thank you for your help.
You're welcome!
Well, let's analyse some of the vocabulary used by Lisa .
Talking about the appliances for cooking, she spoke about a 'hob' ,
US 'stove', where you cook food, an 'oven' ,
where you roast or bake food, a 'grill',
where food is cooked by strong direct heat .
As we saw, the following machines can be optional: a 'deep fryer' ,
in which you fry food, a 'steamer oven' ,
where you can cook food in steam rather than water ,
a 'microwave', where food is cooked by electromagnetic radiation .
Then, she referred to items where food can be stored ,
like a 'fridge', originally 'refrigerator'.

The section with frozen food is called a 'freezer' .

The section of the fridge which produces cold water and ice
is called 'water or ice dispenser'.
Lisa also said 'drawers' are important,
you need them to keep utensils, cutlery and so on .
A 'dishwasher' is a machine for washing dishes,
cutlery, glasses and so on.
Other small appliances are a 'food processor' ,
a machine which can ground, mince or chop food, an 'electric beater' ,
where you mix, whip or whisk food, 'scales'
or 'measuring utensils', used for measuring food weight or liquids .
Then Lisa used some culinary term, such as 'mince' ,
that is chopping meat into very small pieces.
Notice that 'mincemeat' is a mixture of dried fruit.
Cheese and carrots can be 'grated', that is finely shredded .
Or, we can say 'pulp', which means crushing fruit into a soft paste ,
'pulp' is also the soft inner part of fruit.
Another useful verb is 'beat', that is mixing eggs, cream ,
butter using a fork or a whisk.
That's enough for today. See you again. Bye!
Hello everyone and welcome to 'Let's talk',
the evening discussion show with our two commentators Tom and Marie .
-Good evening everyone.-Good evening.

Well, let's talk business tonight, let's talk about some important
developments in the global economy.
Let's talk about new markets and new commercial opportunities.
ln particular, l'd like to know what you think
about the extraordinary economic growth that's taking place
at the moment in some parts of the world .
Are you referring to China?
Yes, and also to lndia.
You know for the last five years the economies of these countries
have been growing at almost double digit rates.
ln 2oo5 the Chinese economy grew by 9.9% ,
the lndian economy by 8% .
Compare this with an average of only 1 .3% in Europe's Euro zone .
How do you see these developments?
ls this enormous economic growth an opportunity
or a threat for European producers?
Well, Im rather concerned about it.
And l believe that many European industrialists are concerned too .
These two Asian giants with their enormous populations
are threatening European manufacturing and jobs.
The fact is that labour costs are so low
in China and lndia that European manufacturers just can't compete .
Sorry Tom, but l really don't agree with you.

l don't see these growing economies as a threat to European producers .

l believe that China and lndia offer new,
important markets to European manufacturers.
You know, both countries have middle classes
that are becoming larger and larger,
these people are becoming wealthier
and are looking to spend their money
on luxury goods made in Europe.
So Marie, according to you, European companies
can sell their high quality goods to middle class lndians and Chinese ?
Exactly.
ln this way European exports to China and lndia
are predicted to increase.
Just a second Marie, the reality of the situation is rather different :
lndia and China are selling much more to Europe
than Europe's selling to them.
l accept, that's true at the moment...
But don't forget Tom that cheap Chinese goods
have helped to keep inflation low in European countries .
And this has helped keep interest rates low too .
So consumers have been able to save money
and spend this money on other things.
Well, l agree with you that European consumers
and industrialists have benefited from trade with China.

Of course! What's more, today more and more European companies

are building factories in China or are having their goods produced there .
Exactly, that's the problem Marie!
European industrialists are deciding to have their goods
produced in these countries because labour costs are lower .
lf we continue like this lots of factories in Europe
will close and the numbers of unemployed will rise .
Well l can certainly see that you
have different opinions on these issues.
l think you're both right.
Like most things in life economic growth in China and lndia
has its good and bad points.
lt can either offer commercial opportunities to some European
producers but it can also pose a threat
to other sectors of European manufacturing.
Ok, let's say goodbye to Tom and Marie.
-Goodbye!
Goodbye to everyone and see you again
for another appointment of 'Let's talk'.
So we've just spoken about developments in the global economy .
The global economy is the economic system of the world .
An important development is the economic growth in China and lndia .
Economic growth is the development of an economy .

The lndian economy grows by 8% .

Notice the use of 'by'.
The Chinese economy grew by 9.9% .
Here notice also how we say 'nine point nine'.
ls this economic growth threatening to European producers ?
A threat is a danger, and the verb 'to threaten' means to put in danger .
One opinion is that the economic growth
of lndia and China is threatening European producers .
Producers are companies that make products.
Another word for producer is manufacturer.
Why is it a threat?
Because there are low labour costs in lndia and China.
Labour costs are how much a company pays
its workers to produce something.
The number of unemployed will increase in Europe .
This is the number of people without a job .
We say someone is 'unemployed' when they don't have a job .
Another opinion is that it isn't a threat.
Actually it's creating new commercial opportunities
for European manufacturers.
New commercial opportunities are new markets for products
or the chance to sell more to existing markets.
Just quickly before we run out of time,

there are a few useful expressions for discussions l'd like to look at .
A polite way of asking someone's opinion is:
'l'd like to know what you think about'.
When you strongly disagree with someone you can say :
'Sorry but l really don't agree with you' or 'Just a second' .
But if on the other hand you agree you can say :
'l accept, that's true' or 'l agree with that...'
Well, that's all the time we have for this time.
See you soon!
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
watch the subtitles carefully
because the language points that we've studied together
are highlighted, alright?
Enjoy your viewing!
Hello and welcome back to 'English today',
this is DVD thirteen and the first DVD of your upper intermediate level .
And in this DVD we'll begin with another three episodes
of our story 'That's life!',
followed by our special TV programmes which include
everything but the kitchen sink, featuring our culinary experts ,
and then there will be a discussion
about lndia and China,
do they represent a threat?

Or an opportunity?
Then in the grammar section we'll be studying
more about the present perfect
and the present perfect continuous tenses ,
and then we'll learn about the gerund and the infinitive
and we'll also study the first conditional, alright?
So, l hope you enjoy yourselves.

English Today DVD 14-Eng

Sub

Really?! Peter was going to punch Jack?

That's right!
But, luckily, l arrived in time... Im glad l decided to check up on them .
-Wow! What happened next?-Well, Jack and l left.
And l think Peter and Sharon carried on with their argument .
Wow! Oh, it's a shame l wasn't there!
But you knew about Jack and Sharon, didn't you?
Well, yes... l found out by chance.
l came across a photo of them together while l was cleaning one day .
-Wow! What an incredible story!-Could you stop saying 'wow'?!
This isn't a film!
lf it were a film, there would be a happy ending .
Well, to tell you the truth.

l think this is more exciting than 'The Bold and the Beautiful' .
-What's going to happen now?-l have no idea.. .
lf Sharon doesn't go to Japan,
l think she and Jack will probably get back together .
And how are you getting on?
lf l were you, l would forget Jack!
Oh, don't worry about me... l'll get over him .
Good girl! lf l were you, l would look after myself.. .
There are other fish in the sea. And you are such a great catch !
Thank you Alice but, to tell you the truth,
Im looking forard to not having a man in my life for a while !
Don't say that! l know you're hurt...
But what would you do if you met a nice, handsome, young man
who, by the way, loved cleaning as much as you do ?
Well, if he... lf he loved cleaning as much as l do.. .
l wouldn't let him go!
But, you know, men like that are pretty rare...
Anyway... Getting back to Jack and Sharon...
How do you think it will end?
Don't worry about that... l'll send you a letter with all the details !
Anne, Im going to miss you, you know...
Me, too...
But Im happy that you're going to work with your father !

lt's great that he wants you to come up with the stories for his films !
lt's what you really wanted, after all.
lt's true... lt's been such a long time since l got on so well with him.. .
And, of course, l can't wait to get on with the new film !
-Im so excited about it all!-Another star in the family !
Miss Dubois conquers Hollywood:
actors and actresses doing their best to impress her !
No one can keep up with her!
Especially because Mars is in line with Scorpio !
And what are you going to do now, Anne?
Well, the first thing l'll do is look for a new flatmate ,
so l can carry on living in this apartment.
You know how expensive it is...
lf l had the money, l would live here on my own...
But you're not alone... There's Jack!
And how long do you think he'll stay here?
As soon as Peter leaves, he'll...
He'll only be looking after Sharon and...
And her apartment!
Hello again and welcome back for another lesson
in your live TV programme of English language.
l want to look more closely at the dialogue that they just had ,
because they are using some very interesting verbs ,

called 'phrasal verbs'. Now a phrasal verb.. .

Let me give you an example:
'Im glad l decided to check up on them' .
Now, this is a verb with some prepositions, what happens is ,
the verb itself changes its meaning,
and it's actually sometimes very difficult to guess what it means .
So when a verb has a preposition or even two prepositions after it
and it changes its meaning, its original meaning,
we call it in English a 'phrasal verb'.
So what l want to do with you now is to use the board
and also the examples that there were in the dialogue ,
and we'll see that there are two groups,
in fact the screen will be divided into two groups :
one will be two-word phrasal verbs
and the other is three-word phrasal verbs .
Let me explain a little bit better. For example Anne said ,
the example before:
'Im glad l decided to check up on them' you see that ?
'To check up on them', 'check' with two prepositions, now, this verb ,
'to check up on them' means to look at something more closely ,
to examine something more in depth, alright ?
So, that is the new meaning. Anne then said
'l think Peter and Sharon carried on with their argument' .

Now 'carry' usually means this, you know,

you pick something up and you carry it. lf you add prepositions ,
so the example here is 'to carry on' it changes meaning
and 'carry on' here means 'to continue'.
So 'l think Peter and Sharon carried on with their argument'
means to continue their argument, alright? So, let's carry on !
Then Ann said 'l found out by chance', 'found out' ,
that becomes the meaning of 'discover' .
l discovered something, ok? So 'find out'.
Next one, she said 'l came across a photo', now 'came across' ,
very difficult to understand what that means,
because in this context 'to come across'
it means to find something or to find someone by chance, she says
'l came across a photo of them together while l was cleaning one day' ,
ok, you see? They're not easy, quite complicated .
Anne then said 'l think she and Jack will get back together' .
So, look at that, that is a three-word phrasal verb ,
there are two prepositions, 'to get back together'
and that means to become a couple again, ok ?
To reconcile, get back together.
Then Anne said 'Oh, don't worry, l'll get over him' .
lnteresting, impossible to guess the meaning ,
'get over' means to forget about,

'l'll get over him' means 'l'll forget him' alright?

Alice says 'lf l were you, l would look after myself look at that one
'look after', again difficult to imagine, it means 'to take care of ,
take care of yourself, so 'lf l were you, l would look after myself, good .
Next one, there are two more, 'lt's been a long time since l got on so
well'. Now 'to get on with' means to have smooth relations with a person .
lt means that the relationship is going well without problems ,
'to get on with'. And the last one, Anne says :
'Im looking forard to not having a man in my life' again look at that
'to look forard to', again very interesting, this has two prepositions ,
'look forard to' and it means that you think of an event in the future
with pleasure, l could say to you:
'l look forard to seeing you again in the next lesson' .
Alright, so these are the phrasal verbs, very difficult ,
people hate them and they say:
'Well, why don't you use easier verbs in English?'
Well, they come from Anglo-Saxon and because we use them very often
Im afraid you have to get familiar with them, alright?
So we'll keep practising and l'll see you again ,
l look forard to seeing you again in the next lesson, ok? Bye !
Hi Sharon, could l speak to you for a moment?
Sure Peter, Im listening...
You know, l thought a lot about what you told me...

Well... l have to admit you're right...

l haven't been paying very much attention to you .
l won't be angry if you don't wanna stay with me .
Oh Peter, don't worry about me... Just look forard to your musical !
lt's your big break, isn't it?
lf you weren't so committed,
you wouldn't be the man for the job now, would you ?
-You're a star, right?!-Yes, l know...
lt just isn't easy imagining Japan without you!
lt won't be easy for me either.. .
But Im sure it's the right decision for both of us .
l hope so...
lf l were rich and famous already, l'd send along my private jet
-so you could visit me on weekends.-Yeah, right.. .
The petrol alone would cost you your fortune!
Who cares? l'd be rich...
So... While l wait for you to bring your career off and become rich ,
l might come visit you... Maybe with Anne.
But if you're famous, you'll forget all about me.
You'd let it go to your head and wouldn't have time
to take care of me...
l couldn't keep up with all those beautiful young actresses.. .
How could l forget you, Sharon?

By the way, would you mind me taking that beautiful photo

of you along to Japan with me?
The one hanging in the living room.
lt'll help me when Im missing you...
Especially in the beginning...
Of course, Peter, take it... l'll be happy to give it to you .
Thank you! Well... l have to get on with packing.. .
One last thing...
lf we were to meet in a few years, in two apartments close to each other ,
you with your new boyfriend,
would you pretend not to know me? Like you did with Jack ?
Why do you ask me that?
Oh, l don't know... Just curious...
l guess it would be fun to meet you somewhere else
and to have a little secret between us two...
Hello again and welcome back for some more English .
Did you hear Peter say to Sharon:
'lf l were rich and famous, l would send along my private jet' ,
so she could visit him at weekends.
'lf l were rich and famous, l would send along my private jet' .
That's a bit improbable, isn't it? But it's useful for us ,
because it means that we can learn another grammatical form ,
because he was using the second conditional .

Remember in another lesson we learnt the first conditional ?

This one is the second conditional .
So 'lf l were rich and famous, l'd send along', now this is unusual ,
because you say to yourself 'Wait a minute, if l were... that's not right!'
Because l taught you: l was, you were,
he, she, it was, we were, you were, they were. How can you say 'lf l were' ?
Well, it's a special grammatical form, it's a subjunctive form ,
probably the only subjunctive form left in English .
And when you say 'lf l were you' you're
putting yourself in somebody else's shoes, ok ?
He says 'lf l were rich and famous' uses the verb
'to be' and this is where the subjunctive comes into play, alright ?
So, very unusual, you must have probably heard this expression
'lf l were you', 'lf l were you, l would do this' .
And l want to give you some examples
of that because it's very common in English. lf l say to you, for example ,
'Im tired' you could answer 'lf l were you, l'd go to bed' .
Now 'lf l were you' that's the past form followed by 'l would go to bed' ,
that's the conditional form,
conditional two, 'lf l were you, l would go to bed' .
Another example, smoking.
l say 'Look, l can't stop smoking, l want to stop smoking but l can't!' .
You could say to me 'Well, if l were you, l'd... l would ,

l'd go to a hypnotist' for example, one possibility !

Why not! 'lf l were you, l would'.
Another example, imagine that l am bitten, look ,
Mr Snake bites me, l've been bitten by a snake !
l've been bitten by a snake! You could say to me
'Well, if l were you, l would suck your blood out' or
'lf l were you, l would go immediately to a doctor' .
So do you see how this works? 'lf l were you, l would' .
Let's go to the screen now, because l want to show you that example
and also normal examples of the second conditional .
So, we use the second conditional when something is improbable .
That's why we use 'if.
Let's look at some normal examples:
we have 'if plus the simple past and then 'would' and the infinitive .
So a typical example is 'lf l won the lottery,'
(win, won, won), 'l'd buy a house'. 'lf l won the lottery, l'd buy a house' ,
'l would buy a house', it's improbable, but.. .
'lf he didn't smoke,' negative, past negative
'he wouldn't need an operation', you see ?
'lf plus the simple past in the negative
and then 'would' in the negative.
'lf you ate less, you would lose more weight' ,
'lf you ate less, you'd lose more weight' .

Alright, so those are normal examples

of the hypothetical situations of the second conditional .
And now let's get back to the example l did with you
'lf l were rich and famous' remember that?
'lf l were', in the episode it was 'lf he were rich and famous ,
he'd send an airplane to Sharon'. Ok?
'lf l were you, l would forget Jack'.
lf l were you l would continue studying with me
and 'English 2day', if l were you Alright ?
So, that's the second conditional for you, there are three ,
you've studied number one,
you've studied number two and later on we'll see number three too, ok ?
So goodbye for now, bye!
So, it's just you and me, isn't it Anne?
Well... Really, it's just me,
-all alone!-Are you still angry?
No! l was just joking...
Of course, it'll be difficult to forget a man like you...
You're just pulling my leg now, aren't you Anne?
l wanted to say...
lf it had been a different time in my life...
lf there weren't Sharon...
Maybe we would...

Or rather...
Maybe we could...
Too many 'ifs' Jack!
Anyway, Im happy for both you and Sharon...
Really!
You know l adore 'love stories' with happy endings.. .
Hey, don't jump to conclusions!
-Sharon just left Peter...-Okay.
Let things take their natural course...
You know, as Alice would say if, if she were here .
l really miss her craziness and her jokes.
The house just isn't the same without her.
That's true.
She always had something to say.
l, l miss so many things...
Like Peter... l even miss his singing exercises !
But they were awful! Our poor ears!
l know, but l was used to them.
By the way, how did things turn out in the end between you two ?
Pretty well...
We had a long talk and
he understood it really wasn't my fault... That it was inevitable.. .
Peter was just too involved with his career to notice

Sharon's needs and desires...

Let's just say l took advantage of their situation...
l'd say so!
You've never missed a chance like that in your life, have you ?
lt's late... l have to go.
Im late as usual.
By the way, Sharon and l are going to see a film tonight .
Would you like to come?
Thanks for the invitation, Jack,
but l'd prefer to stay home.
Anyway, a possible new flatmate is coming
to take a look at the apartment.
His name is Nick.
Actually, l've got to get things tidied up!
That's right! Cleanliness is next to godliness, eh ?
Don't work too hard, Anne!
Perhaps Nick is less tidy than Alice and l put together !
Oh, no! l lost the battle with you two but
it's time to put an end to all this chaos !
l'll ask him all the right questions and
lf l get the feeling he doesn't like cleaning ,
l won't let him in the door!
Hello again everyone! Jack exits and Nick enters maybe? We'll see !

Now l have a quiz for you, you've learned a lot of language up until now ,
and l want to see how much you remember
of what you've learned.
The quiz is this: l will say something which is wrong
and you with all your grammar knowledge must correct it.
Let me give you an example, l say: 'When have you gone?' .
Now, that's wrong because 'when' uses the simple past ,
so we correct it and say 'When did you go?' alright? So, that's the quiz .
Your turn, 'What means this word?', 'What means this word?' .
That's a question, with questions you need...
Auxiliaries, so 'What means this word?',
'What does this word mean?' yes! Next one 'Has he any brothers?' .
Question, good it's a question, auxiliary 'Does he have any brothers?' .
Next one, this is more difficult, be careful 'l live here since 1977' ,
'l live here since 1977' think of 'since', 'since'... !
Present perfect continuous 'l have been living here since 1977', great !
Next one 'What do you do tomorrow?'.
Yeah exactly 'do you do' is the present tense ,
'tomorrow' is the future so 'What are you doing tomorrow?' ,
or 'What are you going to do tomorrow?' futures, right .
Next one 'They haven't to work on Sundays' ,
'They haven't to work on Sundays' negative, wrong... Present tense ,
the auxiliary, exactly, 'They don't have to work on Sundays' great !

Next one 'Do she play tennis?', 'Do she play tennis?' terrible !
Yeah, exactly, third person so 'Does she play tennis?' excuse me !
Next one 'l call you later', 'l call you later' think of this... Snap decision !
So it becomes... Exactly 'l'll call you, l'll call you later' great !
Next one 'He just left', 'He just left'. Ok we have 'just', with 'just' we use
'jeany', 'just, ever, already, never, yet', present perfect, so.. .
'He has just left', 'He has just left' great !
This one here 'lf l would know, l would tell you' ,
not possible, second conditional
'lf l knew,' fantastic 'l would tell you'.
And the last one 'How much it cost?',
this is a typical mistake 'How much it cost?',
it's a question, you need an auxiliary!
So that's it 'How much does it cost?' Fantastic!
You're great, great students, keep on studying like this
and you'll be able to speak English like me
at the end of the course, alright?
Great well, take care, keep studying, see you in the next lesson, ok? Bye !
Good evening. My name's Nick. How do you do ?
How do you do, Nick? My name's Anne. lt's a pleasure to meet you .
The pleasure's all mine!
So this is the apartment... lt's very beautiful.. .
And so clean and tidy!

l love cleanliness...
l'd even say that Im a maniac for cleaning.
Really?!
Well, yes. My friends give me a hard time .
They say that Im the 'mommy' of the group.. .
ls that so?! My friends say the same thing about me !
Well, there's another thing Anne...
To tell you the truth it's a little embarrassing.. .
-l have another hobby which l adore...-What would that be ?
Well... l just adore cooking...
ln fact, could l take a look at the kitchen?
-Are you okay, Anne?-What?!
The kitchen... Do you think you could show me the kitchen ?
Oh, uh, Im sorry... lt's just that...
-Well... l love cooking...-Fantastic!
That way we can experiment and try out new dishes together! Okay ?
-So, where is it?-Right... Uhm...
The kitchen is in there.
Great! Roomy, well-lit and tidy... Just as l like it!
l've got to confess that the kitchen is key to whether
l come to live here or not...
Oh, uh, well, Nick, are you pleased?
-l mean, with the apartment?-Oh, yes, it's very lovely !

l like it very much! And not only the apartment !

Thank you...
So, when would you like to move in?
lf it's alright, l'll move in tonight. l just need some time to get my things .
Oh, that's great!
Well, l'll cook up some dinner while you get your things and.. .
Then you can tell me what you think...
-Im sure Im not as good a cook as you...-Im not so sure.. .
l'll go get my things...
l'll try to hurry up and then l can give you a hand .
You know what, Anne? l think we're gonna get along well !
So, Anne and Nick cleaned happily ever after .
Now in the last episodes we have seen lives changing ,
we've seen people saying goodbye
and l want to look at that language that we use when we say 'farewell' .
'Farewell' in English is a word which means 'stay well in the future' .
So let's look at some of the language we can use .
We heard 'Im sorry to see you go' and also 'Im going to miss you' ,
'Im going to miss you'. 'Hope to see you again soon' ,
it's something we very often use 'Hope to see you again soon' ok ?
'Call me from time to time', 'Call me from time to time' is a nice one ,
another really nice expression in English is
'Let's keep in touch', 'Let's keep in touch' alright ?

So that you continue having a contact with that person,

'Let's keep in touch'.
'Let me know how you're doing', 'Let me know how you're doing' ok ?
Then saying goodbye to people... Some examples are 'All the best... ' ,
'All the best for your new job' for example to Peter ,
'Good luck with your new job' another very common expression
'Good luck with your new job', 'See you soon' ,
'See you soon' yes, like an imperative there .
'Take care' that's really very nice, it means 'Look after yourself ,
'Look after yourself or 'Take care'. Then 'Safe journey' ,
now that's when people are leaving by car or by plane or by train ,
'Safe journey' and you're wishing that they have no problems ,
then 'Goodbye' or more informally 'Bye'.
'Cheers' which is something that we use a lot in England
and we also use it when you're drinking with someone 'Cheers' ,
also for goodbye 'Cheers'.
And we also use the ltalian form 'Ciao'. So, bye,
cheers and ciao until our next lesson
where we'll be doing some more English language, ciao !
Hello, hello Im Lucy Ross and this is 'Talk Cinema' ,
and today with our cinema expert, Sanjeev Gupta ,
we pay homage to one of the most popular films of all time ,
an unforgettable Hollywood masterpiece.

l don't think l need say more.

Im sure you all know the film we're going
to talk about today: Casablanca.
Casablanca; the amazing cast, the fantastic script,
and of course, the unforgettable story!
Yes, there'll always be a place in my heart for Casablanca !
And not only in your heart, Sanjeev!
Well, let's try to explain to our viewers why this film is so popular .
First of all there are the performances of two
of Hollywood's greatest actors: Humphrey Bogart and lngrid Bergman .
And secondly it's a film that was able to bring
romance together with the serious theme of resistance to the Nazis .
The end result is a passionate love story
brimming over with emotion.
Yes! You just can't forget the wonderful performances
of Humphrey Bogart and lngrid Bergman.
Could you run through the plot for us Sanjeev?
Just to jog our viewers' memories.
Sure. Casablanca takes us back to a wartime Europe of Nazis
and freedom fighters.
The film, directed by Michael Curtiz in 1942 ,
focuses on the character of Rick Blaine,
a cynical American who has escaped from occupied France

to open an up-market jazz bar in the Moroccan city of Casablanca .

He has to choose between his love for llsa
and his duty to help her husband, Laszlo, a Resistance leader ,
to escape from Morocco to continue his fight against the Nazis .
llsa first met and fell in love with Rick in Paris.
She believed her husband had been killed by the Nazis .
When she discovers that Laszlo is still alive,
she leaves Rick abruptly without explanation and returns to Laszlo ,
leaving Rick feeling betrayed and bitter.
ln the end Rick sacrifices his love and helps Laszlo
and llsa to escape to Lisbon.
Wow, that's it, yes!
Who can forget Rick's famous line to llsa as she gets
on the plane at the end of the film... 'We'll always have Paris' ?
That's true! There are also several other famous lines in the film ,
for example when Rick says to llsa 'Here's looking at you, kid' ,
or when llsa says to Sam, the piano player, 'Play it, Sam, play...' .
Wait a minute, what's the name of that song?...
Oh yes l remember 'As Time Goes By', l've sung it so many times .
But tell us, am l correct in thinking the film won an Oscar ?
Three Oscars! For best picture, best director and best screenplay .
lt was a big hit in 1942 and has been ever since .
Casablanca represents Hollywood at its best.

A film with undying, universal appeal.

The film is still shown regularly in America.
Really? Do you mean on TV or in the cinema?
Both actually. You know colleges across the USA show the film every
year during the week of graduation exams.
This has helped keep the film popular.
Well, it certainly is an unforgettable film! That's Casablanca !
Thanks to our expert Sanjeev.
Goodbye Lucy.
Goodbye and goodbye everyone!
See you again soon with the next edition of 'Talk cinema' .
So, have you seen Casablanca?
lt really is an unforgettable masterpiece.
We say something is unforgettable when it's difficult to forget .
Casablanca is unforgettable because it's such a good film !
We call it a masterpiece.
A masterpiece is an excellent piece of work .
We usually use it for films, books and art.
Why is Casablanca such an unforgettable film?
First of all the amazing cast.
'Amazing' here means incredible, very good .
The cast is all the actors of a film.
Casablanca features Humphrey Bogart and lngrid Bergman ,

if you've seen it, you can't forget their incredible performances .

An actor's performance is the way the actor plays his or her role .
Secondly the script.
The script is the text of a film or a play .
ln fact Casablanca won three Oscars, one for the best screenplay;
the screenplay is another word for the script .
lt won best director. The director was Michael Curtiz.
We say 'it was directed by Micheal Curtiz'.
And it won best picture.
'Best picture' means best film.
l'll quickly run through the plot to jog your memories .
What does all that mean?
'To run through something' means to make a brief summary .
The plot is the storyline, what happens in the film .
And 'to jog someone's memory' means to help them remember .
Sanjeev jogged my memory,
he made me remember some famous lines from the film .
A line is something an actor says in the film .
One of the most famous lines is at the end of the film
'we'll always have Paris'.
Notice how we say 'at the end of something'.
But 'in the end' means finally, after some time .
And now it's time for me to say goodbye; so see you all next time! Bye .

Good morning and welcome to this week's edition of

'The Travel Programme'.
ln the studio with me as always is Christine Oteng ,
our travel expert!
Good morning Lucy and hello to everyone.
Are you dreaming of your next holiday?
You can't wait to get away from it all?
Thinking of going to an exotic, tropical destination?
Well, let's have a look at some suggestions that will make
your travels more rewarding and help local people too !
So over to you Christine...
Thanks Lucy! Well, the golden rule for a true traveller is to respect
the culture and environment of the country you're visiting .
This is why l want to talk today about ethical travel .
Im not talking here about a weekend in Paris or a week on a
Greek island but more about tourism
to more distant locations in poor, developing countries .
Ethical travel is all about what to do when you're on holiday
in one of these countries.
Can you give an example?
Sure. To start with, before you leave home try to choose a travel company
that gives part of its profits
to a fund that supports local community projects .
You know, with traditional tourism only a very small percentage

of the income generated by visitors actually goes to local people .

Most of the money that tourists spend goes
to multinational companies.
Usually these companies take their profits out of the country
and do very little to help local communities
and the local environment.
You're right! The tourist industry can be a very cut-throat business .
So, do you have any other suggestions
on how we can travel ethically?
Sure, choose a resort that is built with local materials
in the local style or stay in local family run hotels!
Shop and eat where local people do, use public transport
and try to learn a few words of the language
before you leave home.
The only way to really get to know a country is to get in
touch with local people.
So it can be useful to read up on the place you're going to visit
and its culture before you leave home.
Of course! Tourists usually see the local culture as something colourful
and exotic without really understanding it very well.
lt's important though to learn about local traditions and to respect them;
do this and your holiday will be much more rewarding experience .
One more thing: do remember to always ask before taking photos !
And what about shopping?

ls this against the concept of ethical travel ?

Absolutely not! Shopping's always fun!
But do use your head when shopping!
l mean try to buy souvenirs from local markets
and always pay a fair price for goods, bargaining's fine
but don't beat the locals down too much!
One important thing, never buy souvenirs made from endangered species .
This is illegal and damages the local ecosystem .
Fine, so an ethical traveller is a responsible tourist who knows how to
combine the joys of travelling with
a respect for the local culture and environment .
Any more advice for us Christine?
Yes just one last thing! Follow these suggestions
and your travels will be a lot more rewarding and much more fun!
Im sure they will be.
Well, thanks Christine for your really useful tips on
how to be an ethical traveller.
Well that's all we have time for today. So goodbye Christine .
Goodbye to all travellers and remember, travel ethically
and enjoy your holidays more...
See you soon with another edition of 'The Travel Programme'. Goodbye !
Well, l can't wait to get away from it all!
'l can't wait' is an expression that means you're looking

forard to something.
'To get away from it all' means to have a holiday
and leave your daily life behind.
Today Christine gave us some tips on
how to be an ethical traveller.
A tip is a piece of advice, a suggestion .
First of all what is ethical travel?
lt's travel that respects the local culture and environment .
'Local' means from a specific place.
For example the local people are the people that live in a place and
the local culture is the culture from that place.
The environment is the world that surrounds us, all the social, physical and
cultural conditions of a place.
Christine gave us a golden rule, a rule that should not be broken .
The golden rule for an ethical traveller is in fact to respect
the local culture and environment.
She also suggested choosing a travel company that gives some of its
profit to local communities.
A community is a group of people living in the same area .
A travel company is a company that organizes tours
to various parts of the world.
And you should read up on the place you want to visit .
'To read up on something' means to research

and get information about something.

The best place to stay is in a family run hotel .
'Family run' means it's owned and managed by a family .
And when you go shopping in a market, bargaining is ok .
'To bargain' means to decide the price with the seller .
lf something costs $2o you bargain to pay $15 .
But don't beat the locals down too much!
'To beat someone down' means to force them to reduce
the price of something.
That's all for this week; see you again soon !
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
watch the subtitles carefully
because the language points that we've studied together
are highlighted, alright?
Enjoy your viewing!
Hello again and welcome back to 'English today'.
This is DVD fourteen and the second DVD of your
upper intermediate level.
And in this DVD we'll begin with another two episodes of our story
'That's life!' and then our special TV programmes .
Our cinema expert we'll be talking about the film 'Casablanca'
and then in our travel section we'll be talking about ethical travel .
Then, in the grammar section, we'll learn more about phrasal verbs ,

those difficult verbs followed by prepositions .

We'll also study the second conditional
and we'll look at some useful language for socializing, ok ?
So have fun!

English Today DVD 15-Eng

Sub
Hello? Anyone home?
Anne! lt's great to see you!
Hi!
You look great!
Thank you Paolo, you look... you look well yourself.. .
But this house is so untidy and... so dusty !
l know, let's give this place a good clean .
The others'll be here in a minute .
Let's get started straight away.
Before you know it we'll have cleaned and tidied everything !
You haven't changed Anne, cleaning, dusting, tidying!
Just like when we were at university.
Can't you think of anything else?
Look who's talking!
Always strumming away on your guitar!

Come on Paolo, don't be lazy!

Come on let's get started!
Surprise, surprise!
Hi Michelle, Sandra!
How are you?
Wonderful! All together again, just like the old days !
Ok guys, what shall we do? l want to have lots of fun!
So do l! Come on Michelle, let's go for a long walk ,
all the way down to the lake!
Stop where you are!
Where are you two going?
Come on Paolo pick up that brush again
and Michelle, please, can you pick up your bag and that frightful hat !
At your command, Captain!
Come on Michelle, stop playing around and give us a hand .
This detergent is made by Sintex,
the American multinational that makes household cleaning products .
l refuse to use this product.
You know l hate multinationals!
But it's just... All detergents are made by multinationals.
How are you supposed to clean a house if you refuse to use them ?
You guessed right! l never do any cleaning !
My flatmates look after that!

l see, so you arranged to have your flat cleaned .

Michelle, you're just like Paolo.
Look what a mess this house is in. lf it weren't for us.. .
lf it weren't for you,
l'd be chilled out playing my guitar.
None of your forced labour.
l see we'll spend most of the time of this holiday cleaning.. .
Im starting to wonder if this holiday might have been a mistake .
Come on Paolo!
Stop complaining!
You'll be happy to see this place all spick and span !
Sandra l've, l've already dusted that!
Really?!
Are you sure you cleaned it properly,
'cause it doesn't look very clean to me !
Mike!!!
What's going on here?
Are you my old college friends or workers from a cleaning company ?
Come on, put away those brooms and detergents
and let's toast the good old days!
But Sarah's not here yet!
That's odd! She should be here by now !
She said she'd be here just after lunch .

That's right! And she's the one who organised this reunion .
Am l wrong or are you talking about me?
Sarah!!! At last!
Don't get up!
So, everybody ready for the toast?
Well, actually l am really tired.
l need to lie down.
Oh, Sarah, don't be a spoilsport!
We've been waiting for you... Come on ladies !
Wow, Anne looks more beautiful than ever...
Don't tell me you still think about her...
So, l propose a toast to our college days together !
Yes... And to this wonderful holiday !
Cheers!
Hi again! And welcome back to your live TV programme
to learn some more English language.
Now in that last episode Anne was quite surprised
that Michelle doesn't clean her flat herself, in fact she said ,
she said 'l see, so you arrange to have your flat cleaned' ,
'to have your flat cleaned',
now that means that somebody else cleans the flat for Michelle .
This is very interesting, well in fact that's what l do too ,
l don't clean my flat myself, somebody cleans it for me ,

so l have my flat cleaned every two weeks.

Now this is an interesting grammatical form
because we use it when we talk about services ,
we talk about other people who offer us services .
Let me give you another example. Hair,
l don't cut my hair myself, it's too difficult ,
l can't do the back, so l go to the hairdressers, and that's a service .
So l go to the hairdressers and they cut my hair ,
and l say 'Every month, l have my hair cut' so that is a grammatical form
using the verb 'have' which describes services .
Somebody does something for you,
and we can use it for example with the hairdresser ,
with the mechanic, for example if your car breaks down, usually
you go to a mechanic, with cleaners, with the dentist ,
things like this, so, services.
So l'd like to go to the screen now
and show you how this works grammatically
because it's very different to other languages,
and we're using the verb 'have',
that's why it's called the 'causative have',
causative in the sense that it causes things to happen, alright ?
Let's look at the form: have something done. So ,
in the present tense you can say 'Every month l have my hair cut' .

Now notice, the verb 'have' is in the present form

because we can use this grammatical form in any tense ,
so we start with the verb 'have' then we have the object ,
that's important, 'l have my hair...'
and then the past participle, ok?
The object is in the middle, so 'Every month l have my hair cut' .
Another example, 'Every year l have...' what ?
'...my teeth' past participle 'checked' ok ?
'l have my teeth checked'.
'Every year l have my kitchen painted' do you see ?
And 'Every three months l have my car serviced' ,
so l go to the mechanic and l have my car serviced .
So be careful because it's terribly important
to put the object between the verb 'have'
and the past participle 'l have my car serviced' ok ?
Now, let's move on to the past tense, because, as l said ,
you can use this form in any tense, past, present, future .
So, examples, 'Last week l had my eyes tested' so the opticians ,
that's a service, 'l had my eyes tested' .
'Yesterday l had my photograph taken,
often when you need to renew your passport for example .
'Last week l had my dress dry cleaned', again that's another service ,
you don't do it yourself, somebody does it for you, ok ?

So the verb 'have' goes into the past 'l had something done' .
And now let's look at the future 'Tomorrow Im going to have' ,
so here the verb 'have' goes into the future expressing an intention ,
so we have 'Im going to have my scooter repaired' alright ?
Object in the middle. 'Next week Im going to have my hair coloured' .
And 'Next week Im going to have my passport renewed' alright ?
So the 'causative have' very, very useful
and you don't find this in other languages,
so you need to practise it and remember, first the verb 'have' ,
then the object and then the past participle alright ?
So that's the 'causative have' and l think you'll find it very useful, alright ?
Great. So, see you again in the next lesson for some more language, bye !
Life's hard for musicians, you know Mike.
Sample recordings, auditions, the odd performance.. .
But never anything serious.
Always waiting for the big break!
You know, Paolo, l think no one has understood your talent yet .
You'll see, you'll be successful one day .
l certainly hope so! l need to make money somehow .
Why don't you get a job?
Something, until you make it as a guitarist.
What would l do?
Work in a bank like you?

No, that's not for me!

lt's not as if there are only banks to work in.
There are other jobs that you could do.
l know, l know. l worked in a supermarket last year .
What was that like?
Well... Adding up all the time... And the alarm clock at dawn .
l did it for three months.
No, no... 'Normal jobs' are not for me.
l am an artist.
What are you talking about?
About work... By the way Sarah, how's your pub coming on ?
Just a minute what was it called? 'Blue Moon'?
That's it.
You do it on purpose, don't you?... Making things worse.. .
With that sarcastic tone of voice!
You like making fun of me!
You're horrible!
But what did l say?
What? Didn't you know? Sarah's pub burned down two years ago.. .
The insurance hasn't paid, they said the fire wasn't an accident .
Sarah's lost everything... including the sense of fun she used to have .
Man! l really messed up!
l didn't know that had happened!

We spoke at Christmas but

she didn't say that the pub had burned down !
You know what Sarah's like.
She doesn't like to speak this thing !
This experience has really changed her.
And l think this holiday will be good for her .
What's going on?
That is enough Sandra!
l don't think you need to add anymore salt!
l really think the ravioli are rather tasteless !
Let's see what they think!
Would you like to try my ravioli?
Sandra says they're tasteless!
Fantastic Anne!
Really good!
l always said you'd make someone a great wife!
Did you hear that?!
l don't think they're very tasty.
Im sorry Anne but my ravioli are a lot better than yours .
Im cooking tomorrow and we'll see who's the best cook !
She's always criticising!
Don't take it seriously, Anne.
You know what Sandra's like.

Competitive by nature.
OK guys, let's have a chat!
Tell me what you've been doing since we last met.
Well, Paolo and l were talking about our work
and our hopes for the future.
Work, work, work...
Let's talk about something a bit more interesting.. .
Romances, passionate love stories, things like that.. .
You, for example Anne, have you got a boyfriend?
Me? Why me?
l have to go to the kitchen to check on the roast.
Come on, Anne! Don't be shy!
Answer Michelle's question!
Ok, well there is someone, he's not my boyfriend .
What's that mean?
He's my flatmate, his name's Jack
and he's going out with a friend of mine, called Sharon .
But l still hope l have a chance... l really do like him .
l think about him all the time!
Are you... in love?
Maybe... Yes, yes l think l am!
Wow! l adore passionate and tormented love stories .
l really got to go now and check on the roast, it'll be burning !

Michelle can you come and give me a hand?

And then come and tell the others that dinner's ready !
Mike? Mickey? Hello... Anyone there?
Yes? What's wrong?
You tell me! You look as if...
Im finished Paolo! l wasn't expecting this!
l thought... Im stupid!
What are you talking about?
What do you mean?
Anne! She's in love!
With another man!
And l was hoping that, you know,
we could become more than just good friends during this holiday !
l've never stopped thinking about her!
What an idiot! Sorry Paolo, l have to be by myself for a while .
'Beautiful girl with brown eyes, dusting away my heart sighs'.. .
Yeah not bad. lnspiration at last!
Thanks Mike, you're a great friend!
Hello again to you and welcome back.
ln that last episode Sarah was in a bad mood,
there's always a reason why somebody's in a bad mood ,
and she had a good reason.
Do you remember what happened?

l'll read it to you, so you do remember.

Because it's useful for us, it introduces a new grammatical form
which l want to teach you.
Paolo said 'When she arrived the place had burnt down' .
Now can you imagine Sarah goes to her pub and it's burnt .
So he says 'When she arrived the place had burnt down' ,
now this 'had burnt down' is what l want to teach you ,
it's the past perfect.
Let me give you another example
because we use it when you have two actions,
one action happens after the other.
Let me show you, for example 'l write a message and then l send it' .
Now these are two actions, first you write it then you send it so ,
l could begin the phrase, put the two actions together
and they become consecutive, and we begin the phrase with 'after' ,
so l could say 'after l had written' this is the first action ,
further in the past, 'after l had written the message, l sent it' .
The second phrase is in the simple past .
So, this is what l'd like to look at with you on the screen now ,
the past perfect, for two actions
which happened at different times in the past.
Now if you look at the examples, the first one is
'After l had checked my change, l left the shop' .

So, first l check my change, have l got enough change ?

... ls it correct? And then l leave the shop .
You put them together and the first action goes further back in the past .
Now, you can see how it's formed,
we have the auxiliary 'have' in the past,
not in the present, and that takes everything further back ,
so 'After l had checked', 'checked' is the past participle ,
'my change, l left' simple past 'the shop' .
Ok? So then we get the idea that one action is further in the past .
Another example 'l read the contract then l sign it' ,
it becomes 'When l had read the contract, l signed it' alright ?
So past perfect, this is important for you ,
because we also use it in the third conditional ,
which we will be studying, ok?
Another example, you get in your car, you fasten your seatbelt ,
you drive off, alright?
So 'After l had fastened' past participle 'my seatbelt, l drove off .
And one more example 'When l had tried the shoes on ,
l bought them' so l try them on,
l buy them 'When l had tried the shoes on, l bought them' .
A few more, they'll help you, you'll get the hang of it .
'After l had checked my ticket, l went to the airport' ,
so first l check my ticket then l go to the airport. And the last one ,

l read the instructions, l have a new machine ,

so l read the instructions and then l turn it on ,
so 'After l had read the instructions l turned the machine on' alright ?
So that is a new tense, it's called the past perfect
and it's formed by putting the auxiliary
'have' in the past tense, followed by the past participle
and this is actually very similar, in many other languages ,
so l don't think it's going to cause
any particular problems for you, alright?
And we'll look at that again in the conditional form ,
conditional number three.
Great! So have fun and take care, bye.
Good evening and welcome to this week's edition of 'Let's talk' .
ln the studio with me, as always,
are our commentators Marie and Tom.
Good evening everyone.
Good evening.
l'd like to start our discussion this evening with some personal questions :
how old are you?
Are you nearing retirement, are you already retired?
Perhaps you have your working life ahead of you?
Anyway, one thing is for sure, the meaning
of the word 'retirement' is going to change in the future !

Let's talk about this with Tom and Marie.

You're right Eric! The traditional division of life into three cycles :
education, employment and retirement must change.
People in developed countries are living longer .
By 2o25 in developed countries the share
of the population over 6o will have reached 26% .
All these pensioners will certainly wield a lot of power.. .
They will Eric! But you know experts are beginning
to talk about the concept of 'active aging'.
Just think that by 2o5o the average lifespan
in developed countries will be in the mid 8o's .
And this increasing longevity is already starting to have
a negative impact on public finances, economic growth
and general living standards...
The problem is that there is increasing pressure
on social security systems and public funds for retirement
and health care expenses.
Economists are increasingly questioning the sustainability
of the European social model with its high welfare standards .
So, how can we solve this problem?
Well, governments really must encourage older
people to continue working. There should be...
Just a minute Marie! Sorry to interrupt...
But are you really saying that l will have to work until Im 95 ?

Well not until 95 perhaps... But as l was saying ,

there should be programmes for lifelong learning to help people learn
up-to-date job skills as they get older.
People about to retire should plan ahead
and find some way of working, maybe a part-time job .
Well, some American companies already have
'phased retirement' programmes.
How do they work?
Retired employees go to the company website where
they can find project work for the company .
This may last two days or two months and the retired workers can manage
their own time and work when and where they want.
lf they need some training to do the job they can go to the
company website and take a short course using the lnternet
to learn what they have to do.
ln this way retired people have more money
and the companies can use the skills of their retired workers .
Yes... More money but less free time.
l don't think l like the idea of having to work in my retirement .
And you, ladies and gentlemen what do you think about this ?
Well thank you to our commentators Tom and Marie and goodbye .
Thank you!
Thank you! Bye, bye.

And, goodbye to you.

And see you again next week for another edition of 'Let's talk' .
Well, today's discussion was about how retirement will change .
Retirement is when people stop working.
The retirement age in European countries is around 6o.
We say a person retires. 'To retire' means to stop working .
And a person who is retired is a person who has stopped working ,
they are called 'pensioners'.
A pensioner is a retired person who receives weekly
or monthly payments from the state.
The money a pensioner receives is called 'a pension' .
So why and how will things change in the future?
The average lifespan is increasing.
A lifespan is the length of a life.
So people are living longer, we call this 'longevity' .
This increasing longevity is having a negative impact
on public finances and living standards.
Public finances are the money a government
has to spend on its services.
And, living standards are what we call the general level
of life in economic terms.
There is more pressure on social security systems in Europe .
A social security system of a country is the system a country has

to support the members of its society, for example sick ,

unemployed or retired people.
Economists, these are economic experts ,
question the sustainability of the European social model ,
that is the social security systems of European countries .
'The sustainability' means the ability to continue doing something ,
because welfare standards in Europe are high .
Welfare is the economic assistance
a government provides for people in need .
So, people need to plan ahead.
'To plan ahead' is a phrasal verb that means to make plans
about something that will happen in the future.
Well that's all from me; take care and l'll see you next week
for another edition of 'Let's talk'!
Good afternoon and welcome to this week's edition of 'Sports Special' .
With me in the studio is John Forbes, our sports expert .
Hello Eric and good afternoon to all our sports fans.
Well John, which sport are you going to talk about today ?
l'd like to talk about sumo.
lnteresting, l must say l know something about
the martial arts, karate and judo, but sumo?
l know almost nothing,
those enormous guys, their unusual hairstyles ,

their colourful and rather unusual clothes,

so, please, tell us more!
Well, Eric, you know sumo is a martial art too
and it's Japan's traditional national sport.
ln fact it's one of the world's oldest sports .
lt was first mentioned in a Japanese book more
than a thousand years ago,
but experts believe it might be much older.
Really, more than a thousand years old...
Yes! And you know there are also ancient wall paintings
showing the sport.
Archaeologists think prehistoric
man may have done sumo as a form of prayer
to the gods for a good harvest.
l think most people in the west watch these enormous
wrestlers without appreciating these ancient traditions.. .
That's right, Eric.
Sumo isn't just a sport.
lt's more a way of life
and it's played an important role in Japan's cultural
and religious history.
ln Japan successful sumo wrestlers are looked up to
as role models and heroes by many people.
How does a sumo match work?

Two men meet in a ring that is about four and a half metres across .
The aim of the game is to force your opponent out of the ring
or make a part of his body, apart from the soles of his feet ,
touch the floor.
A bout can last just a few seconds or as long as three minutes .
Sumo wrestlers are very big but they can move very quickly .
Do you think l could be a sumo wrestler?
Well! lf you put on 1oo kilos, maybe yes !
Sumo wrestlers start their training when they're young boys .
lf they show promise they go to live in a traditional Japanese house ,
called a sumo 'stable'.
The young boys train a lot and look after the older wrestlers .
They prepare their food and clean their rooms for them .
Everyone in the sumo stable eats a lot:
they eat lots of noodles, rice, fish and chicken .
The traditional dish is called 'chankonabe',
and it's made with fish, meat and vegetables.
The wrestlers eat this with lots of rice
and they drink lots of beer too! Then they go to sleep .
So, that's how they put on so much weight!
Yes, the secret is to eat a lot and then sleep !
This helps the wrestlers put on weight.
And the wrestlers' hairstyles?

Where do they come from?

Good question Eric.
There are lots of different ranks for sumo wrestlers:
the best wrestlers are in the top rank.
The style of a wrestler's hair depends on his rank .
All the hairstyles come from samurai traditions;
samurai were traditional soldiers in Japan.
lnteresting... l guess it's difficult for sumo wrestlers
to find a girlfriend...
Actually it's not that difficult, Eric!
Successful wrestlers usually
go out with beautiful models or pop singers .
Where can you see tournaments in Japan?
There are six Grand Sumo tournaments,
called 'basho', every year.
They take place during odd numbered months like March or July .
The 'basho' take place in Tokyo, and Osaka ,
Nagoya and Fukuoka.
Thanks John for a fascinating explanation
of this rather mystifying sport.
We've found out a lot about sumo.
Thanks John, goodbye...
And goodbye to all our sports fans.

See you next week for another edition of 'Sports Special' !

So, today we found out about a martial art called sumo .
A martial art is an art of self-defence without using weapons ,
just your body.
To find out about something means to learn new information .
We found out that in Japan sumo is more than just a sport,
it's a way of life.
People look up to sumo wrestlers, they are heroes .
'To look up to someone' means to respect and admire them .
A sumo wrestler is a man who practices sumo.
Sumo wrestlers are very fat and they have particular hairstyles .
We found out that their hairstyle depends on their rank .
Notice how we say 'depends on' something .
A rank is a position on a scale.
The best wrestlers are in the top rank.
And l was surprised to find out that sumo wrestlers
go out with beautiful girls!
'To go out with someone' means to have a romantic relationship with someone .
What about you ladies?
Would you go out with a sumo wrestler?
And you guys, would you put on 1oo kilos to become a sumo wrestler ?
We say 'put on weight', this means become fatter .
Actually, to put on so much weight sumo wrestlers

start training very young.

lf a boy shows promise, this means he shows ability at the sport .
And what is the aim of the game?
'The aim' is the objective, in football the aim is to score a goal .
ln sumo the aim is to force the opponent out of the ring .
The opponent is the other person playing .
The ring is the square platform where wrestlers and boxers fight .
A wrestling or boxing match is called 'a bout'.
Sumo tournaments take place in odd numbered months .
An odd number is a number that isn't divisible by two .
For example 1 ,3,5,7.
2,4,6,8 are even numbers.
An even number can be divided by two .
l have to leave you now,
but see you here next week for another edition of 'Sports Special' !
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
watch the subtitles carefully
because the language points that we've studied together
are highlighted, alright?
Enjoy your viewing!
Hello again and welcome back to 'English today'.
And this is DVD fifteen
and the third DVD of your upper intermediate level .

And in this DVD we'll begin with another two episodes

of our story 'That's life!' followed by our special TV programmes
where we'll be talking about the
option of working in retirement.
And then our sports expert will
tell us about
'Sumo wrestling, fat and fast'.
Then in the grammar section we'll learn how to use
a grammatical form called 'the causative have'
and also how to construct the past perfect tense.
Alright? So happy viewing!

English Today DVD 16-Eng

Sub

Good morning Sarah! Have you seen what a beautiful day it is ?

How about a walk in the countryside?
And then we can relax by the pool.
l don't really feel like going out. l'd rather stay in and read .
Come on Sarah, don't be your usual antisocial self !
Let's have some fun together!
Why don't we play a trick on the guys who are still asleep ?
We could wake them up with a nice bucket of cold water !
What a stupid trick!

'Nothing's changed, but l still love you truly...

Beautiful girl with brown eyes, dusting away my heart sighs!'
That's all we needed!
You don't understand Sarah, this is poetry!
This is the story of a secret love!
Poetry, love, tricks! Enough of this nonsense !
lf l'd known you were all going to be so 'amusing', l never
would have organised this reunion!
'Beautiful girl with brown eyes, dusting away my heart sighs!'
Oh no! Paolo!! Look what a mess you've made!
And by the way... You didn't clean the kitchen last night, did you ?
Come on Michelle give me a hand!
No, Im sorry, l can't touch that awful stuff!
When are you going to get the message?
l never touch awful stuff!
l hate detergents and the multinationals that make them !
And l hate cleaning too! Come on! We're on holiday !
What is this racket! And what is going on in here?
Has World War Three broken out?
lt's just started!
Well, soldier Sandra has launched her offensive
but the 'Paolo-Michelle squadron'
is responding well to the attack and will defend its position to the bitter end .

Stop playing around. Roll your sleeves up! The sooner we start working ,
the sooner we'll finish and will be able to relax by the pool .
Wait a minute! l was just thinking of going back to bed !
lf l'd known what was waiting for me,
l would have slept until midday!
Maybe we could ask Sarah to give us a hand .
Well, you must be joking! She just asked not to be disturbed !
And given her bad mood over the last couple of days.. .
We could ask Mike though.
No... l just saw him a few minutes ago.
l asked him where he was going and
he said he was going to the village to buy a newspaper .
He asked me if he should do some shopping ,
but l told him we'd all go to the supermarket together later on .
Fantastic! First cleaning up, then the shopping !
Just the sort of holiday that Im dreaming of!
Well... lt's only the four of us here! Let's share the jobs out .
Just a minute, just a minute... l've got an idea !
How about you and Anne having a cleaning competition, timed, in here ?
You clear one part and you the other.
Yes... And l can keep the time and
Paolo provide some beautiful background music!
At the end we'll see who's been the fastest and

of course which part of the kitchen shines the most !

l think it's a great idea! You and Anne are always arguing about
who's the best at doing things.
This could be the right moment to show off your domestic skills !
And the winner will be crowned 'Queen of housewives' !
What do you think?
lt's a... lt's an unusual idea... lt's very original but... but Im not sure .
Come on Anne, why not? lt'd be interesting!
Ok! You've convinced me! Shall we start?
Great! So Sandra you clean the sink, the cooker and this part of the floor !
Anne, you've got the oven, the table and this other part of the floor .
Ok... Ready, get set, go!
'Sponge in hand, Sandra's cleaning the taps while
Anne's intently sweeping the floor .
Now Sandra's spraying detergent onto the cooking rings ,
Anne's started on the table.
Time is passing by and neither contestant is showing signs of fatigue .
The race is open and nothing's separating the two cleaners.'
Those college days were so long ago... You are so clever, so beautiful too ,
but l never forgotten you, nothing's changed, l still love you ,
beautiful girl with brown eyes, dusting away my heart sighs.. .
Finished!
lncredible! You both finished at exactly the same time !

Come on Michelle, we need to decide which is the cleanest part .

-So?-Who's won?
Well, after a considerable discussion the jury declares that the winner is.. .
Come on! Don't keep us in the dark !
Who's won?
You've both won, it's a dead heat! You finished together and
both parts of the kitchen are perfectly clean .
Ok, well maybe it's better this way Sandra .
At least there'll be no arguing about... about who is better at cleaning !
Yeah, you're right, let's forget our rivalries, at least for today .
Come on let's shake on it!
Ok!
We're both champion cleaners!
A cleaning competition!
Now that's an interesting concept, could only be invented by Anne .
Now that is something where l would definitely lose ,
cleaning competition, no way! What about you?
Anyway, that last episode was great because it helps me introduce
to you one of the most difficult grammatical forms
in the English language, which is called the third conditional ,
we have three conditionals in English, one, two, three .
The first, let me give you an example:
'lf l see him, l'll tell him'. That's number one .

'lf l saw him, l would tell him' that's number two .

Number three is what we are going to look at now ,
'lf l had seen him, l would have told him' .
Sounds terrible, doesn't it? Too much grammar ,
but last lesson was useful because we learnt
the first part of the third conditional, which is the past perfect .
They used it in the episode. lt was Sarah, she said 'lf l'd known ,
if l had known you were all going to be so amusing ,
l would never have organized this reunion' .
That's a good example and it's difficult!
We often use the third conditional when we talk about a regret ,
let me give you an example.
l saw a beautiful house, it was quite expensive, but l liked it ,
l needed time to think about it, and l didn't buy it immediately ,
and then somebody else bought it!
So l think 'lf l had bought that house, l would have been so happy' ,
so that's expressing a regret.
So let's go to the screen and see how it's constructed
because it's really not easy, it takes time to be fluent ,
in the third conditional.
The grammar is this: 'if because 'if describes a hypothetical situation .
Now, when you're talking about the third conditional it's an unreal ,
it's an impossible situation, because you can't change it anymore .

So we start with 'if then the past perfect, which we learnt last lesson ,
then we use 'would' which we also use in the second conditional ,
followed by 'have' the infinitive, and then followed by the past participle ,
so let's see how that works.
'lf l hadn't gone' past perfect 'to the party ,
l would have gone to bed early' ok?
So, l went to the party and l didn't go to the bed early ,
so the consequence is 'lf l hadn't gone to the party ,
l would have gone to bed early', but l didn't go to bed early, ok ?
So, what was the consequence of that?
Now, imagine, l drank a lot of wine and l had a terrible headache ,
and you think 'regret!', 'lf l hadn't drunk' past perfect negative ,
'lf l hadn't drunk so much wine,
l wouldn't have had such a bad headache yesterday' ,
now that's difficult, look at that.
'Wouldn't have' negative 'wouldn't have' plus the past participle
of the verb 'have' so 'l wouldn't have had'. Now, this is not easy ,
it will take time for you to use fluently, you have to keep practising it ,
practise it in the toilet in the bath,
when you're walking down the street, ok?
Another example, now 'l didn't set the alarm so l woke up late' ,
'lf l had remembered to set the alarm,
l wouldn't have woken' past participle 'up late' ,

'lf l had remembered to set the alarm, l wouldn't have woken up late' .
Seems difficult, doesn't it? Takes practice, another example ,
l missed the bus, l didn't get up, the bus went without me ,
so third conditional 'lf l had got up earlier, l would have caught' catch ,
caught, caught 'the bus'.
'lf l had got up earlier, l would have caught the bus' .
lmpossible situation, can't change it.
'lf l hadn't been late for work,' because l missed the bus so
l was late for work 'my boss wouldn't have been so annoyed' .
'Wouldn't have been' you notice 'be' in the past participle 'been so annoyed' .
And the last one. Well, we lost the contract because
l went to the party, l drank too much wine
and l missed the bus, everything was late.
So 'lf l hadn't gone to that party, we wouldn't have lost' lose, lost ,
lost 'the contract', 'lf l hadn't gone to that party ,
we wouldn't have lost the contract' ok?
Terrible consequences of my irresponsible behaviour !
So, that's the third conditional, please don't worry ,
it is difficult, probably one of the most difficult things in the language ,
and it takes time to get fluent in it. But just keep practising ,
just take a phrase and say it to yourself often,
like 'lf l hadn't done that' or 'lf l had studied more ,
l would have passed the exam',

as an example 'lf l had studied more,

l would have passed the exam' alright?
So happy practising, bye!
Hi Sarah, do you have a minute that l'd like to talk ?
Sure...
Well... l'd like to apologize for the other evening .
l swear l didn't do it on purpose.
l didn't know anything about what had happened at the bar .
Ok, l'll forgive you this time!
Great! Im glad we've cleared up that misunderstanding .
So tell me, how did the fire start?
l don't really know!
The lighting system had been checked two days earlier
by the electrician. And the sprinkler system was working fine too .
lt had just been installed. But it didn't work!
How's that possible?
l don't really know.
Someone must have thrown a cigarette
on the curtains which caught fire straight away.
The whole pub burned down in a few hours.
The fire brigade couldn't save the place. lt all went up in flames .
l wish l'd been more careful... l wish l'd checked
everything more carefully...

But it's not your fault Sarah!

How could you have prevented the fire?
Come on, you've got to pull yourself out of this !
You can't spend your whole life thinking about your problems !
You used to be such a funny person...
Life changes us Mike. We've all changed since our university days .
Sure! But l'd like to help you find your old enthusiasm again .
Tell me, how can l possibly help?
Well... Im not sure... You're embarrassing me !
You shouldn't feel embarrassed, not with me,
we've always trusted each other... no? What time is it ?
Four fifteen...
Oh no! The match... lt's already started!
You know Mike, we were talking just then.
l know, l know! We'll continue our conversation later !
l've really got to watch the game now! lt's a great match .
Chelsea against Manchester United!
You know that doesn't interest me in the slightest!
You haven't changed, Mike! All you think about is football ,
football is the only important thing in your life!
You're exaggerating now Sarah!
And you don't understand anything! All you care about is football !
Maybe if l wore a Manchester United shirt, you'd pay me more attention !

What did you say?

'l'd like to tell you l love you,
but Im afraid of being wrong with you...
Beautiful girl with brown eyes, dusting away my heart sighs'.. .
Oh no Paolo! That's all l needed... is you with your stupid guitar !
l've had enough, Im going to my room.
What's wrong with her? l don't think my song's that bad !
What do you think Mike?
'l'd like to tell you l love you'...
Paolo! Can l watch the game in peace and quiet !
'l'd like to tell you
l love you...'
That's enough, Im going to watch this somewhere else .
l can't believe it! They're all mad here!
...'l'd like to tell you
l love you,
but Im afraid of being wrong with you.
Beautiful girl with brown eyes, dusting away my heart sighs!'
Anne! At last someone who appreciates my talent !
l knew you were an expert music!
But... That song Paolo... What does it mean ?
l wrote it. Thanks to Mike that gave me the inspiration.
Do you like it?

Oh, no! Mike?! That's not possible! l don't believe it !

Unbelievable! They're all mad in this house!
'... Beautiful girl with brown eyes, dusting away my heart sighs!'
Hello again and welcome back for some more English language ,
and this lesson is a continuation of what we started
in the last lesson where we learned the third conditional :
'lf l had known, l wouldn't have gone'
where we are expressing a form of regret,
and in fact in this lesson l want to show you another form of regret ,
which is very common in English,
and in the last episode you had a very good example of poor Sarah ,
who is expressing her regrets. She said 'l wish l had been more careful' ,
'l wish l had checked everything more carefully',
you know when the pub burnt down?
So she starts the sentence with 'l wish' and that's her desire .
A desire that she would like to have fulfilled, it's too late .
So, we use 'wish' to express desires like that, let me give you an example
in the present tense, l can say 'Im fat'
and l have a desire which is to become thinner ,
so l would say 'l wish l were thinner'.
Let's look at the screen and l'll help you with this
because we can use wish in the present and also in the past ,
so the grammar form changes.

Let's first look at how we use it in the present.

l say 'Im fat', 'Im overeight', alright ?
So my wish is 'l wish l were thinner', now this is very interesting ,
because it's an example of the subjunctive in English ,
now the subjunctive has disappeared from the language,
but only in this case do we use it, we don't say 'l wish l was'
but 'l wish l were thinner' ok? So, an important exception that .
Another example is, l don't know how to cook and l have a desire ,
a wish to change that, so l could say 'l wish l knew how to cook' ,
notice that the verb 'know' goes into the past, simple past .
'l wish l knew how to cook'.
She can't speak another language, so,
the girl can't speak another language, she has a desire, she says
'She wishes she could speak another language' so in the present
'she wishes', l wish, you wish, he wishes,
'she could' in the simple past, alright? 'She wishes she could' ,
so that is a present desire that you have.
lf, in the case of Sarah, your desire is in the past ,
which often becomes then a regret, the grammatical form changes ,
have a look, 'l didn't buy that car' now imagine, you see a car ,
it's a bit like my house, you see a car
and you don't buy it, and then you regret it.
You think 'l wish' in the present 'l had bought' .

Now, you remember the past perfect,

we looked at it in the two previous lessons, here it is again ,
'l wish l had bought', we contract it and it becomes 'l'd' ok ?
Now be careful because 'l'd' when it's contracted in English could be
'l would' or 'l had'. Now 'would' would never be followed
by the past participle, so you can tell if it's 'had'
because the past participle follows, alright? So 'l wish l 'd bought' ,
'l wish l 'd bought it' alright?
Another example: she spent so much money last year ,
and now she's got problems, so
'She wishes she hadn't spent so much money' alright? Past perfect .
He didn't come to the performance, that's the situation ,
his desire in the past 'He wishes he'd come to the performance'
or l could say 'l wish he'd come to the performance' alright ?
One more, we lost the tickets, 'They wish they hadn't lost the tickets' ok ?
So, that is an important verb 'wish', it's important
because often we want to express our desires both in the present
'l wish l were thinner' and also in the past
'l wish l had studied more languages' alright?
So, when you want to use 'wish' think, is it present? ls it past ?
And then choose the correct grammar form, great !
So, l wish l had met you earlier,
we could have done a lot of language together,

but l look forard to seeing you next lesson, ok? Bye .

Good morning and welcome
to this week's edition of 'Music World'.. .
And welcome to Tony Moore, our music expert!
Hello Lucy and good morning to all our music fans.
Well Tony, on May 16th 2oo6 a Stradivari violin was sold at auction
in New York for three and a half million dollars.
The 'Christian Hammer' violin as it's called,
had become the world's most expensive musical instrument .
So, why is this violin so special?
Well, this violin was made in 1 7o7 by Antonio Stradivari
in the family workshop in Cremona near Milan in northern ltaly .
The years 1 7oo to 1 72o are called Stradivari's 'Golden Period'
because of the exceptional sound quality
of the instruments he made during this time .
So, why is the sound quality so good?
Good question Lucy! During this period Stradivari came up
with some tiny improvements to the shape of the violin .
Experts think that these changes to the shape of the violin ,
particularly to the shape of the 'belly' and backplate, may, in part ,
be responsible for their incredible sound quality .
So, it's the shape of the violins that makes them so sought after
by the world's best musicians?

Yes, but not only the shape!

You know the wood Stradivari used to make his violins
may have been stored underater
in the Venice lagoon before he bought it.
lt's thought this may have damaged the wood slightly
and may in part be responsible for the special sound .
So the shape and wood, that was stored in the lagoon
in Venice, is why Stradivari violins are so special .
Well, actually there are one or two other possible explanations.. .
Tell us more!
Some music historians say that the varnish Stradivari used
may be behind the exceptional sound quality,
others say the secret is in the glue he used .
And two American scientists have recently suggested
that the quality of these violins is due to the cold weather experienced
in Europe during the period when the violins were made .
Cold weather and wonderful violins,
l don't see the connection Tony!
Well, you see Lucy, the colder weather resulted
in trees growing more slowly.
The wood from these trees was denser than normal
and makes a better sound when it's used for making violins .
lnteresting... l can see now that everything's perfect
about these violins.

By the way, who bought the 'Christian Hammer' violin ?

We don't know, actually.
The buyer remained anonymous;
he or she is probably a private collector .
And what do you think the new owner will do with
this wonderful instrument?
Well, music lovers are hoping that the owner will allow
the world's best violinists
to play the instrument at concerts around the world.
This has already happened in the past, with this violin too .
lt's previous owner allowed Yuhudi Menuin to play
the 'Christian Hammer' 15 times.
So we'll be able to listen to its glorious sound again!
Well, Tony thanks for a fascinating programme.
Goodbye.
Goodbye, and of course goodbye to all music lovers .
We'll meet again soon for another edition of 'Music World' .
Wow! l never thought a violin could be so expensive !
Of course we're talking about a very special violin .
The violin is what we call a string instrument.
A violinist is a musician who plays the violin
and he or she uses a bow.
A bow is a long wooden rod with horsehairs used

for playing string instruments.

The violin we spoke about today was sold at an auction
for a lot of money!
An auction is a public sale, a place where people bid against
each other to buy something.
'To bid' means to offer a price.
You can buy almost anything at an auction;
houses, furniture, paintings, instruments.
The buyer of this Stradivari violin remained anonymous.
'To remain anonymous' means to keep your identity secret .
The owner of the Stradivari is probably a private collector .
A private collector is a person who collects things
for their own enjoyment.
The Stradivari was made in a workshop.
A workshop is a place where craftsmen make things .
A craftsman is like an artisan.
Well, as we heard it's a violin with incredible sound quality ,
the quality of the sound is excellent.
One reason could be its shape.
The shape of something is its physical form .
The belly of the violin is the part under the strings .
We also have bellies, your belly is this part of our body .
And the backplate of the violin is the part at the back .

Again, we also have backs, your back is this part of your body .
So, it's one of the most sought after instruments in the world .
lf something is 'sought after' it means many people would
like to have it.
Well, l'd like to have the $3.5 million!! !
That's all we have time for this week;
take care and l'll see you again soon!
Good morning, welcome to this week's edition of 'Climate Change' .
ln the studio with me is our expert Susan Ferley .
Hello Eric and good morning everyone.
Well Susan, let's talk about the weather in Scotland today !
You know, Im planning to visit the west coast this summer
and l really don't know what kind of clothes to take with me .
lt's cold there, isn't it?
Not really... Take your swimming costume,
a beach towel and some sun tan cream.
You're joking, aren't you?
Not at all! The west coast of Scotland has beautiful islands
and lochs and gardens full of tropical plants.
Really?
Yes, they're full of tropical plants!
Tropical plants in Scotland? How is that possible?
lt's thanks to the Gulf Stream.

You know, it's one of the world's most important ocean currents .
lt carries large amounts of warm seawater from the Caribbean Sea
to the north-west of Europe.
This warm water brings about an increase in the temperature here
of about 9 degrees centigrade.
Without it the weather in Great Britain would be a lot colder !
l thought it was cold!
So the west coast of Scotland is a 'tropical paradise' ?
That's fantastic!
Well, let's not exaggerate! There are tropical plants
but it's not exactly like the Caribbean;
though the winters are very mild here.
At least they are for the moment!
Since 195o scientists have noticed that the flows of cold water
in the North Atlantic, that are associated with the Gulf Stream ,
have decreased by 2o% .
We're not talking about the Gulf Stream here
but this change could slow down the Gulf Stream itself .
What's behind this change in the North Atlantic ?
Well, the water in the world's oceans and
seas is constantly moving.
The speed and direction of these movements of water
are controlled by different factors such as the shape
of the ocean floor, the salinity of the water and the earth's rotation .

Well, scientists have noticed that the ice sheets of the North Pole and
Greenland are melting due to the greenhouse effect .
This is reducing the salinity of the water in the North Atlantic
and is reducing the flows of cold water
that help the Gulf Stream bring warm water to western Europe .
So, are you saying that the seawater and the temperature
in Great Britain could become colder?
Yes, this has already happened in the past.
Scientists have discovered that the Gulf Stream slowed down
or maybe even stopped completely about 1 1 ,ooo years ago .
This brought about a fall in the temperatures
in northern Europe of 5 degrees.
And could the same things happen again now?
Yes, scientists fear that a knock-on effect of the salinity reduction may
be the slowing down of the Gulf Stream again.
And what would the effects of this be?
The worst predictions suggest there could be
a new ice age in Great Britain.
Wow, that sounds frightening!
Well, perhaps Great Britain will become a new centre
for the winter sports.
Perhaps the Winter Olympic Games will take place in Scotland.. .
We'll have to wait and see! Thanks to Susan Ferley .
Goodbye Eric!

Goodbye Susan... And goodbye everyone.

Well, apparently l should take my swimming costume,
and beach towel and some sun tan cream to Scotland !
A swimming costume is what we wear to go swimming.
A towel is what we use to dry ourselves and a beach towel
is a big towel for the beach.
Sun tan cream, sometimes called sun tan lotion ,
is the cream we use to protect ourselves from the sun .
l thought Scotland was a cold country but actually
the winters are even very mild!
'Mild' means not very cold.
Susan explained that this is thanks to the Gulf Stream ,
which is an important ocean current.
An ocean current is a movement of seawater .
Seawater is a compound noun that means the water of the sea .
The Gulf Stream brings warm seawater from the Caribbean and
this brings about an increase in temperature.
'To bring about' is a phrasal verb,
it means to make something happen.
But the flows of cold water have decreased.
When water moves, we say 'it flows', so a flow of cold water
is the movement of cold water.
The Gulf Stream could slow down.

'To slow down' means to become slower .

What is behind these changes? This means:
what is the reason for these changes?
Well, the ice sheets in the North Pole are melting .
An ice sheet is a layer of ice, also a compound noun .
When ice melts it becomes water.
This is reducing the salinity of the water .
The salinity is the amount of salt it contains .
lt is also reducing the flows of cold water that helps the Gulf Stream
bring warm water to Europe.
This could bring about a fall in temperature.
A fall is a decrease.
We call this a knock-on effect.
A knock-on effect is an effect of an effect of something happening .
We've run out of time again so l'll say goodbye, see you soon !
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
watch the subtitles carefully
because the language points that we've studied together
are highlighted, alright?
Enjoy your viewing!
Hi and welcome back to 'English today'.
This is DVD sixteen and the fourth DVD of your upper intermediate level .
And in this DVD we'll begin with another two episodes of our story

'That's life!', followed by our special TV programmes

where our music expert will be talking about
the world's most expensive violin.
And then our weather expert will be looking at the possibility
of a new ice age in England.
Then in the grammar section we'll learn how to use
the third conditional form in English which is not easy .
And then we'll be looking at how to make sentences
using the verb 'wish' to express a regret.
So, enjoy yourselves.

English Today DVD 17-Eng

Sub

l knew it! lt couldn't have been different...

Watch out! Did you hurt yourself?
You should watch where you're going.
Oh no! Im used to walking into things.
You know Im a bit absent minded.
When l was a kid l was always falling over.
l was always covered in bruises.
Excuse me now... The first full moon of the summer !
Just wonderful!
What's the full moon got to do with anything?

Come on, please, tell me what you're reading.. .

lt's just a beautiful love story full of passion.
lt's a love story between a young lady of the nobility and a farmer .
The girl's father wants her to marry a lord
and is against the relationship.
So he arranges to have the young farmer kidnapped
and locked away in a secret room to die of hunger and thirst .
What a sad story... lsn't it rather depressing ?
Well, wait a minute, l haven't finished.
The kidnapping happened
on the first full moon of the summer, just a moment
before the two lovers had arranged to meet .
Legend says that every year on that night
the young girl returns to look for her lover!
Do you see?!
What should l see? lt's a legend!
Don't tell me l should believe in such a stupid thing !
Well, on the contrary, l think you should!
This is the interesting part!
This love story took place here, in this house !
And tonight there's the first full moon of the summer !
This is so exciting!
l know this holiday would bring some pleasant surprises !

You must be mad!

By the way, where on earth did you find that book ?
Up in the attic!
lt must have been written by one of Paolo's ancestors!
lf l'd known that room contained some treasures like this book ,
l've locked myself in there for the whole holiday !
You shouldn't go noseying around everywhere, Michelle !
And you should leave me alone then,
Im going to get the others together now.
We'll devise a plan for tonight,
so we can look for the young girl's ghost.
Hey Sarah! Look a flip!
Hello!?
Hello!
Im glad you're here.
We've been here since noon.
l've made an incredible discovery!
What's this about?
Well... According to Michelle this house is home
to the spirit of a young girl.
And this young girl is going to appear to us tonight as a ghost.. .
Don't make fun! lt's true, l red it in the book l found at home .
And, l can feel it too, there's a strange atmosphere, almost surreal !

l think the only strange thing here is you!

That's exactly what l said!
Enough of that! Listen to me! This is the plan for tonight :
when the moon's high in the sky we'll get some candles
and go and look for the ghost.
Paolo, didn't you know anything about this story?
Well, my grandfather did tell me something about it .
When l was a boy l used to go looking for spirits with my cousins .
Didn't you feel frightened?
No, it was a great fun!
Sure... Everyone knows ghosts don't exist.
You're wrong there! One night we heard some strange noises.. .
Someone was shouting! We were so scared! We ran to our rooms ,
my youngest cousin cried for two days; he was so terrified .
What rubbish! l think you've just invented the whole story !
Stop arguing! Paolo and l are going to look for the ghost tonight .
Sandra, are you coming with us?
l don't really believe in these things but if you're both going... Well.. .
Why not? lt'll be a bit of change from the other evenings .
And, by the way, Im quite curious to find out whether this
ghost really exists or not.
Sarah, are you coming with us?
Oh no! l don't believe in spirits and l don't do such stupid things .

l'll just stay in my room and read.

Come on Sarah, don't be the usual spoilsport! Come with us !
You'll see, it'll be fun!
Don't insist! l said no!
That damn pub!
She wouldn't be like this if it hadn't burned down !
l know, you're right! Let's try not to let her problems get us down !
Sandra, can you call Mike and Anne
and we'll tell them what's the plan for tonight !
'Ghost hunting under a full moon'.
Hi everyone and welcome back for another lesson .
Now, as you've been watching our story 'That's life!' ,
you've probably noticed that there are different 'Englishes' ,
different accents like British English, American English,
Australian English?
Now you can often notice that from the accent ,
but we don't only notice the difference from the accent ,
there are also differences in vocabulary,
and this is something that l want to look at with you now ,
especially between British English and American English .
So we'll look at the screen and you can see the words written ,
because British English and American English,
when l meet, for example, an American person

l usually don't have any problems understanding but occasionally.. .

Let me tell you this story: an American said to me once ,
he said 'Do you have a mousse?'.
And l didn't know what to answer, he said 'Do you have a mousse?' .
Now in the English language 'a mousse'
is either the dessert that you eat at the end of a meal ,
like chocolate mousse, or it's the animal (moose)
with antlers that you see in Canada, so,
none of those things were appropriate for the situation that we were in .
So l had to say 'Sorry what do you mean by mousse?' ,
and for him the mousse was a mattress,
you know, part of the bed where you sleep on,
a mousse was a mattress.
l was just flabbergasted, l could never have guessed
that a mousse was a mattress.
So let me show you or introduce you,
maybe you know some of these already ,
especially if you watch the cinema a lot,
some of the difference in terminologies
and vocabulary between American and English, alright ?
Now, look at the screen.
ln British English we talk about living in a 'flat' which is
a small house, in the condominium,

so that's a 'flat' but the Americans tend to call that an 'apartment' ,

alright?
Then we in England have 'gardens' which are often attached
to our houses, or our flats,
but in America they call that a 'yard' alright?
A 'yard' so 'in my backyard' you often hear.
Then when you have rubbish in England
we put the rubbish in a 'rubbish bin' but in American ,
in America rubbish is garbage so they put their rubbish
in a 'garbage can', so 'rubbish bin', 'garbage can' .
lf l say in British English 'Im going to town' the Americans will say
'Im going downtown', 'Im going downtown'.
ln England walking along the streets,
the part beside the street itself, beside the road ,
is called a 'pavement' but in America that is called a 'sidewalk' .
'Pavement', 'sidewalk'.
We put our cars in the 'car park'
but in America they call a 'car park' a 'parking lot' ok ?
'Parking lot'. We, in Britain, we drive on 'motorays'
whereas in America you will hear the word 'freeway'
or 'highway' or even 'superhighway', alright ?
So 'motoray' in Britain, 'freeway', 'highway' in America .
Then when all the roads come together,

we call that in English a 'junction'

but the Americans call it an 'intersection', 'junction', 'intersection' .
When we are travelling in our cars we go and we buy 'petrol' ,
the Americans buy 'gas' or 'gasoline'.
For us 'gas' is a liquid air, so 'gas',
'gasoline' in British English is 'petrol', ok ?
Then in England we go to the 'cinema'
in America they prefer often to use 'movies', go to the movies .
Then for example if you go to a theatre
and you want to go to the 'wardrobe', for example ,
and leave your coats etcetera,
very often in America that is called the 'closet' ,
so 'wardrobe', 'closet'.
Then if you're in a restaurant, to begin with ,
we in England have a 'starter' the Americans have an 'appetizer' .
And, this is very interesting, we...
When you take potatoes and you fry them,
and for example, you have it with steak,
in English those are called 'chips', the Americans use 'french fries' .
Now, in English, when you have a bag,
for example at a party if you're having an aperitif ,
we often have nuts, and what we call 'crisps',
now 'crisps' are very thin pieces of potato ,

chopped up very finely and then cooked usually

in hot oil and put in plastic bags.
Now we call those 'crisps'
but the Americans call them 'potato chips' so it's very confusing ,
for us 'chips' is what you have with steak,
and the 'crisps' are the things that you have in a bag, alright ?
And one more thing, in Britain we talk about summer ,
winter, spring, and autumn, but often in American English
you will hear 'autumn' referred to as 'fall'.
So those are just a few examples of the difference between British
English and American English, but keep noticing the differences when
you're, especially, when you're watching films because it really
is very interesting, and it will help you in preparation
for when you go to both countries, alright ?
So, good to see you again and l look forard to seeing you again
in the next lesson, bye!
So, this is the abbandoned wing...
Yes...
l should never got involved in this charade!
l still can't believe you persuaded me to come along .
Come on, Anne, you'll have fun! You won't regret .
Can anyone tell me exactly what it is we're looking for ?
Mike! Do you ever listen when people talk to you?
We're looking for the ghost of a young girl. Legend says that when

the full moon's high in the sky she returns here to look
for her young lover. She walks up and down the secret spot
where she used to meet him.
And where is this secret spot??
Well, we don't know, but Paolo told me that last year he'd heard
strange sounds coming from this house. We can start from here .
Where 'here'? How can we possibly if we can't see anything in the dark? !
Don't worry! l know this place very well!
Ok silence! Otherise we are not going to hear anything !
Did anyone ask Sarah if she wanted to come along with us ?
Of course we did. She isn't interested.. .
She doesn't believe in ghosts.
You still should have insisted.
lt's not nice to leave her by herself at night...
Can we please start searching again?
Ahh! Help, there's somebody here!
l don't see anything! Are you sure?
Someone touched me on my shoulder!
Yes Im sure!
They squeezed my shoulder.
lt's me!
What an idiot! Paolo!
Ok! Now that we've solved that mystery,

silence everyone and let's continue!

To be honest, this place is kind of...
Creepy?
Creepy, yes!
Guys, guys wait for us!
Please!
Who's come to disturb my eternal sleep? ?
Oh crikey!! Im not feeling very well! l think Im going to faint !
Shut up! Now... We... we read about you.
And we... we want to get to know you!
l don't like intruders!
Do you know what happens to the people who cross my path ?
What... what happens?
A horrible death!
You must choose between being burnt alive or being eaten by wolves .
Oh, my God! Listen Miss Lady ghost,
l think there must be some misunderstanding here .
We're all going to leave now,
and let you look for your lover in peace and quiet.
Right everyone?
Don't move an inch! lt's too late.
Your fate has been decided.
l beg you, please don't kill us... l didn't even want to come !

They forced me to come with them!

Be quiet!
Now, all of you close your eyes and put your hands up in the air .
And now... Ah! Ah! Ah!
Sarah!
So you were the ghost?!
Yes! l was in my room
reading when l thought of dressing up
and scaring all of you.
And l must admit it was worth it!
You don't know how funny you all looked.
Your faces white with fear and your voices pleading for mercy.. .
l've never had so much fun!
Yes, but you gave us all a big shock!
Yes, but if it's made the old Sarah come back ,
then long live ghosts!
Do you believe in ghosts? l do.
You know, once when l was teaching in England l was in a mansion ,
a beautiful old house in the country, and they told me that every day ,
in one of the rooms in a mansion there was a breeze
which passed through the room, every afternoon
at four o'clock. And they said it was a friendly ghost.
A she, a woman, who haunted the house,

every day she passed through the room at four o'clock on the dot .
l believe in ghosts.
They're all in Scotland and Britain l think, in general .
Now, l want to do something with you in this lesson ,
related to English adjectives, if you look at this bag ,
if you want to describe this bag, you could say it's big ,
you could say it's brown, it's useful, it's casual .
So these are a few adjectives which you could use to describe the bag .
Now the problem is, if you want to use more than one
or two adjectives before the noun, how do you order them ?
Do you say 'it's a big, casual, useful, brown bag' ?
Or 'it's a brown, big, casual, useful bag'?
That's the problem. Well, in English there is an order, a specific order ,
which we now are going to look at on the screen together ,
so that you can decide every time you're using adjectives ,
what order to put them in.
Let's take the bag, so look at the screen,
the first adjective that we would say is the adjective of opinion .
So, adjectives of opinion are for example ,
'interesting, boring, fascinating' in this case 'useful', ok ?
Or even 'casual'. Then we talk about the dimension or the size ,
so it could be 'big, small, thin, thick', in this case the bag is 'big' .
After we talk about the age, is it 'new', is it 'modern', is it 'ancient' ,

is it 'old'? And l think we could say about this that it's a 'new' ,
more or less, a new bag.
So, so far, we have a 'useful, big, new bag' .
Then we talk about the shape. This bag is 'square', it could be 'oval' ,
it could be 'round'. So you've got shape, then we talk about the colour ,
for example 'pink, blue, light green, brown' .
After that the origin, is it 'French'?
'English, American, ltalian', ok?
And then the material it's made of, if it's 'wooden ,
plastic, woollen, cotton' in this case.
So, if we want to describe this bag using all those adjectives ,
it would become this:
it's, opinion, 'a casual, big, new... follow the screen... new ,
square, brown, ltalian, cotton bag' ok!
Now, we don't usually put eight or nine adjectives before the noun ,
but if you do want to use three or four, then that's
the order which you follow.
And remember that in English all adjectives go before the noun ,
not after, because in some languages you can put adjectives
before the noun and adjectives after the noun.
However, in English the rule is: adjectives always before the noun, ok ?
Great! So that's the lesson about adjectives
and l'll see you very soon, bye!

Welcome to 'Cooking Today'! Hi, Lisa. Good to see you .

Good to see you again, Nancy.
Lisa, tell us what you're going to talk about this time .
l've chosen a letter in particular... l've received so many !
Here we are... lt comes from Lynn:
'Dear Lisa, you're the person l most admire in my life.. .
Please help me!
My husband has decided to invite his boss and wife for dinner ,
and l've no idea how to arrange a formal table setting!'
Husbands can be so insensitive.
Well, dear Lynn, you don't need bone china,
silverare or crystal to set an attractive table!
Where does one begin?
l'd start with a table covering.
The ideal tablecloth for formal dinners is a damask one ,
or a cloth with delicate embroidery.
Can it be placed over a bare table?
You'd better place a protective padded cloth underneath .
What do you think about place mats?
They're acceptable for every occasion except formal dinners !
And table runners, aren't they pretty?
They are, and very trendy nowadays,
since they come in a wide range of colours!

Now, tell us about napkins.

They're usually sold as a coordinated set with tablecloths .
She's not supposed to use paper napkins, l suppose .
Oh, it's considered a bit crass!
You can use paper napkins for picnics.
ls a napkins ring necessary?
Why not? ln the past each family member would have one,
either of wood or engraved silver.
Today they're available in many materials and styles.
Now... What about dinnerare?
l think that a set of one-colour dishes would be very smart .
Round plain plates, a side plate and serving dishes are perfect .
What about glassware?
The best for formal dinners is a long stemmed goblet
of medium height. Lynn will need a wine glass, a water glass
and a flute for champagne.
And cutlery? How do you arrange forks and knives ?
Forks are placed to the left of the plate,
spoons and knives to the right, with the blade facing the plate .
At the top of the plate you'd place dessert forks and spoons .
Of course, carving forks and knives
are necessary when serving roasts.
l see... How do you feel about centrepieces ?

Well, a basket filled with fresh flowers would smarten

the plainest of tables! You can also use candles .
lt's a real work of art!
Yes! And a pretty setting makes food taste better.
Thank you Lisa for this informative chat.
lt was a pleasure.
Now, let's see which terms Lisa used to talk about table setting .
First of all, she said there are different kinds of 'table coverings' ,
a 'tablecloth' is what we use to cover the table with during meals;
'place mats' are individual settings for more informal meals;
'table runners' are long and narrow pieces
of fabric which can hold several places.
A 'centrepiece' can be placed in the middle of the table ,
usually with fresh flowers, as decoration.
lf you want to protect your table from stains or heat ,
you'd better place a 'protective padded cloth' under the table cloth !
A 'napkin' is what we use to wipe our mouth with, while eating .
Today 'paper napkins' are rather convenient ,
but don't use them when Lisa is invited!
A 'napkin ring' is a ring of different materials, fabric ,
wood, silver, which allows people to identify
their personal napkin during family meals.
Now, let's go to 'dinnerare', or 'dinner service' ,

also called 'crockery': all 'plates', 'side plates'

or 'serving dishes' used for meals.
'Glassware' refers to glasses, that can be 'wine glasses' ,
'water glasses' or 'flutes' used to drink champagne .
A 'stemmed goblet' is a tall glass with a stem ,
used in formal dinners.
'Cutlery', commonly referred to as 'silverare' ,
refers to forks, spoons and knives.
'Serving forks' and 'spoons' are used to serve food
from the serving dish.
That's all for this time. See you again next week .
lt's the new frontier of retailing!
lt's revolutionised the way we do business
and it brings in customers from all over the world!
Of course Im talking about e-commerce.
Im Eric Brown and this is 'Let's talk',
the discussion programme with our commentators Tom and Marie .
Good evening everyone.
Good evening.
Well, what are your thoughts on e-commerce?
Do you buy things online?
Of course l do!
l always book low cost flights

and l also buy DVDs and books on the lnternet .

As most people do, l shop online not only for the convenience ,
but also to pay the lowest price possible on any given item .
l used to visit different websites to shop around
for the lowest price, but now that automatic comparison shopping
is possible my browser automatically shows me the prices
for the same DVD at different online stores on the web .
l can easily compare prices and choose which one to buy .
Marie, did you know that you're a typical online shopper ?
ln fact 52% of online shoppers buy books, 41 % buy leisure
and travel items, including holidays and flights,
and 4o% buy DVDs and CDs.
Well Eric, online shopping is very popular today .
ln the UK, for example, 48% of people regularly shop on the lnternet .
Did you know that economists put the value of online shopping
in the UK at $2.26 billion and that the e-retail market
is growing by 32% a year?
Actually, that doesn't surprise me!
E-commerce is having a huge impact on the way we do business .
lt's increasing markets, improving efficiency
and effectiveness and is transforming business processes .
Tom, why are you so quiet?
What do you think about e-commerce?

Well, to tell you the truth Im very sceptical about e-commerce ,

for many reasons...
Why exactly are you sceptical?
Well, let's start with the issue of security !
Credit card details can be stolen and it's possible
to order goods from bogus companies ,
ones that don't really exist.
There are also lots of scams to trick people
into handing over their login details for online banking;
and then their accounts are emptied.
So, according to you, buying things online is risky ?
Yes, also you can't be sure you'll get the goods you ordered
and if there's something wrong with them,
who pays for the goods to be returned? You do!
Tom, l agree with you but up to a certain point.
There are some problems with e-commerce,
but these problems aren't stopping people
from spending more and more online.
At the same time e-commerce has many advantages for business people .
Could you explain some of these advantages, Marie ?
Well, it's cheaper for a retailer to set up a website
than it is to rent a shop, fit it out and pay someone to work there .
Besides, a website has global reach, so customers

can come from all over the world.

Ok, ok! An interesting discussion
but Im afraid yet again we've run out of time!
Once again l like to thank our commentators.
-Thank you!
And goodbye to everyone;
and see you again next week for another edition of 'Let's talk' .
The topic today was e-commerce, electronic buying and selling .
More specifically we spoke about e-retailing and online shopping .
Retailing is the selling of goods directly to consumers .
Consumers are the people who buy goods.
'Online' means with the lnternet.
So online shopping is buying things on the lnternet .
The e-retail market, that is the selling of goods online, is growing .
Well, online shopping has its positive aspects and negative aspects .
Marie said you can find the lowest price
thanks to 'automatic comparison shopping'.
'Automatic comparison shopping' means your browser ,
the programme you use on the lnternet,
automatically shows you the prices of the same products
at different online stores.
An online store is a virtual shop on the web.
The web is another word for the lnternet.

With this kind of shopping you don't have to shop around .

'To shop around' means visit different shops to look for the lowest price .
lt's cheaper for retailers, people who sell goods to consumers ,
to set up a website than to fit out a shop .
'To set up a website' means to develop a website .
Notice how we say 'to fit out a shop',
this means to make a shop ready for use,
for example add shelves, lights, mirrors.
Tom, on the other hand, is sceptical about e-commerce .
This means he has doubts.
He says online shopping is a risk.
There are lots of bogus companies,
these are companies that don't really exist.
And lots of scams. A scam is a trick to steal money from people .
Again we have run out of time!
'To run out of something' means you have finished it .
So goodbye and see you again soon!
Now let's watch the whole episode together ,
watch the subtitles carefully
because the language points that we've studied together
are highlighted, alright?
Enjoy your viewing!
Hello again and welcome back to 'English today'.

This is DVD seventeen and the fifth DVD of your upper intermediate level .
And in this DVD we'll begin with another two episodes of our story
'That's life!', followed by our special TV programmes
where our culinary expert will be talking about how to set the table .
This will be followed by a discussion about e-commerce
and about doing business on the internet .
Then in the grammar section we'll study
how to position adjectives in the English sentence
and also look at some of the main differences between American
and British English, alright?
So, enjoy yourselves and enjoy your viewing.

English Today DVD 18-Eng

Sub

Hi Sarah, hi Sandra, what are you doing?

We're making some sandwiches for today's drive in the country .
What drive?
Hasn't Paolo told you about the trip?
Today he wants to take us to visit an old farmhouse in the country .
lt's supposed to be very beautiful, a perfect example of rural architecture .
That's right! l remember now.
Paolo told us it was built by some rich ltalian-American.
A really eccentric character, a friend of his mother's .

Ok girls, is everything ready?

We've almost finished.
What a wonderful smell... They look and smell great !
Keep your hands to yourself!
No one's touching these delicacies now.. .
You'll be able to taste them later when we have our picnic .
Paolo... About this outing, where is the farmhouse ?
ln the countryside about 2o kilometres from here .
And is it true that it's incredibly beautiful and that it belongs
to an ltalian-American?
Yes! But it was designed by a Dutch architect .
And it was built in the style
of an eighteenth century Tuscan farmhouse... right ?
Right! Believe me, it's a jewel.
l didn't know you were so interested in architecture!
My dear ladies, there are so many things that you don't know about me.. .
As well as music l have many other passions!
Im full of surprises...
No-one doubts that, Paolo.
So, tell me more about this house. lt's fascinating .
You're right, and you have to see the garden,
it's a haven of peace and tranquillity!
What sort of plants are there?

Thousands! Big old trees, grape vines,

olive groves and many types of roses. And it's huge .
There are eight gardeners!
Really?! So many?
lt's a lovely spot.
My mother used to take me there a lot .
l loved to lying under the oak trees.
lt gave me a sense of peace.
That's where l gave my first kiss...
Wow! Who would have thought that our Paolo was so romantic!
Are you making fun of me?
Definitely not!
l bet this enchanted house has been
the source of most of your musical inspiration.
How did you know that?
Considering that it doesn't take much to inspire you.. .
l can imagine what a paradise can do...
Hi! Sorry to made you wait,
Paolo was just telling us about the garden.
Ok... Let's go! l can't wait to see this place !
Do you know where Mike and Michelle are?
They should be here by now.
Michelle went out for her morning jog earlier,

she should be back by now so she's probably having a shower .

Mike's in his room watching a football match.
What a surprise.
Ok, l'll go and give them a shout.
Sarah, have you got the camera?
Oh no, l left it in my room.
Why don't you go and get it,
we should be able to take some lovely photos today, right ?
You're right! l'll go and get it!
Well, it's good to see Sarah's back to her old self again, isn't it Paolo ?
l knew that being all together would be good for her .
Ok, let's check we've got everything. Sandwiches ?
Got them!
Drinks?
Got them too!
Ok... l think we have everything ,
l feel like l've forgotten something.
No, we haven't forgotten anything!
Oh no, wait a minute, just a minute! My guitar!
Oh no! Paolo, not the guitar!
Just for today... We said it'd be a calm and relaxing day !
What could be more relaxing than the sweet melodies of my guitar ?
Hi again and good to see you. Now, in that last episode

they were talking about an old farmhouse in the country ,

and describing it and they were using some interesting language
which l want to teach you now,
let me give some examples of what they said.
Sandra said that the place was... the farmhouse ,
was built by a rich ltalian-American 'was built by'.
Now that grammatical form is called 'the passive' .
We're going to study that now, but other examples .
Paolo said 'yes, it was designed by a Dutch architect' ,
'it was designed', he said 'it's built' ,
it is built in the style of an eighteenth century Tuscan farmhouse .
The passive, that's what l want to look at with you now .
We'll go to the screen so that you can see how the construction works .
lt is actually quite simple,
because you need to take the verb 'to be' in the necessary tense ,
whether it's past, present or future, and then you add the past participle ,
of the main verb, ok?
So, that is the grammatical form.
When do we use the passive?
We use the passive when it's more important
the action which is happening and not the person doing it ,
let me give you example and try to make it clearer.
Look at the screen now, we can combine the things .

This is a magazine, now, l want to talk about the magazine in the present ,
and there are various things that l can say .
For example, 'this magazine is published in the United Kingdom' ,
'is published' the verb 'to be' plus the past participle .
Other things that we can say about it, 'the articles are written' ,
'are written by top writers'.
Now, notice that if you want to actually mention
the people doing the object, the action, you use 'by' ,
so 'these articles are written by top writers', ok ?
Top journalists. Another example, 'it's delivered worldwide' ,
'it's delivered worldwide', there again we don't know by who ,
but it's not important in this case, it's the action which is important .
So that's in the present, using the verb 'to be' in the present form 'is', 'are' .
Let's move on to the past tense now and take these shoes .
We can say about these shoes, 'these shoes were made in ltaly', ok ?
'These shoes were made', notice that the verb 'to be' is in the past
and it's plural because it's two shoes,
so not 'was made' but 'were made',
'these shoes were made in ltaly'. The other examples are
'they were designed by a top designer'
and 'only a limited number were produced'.
Alright, so the verb 'to be' plus the past participle .
Then if you think about the future, you can put the verb 'to be'

in the future, and let's think about a film that has some prospective
that is going to be made in the future.
Let's look at how we use that in the passive form :
'the film is going to be set in America' now that's a bit more complicated ,
the verb 'to be' goes into the future, but it's an intentional future ,
so it becomes 'the film is going to be set', means filmed, 'in Russia' .
'lt's going to be directed by Spike Lee' now, here the information
'Spike Lee' is important so we add 'by' ,
'it's going to be directed by Spike Lee'
and 'it's going to be released next summer' ,
released, taken to the cinemas, next summer .
So that's the passive form, as you can see, if you know the verb 'to be'
very well in all the different tenses, past, present and future ,
it's not difficult, and it's actually not different in English
to many other languages, alright?
So, that's the passive, see you again next lesson, bye .
So it's time to leave.
What a shame!
You're right. This week has just flown by.
l've had such a...
l've had a great time. l hope to see everyone again.. .
l hope to see you again very soon...
Listen Mike, about that, l want to clear up a few things with you.. .

Well, a few days after we arrived l happened to hear Paolo's song.. .

l knew it was about us two.
And... Well... You know what l mean... right?
Of course!
Well, after finding out about this 'thing',
l realised that l needed to talk with you straight away ,
but l didn't have the courage.
We've known each other for a long time.
l've always thought a lot of you and...
Oh God, l don't know how to tell you this Mike !
Come on Anne, don't be shy !
lt's not easy to say certain things... You know what it's like.. .
Put yourself in my shoes!
You don't need to tell me this!
For years l've been trying to...
But maybe...
As we've come this far...
We don't need words anymore.
No, what are you doing?! Have you gone crazy?
But... l thought that... that you too...
That l what?
l was trying to tell you that l really like you ,
that you're a true friend, only a true friend nothing more !

What an idiot l am!

For a moment l thought you felt interest for me.
Im sorry Mike, l didn't want to upset you!
The truth is that there's somone else in my heart !
l know!
Don't worry!
Let's pretend nothing's happened, ok?
Ok!
Friends? Like before?
Of course... And no hard feelings!
Ok, fine, l'll just go and finish packing.
See you in a bit.
So, it's not true you were only interested in football and nothing else ?
What are you trying to say?
Don't play the fool with me Mike.
l understand lots of things now!
Like the time l told you l loved you! Do you remember ?
At that time we were always together
and l thought there was more between us than just simple friendship !
Come on Sarah, not that old story again!
l mean, there's no point in going over all that again .
Well, l think it's time to put a few things straight once and for all .
At that time you told me you weren't in love with me

and that you didn't want to deceive me!

l felt rejected and thought that football was to blame.
l thought that football was the only passion in your life. But now.. .
Now what?
Stop it, Mike! l saw you here just now with Anne.
Wait a minute Sarah, let me explain things...
You don't need to explain!
Im not angry! ln fact you... all of you have helped me
a lot in the past few days.
Im at peace with myself again, and this is really important.. .
And to be honest Im glad to have found out that
the true reason for your refusal was another woman and not football !
l think of you more than any sport, Sarah !
Guys! lt's late!
Im Sorry, l was packing.
So, it's time to say goodbye already!
l hate goodbyes...
Always the sentimental one!
Anyway, we'll be meeting up again soon, right ?
l've some good news. l've decided to open up a new bar .
And you're all officially invited to the opening party !
l think Im going to call it 'College' in honour of all of you !
Fantastic!

And as for the music in your new bar...

Here l am!
With my guitar of course!
You know you're always welcome to come
to this house! l'll be waiting for you all
next year for another wonderful holiday together...
ln memory of the good old days!
'Friends leave but they'll be back soon ,
l sing and wait for next year's reunion.'
Hi again! Anne said 'And so it's time to leave, what a shame!' .
But it's true isn't it?
lt's great to have a reunion with good friends
but it's also sad to say goodbye to them, and she said
'What a shame', do you know what that means ?
lt's like saying 'What a pity', 'What a pity',
'What a shame' are the same meaning,
and it means that you are expressing sadness about something ,
and with that phrase l want to take you into socializing again
and to look at a few more phrases to help you
when you're travelling around the world socializing
with English language speaking people.
'What a shame' is an example, it's a useful form of socializing .
So, let's look at some examples,

imagine that you receive some good news,

or a friend of yours receives some good news ,
what do you say to your friends when they receive good news in English ?
Yeah 'Congratulations!' or 'Im very happy for you!' ,
'Im very happy for you!' ok? lf you receive the opposite ,
if you receive bad news, what do you say?
Yeah in English we say 'Im sorry to hear that' ,
'Im sorry to hear that' ok? 'Sorry to hear that'
or 'Im so sorry!', 'Im so sorry!' receiving bad news .
Now, imagine that people come to your house ,
they're visiting you and you want to invite them to be comfortable ,
what can you say? Yeah, we say 'Do take a seat'
and that's a very polite way, 'Do take a seat' it's a polite
and quite formal way of inviting somebody to be comfortable
or a nice one is 'Do make yourself at home' ,
'Do make yourself at home' alright?
And then you could say 'Can l get you something to drink?' .
You know, in England people often, when they meet up ,
they drink together, whether it's beer or wine or aperitifs ,
so 'Can l get you something to drink?'.
Good, now imagine that you have got a drink
and you have the glass in your hand
and you want to pass it to your guest, now,

what do we say when you give something to somebody? Three words :

we say 'Here you are'. Now, when we're speaking fluently that
becomes 'Here you are' which sounds very strange, doesn't it ?
Sounds lndian 'Here you are', 'Here you are'.
l mean, it's one of those unusual phrases
which if you separate the words has no meaning,
but we use it when you give something to somebody else ,
it's very very very very very common .
'Here you are', 'Thank you', 'Not at all',
'Here you are' alright?
What about when you're in discussion
and you want to agree or disagree?
ln English we say 'l agree with you' we don't say
'l am agree with you' because many languages
translate that from their own language
and make a mistake with the English construction,
so 'l agree with you' and the negative is 'l don't agree'
not 'l am not agree' and the question is 'Do you agree?'. Ok ?
lt's very important.
What if l say 'Well actually l don't agree with you',
do you remember 'well actually'?
When do we use 'well actually' those two golden words ?
Yes, that's right, it's when you want to introduce a 'no'

but in a soft way, you prepare the other person psychologically for 'no' .
'Well actually l don't agree with you'.
Or you can say 'l agree with you up to a point'
which means partially, 'up to a point' right ?
Leaving, when you have to leave people it's often sad ,
you could say 'Well, we really must be going, it's late' ,
'We really must be going' alright?
Which displays a fact that you have to do it, you don't want to ,
but you have to, you have duties etcetera.
'We really must be going'.
Or another nice one is 'We must be on our way',
'We must be on our way' ok?
And then showing that you're sorry, as we saw in the episode
with our friends 'What a shame!',
'What a pity' ok, well... What a shame
and what a pity this lesson has finished,
but don't worry, there will be another one.
So l will see you again in the next one, take care until then ,
l must be on my way, bye!
Good afternoon everyone and welcome to 'Sports Special' !
Im Eric Brown and here beside me is John Forbes, our sports expert .
Today we're going to talk with him about golf. Hello John .
Hello, Eric, hello everyone.

So, John, tell us, where did golf start ?

Well, the game of golf is believed to have originated in St. Andrews ,
a small town on the east coast of Scotland.
lt's thought that local people started the game by hitting stones
around a grassy area next to the sea...
Really?
That's right Eric!
Today golfs a very popular game in Scotland
and many towns and cities have municipal golf courses
where everybody can play quite cheaply.
Today the Royal and Ancient Golf Club is located in St. Andrews .
This is the body that draws up the rules of the game
and answers questions golfers around the world have about the rules .
You know there are six golf courses in St. Andrews .
One of these is the famous 'Old Course': the world's first golf course .
Right. So St. Andrews is the place to go if you like golf.. .
About the game... First of all, what do you need to play golf ?
Well, to start with you need a set of golf clubs :
you use these to hit the ball around the course .
There are lots of different sizes of clubs but basically there are two kinds :
drivers and putters.
Drivers are used for long shots along the fairays
and putters are used for short shots on the greens .

Then you need a golf course: there are usually 18 holes on a course.. .
and of course you need a golf ball.
lt's seems easy to play golf, but how exactly do you play the game ?
You start each hole on the tee.
From here you use a driver to hit the ball
as far as you can towards the hole.
lf necessary you hit the ball again to get it onto the green ,
once on the green you use a putter to hit the ball into the hole .
lt's as simple as that!
Well, almost...
And be careful not to hit your ball into a bunker ,
an area of sand, it can be difficult to hit a good shot out of one of these.. .
Don't worry, l'll be very careful!
So, John, how do you keep score in the game ?
Well, each hole has a 'par',
the number of shots required to put the ball into the hole .
Let's say the first hole at the Old Course in St. Andrews is par 3 .
lf you complete the hole with 4 shots, you're 1 over par ,
if you complete it with 2 shots you're 1 under par .
The winner is the golfer who completes all 18 holes
with the fewest shots or the most shots under par .
And what happens if the golfer hits the ball into the hole with just 1 shot ?
This is called a 'hole in one' and it is a cause for celebration !

ls it expensive to play golf?

Because it looks like it's a game just for rich people .
Well, golf clubs can be expensive
and you may have to pay a lot to play on a course
but you may be able to hire the clubs and you may be able
to find a municipal course that charges very little for you
to play 18 holes.
How popular is golf?
lt's very popular in Scotland, as you can imagine,
as the game started there.
There are 54o golf courses in Scotland ,
remember the population of Scotland is 5 million .
But golfs also popular around the world especially in Europe
and North America.
The game's really taken off in East Asia;
the game's incredibly popular in Japan, Taiwan,
South Korea and Singapore.
There are lots of professional golfers who take part
in international golf tournaments all over the world .
Well, now, we certainly know a little bit more about golf.. .
Thank you John!
You're welcome Eric, goodbye!
And goodbye to you and see you again next week

for another edition of 'Sports Special'!

Ok, now let's go back to the start!
So, where and how do you play golf?
The area where you play is called a golf course.
A golf course has 18 holes.
The aim of the game is to hit a golf ball into each hole
with the fewest shots possible.
A shot is when you hit the ball.
To play golf you need, well yes, a golf ball and a set of golf clubs .
A set is a complete group.
And a golf club is the thing you use to hit the ball .
There are two kinds of golf clubs.
Drivers, these are clubs for long shots .
And putters, for short precision shots, to hit the ball into the hole .
You take your first shot on the tee.
This is the starting point on the golf course .
For the first shot you use a driver to hit the ball
along the fairay onto the green.
The fairay is the area between the tee and the green .
The green is the area of grass around the hole ,
here the grass is cut very short.
You must be careful not to hit the ball into a bunker .
A bunker is an area of sand.

And how do you keep the score?

The score is the points of the players.
Notice we say 'keep the score', this means count the points .
Well, each hole has a par.
A par is the number of points required to hit the ball
from the tee into the hole.
We say, for example, a hole is 'par 3' ,
this means you have to get the ball into the hole with 3 shots .
lf you need 4 shots your score is 1 over par .
lf you only need 2 shots your score is 1 under par .
And if you complete the hole with just 1 shot it's called a 'hole in one' .
The winner is the golf player with the most under pars .
Well, golf really has taken off around the world.
We say something 'has taken off when it becomes very popular .
Ok sports lovers; that's all from me!
See you next week!
The home of the Tsars and the Revolution
and one of the world's greatest museums.
This is St. Petersburg, a magical city that definitely won't fail to impress !
Im Lucy Ross and this is 'The Travel Programme' .
Today we'll learn about 'Piter', as the locals call the city ,
with our travel expert Christine Oteng.
Hello Lucy and good morning everyone.

Well, St. Petersburg is beautiful at all times of the year ,

but it's during the White Nights, when darkness never falls
that the city really is at its best.
Would you agree Christine?
Yes, definitely! As you'd expect these long evenings occur in midsummer ,
particularly during the last ten days of June.
During this period St. Petersburg really is a fun place to be ,
the sun barely sets, it's still light even at midnight and the city overflows
with festivities to celebrate the longest days of the year .
Are there any special events?
Of course! During these evenings it's possible to watch some
of the world's best operas and listen to some
of the best classical orchestras. Mind you, it's not all high-brow culture .
Locals often stay out celebrating all night.
There's also a White Nights Dance Festival with events ranging
from folk through to ballet.
So, it's possible to see the famous Kirov dance company ?
Sometimes it is, yes!
lt doesn't always take part though,
but it does usually put on student performances.. .
And what about the city's monuments?
ls there anything really special that visitors must see ?
Well, there really is a wealth of sights for the visitor to take in .

St. Petersburg is famous for its many museums

and art galleries.
The Hermitage, for example, is one of the world's leading museums
with a breathtaking collection of all kinds
of art and is most definitely not to be missed !
There are also numerous former imperial palaces that can be visited
both in the city and along the shores of the Gulf of Finland .
And try not to miss the city's churches, the main ones at least ,
actually there are so many that it'd be impossible to visit them all.. .
Well, tell us Christine, is it true that the city's called
the 'Venice of the North'?
Yes, that's right, this is due to the river Neva that flows through the city
and the numerous canals that crisscross the historical centre .
On this subject, another special midsummer event is the raising
of the bridges over the river Neva .
Thousands flock to the riverbanks to see the raised bridges silhouetted
against the twilight sky.
Well, visitors must remember find out when the bridges
are lowered or they might not be able to get back to their hotel .
That's right! lf that happened they'd just have to stay out
celebrating until dawn.
Well, that doesn't sound too bad...
And the food?
l've heard the food's not very good. ls that true ?

Well, let's say it's not the place to go for a food trip !
But if you like a drink now and again this is the right place for you !
Russians love vodka and they love inviting their friends
to drink with them.
And Russians can be disarmingly generous and hospitable !
But be careful: the vodka's easy to drink but don't overdo it
or you'll feel it the next morning!
Did you hear that? The vodka is good but don't drink too much !
And do enjoy St. Petersburg, a truly fascinating city to visit !
Thanks Christine.
Goodbye.
See you again soon to discover more interesting places
with 'The Travel Programme'.
So, St. Petersburg is at its best in midsummer .
Midsummer is the middle of the summer.
We say something is at its best when it's in its best condition .
The city is at its best because in midsummer the sun barely sets .
When the sun sets, it goes down.
The moment when the sun sets is called sunset or dusk .
'The sun barely sets' means it almost doesn't set, so it stays light all night !
So sunset is when the sun goes down.
When it comes up in the morning its called sunrise ,
it's the moment that the sun rises.

This time of the day is also called dawn.

So St. Petersburg is a fun place to be in summer .
'lt's a fun place to be' means it's amusing to be there
because there are lots of things to do.
You can go to the opera or a classical concert.. .
Mind you, it's not all high-brow culture.
High-brow culture is classical culture like opera, Shakespeare, Dante .
We use the expression 'mind you' to introduce a contrast
with something that's just been said.
The locals stay out celebrating all night!
To stay out doing something means to spend the night doing something ,
so 'the locals stay out celebrating' means they celebrate
all night and don't go home until the morning.
There's a dance festival, too.
The Kirov Dance Company doesn't always take part.
'To take part in something' means to participate .
Notice we say: take part 'in' something .
So, the Kirov Dance Company doesn't always take part in the festival
but it puts on student performances.
'To put on something' means to organize something .
And remember, it's not the place to go for a food trip ,
a holiday based around trying the local cuisine .
But it is the place to go for the vodka and all night celebrating !

So, bye for now, see you next week!

Hello again and welcome back to 'English today'
and this is DVD eighteen and the first DVD of your advanced level .
And in this DVD you'll see another two episodes of our story
'That's life!', followed by our special TV programmes .
This time a sports expert will be talking about golf ,
then in our travel section we'll be looking at
the white nights of St. Petersburg.
Then in the grammar section we will study some of the uses
of the passive form in English,
and then we'll look at some more useful phrases for you
when you're socializing. Alright?
So enjoy your viewing.

English Today DVD 19-Eng

Sub

Here we are, home sweet home...

l would have preferred to stay away just a little bit longer !
Oh my God! Look at the mess, look at this place and look at the dust !
Oh, l don't even know where Im going to begin!
Calm down, Anne!
One thing at a time.
Mmm, let's just have a look at the post to start with.

Electricity bill, heating bill, telephone bill... l can't believe there are only bills to
pay...
l'll open them later... Coming home from holidays is stressful enough as it is !
Hmm... Oh... Here's a letter from Sharon...
Let's see what she has to say...
l'll tidy up later.
'Dear Anne, l would have preferred to say goodbye in person ,
but you'd already left for your trip to ltaly.
Speaking of which... Did you enjoy yourself?
Unfortunately, things between me and Jack just haven't worked out.. .
Maybe we rushed everything, maybe memories with Peter were still too fresh.. .
l don't know... Anyway, living together just became impossible !
After thinking about things long and hard ,
l decided to accept my boss's offer to transfer to Amsterdam
to take charge of the new museum opening.
lt's a great city! ln any case, l need time to get my life in order, and.. .
Well, l hope everything's fine with you...'
-Ah!-Don't move!
Don't hurt me! There!
You'll find all my money there! Just, just take it and leave !
Relax Anne! lt's me, Jack!
Oh, Jack! Jack!
Are you crazy?! You scared me half to death!

How did you get in here?

Well, l might be living next door but l still have these .
So l can surprise you from time to time!
Jack, you'll never change.
l was reading a letter from Sharon explaining why she left .
lf you don't mind, Anne, l'd rather not talk about that.. .
What about you and your 'Mr Perfection' Nick? How are you?
Well, l realized that things weren't all as perfect as he wanted me to believe
and...
ln any case, if you don't mind, l'd rather not talk about it .
Absolutely! Let bygones be bygones...
What about a drink to celebrate your home-coming?
No, Jack. l've just arrived and l need to unpack.. .
And just take a look at the place,
it's a disaster area! No, the first thing l want to do is get things tidied up !
Where did you get this?
lsn't it marvellous? My grandmother gave it to me. lt's fantastic .
Well, if you wanna get tidied up, you'd better start right away .
-lt'll take you a month to clean this.-l know .
And you say l'll never change.
And you ever think about anything besides cleaning? No guys !
You should get engaged to a Hoover!
Anyway, no excuses. Come on, go, get ready.

Can you manage to be ready by seven?

Hello? Alice? Hi!
Yes, yes, l arrived this morning. Oh, and Im here with Jack now.. .
He says hello, yeah, she says hello.
Im so happy, you know...
Jack insisted on cleaning the whole house straight away .
Mmm? What? What telegram?
No, l haven't received anything!
What? But, tonight?
Alice... No...
Well, no, yes... Alice you should have given me some advance notice !
Okay... Yes, fine! l'll see you at the airport at nine !
What do you mean at the airport? What did Alice have to say ?
She's arriving tonight at nine o'clock. For good!
-And she's bringing a surprise...-Wow! Well, that is good news !
Together again! All for one, one for all! lsn't that great, Anne ?
-Yeah, fantastic!-What's the matter? Why this sad face ?
Nothing! Well, it's just that...
l was just thinking about the poor house...
l don't even want to start to imagine what a mess
Im going to have in here with you two!
-Im gonna spray you!-Oh!
Hello and welcome back to your live English language TV programme .

Did you notice in that episode that Jack was trying to invite Anne
for a drink and he was using the language of making arrangements .
Well, that's what l want to study with you now in this lesson ,
and to do that l want to use the telephone.
Now, listen carefully to the conversation that l have, ok ?
Miracles can happen! Hello?
Oh hi Jane, how are you?
Yeah, fine thanks, very well...
Well lot's of work at the moment actually... Yes, l know ,
l look forard to the weekend too, just to relax a bit ,
and how about you?
Yeah... What's going on?
That sounds interesting, when?
Friday, oh no, not Friday!
l've got a concert, yeah, l've got a ticket to a concert on Friday ,
l can't make it, well what about Saturday?
What are you up to on Saturday?
Oh really? Sounds interesting... Anyone l know?
l haven't seen him for ages! Yes l'd love to !
Ok, what sort of time?
Yeah, alright... Well if you want l can give you a lift, yeah.. .
Let's say l'll pick you up at about... eightish?
Great!

Oh by the way, what type of clothes? ls it posh? ls it casual ?

Fine, alright, great, great, great... Well l really look forard to it .
Alright then, good. See you then, alright then, bye !
Now, did you notice?
That was a nice invitation that,
l was using certain phrases which are very common in English
when we are making arrangements,
and that's what l'd like to look with you now on the screen, alright ?
Making arrangements.
So, first, suggesting an appointment.
Now, there are various things we can say in English
to suggest an appointment, for example,
'What are you up to on Friday?'
now that's unusual, the verb is 'to be up to' ,
'What are you up to on Friday?', so that's a colloquial expression
and it means just simply 'What are you doing?',
'What are you up to on Friday?'.
Other expressions, this, this you already know, we've learned it .
'How about' or 'What about going to the cinema', remember those ?
So they are informal.
Another possibility is 'Could you manage',
'Could you manage a meeting on Friday?', this is a bit more formal ,
'manage' means 'organise' it's a word we use very often, ok ?

'Could you manage a meeting on Friday?'.

Another possibility is 'Do you think we could meet up?' ,
'Do you think we could meet up?' which means 'get together' ,
and also 'l wonder if we could go...' for example
'l wonder if we could go to a show together', 'l wonder' .
So 'wonder' is a word which we use...
and it's talking about thinking something over, alright?
So, those are different ways of suggesting an appointment .
Now usually, when somebody suggests an appointment you have to
look in your diary, now remember, yeah we say 'diary' in English ,
we don't say an 'agenda', ok?
So you look in your diary to see what your availability is.
And you can say for example, on the phone ,
you say 'Just a minute l'll have a look',
'l'll have a look in my diary' or you could say
'Let me just look in my diary', two very common expressions .
Now remember, alternative words for 'diary' are: an 'organizer'
or a 'day planner', these are words which are often used 'day planner'
and 'organizer' alright? Good!
Now we have to talk about the time,
so you could ask 'Are you free at eight o'clock?' for example ,
or 'Could you manage' you notice 'manage' again...
organize 'Could you manage Tuesday?'

or 'Would Friday at five suit you?'

now look at the spelling of that S-U-l-T,
we don't say 'suit' we say 'suit' and 'suit' is very common ,
it means 'to be convenient'. So 'Would Friday at five suit you?' .
Another very common one is 'Could you make it?' ,
'Could you make it on Monday?'
which means 'Could you organize yourself,
'Could you make it on Monday?'.
Or another possibility is 'When would you be available?' ,
'available', more formal, 'When would you be available?'
alright? Great!
So, now, we've talked about the time, if you want to reject ,
say 'no' to a suggestion and an arrangement,
these are the possibilities.
You can say 'Im sorry Im booked up on Friday' ,
now, 'booked up' means that your agenda is full, ok ?
So 'Im booked up, my agenda is full, my diary is full ,
my day planner is full' ok?
So, you can also say 'Im afraid, Im busy on Friday' ,
'Im afraid' now, 'Im afraid' means 'unfortunately'
it's the same meaning 'Unfortunately Im busy on Friday', alright ?
Or 'Unfortunately l can't make it' which is what we've used before .
Great, now if you want to accept the suggestion you can say

'l'd love to' which is something we learned in socializing

'l'd love to' or 'That'd be great!', 'That'd be great!' ,
'That would be great'.
And the last thing is to confirm the arrangement,
so here you can say 'Fine, so that's Wednesday at seven o'clock
in your office' notice we say 'So that's Wednesday at seven o'clock
in your office', 'So that's'.
Good 'l'll see you later then' is less formal, and more formal
'l look forard to seeing you on Friday' remember ,
we've learned that expression too.
'l look forard to seeing you on Friday', very common .
Alright, so that's all the language of making arrangements
and l look forard to seeing you again in our next lesson ,
so until then, goodbye!
l just don't understand, Alice.
Why did you leave the job you were doing with your father ?
-Had you started arguing again?-No, well, not exactly!
You know, working with my father is very difficult !
We just have a completely different artistic view of things .
And you know how l am.
After a bit l just get bored of doing the same things.. .
l need new horizons!
Well, what's wrong with working on a set?

Wasn't it satisfying enough?

Oh, sure, of course! ln the long run,
even the most satisfying things can get boring!
And, of course, l met Edward...
By the way, Edward is a Scorpio!
-Oh, that's really interesting!-Have you noticed what a magnetic look
he has about him?
lt's kind of hard to see his eyes from behind that camera .
l wonder if he ever puts it down! Does he take it to bed with him ?
Stop!
No, no, it's not going to work like that! You guys aren't acting naturally at all.. .
You're too stiff, you look like statues!
What we need here is... Expression, involvement, passion !
Come on, let's do another take of that last scene !
Which scene makes us look stiff? We're simply talking here, Edward .
That's what l mean... Do it well!
Let your inner selves flow, express your fears, your hidden desires.. .
You, Anne, yes you... You are in love with Jack, aren't you ?
Don't be afraid, show your true feelings, show him what you are capable of !
Well, besides the fact that Im, Im not in love with Jack anymore.. .
-Well, who told you, anyway?!-Okay, okay! Let's take five!
Maybe it's better if l leave you alone...
Excuse me, Alice, could you tell me where

l can watch this material in peace and quiet?

Hmm... Go on into my room, Edward! l'll be with you in a minute !
Okay, Alice, could you tell me what the hell you said to him ?
Just the truth! When Edward told me about his love of reality shows ,
l jokingly told him he had to meet you guys,
because life in this house was more exciting than a soap opera !
He asked me why and l told him everything!
Okay, what exactly do you mean by everything?
Well, about you and Peter and how you fought over Sharon ,
and about Anne's unrequited love for you,
and how she discovered your relationship...
ln other words all the emotional goings-on of recent!
Oh my God, Alice! What got into you? This is so embarrassing.. .
You know damn well Im reserved about these things.. .
What am l supposed to do now?
Just be yourself! There's nothing easier, is there ?
What's the matter?
Nothing's the matter for you, that's for sure!
We're the ones that end up looking ridiculous. Just for the record.. .
What is Edward planning to do with all of this 'interesting material' ?
What does he do for a living?
Edward is a director, a great director...
And, as far as your other question is concerned.. .

That's a surprise... l can't say anything yet.

At any rate, you'll find out soon!
My God, Alice!
Your surprises are starting to trouble me!
We like surprises, don't we ?
Now, questions, in this lesson l want to do some revision of questions ,
and l want to do a quiz with you.
And l want to ask you some special questions,
those unusual questions in English,
and l want you to try and find the correct answer
by understanding the real meaning of the question.
Let me give you an example, if l ask you 'What's he like?' ,
'What's he like?', what answer would you give me?
'What's he like?'.
Do you remember?
Ok, it's not the verb 'to like' like 'to like' and 'dislike' ,
'What's he like?' is asking about the general impression of a person ,
so 'What's he like?', an answer could be 'He's lovely' ,
'He's very nice', 'He's kind', 'He's generous' alright ?
So that's the quiz, are you ready?
Let's move on, now, question 'What does he look like?' ,
'What does he look like?',
remember that?

Yeah, 'look like' is for physical appearance,

so an answer could be 'Well, he's tall, dark and handsome' ,
classic, alright?
So 'What does he look like?' physical appearance .
Next 'How is he?' answer? 'How is he?'.
Now, that's a bit confusing,
because it is only asking about somebody's health ,
like 'How are you?' so 'How is he?',
'He's fine' great, ok 'He's fine'.
Next one 'What does he do for a living?',
'What does he do for a living?' the answer ?
Ok 'He's a doctor', 'He's an engineer' ,
so that question is asking about professions ,
'What does he do for a living?' very good.
Next one, these... 'What's the matter?', 'What's wrong?' ,
'What's up?'.
Ok... there are here many many possibilities
because the question means 'What's the problem?'
so 'What's the matter?', 'What's wrong?',
'What's up?' because l can't find my phone. Alright ?
Good, next one. This one's not so easy ,
try and answer this 'What's it about?',
'What's it about?'.

Yeah, ok now asking about the content ,

it could be a book, it could be a film for example ,
'What's it about?',
an answer could be 'Well it's a love story,
it's about two people who fall in love and then bla bla bla...' alright ?
So 'What's it about?', content.
Next one 'Which way do we go?' answer?
'Which way do we go?'.
Yeah, good, it's for giving directions,
so you can say
'Well you go right, then you turn left and then you carry straight on'
so 'Which way do we go?' giving directions. Fine ,
next one, this one 'What size do you take?',
'What size do you take?'.
Yeah, now we're talking about clothes,
we're talking about shoes for example, we don't say
'What number do you take?'
but 'What size' so you could say for example 'l take size 12'
or 'l take size 42' alright?
So 'What size do you take?' great. Next one,
'How long does it take?
or 'How long is it going to last?'. One hour? Fifteen minutes ?
Alright? So 'How long does it take?',

'How long is it going to last?' is for a length of an activity ,

'How long does it last?' strange that here... Next one, this is difficult !
Do you know this? lf l say to you 'What do you reckon?' ,
'What do you reckon?' do you know that?
lt's very, very, very familiar language...
'Reckon' is the same in English as 'What do you think?' ,
'What do you reckon?', 'What do you think?', good .
Next one 'What's it made of?', 'What's it made of?' ,
if l show you this, 'What's it made of?' plastic ,
right so 'What's it made of?' is for the substance ,
wood, plastic, paper, etcetera, alright?
Ok, this one here 'How do you want your steak done?' ,
'How do you want your steak done?'.
Three possibilities in the answer...
Ok, you can say 'well done', 'medium' or 'rare' ,
'l want my steak rare' R-A-R-E which is like 'bloody', alright ?
And the last one, do you know this?
'What am l supposed to do?'.
'What am l supposed to do?'.
Yeah, exactly 'You're supposed to go to bed now' .
Now, this is asking for advice, it's like saying
'What should l do?', it's exactly the same meaning .
Great! Now you're very good, you see?

With every lesson you learn more and more,

and we're really making progress, so keep practising ,
and l'll see you again in the next lesson, so take care, bye .
Hello everyone. Welcome to 'Let's talk',
the evening discussion programme with our two commentators
Tom and Marie.
Good evening everyone.
Good evening.
What have you got in your hand, Tom?
Well, l bought a lottery ticket on my way here to the studio .
l thought l'd try my luck.
You know, the first prize is $2o million at the moment .
Quite a penny or two!
And what would you do if you won $2o million?
Well, l think the first thing l would do would be to set off
to the Caribbean to veg out for a couple of weeks;
just to give myself time to think about what to do next !
Any ideas at all?
Well, l'd certainly want to have a good time,
just after winning anyway,
but l wouldn't fritter away all the money on parties and things .
Sounds sensible... And you Marie, if you won $2o million
what would you do?

What l'd love to do is start up my own business .

l wouldn't want to stop working altogether
but l'd really want to be my own boss for a change .
What sort of business would you get into?
l think l'd buy a big country house and convert it into a hotel .
Not too big a place l guess, l might not have enough money.. .
Would you give some of your winnings away?
Of course l'd give some to my relatives;
my sister anyway and my mum and dad too.
l don't know about the others...
l certainly wouldn't skimp on Christmas presents any more !
Well, l'd donate some to charities,
some to AlDS charities that work in Africa and some to cancer research .
l'd invest some of it pretty soon after winning
to make sure l didn't spend it all.
Do you think all that money would bring any problems ?
Well, l've heard you get a lot of letters from people begging for money .
l wouldn't be too keen on that...
l guess you may suddenly find yourself surrounded by lots of new friends .
Some old ones may show up again too.
Am l being too cynical?
No Tom, l think you're right.
And lots of people would try to give you advice on

how to invest the money.

You'd have to be really careful about who you trusted .
Winning huge amounts of money can destroy peoples lives
if they can't handle the changes all that money brings.. .
That's true! And aren't state lotteries just another form of taxation ?
An unfair, hidden form of taxation?
Poorer people spend lots of money buying tickets
with very little chance of winning.
l don't think governments should be involved in selling dreams
through lotteries.
Oh, maybe you're right Eric!
Lotteries sell illusions... but tonight l want to dream !
Ok Tom, keep on dreaming then!
Good luck for the draw and goodbye to you and Marie .
-Goodbye.
Would you like to win $2o million?
Well, think about it!
And we'll see you again next time for another discussion of 'Let's talk' .
Well, what would you do with $2o million?
Would you set off for the Caribbean like Tom?
We say 'set off for' a destination, this means to start a journey .
He would veg out for a few weeks to think.
'To veg out' means to relax completely.

lt's an informal expression.

lt would be a shame to fritter away the money .
'To fritter away' means to waste,
if you fritter away money, you spend it on useless things .
Would you keep on working?
'To keep on doing something' means to continue doing something ,
so 'keep on working' means continue working.
Or would you stop working altogether?
lf you stop doing something altogether, it means you stop completely .
l would start up my own business like Marie!
'To start up' means to create,
'to start up a business' means you create a new business .
l'd like to be my own boss, this means work for myself !
Are you your own boss? Or do you work for someone ?
Would you like to start up a business?
What would you get into?
'To get into something' means become involved in something .
l'd probably start up a record shop ,
l'd like to get into the music business!
l'd probably donate some money to charity.
'Donate to charity' means give to charity.
Would you donate any of your winnings?
Your 'winnings' is the money you win!

l guess though unexpected people may show up

if you suddenly won so much money.
'To show up' means to arrive.
And as Marie said, lots of people may start begging for money .
When you beg for something, you ask for it desperately .
Perhaps l'll try my luck and buy a ticket, too !
See you next week! Or if you don't see me, then it means l've won !
Bye.
Good morning from 'Cooking Today'!
Here we are with Lisa French, our expert homemaker .
How are you, Lisa?
Im fine, thanks. Hello everybody and welcome to my home !
l wonder what you'll talk about today.
An interesting theme... preserves!
This reminds me of my granny!
So, what kind of preserves are there?
There are plenty.
Jams, jellies, conserves, marmalade, syrups, candies, sauces.. .
You see, you can preserve almost anything.
Even meat?
Of course! Meat, poultry and fish.
What's your favourite preserve?
l have a strong preference for chili sauce.

On the whole, l find sweet and sour food particularly tempting !

l don't really fancy the two flavours together !
As they say, differences are the spice of life !
Anyway, what are the actual ingredients for chili sauce?
Tomatoes, peeled and sliced in chunks,
chopped celery, ground onions, green peppers ,
a cinnamon stick, chili, mustard,
brown sugar and vinegar. That's all!
-And meat, l suppose?-You're right. Mince meat .
l adore chili.
Im curious about vegetable canning.
What's the right procedure?
That's easy. Once you've grasped the basic rules, it's quite simple .
All you have to do is heat the food in sealed jars .
So simple?
Well, you must sterilize containers and lids before canning .
This may seem like a stupid question.. .
but heating is important, isn't it?
Of course, the heat destroys the bad bacteria .
So you can enjoy your preserves all year round.
Great! And now... What about canned tomatoes?
They used to be popular in summer, when l was young .
Yes, for this preparation, dip tomatoes in boiling water first .

Why?
To loose any skin. Dip quickly in cold water and then peel them .
And once peeled, what else?
Cut out stem ends and quarter them.
And you boil them again, don't you?
Right, first you add salt and basil, then pack the tomatoes into hot jars .
Don't forget to close the lids well!
Fantastic! And now... How do you make... Let's see, jellies ?
Oh, l have a pretty good mint jelly recipe.
You combine water, vinegar,
mint and sugar in a large saucepan and bring to a boil .
Then add fruit pectin.
How long should it cook?
Heat to a full rolling boil and boil hard for one minute .
Then what?
Just remove the leaves and pour into hot jars.
Then seal with paraffin. lt's easy!
This sounds much easier than l thought. l'll try it .
Thank you Lisa, for your fantastic tips on preserves.
And Im looking forard to seeing you next week .
Thank you. You're always welcome in my home.
Let's look at the language of the dialogue.
A 'preserve' is one of the various methods to store food for a long time ,

such as 'canning', 'drying', 'bottling', 'freezing', and so on .

Lisa gave examples of food preserves.
'Jam' comes from cooking fruit with sugar.
Notice that 'jam' is also used when you're stuck in one place
in a 'traffic jam'.
'Jelly' is food made from gelatine.
Well... not only food: even your legs can be
'wobbly like jelly', when you're afraid!
'Marmalade' is jam made from oranges,
while 'conserve' is jam containing large pieces of fruit .
'Syrup' is made from fruit pulp, sugar and water .
And 'candy' is fruit cut into small pieces and boiled
with sugar and dried.
ln the US 'candy' means 'sweets' in general.
And finally, a 'sauce' is made from fruit or vegetables boiled
into a thick liquid.
The adjective 'saucy' is used to mean also 'impertinent person' .
When you make preserves, make sure you have 'sterilized jars' ,
and check if the lids are well sealed!
'Canning' is also used to mean the same technique ,
but a 'can' is made of metal.
Lisa said that 'sweet' and 'sour' is her favourite flavour ,
this is typical of Chinese cooking,

where dishes can be sweet and sharp, due to the addition of 'vinegar' .
Then, talking about food preparation,
Lisa used: 'chop', which means to cut into small pieces, or chunks; 'slice' ,
that is cutting into flat pieces; 'grind',
which means to cut into fine powder, as with coffee and pepper ,
and 'quarter', cutting into quarters, for example an apple or a tomato .
Then, regarding 'boiling', we say 'bring to a boil' ,
or to a 'full rolling boil', or 'boil hard'.
l've finished for today. Look after yourselves! Bye !
Hello again and welcome back to 'English today'
and this is DVD nineteen and the second DVD of your advanced level .
And in this DVD we'll start with another two episodes of our story
'That's life!' and then after we'll look at our special TV programmes .
There'll be a discussion about winning the lottery
and then in the cookery section we'll learn how to make preserves ,
to follow, in the grammar section,
we'll look at the language we use for making arrangements with people
and then we'll study some special question forms .
So, l hope you have fun.

English Today DVD 20-Eng

Sub

Uh! Edward stop!

Put that infernal gadget away! That's enough!

There's a limit to everything, you know!
Great! That's it Anne, go on like that! You're fantastic !
Oh, fantastic, my eye! l told you to cut it out!
Alice? Alice?
Oh! Yes Anne, what can l do for you?
Stop laughing and tell your director friend to give it a rest
and put away that damned video camera.
l absolutely do not want to be filmed like this .
Have l made myself perfectly clear?!
Hi Alice, good morning Edward... Can't stop working, eh ?
What's on the menu for today's shoot?
Wow Anne, you look beautiful.
Excuse me, could l use the bathroom for a moment? Eh? Thanks .
Calm down Anne!
None of these sessions are going to be shown for air... At least for now .
What exactly does 'for now' mean?
Well, once all the material's been put in place, cut and edited ,
Edward's planning on showing it to a producer.
lf it's accepted, the idea is to go for our own TV programme !
-lsn't that a great idea?-What?
Producer?
Television?

Ah! Let me in Jack!

Let me in! Let me in!
Uh! Oh! Let me in!
So, Anne...
What do you think of Edward?
ln what sense? As a man, or as a director?
Do you really have to ask?
As a man, of course!
Well, l've just met him! So l can't really say. But as a director ,
my view is that he's a bit too intrusive .
Come on Anne, get over it! That's his job.
ln my opinion, l think he's just great!
Oh! What's this Im hearing?
Our little Alice might be in love?
Well... Yes!
As l see it, Anne, this is the first time in my life l've fallen head
over heels in love!
So much in love!
But, he doesn't even notice me!
We share so many common interests and we see things in the same way ,
we can talk for hours on end... But it just ends there !
He looks on me as a good friend, nothing more, nothing less .
You know, Im really not used to that role!

Usually Im the one to keep others at bay !

Yes, l remember! Tom, Frank, David...
How many broken hearts have you left behind ?
So tell me, have you asked Edward how he feels about you ?
No! Of course not!
Edward isn't interested in some relationship...
He's, he's profound and introspective...
Spiritual!
He's a person who enjoys observing and analysing others .
Mmh, yes! lf you ask me, too much so !
Anyway, l can't agree with you Im afraid.
Even 'spiritual' beings have personal longings !
l think you should tell him!
And who knows, your Edward might be much more 'human' than you think !
Hum, maybe you're right...
But l have to think of a special way to show him just how l feel !
Maybe l should see what my horoscope has to say.. .
Hum... Hum...
Yes! Yes! Yes! l've just had a brilliant idea!
Hello again and welcome back to your live
English language TV programme.
Did you hear in that episode how the girls
were talking about their love problems,

they were exchanging opinions about their love problems ,

well that's what l want to study with you now,
is how do you express your opinion in English,
and how do you ask other people for their opinion ?
Now, to do this l want to talk about an article which l read yesterday ,
in fact in this magazine about women,
and the article made some statements
and l want to ask you what your opinion is about the statements
that l read, and l will tell you mine, alright?
Well, l read this 'Women are less rational than men' ,
'Women are less rational than men' what do you think about that ?
Yeah, well, l can go along with that,
l agree, in a way women are more emotional and more instinctive ,
yeah? Do you agree?
Next thing, another thing they said is
'Women are less intelligent than men',
'Women are less intelligent than men' now,
what do you think about that?
Well l totally disagree with that,
l don't know about you... Women are less intelligent than men ,
who wrote this article?
'Men are stronger than women' do you agree?
Well, yeah, l mean, physically men usually are stronger than women ,

maybe emotionally and morally we could debate the fact, yeah ?

Maybe, ok.
Next one 'Men make better leaders than women' do you agree with that ?
Yeah, up to a point, l mean, most of the leaders in this world
are men but maybe it's because women haven't had enough chance
to be leaders yet.
Who knows?
Alright, and the last one is
'A woman's place, a woman's real place, is in the home' .
What do you think about that?
l totally agree: a woman's place should be in the home.. .
This article.
Let's move to language, maybe it's better...
Let's talk about the language we use when we give opinions ,
and let's use the screen.
So, asking for somebody's opinion, how can you do that ?
Well you can say 'What do you think about that?' ,
'What do you think about that?', simple question ,
or 'What's your opinion?'.
We can also ask 'What do you feel about that?'
which is more related to emotions, rather than to the intellect ,
so 'What do you feel about that?' or 'What are your thoughts?' ,
'What are your views about that?'.

Alright? So, those are all ways of asking for somebody's opinion .
When you want to give your opinion you can say
'l think', 'l feel', 'ln my opinion we should...' ,
'My view is that we should...',
'My view' or 'As l see it...',
'As l see it l think we should...' alright?
So that's giving opinions.
Now, often you want to talk about agreement.
Now, how do you ask a person for agreement ?
We don't say 'Are you agree?', many languages translate that wrongly ,
it's not 'Are you agree?'
but 'Do you agree with me?' alright?
'Do you agree?'. Be careful, 'Do you agree?' .
Another alternative is 'Do you go along?',
'go along' means 'have the same opinion' ,
'Do you go along with that?', alright?
Now, imagine that you want to agree totally with someone ,
'Do you agree with that?'.
Exactly, you can say
'l totally agree with you', 'l completely agree with you' ,
you can say 'Yeah, l go along with that', 'l agree with that' ,
you can also say 'That's right!', 'Exactly!'
or 'Absolutely!', those are all ways of agreeing totally .

Now imagine that you agree sort of, you agree partially .
The language here is 'Yeah, that's a good point
but l agree with you up to a point', 'l agree with you up to a point' ,
so that's partial agreement but not total agreement, alright ?
Now, disagreement. To be polite, you can say 'l can't agree with you ,
Im afraid'. lf you say 'l don't agree with you' that's quite aggressive ,
so it's better to say 'l can't agree with you ,
Im afraid' for example if you're in a meeting .
But if you want to be aggressive you can say
'l totally disagree with you' alright?
So that's an aggressive disagreement, and you could also say
'Oh come on!', 'Come on!' alright?
So, there we looked at exchanging opinions,
giving opinions, asking for opinions and then talking about agreement ,
agreeing totally, partially and disagreeing.
Im sure you'll find that very useful because it's what we do every day .
Alright? So happy practising and see you in the next lesson, bye !
Alice...
Are you feeling okay?
Hi Anne, Im just preparing a little lunch for Edward.
Edward? What's for the French accent?
l thought you said he was Canadian.
He is, from the French part. His mother is French, so.. .

He's fully bilingual.

Well, now that you mentioned it, l had noticed his slight.. .
French accent!
Oh, yes... lsn't it adorable?
Well, l must say... Love does work wonders !
Im not at all used to seeing you as a... A housewife !
Well, to tell you the truth... l haven't got used to it yet .
You know... l just hope l've got the recipe right.
You know, l've followed the instructions to the letter ,
but you know l feel like a fish out of water with these things !
So, you've decided to go for Edward's jugular !
Well... Not only that... Here's the crowning touch!
-What is it?-lt's a Chinese fortune cookie...
-With a little note inside.-What a romantic idea...
Do you think? l wrote the note myself...
l thought l would surprise him by hiding it inside his napkin.. .
Like this. What do you think?
l think it's just perfect! You'll see, it'll go straight to his heart !
Hello? Yes, this is Alice. lt's already come in?
What? Oh, in half an hour?
Yeah, okay, okay, l'll... l'll be there in a few minutes .
Anne... Could l borrow your car, please?
l have to go and pick up a packet my father sent me but

the post office closes in half an hour and... l won't make it on foot.. .
-My car? You don't have a licence!-Oh, don't worry about it.. .
l have it, and, anyway, l always used to drive.
You know, my dad's got a car just like yours... Okay... Im off.. .
Tell Edward l'll be back in a flash...
Alice? Alice? But who's going to clean up this mess ?
Get used to it, Anne...
lt's the same old story!
Now Im late!
Oh, l can't believe l always get myself into these situations !
Im late and here l am helping Alice with her grand plan !
-Hi, Anne...-Huh, hello!
Hum, that smells great! My compliments to the chef!
Oh... No, no, no Edward, it's not like you think .
l have to go, l've got a meeting with my boss.
Alice's just gone out, she told me to let you know
that she'll be returning soon. Bye bye!
Well, Im starving! Mhh! What's this? A little note ?
'A little delight for the man who's got my heart raising!'.
What? What's this all about?
There must be some mistake... Oh well, yes, this is my napkin !
Who could have written this?
Oh my God... Anne?! But, but...

But she was just here and she was so shy...

This is getting interesting. Anne is very cute...
So what am l going to do now? Im not used to these things .
Now where has it gone? Well, it's not here, it's not there either .
-Edward?-Yes?
Have you seen my mobile phone? Oh, here it is... Thanks !
Pardon me... Why are you eyeing me like that ?
-Oh, nothing, nothing!-Well, alright.
l've got to run! Bye bye!
She's acting like nothing is happening at all...
This is getting very interesting!
Hello again and welcome back!
Did you notice a grammatical form that they used: 'used to'
and 'get used to'? Did you pick that up
when they were speaking?
Because these are forms that we use in English
when we're talking about habits.
lt's not an easy form and l'd like to teach you that now ,
and to do that, to give you an example of the grammar in action
l want to talk to you about when l moved to ltaly
and l lived there for some time
and l had to change some of my habits,
l had to adopt some ltalian habits,

l had to get used to new things, alright ?

So, Im going to use the grammar construction as l talk about this ,
try and listen and pick it up.
Now, l wrote a list actually, because... Really fascinating.
You would think that ltaly and England being very close ,
wouldn't be very different,
but in fact there are some noticeable differences .
For example driving on the right,
l had to get used to driving on the right, in England
we drive on the left so, you can imagine ,
it's a question of life and death, so the first thing was :
l had to get used to driving on the right, you hear that ?
'To get used to driving on the right' .
Now, that means that l had to adopt a new habit .
'To get used to doing something'.
We'll look at the grammatical form after,
for now just listen how l use it, alright?
Another thing...
Yeah, ltalian driving!
l had to get used to ltalian driving. Red lights are not really red lights ,
red lights, traffic lights, are negotiable
and l had to get used to being very flexible driving on the roads in ltaly ,
l can assure you!

Now, speaking ltalian, now,

when you speak ltalian you divide the world into masculine and feminine ,
and you know that in the English language
we don't have masculine and feminine, 'table' is neutral ,
whereas in ltalian it can be masculine or feminine,
for example 'computer' is masculine,
so l had to get used to dividing my world into objects
which are masculine and feminine,
which for an English person is really quite a challenge !
So, another thing was rolling my R,
in English we don't say 'RR' it doesn't exist ,
but in ltalian for example if you want to say 'red' you have to say 'rosso' ,
'RR' it took me one year to learn 'RR'
so l had to get used to rolling my R, terrible .
Coffee, in England we have mugs of coffee, like this ,
in ltaly l had to get used to small amounts of strong coffee ,
so that was a new habit, but then l found 'cappuccino'
so that was the alternative.
And the last thing that l had to get used to was the ltalians
gesticulating, the ltalians use many gestures like... And.. .
And they use their shoulders, and noises as well ,
and when l saw ltalians in the street at the beginning ,
l thought they were always arguing,

but in fact they're not, it's a normal way for the ltalians to gesticulate ,
so l had to get used to reading the language as not necessarily aggressive .
Alright, so that's some of the things
l had to get used to, alright?
Let's go and look at this grammatical form now
because it's not easy to use, alright? Let's look at the screen .
So 'to get used to' is followed by the gerund form ,
and it describes this process of changing and taking on a new habit ,
look at the examples 'Im getting used to speaking ltalian every day' ,
'used to speaking ltalian'. Now, we use the verb 'get', 'get used to'
because it describes the process,
and you can put the verb 'get' into any tense, present tense ,
past tense, future, no problem,
here we have it in the present continuous,
so 'Im getting used to speaking ltalian every day' .
Listen to the pronunciation, l said 'used' with T sound ,
'used' not 'used' or 'used'... 'used' that's very important ,
that distinguishes it from the other verb 'use', ok? 'Used' .
The next example 'l still haven't got used to driving on the right' ,
here we have it in the present perfect
'l haven't got used to driving on the right'.
Next example 'Don't worry, you'll get used to it' ,
for the future 'You'll get used to it' alright ?

So, here we have an example in the future

'used to it' which is an object.
ln the past 'l had to get used to it'. ln the question form
'How long did it take to get used to?' ok ?
'How long did it take to get used to?'.
So a difficult form, now let's move on to the next section ,
which is the verb 'to be used to'. This is very interesting because ,
when you change a habit it's a process,
but then when you have adopted the habit it's a state ,
so we use the verb 'to be'.
The examples 'Im used to getting up early in the morning' ,
that means that now l do it regularly with no problem ,
'l am used', we use the verb 'to be' for the state .
'He isn't' negative 'used to working alone' .
ln the past 'l wasn't used to driving on the right'
so here we have a state of a new habit, using the verb 'to be' ,
'to get used to do something' is adopting a new habit, it's the process .
So, that's a difficult grammatical form
but it's the only way in English that you can describe taking on new habits ,
so it's terribly important for you to learn .
Don't worry, you'll get used to it, slowly but surely .
Ok, bye for now.
Hello and welcome to this week's edition of 'Let's talk' ,

our evening discussion programme with our commentators

Tom and Marie.
-Good evening everyone.-Good evening.
According to a recent report from the EU
on the economies of the Eurozone many companies
are going through a difficult period.
Senior managers are realising that 'business as usual' is no longer possible .
Many companies need to embrace radical change in order to survive .
What do you think about this situation?
Well, it's true that today companies must face up to the fact
that they may have to change the way they do business .
New technology is making this change necessary
and new competition can result in a company having
to completely re-think its business plan.
l agree, another example is when a company decides
to enter a new market and becomes very successful ,
this success can require changes to the way the company does things .
All these situations result in changes being needed
to the way a company operates.
lt's not easy to make changes to the way a company operates
and the way people work.
How can a company do this successfully?
Well, there's been a lot of research on this topic :
it's called 'the change management process'

l see, so what are the elements

of a successful change management process?
Where do you start?
lt's important to analyse the situation carefully
before embarking on a process of change.
A good analyst will identify the key areas of a company's operations
that need to be changed.
Then an effective change strategy needs to be drawn up;
this says exactly what needs to be changed .
That's right! lnput to the strategy can come from
the management team or an external consultant .
ln addition all the company's workers should be asked for ideas .
Sorry, l don't quite follow that.
Do you mean that the workers in a company
should be able to decide what changes are made ?
No, that's not what l mean.
Everyone in the company should be canvassed
for suggestions on changes that could be made to the company .
This enables employees to buy into the change process .
They feel included and are more likely to implement
the changes once they've been decided .
Ok, l see, it's clear now.
So lots of people input into the change strategy .

And what happens next?

Now the strategy has to be implemented,
it has to be put into action.
This can be the most difficult stage of the change management process .
Staff need to be told about the changes
and some may need training on new ways of doing things .
A member of the management team should be available
to answer questions from employees about the changes taking place .
And once the changes have been implemented, is that it ?
No, it's not! lt's very important to consolidate the changes
to make sure that employees don't go back to the old way of doing things !
A manager should be chosen to act as a 'champion' for the changes
and should collect feedback from the employees to see
what they think about the changes.
This champion should praise employees
who have implemented the changes.
Of course! lt's very important to raise the morale of staff at this time .
Otherise there's a risk that they'll revert back
to the old way of doing things.
So it's quite a complex process.
Well, companies need to know about change management techniques
in order to survive in a today's rapidly changing markets .
Thanks to Tom and Marie for their explanation
on how to bring about change in a company.

Goodbye Eric.
Goodbye.
Goodbye everyone and see you again next week
for another edition of 'Let's Talk'.
So the change management process is the process
a company uses to change the way it operates.
Due to new technologies and new competition
many companies have to re-think their business plan .
'To re-think something' means to reconsider ,
to think again about a choice you made before.
A business plan is a strategy for running a company .
Remember 'to run a company' means to manage it .
Companies have to embrace change.
'To embrace something' means to accept it and put it into practice .
So 'to embrace change' means to start making changes .
Companies must face up to the fact that they have to change
the way they do business.
'To face up to something' means to accept a difficult situation that exists .
So how does the change management process work ?
First an analyst identifies the areas that need to be changed .
An analyst is an expert who looks at all the elements of a situation .
He analyses a situation.
Everyone in a company should be canvassed for suggestions .

'To canvass' means to ask people for their opinions .

This enables employees, the people who work in the company ,
to buy into the changes.
'To buy into something' means to believe in something .
Then a strategy is drawn up.
The phrasal verb 'to draw up' means to prepare, we use it for documents .
For example, you draw up a contract.
The strategy must then be implemented.
'To implement' means to put into action.
Once the strategy is implemented it's important to consolidate it .
'To consolidate' means to make stronger.
And employees should be asked for feedback to see
what they think of the changes.
'Feedback' means opinions about something .
Well folks we've come to end the of today's programme .
See you again soon!
Good morning everyone and welcome to another edition
of 'Talk Cinema'.
This morning we'll be talking about
the most famous of all science fiction sagas 'Star Wars' .
As always in the studio with me is Sanjeev Gupta our cinema expert ,
welcome Sanjeev!
Hello Lucy, hello everyone.

A question to start with Sanjeev,

just how many films make up the Star Wars saga?
Six in all.
And how many of these have you seen?
All six, of course, and you?
Four, l think... When was the first film made?
The first film, 'A New Hope', was released in 1977, the last film ,
'Revenge of the Sith' was released in 2oo5.
And who's the director?
Well, George Lucas wrote the scripts for all the films
and directed four of them.
And what about the other two?
lrvin Kershner is the director of 'The Empire Strikes Back'
and Richard Marquand directed 'The Return of the Jedi' .
What's so special about the Star Wars films, Sanjeev ?
Lot's of things actually, Lucy.
You know, the first Star Wars film back in 1977
broke new ground with its special effects.
New methods were used whereby the action shots
were taken against a blue background with real models .
lt doesn't sound sophisticated compared
with today's computer generated effects but 29 years ago
it was revolutionary.

ln fact the amount of time Lucas spent on the special effects

almost resulted in the film not being finished.
Why do you think the films have been so enormously popular ?
We're dealing with science fiction here but really
the storylines in the films draw on themes common
not only to science fiction but also to classical mythology .
Really? lnteresting!
Yes, then there's the obvious struggle between Good and Bad ,
there's the famous 'force' the energy field that can be used
for good but also for bad, love plays a big part in the saga ,
as does the eternal struggle for power and domination.. .
Love, power and domination, yes...
So, have the films made a lot of money?
lt's been estimated that the films, along with the TV series ,
books and video games that have been made around the Star Wars
theme have generated $2o billion over the last 29 years;
so $2o billion, yes, that's rather a lot of money .
And what about the music in the movies? l really love the music .
Yes, l think the music has played an important role in helping people
to remember the films.
John Williams composed the scores for all six films;
the style he uses has changed as the years have gone by .
ln the first films he associated leitmotifs with each character ,

quite a simple approach.

ln the later films he changed his mind and took a richer ,
more sophisticated approach to the music.
One last question: is the saga definitely complete now?
l wouldn't bet on it!
There are rumours that George Lucas may be working on a sequel
but for television, not for the cinema.
So, we may be seeing Luke Skywalker again soon. Wonderful !
Well, thanks Sanjeev and goodbye.
Goodbye.
To all of you and Sanjeev, may the force be with you! Goodbye .
Now, let's have a look at some of that vocabulary we just used .
So, six films make up the Star Wars saga.
'To make up something' here means to go together
to form the whole of something.
The six films form the entire saga .
'To make up something' is a phrasal verb
that can also mean to invent something.
For example, 'l made up a story' means l invented a story .
The first Star Wars film was released in 1977 .
We say a film is released when it can be seen at the cinema
for the first time.
lt broke new ground with its special effects.

'To break new ground' means to do something for the first time .
lt broke new ground because it was the first film
to shoot the action shots with real models.
An action shot is a scene of a film with action ,
for example a car chase or a battle.
And what are special effects?
They're visual effects added to a film after the shooting
has been completed.
The shooting is the filming process of a film .
The special effects used in the first Star Wars films
were not very sophisticated compared
with the computer-generated effects of today's films .
Computer-generated effects are special effects
that are made using a computer.
The soundtracks of the Star Wars films
have also become very famous.
The soundtrack of a film is its music.
ln the first films John Williams, the composer of the soundtracks ,
associated leitmotifs with each character.
A leitmotif is a reoccurring musical
or visual theme associated with a particular character ,
situation or emotion.
Well, we have, as usual, run out of time; so goodbye for now !

Hello again and welcome back to 'English today'.

This is DVD twenty and the third DVD of your advanced level .
And in this DVD we'll start with another two episodes of our story
'That's life!'.
And then in our special TV programmes there'll be a discussion
about how to manage change, known as 'change management' .
Then we'll move on to cinema and take a closer look at Star Wars ,
then in the grammar section,
we'll look at ways of expressing your opinions in English ,
then we'll study the construction 'used to' which
we use when we're talking about habits alright ?
So, have fun.

English Today DVD 21-Eng

Sub
Jack! Jack, l was waiting for you. Have you got a minute?
Sure Edward! What's up?
Do you wanna put some muscles in your film?
Oh, Jack, you're quite a joker! l need some advice.. .
About a rather delicate matter...
Well, it's about women.
Oh, well, then you've come to the right person .

When it comes to women, in all modesty, Im sort of an expert .

Go ahead, shoot! But make it fast, l have to get to the gym .
Oh, well, don't worry, it's like this:
if a woman lets you mysteriously know that she's keen on you ,
and if you didn't expect it, but then you find that you don't mind the gesture.. .
ln fact, because of this, you find that you are becoming fond of her .
And if she acts as if nothing has happened.. .
What, what, what, what, what... Edward!
What are you getting at? l don't understand!
ls this a new idea for a film? Because if it is,
you should think about rewriting the script. lt seems very convoluted to me .
Oh Jack, stop joking. lt's a serious matter!
l just don't know how to behave...
l can't stand this situation...
Well...
Okay! Let's take this from the top.
So, a woman goes for you, however, she doesn't do it openly .
But then she pretends as if nothing has happened .
And, as far as l can tell, you don't dislike the idea. Have l got it ?
Exactly! What should l do?
Well, the fact...
Her behaviour leads me to believe that she's fond of games .
So, use that.

Play the mysterious man.

And then, surprise her with something special .
You know, like... Take her out to dinner or...
Write her a poem or...
Send her some red roses. Women really go for that kind of thing !
Really, l've got an idea.
l'd really like to meet this mysterious woman.
What she sees in him is beyond me...
Edward... Edward! Edward?!
Would you mind not watching the TV for a moment?
l'd like to have a word with you!
ls it important, Alice? 'Ciak!' is on.
That reality program about show business.
You know Im nuts for this show!
Yeah, yeah, l know! lt's about the only thing you go for.. .
What's up Alice? What's bothering you?
Edward, Im sorry,
l didn't mean to be rude!
-lt's just that... Has something...-What?
l mean,
anything particular happened recently?
Oh, well, if l have to tell you the truth, yes .
Ah! Great! So, what?

So, what? What are you getting at?

Who... What did you think about it?
-Were you pleased by it?-Oh yes, very much !
But, why we are talking about such embarrassing things! ?
l think you should talk about it, Edward.
-Once and for all...-You think? You know me...
l don't... Im not good with words...
Well, then get into action!
l think you've already waited long enough...
Maybe you're right! Im a klutz, aren't l, Alice?
Yes! But you can fix it!
l'll surprise you!
By the way, Alice...
Have you decided what you're going to wear for our date yet ?
-Our date? Are you serious, Edward?-Sure, our date with Mr Martin ,
-the television producer.-That date...
Have you forgotten?
No, don't worry. l haven't forgotten about it!
Hello again and welcome back.
Jack and Edward in that episode were talking about
what they like doing and what they dislike doing ,
and, in the English language this is very interesting
because there are different ways of describing what you like

and what you dislike, different verbs,

different phrases and that's what l want to do with you now .
Im going to give you some examples in this little exercise ,
and if you listen carefully you will notice
how many different forms there are. lt's like a little quiz.
Im going to talk to you about an animal, alright?
Im going to describe what this animal likes doing and dislikes doing ,
and then l want you to try and guess what the animal is, alright ?
So, are you ready? Listen carefully.
Well, these animals are keen on eating big animals ,
they're keen on eating big animals,
they're fond of basking in the sun,
in the long grass, so they're fond of lying basking in the sun ,
in the long grass. They really love running at top speed ,
they love running at high speed, ok?
They can't stand, they can't stand getting wet, like when it rains ,
they can't stand getting wet.
They can't bear being disturbed when they're eating ,
they can't bear being disturbed when they're eating .
Another thing, they don't mind the presence of man ,
but at a distance, alright?
Ok, they dislike being close to lions, to lions ,
dislike being close to lions. They hate being disturbed

when they are with their cubs, with their babies, ok ?

Their babies, their cubs, cubs.
As animals they don't go in much for making noise,
they don't go in for making noise, they're silent, they're quiet .
And for them it's all right to eat only twice every four days ,
so once every two days, they don't have to eat every day .
So, have you guessed the animal? lt's a cheetah!
Now remember that in English a cheetah is not Mr Monkey ,
a cheetah in English is the fastest animal in the world, it's the cat ,
the wild cat, with dots, that's the cheetah
and that's what l was describing, alright ?
Now, let's look more closely at the language that l used .
So, if we are talking about likes, these are the possibilities ,
you can use the verb 'to be keen on',
now notice that these verbs are followed by the gerund form ,
because we have a preposition, so 'Im keen on skiing' ,
'keen on' plus gerund means Im enthusiastic about it.
'Im fond of, 'Im fond of learning English', same meaning, ok ?
lt means l like it very much. 'Keen on', 'fond of plus gerund .
You can have the negative too
'Im not so fond of going to the cinema alone' for example .
Now, what about the negative 'l can't stand' it's the same as
'l hate' very very common use this.

'l can't stand getting up early in the morning' gerund ,

'l can't stand getting up early in the morning',
we also say 'l can't bear' look at the pronunciation
'l can't bear' alright 'getting up early in the morning' ,
'l can't bear drinking beer' for example.
You can say 'l really love doing something',
'l really love playing tennis'. Now, you can say
'l don't mind doing something' now 'l don't mind' means
l don't particularly like it, l don't particularly dislike it,
so it's ok, it's nothing special for me,
so 'l don't mind playing tennis' but it's not my favourite sport, alright ?
We also have the verb 'dislike',
'l dislike playing tennis' alright, so see how many they are ,
it's really interesting. Another one which is much less known
but we use it quite a lot is 'to go in for' listen to this ,
'l don't go in for watching documentaries',
'l don't go in for playing tennis', again,
which means Im not interested in it, alright ?
Another thing is 'Well, it's all right' again this is non-committal
'lt's all right playing tennis but it's not my favourite sport' alright ?
And then something similar to 'all right' is 'it's ok' ,
'Well it's ok eating rice but Im not really very enthusiastic about it .
So you see how many different examples

we have to describe like and dislike in English,

and again these are things
that we use every day so you need to practise them often .
So, it's ok learning English and you are excellent at doing it
and l like seeing your progress, ok, great !
Well that's this lesson and we'll see you again in the next one, alright ?
Bye for now.
Great, this spot should work well!
Maybe here it would be better!
And l'll put the card here next to this!
Let's give it a quick once-over again...
'Anne, l should have done this long ago! Now, l can't wait any longer.. .
Listen to my poetry written especially for you.. .
You are perfume, the color of all flowers, the breath and scent of the sea ,
the warming strength of the sun, you, the shining star that lights my life.'
Who knows if she'll like it...
What about these roses?
Will she like them? And what if she makes fun of me ?
Perhaps l shouldn't have listened to Jack! But of course, of course.. .
lt makes no sense to go on as if nothing has happened .
Somebody has to take the first step!
'l'll await you tomorrow night here in the living room ,
when everyone is asleep...

We'll be able to be alone, finally alone.'

Okay, that is done. There's nothing more to do now but wait !
Anne'll be home soon... Thank God Alice won't be here
at least for two hours.
And Jack is at the gym. Yes, l calculated everything perfectly !
Now it's time for me to leave as well, l don't want Anne to see me here.. .
Here she is!
lt's time to go!
Excellent, great Edward...
The moment of truth approaches!
They'll never call me an amateur again!
Right, fine. Bye bye! Always the door open! Allowing the cats to come in !
Oh, what are these? For me?
Oh, they're beautiful!
l wonder who's sent them...
Oh, what poetry! Who could have written it?
No, no Anne...
What are you thinking? No, don't be silly.
lt can't have been Jack!
Oh my God! Then again, he's the only person
l can imagine who would have written such lovely poetry !
Oh my God...
Oh, what if it were Jack?

Now that Sharon is out of the picture...

Who would have ever thought that... That one day.. .
Oh, Jack!
-Hi Anne.-Hi Alice!
-My! Aren't we feeling chirpy today?-Yes, we are feeling chirpy !
l've just received a mysterious and completely unexpected surprise !
So... What is it? What's all the suspense for ?
Im sorry Alice.
l'd like to keep it a secret for the time being !
There's something l have to check up on first .
But don't worry, l'll tell you soon enough!
Now, why don't you tell me how's it going with Edward ?
By the look on your face, l would guess things aren't going very well !
You said it! A complete and utter disaster!
l should never have written that card!
Why? What's the matter?
That's the problem! Nothing has happened!
Edward acts as if he'd never read that card!
And yet l know he read it! Im absolutely certain!
Why are you so sure?
Well, he told me in no uncertain terms. l fished around, vaguely .
And he admitted that something strange had happened .
And he also said that he was very pleased... And then nothing .

No words, no actions.
At this point, l think he was referring to something else entirely !
Or else, l just have to accept the fact that... He isn't interested in me !
Oh, don't get depressed, Alice! lf you want my opinion ,
l think you should have told him in person.
Face to face is always better than playing games .
At any rate, you've still got time.
Why don't you sit down and have an earnest word with him ?
No way! To be embarrassed further?
Anyway, there's something fishy about this whole story !
Either Edward is acting like a complete fool ,
or else he hasn't truly understood what l feel for him.. .
l need some clarity!
From now on Im going to scrutinize his every move !
Hi again and welcome back for some more English language !
Did you hear Alice talking about her regrets, do you know that ?
Regrets? When you do something you wish you hadn't done ?
That's a regret. Well, there are different ways
to express that in the English language,
she said 'l wish l hadn't written that card' ,
'l shouldn't have written that card' that's another possibility ,
there are in fact three possibilities in English of expressing regret ,
and l want to look at those with you, because they're quite complicated ,

let's do it together on the screen, alright?

Now the first example is with 'should, now you know 'should' ,
'should' we use... for example
'You should rest' when you give advice,
but if we put it into a past form we use it to express regret .
So, the grammatical structure is 'should'
plus the infinitive 'have' plus the past participle,
so an example is, imagine, it's raining,
l haven't got my umbrella, and you want to express a regret ,
so you could say 'l should have brought my umbrella' you see ?
'Should', infinitive 'have' plus the past participle
'bring, brought, brought', so you see
'Damn, l should have brought my umbrella with me',
so that's one example of expressing regret using 'should' ,
'should have brought'.
The second example is with 'wish'. So it's raining and you think
'Damn, l wish...' now the grammatical form is 'l wish l had brought' ,
that is the past perfect, 'had' is the auxiliary of 'have' in the past ,
then the past participle, so 'l wish l had brought my umbrella with me'
so 'l should have brought', 'l wish l had brought' and the last one ,
is very similar to wish, it's 'lf only l had brought my umbrella with me' .
So there again we have, 'if only' followed by the past perfect
'lf only l had brought my umbrella with me' alright ?

So, three forms of expressing regrets, let's practise .

Situation: l've got sunstroke, my face is burning
because l've been on the beach all day, regrets could be
'l shouldn't have stayed in the sun so long', 'shouldn't have stayed' ,
'l wish l hadn't stayed in the sun so long', 'lf only l hadn't stayed...'
get the idea? Yeah? Good!
Next situation: my car has broken down again, it's stopped ,
my car's broken down again... Regret.. .
'l should have taken it to the mechanic's',
'l should have taken it to the mechanic earlier for a check-up'
or 'l wish l had taken it...' you see?
You can use one of the three forms, exactly the same meaning, alright ?
Great, next one, Im completely lost, situation:
l am completely lost, regret, 'l wish l had brought a map with me' ,
'l wish l had brought a map with me' ok? Getting the idea ?
Next one: l've got a terrible headache, terrible headache !
'lf only l hadn't drunk' drink, drank, drunk
'so much red wine last night', 'lf only l hadn't' ,
'l shouldn't have drunk three bottles of red wine last night'
now l regret it. Another one, damn l missed the plane !
l missed the plane, my alarm clock.. .
'l should have put the alarm clock on' obviously .
And the last one, my pin-card Im trying to get money ,

l've forgotten my pin-card for my cash dispenser card !

'l should have memorized it better',
'lf only l had memorized it better' alright ?
So there are the three forms: 'should have done' ,
'l wish l had done' and 'if only l had done' ok ?
Im sure you think 'l wish l had been born English !
That way l wouldn't have to learn the English language' well ,
we're here to help you, so, that's the end of this lesson
and see you again very soon, bye!
Hello and welcome to this week's edition of 'Music World' .
And of course welcome to our music expert, Tony Moore .
Hello Lucy and good morning to all our music fans.
A great cultural icon with a very difficult recent history ,
a popular TV programme broadcasting these problems
to a whole nation and today great performances to packed houses .
Im talking about the Royal Opera House at Covent Garden in London .
The theatre dates back to 1 732 but recently it's become
more famous than ever.
What exactly has been happening at The Royal Opera, Tony ?
Well, everything started with the restoration work
that was begun in 1995.
This work has now been completed
and we have the modern performance space that it is today .

l can't see any trouble there...

Sure, but the restoration work was partly funded by the national lottery .
What do you mean 'partly' funded;
how much money came from the lottery?
The lottery gave $58.5 million towards the work .
Quite a lot of money!
Remind me how the lottery works...
Lottery tickets cost $1 .oo and are sold all over the country
and there's a big draw once a week.
Ok, so the Royal Opera House received $58.5 million from the lottery;
what happened next?
The restoration work was completed in 1999.
Tony Blair's labour government had given the Royal Opera
this lottery money on condition that it made opera less
elitist in the future by keeping some of its seats reasonably priced
for citizens earning an average wage.
Did they do that?
Yes, but let's not rush things.
ln 2oo1 the Royal Opera became even more famous when the BBC
filmed a 'fly on the wall' documentary about the day to day running of the place .
The programme showed a real life soap opera in action.
During this period the theatre was chaotically managed
and was almost out of control.

Five executive directors left in the space of five years .

There was on-going conflict between management and employees .
And the Royal Opera suddenly found itself
at the centre of the political debate about the funding of the arts in the UK .
Many people asked whether opera wasn't too elitist an art form
to receive funding from the government.
Why?
ls the running of the Royal Opera completely funded
by the government?
No, but it does rely in part on the government ,
31 % of its funds come from government subsidies .
Today corporate sponsorship is becoming more important .
ln 2oo6 this amounted to nearly $16 million.
Of course the rest of the funds come from ticket sales .
l see! And then?
How does the story end?
The BBC documentary programme was a great success :
it had a huge audience.
The TV project wasn't so successful for the Royal Opera management
as it entered a period of financial crisis.
And there was an enormous amount of criticism because of the high cost
of the renovation work and because of the BBC TV documentary
which showed that the place was managed very, very badly .

And today?
Well, after so many years of difficult times the Royal Opera
is newsworthy simply because it isn't!
For the last five years the Royal Opera
has been putting on successful operas and ballets .
lt's been doing a fine job.
What's more the Opera House has kept its promise.
Now it's attracting new audiences to listen to opera
and some of the seats are reasonably priced .
So, how much the tickets cost?
The top price for a performance is usually $18o
but half of the seats cost $5o or less,
but the cheapest seats cost less than $1o .
Of course, they're not very close to the stage
but they are the cheapest grand opera seats in Europe .
On an average evening 48% of the audience is watching its first opera .
So, a wider range of people are watching opera now in London.. .
That's right, after a very difficult period the Royal Opera
is now running smoothly.
Another soap opera with a happy ending .
-So thanks Tony, and goodbye.-Thanks, goodbye .
And goodbye to all our music fans.
So, the Royal Opera House, a cultural icon with a difficult history .

A cultural icon is a famous symbol for one of the arts:

music, writing or painting.
But today it puts on performances to packed houses .
Remember the phrasal verb 'to put on' means to organize and perform .
A packed house is a theatre with every seat sold out.
We say a place is packed when it's full of people .
The restoration work that started in 1995
was partly funded by the National Lottery.
'To be funded by' means to be financed by ,
to receive money from someone or something, in this case the Lottery .
'lt was partly funded' means that it received part of the money it needed .
This money was given on condition that opera was made less elitist .
'Elitist' means that it is only available to a small group of people ,
usually socially or intellectually superior.
The expression 'on condition that' means only if .
The BBC filmed a 'fly on the wall' documentary
about the day to day running of the place.
A 'fly on the wall' documentary is a programme that shows everything
that happens in real life situations.
'Day to day' means daily, of every day.
So 'the day to day running of the place' means
the normal everyday administration of the place.
This real life soap opera showed the theatre was almost out of control .

A soap opera is a TV programme

with many episodes that looks at the day to day lives of a group of people .
'Out of control' means there is no control, like chaotic or disorganized .
lt showed the on-going conflict between managers and employees .
A conflict is a disagreement.
'lt was on-going' means that it continued for a long period of time .
That's all we have time for today, see you again soon!
Hello and welcome to this week's edition of 'The Travel Programme' .
ln the studio with me once again is Christine Oteng, our travel expert .
Good morning everyone.
Well, what does the word 'holiday' conjure up in your mind ?
White sand beaches, beautiful blue sea and fantastic seafood ?
Or maybe cool mountain air
and invigorating walks through Alpine forests?
How about this... Think helping to build a dam outside a village in Uganda ,
think helping out in a rural hospital in lndia ,
think showing visitors round a castle in England.. .
That's right, today's travel topic is volunteer holidays ,
a way to travel and do good at the same time.
Am l right Christine?
Right! A volunteer holiday can be a true life-changing experience .
Travel, visit new places and help local people at the same time .
lt's a great way to really make contact with local people ,

their culture and the kinds of problems they face and you can help ,
in a small way, to solve some of those problems .
Certainly a holiday with a difference.
What sorts of places have volunteer holidays ?
There are two kinds of volunteer holidays really .
A lot of these holidays take place in developing countries :
in Africa, lndia and sometimes in South America.
Other holidays can be found in Europe and North America .
So there are lots of destinations to choose from.
And what sorts of things can you do?
There's an enormous range of activities to choose from .
ln the developing world a lot of the work is based around helping
on infrastructure projects, so you may help to dig a new well
or build a new footbridge or perhaps a children's playground.. .
Or you may decide to help out in a local hospital or in an orphanage .
All sorts of useful projects to improve the daily lives of local people
in small ways...
And what about the work in developed countries?
Well, here the work is slightly different .
lt's usually for charitable organisations like for example
the National Trust, an English charity that looks after many castles
and old houses.
lt also owns many areas of beautiful countryside.

Anyway, it's possible to do lots of interesting things for the National Trust .
What for example?
As you mentioned earlier,
helping to show tourists round a castle in the summer .
There is a beautiful fifteenth century castle on an island off
the north east coast of England, Lindisfarne Castle.
Well, they're looking for a couple to do this job for a fortnight .
Ok, l'll think about that!
But do you have to pay for these activities?
Yes, of course you have to pay!
Volunteer holidays in developing countries tend to cost more
because travel costs are higher and some of your money
will go to help the local community.
ln this way you help poor people twice!
Just one question Christine,
during volunteer holidays do you have to work all the time ?
Well, usually there's a split between volunteer work and sightseeing .
For example during a fortnight's holiday to Africa
you may spend the first week on your volunteer work
and the second week visiting game reserves, relaxing, shopping .
The sorts of things you normally do on holiday.. .
Good. So you have time for fun too.
Ok everyone, the next time you're trying to decide

where to go on holiday, forget the beaches ,

forget the mountains and start thinking about leaving
your comfort zone for Africa or the English countryside !
Thanks Christine for that fascinating information.
Goodbye.
And of course goodbye to all travellers.
Well, what does the word holiday conjure up in your mind ?
'What does it conjure up?' Means what does it make you think of ?
What do you imagine when you hear the word holiday ?
A volunteer holiday can be a life-changing experience .
'A life-changing experience' means it changes your life .
There are two kinds of volunteer holidays,
in developing countries and in developed countries .
A developing country is a country with a low level of economic activity
and low standards of living, like lndia and Africa.
All these countries together are called the developing world .
European countries are developed countries.
There are lots of destinations to choose from.
'There are lots to choose from' means that there is a big selection .
There are lots of activities to choose from.
You can help on an infrastructure project.
A project that involves building or construction.
You can help to build a footbridge, a bridge for people to cross on foot .

You can help out in an orphanage.

An orphanage is a home for children who have lost their parents .
Notice how we say 'help to do something',
'help on a project' and 'help out in a place' .
You could also work for a charitable organisation
in a developed country.
A charitable organisation is an organisation whose aim
is not to make a profit but to help people in need .
For example you could spend a fortnight showing tourists
round a castle in England.
A fortnight is a period of 14 days.
They're looking for a couple to do this job .
A couple is two people, usually a man and a woman ,
who are married or in a relationship together .
Ok, well that's all for this week.
So take care and study hard!
Hello again and welcome back to 'English today'.
This is DVD twenty-one and the fourth DVD in your advanced level .
And in this DVD we'll start again with another two episodes of our story
'That's life!'.
And then, after that, in our special TV programmes ,
our music expert will be talking about the Royal Opera House in London
and then our travel expert will be looking into volunteer holidays .

Then in the grammar section we will look at ways

of expressing your likes and dislikes
and we'll also study different ways of expressing feelings of regret alright ?
So enjoy your viewing!

English Today DVD 22-Eng

Sub

-Uh-uh...-Anne!
Hi...
Im so happy you've accepted my invitation .
What a strange voice you have! l almost wouldn't have recognised you .
lt's the thrill! You can't imagine how l've longed for this moment !
Oh, really. You don't say... To be truthful, Im rather emotional myself .
-Oh, Im glad you feel that way!-Slow down boy...
-l really don't want to wake the others.-Oh, the others... Never mind !
-Who cares if they find out...-Well, actually, l'd rather they didn't.. .
You know how l am... Im shy and reserved.
Oh, what a pity! l know... And that's why Im crazy about you.. .
Reserved with the others, but you're a tiger when it comes to what you want !
Come again!?
Oh, you know exactly what Im speaking about !
Let's light a candle. l want to see your face.. .
Edward?! What are you doing here?!

Anne! lt's me... Don't worry!

Our date... You don't remember?
You're a little nervous... Come here, baby.
Oh! Let go of me! Don't you dare touch me!
You should be ashamed of yourself!
Hey, what's going on in here? Edward? Anne!
Now, l understand everything! Thanks a lot, Anne!
What a great friend you are!
-What an idiot l was to confide in you!-No, really, Alice! lt's not like you think !
And what am l supposed to think then? lt seems pretty clear to me !
No, really! Let me explain! l thought it would be... l thought it would be Jack !
What does Jack have to do with it?
Why did you leave me this note in my napkin the other day ?
Edward! lt was me who wrote you that note! l can't believe you don't get it !
The poetry... And the roses... That was you?
Sorry about that... l thought... Im so sorry !
What an amateur you are, Edward!
-Hey Anne!-Hi.
Have you read the paper?
There's an article about Peter. Our singer's become famous !
No, l haven't read it.
To tell you the truth, Im really not interested !
What a pity! lt's very interesting!

Hey Alice!
Hi Alice. Take a peek at the paper... There's an article about Peter .
Whoopee! Glad to hear it! Who cares?
What fun you girls are... lt's quite the pleasure to hang out with you !
Edward, at least you'll be interested.
Would you like to read this article about our friend Peter ?
Actually, l wouldn't, Jack.
Would somebody explain what's going on?
-l have never seen so many long faces...-You and your expert advice !
What's eating him? Has he gone stark raving mad?
No Jack, l've gone stark raving mad!
Yet again l've played the fool! What an idiot!
Okay Alice, at least you'll explain what's going on, Im in the dark here !
lt's a long story, Jack. A horrible mess! All began with a misunderstanding.. .
Now, Im all ears. Go on, Alice! Do tell !
Hello again and welcome back.
l want to look at some more socializing language with you,
because very often you just don't learn that when you study in schools
and things like that, and it's very important
when you're travelling to be able to socialize and feel confident .
What Im going to do is, some of the things are new ,
some of the things you already know. Now,
Im going to say something to you

and l want you to think about how we use these particular phrases ,
alright? So, let's start. Now, if l say to you 'Never mind, don't worry' ,
'Never mind, don't worry', when do we use that ?
Yeah it's often in a situation where, for example ,
you disturb somebody you say, 'Im terribly sorry!'
because you pour red wine on their trousers or something like that ,
'Im terribly sorry!' the person apologizes and you say 'Never mind ,
don't worry' it means for you it's not important, ok ?
So 'Never mind, don't worry'.
What about this one, if l say 'What a pity!' or 'What a shame!'
when do l use that? 'What a pity!', 'What a shame!' .
Yeah, it's to express your disappointment when something happens ,
'You can't come tonight? What a pity! What a shame!' alright ?
So, disappointment, good!
Next one. This is difficult, this is new for you, if l say 'Just as well' ,
'Just as well' what does that mean?
You don't know, it's difficult! 'Just as well' has no sense, individually ,
l'll give you an example:
'lt's not going to rain tomorrow', 'Just as well' ,
and in that situation 'Just as well' means 'Im happy about that ,
that's good' alright?
So 'Just as well' is like saying 'That's good' alright ?
'Just as well', great!

Next one 'Sorry about that'. Notice we say 'Sorry about that' ?
Ok, that's when you want to apologize about something ,
'Sorry about that', very common, 'Sorry about that' .
Next one, this one 'Well, fancy that!', 'Well, fancy that' .
Now, this we use when we want to express surprise ,
'Fancy that! He won the competition!', 'Really? Fancy that!' ok ?
Good, next one 'You must be joking!', 'You must be joking!' .
Joking, now that is when you don't believe something ,
you want to express your disbelief. So, for example ,
'England won the world cup',
'Come on, you must be joking!'.
Alright. Now this one you do know so this is revision ,
when do we say 'Well, actually l'd rather you didn't' ,
'Well, actually l'd rather you didn't' ,
you know those golden words 'Well actually...'?
Yeah, somebody asks you something like
'Do you mind if l smoke?'
and you want to say no politely, not aggressively, so
'Well, actually' preparation, psychological preparation for 'no' ,
'Well, actually l'd rather, l would rather, you didn't',
'Well, actually l'd rather you didn't', very important .
These are nice 'Mind how you go, take care', very nice phrases those ,
'Mind how you go, take care'. We say those

'Mind how you go' means be careful when you're travelling ,

when somebody's leaving you and saying goodbye ,
we wish them that 'Take care, mind how you go' ,
means 'Look after yourself alright?
And the last one is 'Cheers!'. Now 'Cheers!'
is something we usually use when we're drinking, to people ,
'Cheers!' but now we also use it in a familiar way to say 'Goodbye' .
'Cheers!', so that's what l'll say to you now,
we've finished our socializing lesson, so cheers !
See you in the next lesson!
Hi, Anne, have you got a minute? l...
-Hi Jack!-l'd like to have a word...
You've probably already heard the sordid story...
-Yes! Listen, Anne...-No, l want you to listen Jack !
You've probably had a good laugh on my behalf!
Now, that said, l'd prefer no further comments on the story !
lt is not my intention to make fun of you, Anne !
Although l must admit the whole misunderstanding was rather amusing !
Great! And now, pretty please... Let's not talk about it anymore !
l would like to have a word about it.
What Im about to say is sure to surprise you .
Nothing's bound to surprise me anymore, Jack !
Anyway, listen: don't worry. You don't have to explain!

l know how things are. l know that you like me.. .

But just as a friend... A friend that...
Listen, Anne...
Well, maybe, if we met in some other time.. .
-Anne! Excuse me...-Things would have gone differently.. .
And then... Well perhaps... Blah-blah-blah!
Anne, can l speak for one minute, please?
Yes. Certainly, Jack!
-Thank you.-Go right ahead.
Now... You know how... How l suffered about Sharon.. .
And... After her l...
l didn't think l'd ever feel anything about another woman.. .
But then... You came back from your holiday and.. .
And l started to feel better... l don't think about Sharon so much.. .
What are you getting at, Jack?
Anne, it was... lt was because of you that l managed to forget about Sharon !
Well, that's what friends are for, n'est pas?
-You really don't get it, do you?-Get what, Jack?
Anne... Anne!
Im trying to tell you that...
Im in love with you!
l didn't wanna believe it at first. l...
l thought l was attracted to you because l felt so alone in the world.. .

But then this feeling grew and... And when Alice told me about Edward
l realized it should have been me to bring you those flowers !
Jack, if this is some kind of a joke, it's not very amusing !
No, no, no! lt's the truth! l swear...
We were made for each other...
l should have realized that sooner... Im sorry.. .
Jack!
So, Edward, are you going to explain why you called us all here today ?
What's so urgent?
Well, listen: something marvellous has happened, to say the least !
l must say Im a little unsure about what you term 'marvellous' !
Oh, let's put aside our differences, Alice!
We should all be happy today!
Oh! Just a moment.
Yeah? Oh, great, great... Don't worry, they're certain to accept.. .
l've already spoken with the group... Yeah.
They're bound to be here any moment...
We'll be sure to get the details later... Bye bye .
Edward, do you plan on telling us what's going on?
Well, you all remember that l was in touch with a producer
to propose what l've filmed with you in this house ?
-Yes, and?-He ate it up!
He loved you all, the house, your daily gossip, your relationships.. .

Oh, great, they've already arrived... Excuse me for a moment, l'll get it.. .
Who's arrived? Uh?!
Come, come in, come in... This way...
Edward, what's going on? Who are these people ?
Hold on now... Mr Martin, the producer, has accepted my proposal.. .
We are going to make some TV shows! Here! And you.. .
You are all going to be the stars!
You are bound to become famous!
And l've already come up with a title...
'At home with Anne!' What do you think?!
Oh my God!
Hello again and here we are at the last lesson,
and if you are still with me you are so dedicated
l would want to give you a medal, fantastic !
So in this last lesson l want to say a couple more things about probability
and improbability because it's very important to have
and to understand a couple of these words which
l don't think you've heard before.
So, we'll go to the screen to look at these words
because they're quite complicated.
So, probability and improbability, look at the screen.
We can use two words 'unlikely' and 'likely'.
Have you ever heard of those? 'Unlikely' and 'likely'?

No, maybe not. Let me show you how they work.

l can say to you, if, for example, let's take my sister .
My sister is a gymnast, she's going in for a competition
but the probability that she will win is low.
So to say that in English,
l can say 'She's unlikely to win'. Look at that structure :
it's the verb 'to be' plus 'unlikely' plus the infinitive .
So, if l say to you 'My sister is unlikely to win the competition'
it means the probability is low, alright?
So 'She's unlikely to win'.
Now, l can increase that negative probability by saying
'lt's highly unlikely' for example, the weather ,
let's say the weather, the weather is bad
and the chances that it will be improved tomorrow:
negative, l say 'lt's highly unlikely to improve'.
'Highly unlikely' means 'it's almost impossible'.
So, we can add 'highly' to 'unlikely', you see, unusual ,
unusual structure this.
Another example 'He's unlikely to get it' alright?
So, l want you to think about that, 'unlikely' is something
we use a lot in the English language,
you need to recognize it and to use it yourselves .
Now let's move on to real probability, expressing real probability .

ln English we can use the word 'certain', 'sure' ,

these are words that you already know,
but there's another world which l don't' think you know
and it's 'bound', from the verb 'bind, bound, bound' .
Now, if l say to you 'They're bound to accept'
you'll probably think 'What?',
now 'They are bound to accept' means they are certain
or they are sure to accept. So this is describing real probability, alright ?
'Bound to', 'Sure to', 'Certain to', look at the examples ,
'They're bound to accept it', 'We're sure to arrive on time' ,
'lt's certain to work'. Now let's take some examples
and put them in sentences. l say to you
'China will become a major world power'.
Now, what do you think about the probability of that ?
Well, high yeah?
So we could say 'China is highly likely'
this is the positive form 'highly likely to become a major world power' .
Another situation, what about this,
'ln our lifetimes a woman will become Pope?'.
How about that?
Right, we would say
'lt's highly unlikely that a woman will become Pope' alright ?
'Highly unlikely'. Another example,

'The world's climate will continue to change'

l think that's obvious, yeah?
So we could say 'The world's climate is bound to continue ,
is sure to continue to change if we keep behaving like this' .
And one more.
'You'll learn English if you follow this course'
that's for sure!
So we would say 'You're sure, you're bound to learn English
if you follow this course' alright?
So, different ways for you to express probability, strong probability ,
less strong probability, fantastic!
Well, what can l say to you?
You have been wonderful, you've studied hard, followed all the lessons ,
all l can say is keep practising, go to England !
Go to America!
Go to Canada! Go on holiday!
Speak to tourists, speak to friends, do courses, keep reading ,
it's important, you know English is an important language ,
today it's not possible to work or live without it .
So thank you for being such great students, and who knows ?
Maybe you and l will bump into each other in a street in London !
Well l hope so, so take care, look after yourselves
and good luck with your English, ok?

Bye and thanks again!

The tennis tournament that for many years insisted players
wear only white. The tournament where the game's played on grass
and where tradition is a key ingredient.
Of course Im talking about Wimbledon.
Good evening, Im Eric Brown and here in the studio with me
to tell us more about this famous championship is John Forbes ,
our sports expert. Welcome John.
Good evening Eric and hello everyone.
So John, can you tell us just why Wimbledon
is by far the world's most prestigious tennis tournament ?
Well, Eric, the world's first international tournament
took place at Wimbledon.
Today of course there are many international tournaments ,
but Wimbledon has managed to retain a special place
in the hearts of tennis fans and most players around the world .
And when did the first championship take place ?
The first tournament took place in 1877
and there were a couple of hundred spectators .
Today nearly half a million people go to watch the tennis
and in addition, millions worldwide follow the games on television ,
radio and via the lnternet.
For many years players used to wear white on court ,

no other colours were allowed.

This has changed today, though.
And the grass courts?
Well yes, it may be hard to believe but the games
are still played on natural grass.
Obviously a great deal of care and attention goes
into getting the grass to that state of perfection.
For example?
For example 1 tonne of grass seed and 3 million litres of water a year.. .
and a team of 14 groundsmen...
14!
Yes, 14, but you know Wimbledon's famous grass surface
can cause problems...
What sort of problems?
Today very few top level championships are played on grass .
The world's top players just aren't used to playing on grass any more ,
and some top players really dislike grass.
Were grass courts more common in the past?
Yes, they were.
Three of the four Grand Slam tournaments used
to be played on grass.
l guess the one exception was the Roland Garros tournament in Paris :
that's always been played on clay, right ?

That's right, Eric! But the Australian and the U.S. Opens
which were originally played on grass,
have now switched to surfaces requiring less maintenance ,
leaving only Wimbledon with the surface on which tennis originated .
And what difference does the surface make?
Actually it makes a big difference, Eric.
On grass courts, for example, serves can be very, very fast ,
over 21o kilometres per hour and the ball tends to bounce lower
than on other surfaces, giving attacking players an advantage .
And the alternatives?
One alternative is the clay surface of the courts of Rolland Garros in Paris .
Here, compared with Wimbledon, the game tends to be slower
and the ball bounces higher, giving the defensive players the advantage .
Fascinating. Ok, thank you John, oh... One last question ,
where exactly is Wimbledon?
Wimbledon is a pleasant, leafy suburb in South West London.. .
Obviously, it's famous all round the world for the tennis championships
that take place there every summer.
Ok! Thank you again!
Thank you! Goodbye!
And goodbye to you!
And see you again next week for another edition of 'Sports Special' .
Today's topic was one of the most important tennis tournaments

in the world.
A tournament is a sports competition.
Did you know the first Wimbledon tennis championship
took place in 1877?
'To take place' means to happen in a certain location .
A championship is like a tournament,
there are a series of games and there is a winner, a champion .
Today Wimbledon has nearly half a million spectators .
Spectators are people who watch something from a short distance .
And millions of viewers follow the championship on TV .
Viewers are people who watch something on TV ,
we can also say 'to follow something on TV'.
A person who plays tennis is called a tennis player .
Tennis is played on a tennis court.
The Wimbledon championships are played on grass courts ,
tennis courts with a grass surface.
They require a lot of maintenance.
'Maintenance' means care and looking after.
The other three famous Grand Slam tournaments
are all played on clay courts.
A clay court has a fine red earth surface .
The first shot in tennis is called a serve.
A series of shots between the players is called a rally .

When the ball hits the ground we say it bounces .

The ball tends to bounce higher on clay courts
and it bounces lower on grass courts.
'To tend to do something'... This means it has a habit of doing something .
On grass courts the game tends to be faster .
Wimbledon is a leafy suburb in south London .
A 'suburb' is an area of houses away from the city centre ,
and 'leafy' means there are a lot of trees.
That's about it for today, l'll see you on Sports Special next week !
Bye bye!
Welcome to all our viewers. Lisa, this is our last show together !
l hope you've enjoyed these informal chats as much as l have .
Of course! lt's been fun for me as well !
Now then, what are you going to talk about today ?
l've received quite a few e.mails from people
who want to learn about wine-tasting.
You know, it's become very trendy these days .
Great! l wouldn't mind understanding a little more about wine myself.. .
Let's begin with the right approach to wine.
First of all, before drinking it, one should appreciate the taste of wine .
There are three steps to correct wine-tasting: look, smell and taste .
What should one look for?
Colour is the first thing.

Whites range from green to yellow to brown .

And red ones can be pale red to deep brown.
ls the colour of wine related to age?
The general rule is: whites tend to darken with age .
lt's usually the opposite for red ones.
Now tell me Lisa,
why do people tend to swirl their wine before tasting it ?
For two reasons: to observe the body of the wine, and smell its aroma .
Now, how do aromas of wines differ?
Well, there are many different kinds of bouquet.
For example, perfumed, spicy, smoky and toasty .
Well, now it's time to taste.
Before tasting, how should wines be poured?
Let me show you.
Still wines like this one, should be poured towards the centre of the glass .
Remember that sparkling wines, on the other hand ,
should be poured against the side of the glass .
Why's that?
So the bubbles don't escape.
So, now try sloshing the wine yourself, observe it carefully .
Are there 'good legs'?
Legs? What do you mean?
Can you see the droplets on the glass?

Yes...
Well, they indicate a thick body of the wine .
Now, have a first sip, swish the wine around your mouth
and give us your first impression!
lt's... How can l say? Slightly bitter...
Seems like a fruity taste to me.
You see? You've already identified two wine flavours !
Now, take another sip, and see if you can taste the tannin .
Im not really sure...
ln the beginning it's difficult to define a wine.
This is, without a doubt, a round, full-bodied wine .
Now, l noticed you chose this glass for red wine .
What are those glasses for?
This glass, for red wine, is called a 'Rhine glass' .
This tulip-shaped glass is for white wines.
And that flute is for sparkling wines.
And those items over there are the basic wine utensils, aren't they ?
Yes. This is a corkscrew and this is a foil cutter .
Other useful objects are a drip catcher and a decanter .
Well, Im sure there's a myriad of things that we could say about wine ,
but unfortunately our time is up.
Lisa, thank you for being such a great hostess.
My pleasure.

Now, let's have a look at the language we used.

Lisa said that 'wine-tasting' has three steps:
when we 'look' at wine, we study its appearance .
When we 'take a whiff of wine,
we smell it so as to appreciate the 'bouquet'.
This is also called 'aroma', or 'nose'.
lt can be 'perfumed', 'fruity', 'appley', 'berrylike' for example ,
'bitter', 'toasty', 'smoky', 'spicy' and so on .
l asked about 'swirling':
this is moving the glass around quickly to draw in some air .
When you 'slosh' wine, the movement is more agitated .
'Legs' are the viscous drops that form and run down
the sides of the glass after swirling wine .
A 'body' refers to the weight of wine in one's mouth .
Wines can be defined 'round', 'full-bodied' ,
'medium-bodied' or 'light-bodied'.
'Aftertaste' defines the taste that remains in one's mouth ,
length of time, after swallowing.
'Tannin' is a chemical compound from bark, wood etcetera used in tanning .
lt mostly refers to red wines.
Then Lisa describes the different method in 'pouring still wines' ,
wines without bubbles, or 'sparkling wines', wines with bubbles .
Now, a quick look at wine utensils.

A 'corkscrew' is what we use for pulling corks out of bottles .

A 'drip catcher' will avoid drops falling on the table cloth .
To let wines breath, we use a 'decanter'.
Thank you very much for your attention. Goodbye!
Hello again and welcome back to 'English today'.
And this is DVD twenty-two and the fifth
and last DVD of your advanced level and the series .
And in this DVD you will see another two episodes of our story
'That's life!', followed by some more special TV programmes .
This time our sports expert will be talking about Wimbledon ,
and then our culinary experts will be talking about wine tasting .
Then in the grammar section we'll study some more useful phrases
for when you're socializing and other ways of expressing probability ,
using 'likely' and 'unlikely' alright?
So enjoy your viewing!

English Today DVD 23-Eng

Sub

This report is so boring! Numbers, accounts, and statistics !

l hate it! Im an artist. When l was younger l used to write.. .
Short stories, novels, poems... And l was good at it !
What has happened to my inspiration? What am l doing here ?
A publishing house! That's where l would like to work !

Okay, Victoria, stop dreaming! Let's get back to the report !

The boss wants it on his desk at five this afternoon !
Oh... lsn't there anything more interesting to do! ?
Like listening to some good music...
-Telephone!-Oh, the phone...
Hello, this is Victoria Lee... Oh, Lucy! What can l do for you ?
No, Im not busy.
Well, actually, l am very busy. l have to write a boring report for the boss .
Anyway, what is it? ls there a problem?
What? Mr. Lewis wants to speak with me? Really?
Yes, yes, of course, put him through.
Good morning, Mr. Lewis! lt's a pleasure to hear from you .
How are you?
Im fine, sir! What can l do for you?
Yes, l know the product.
lt's very interesting, innovative, and the marketing department thinks
it has a lot of potential for the international market.
What? Me? Really? Thank you, sir! Yes, yes, immediately .
Yes, yes! Victoria, today is your lucky day! Bye-bye, boring report !
-So, you are Anne Baxter?-Yes. Yes, l am.
Im sorry. Really... Im so sorry...
Nice to meet you, Im Mr. Stevens .
How do you do? Im so sorry, Mr. Stevens.. .

Anne, please, sit down. lt's alright. How are you today ?
Im a little nervous. And this isn't a good start!
That's alright. Well Anne, where are you from?
-Im English. Im from Oxford.-Great! A true Brit!
Can you speak any other languages? French? German? Spanish ?
l can speak French, a little Spanish, and a few words of ltalian .
My sister is in Rome studying History of Art...
-Okay...-At university...
Okay, okay, very interesting! And can you use a computer? The lnternet ?
Im not a genius with the computer, but l can use one .
Great, Anne! l have your CV here.
And l see you already work here. What do you do exactly ?
l do this and that. And l usually work from home.
l have an office in my room with a big desk, and two chairs and.. .
Fine, fine... That's... That's fine, Anne. Do you live alone ?
No, l... l share a flat with my Australian friend Alice .
And there's a new flatmate now. His name is Jack, he's from New York .
-He's very nice...-That's... That's fine! That's fine !
Great, Anne you're... You're very well prepared.
You, you have a good education...
And you're very precise! You're just the person for this internship !
Oh, thank you Mr. Stevens! Thank you so much for this opportunity !
Good. Now, let's see if you know the names ofjobs and professions .

l will mime a job and a profession. You try and guess what it is. Alright ?
Number one. What's this? What's my job?
Ladies and gentlemen, what would you like to eat this evening ?
What am l? Awaiter. Exactly, a waiter.
Now, this one. What's my job?
Difficult job. Im a computer technician.
A computer technician. Okay?
Next one. This one.
What's my job? Im a...? Im a...?
No, Im not a policeman. Im a policeman, a policeman .
Be careful of the pronunciation.
Next. What's my job?
Hello? Yes, yes, yes, thank you.
What's my job? Im a... Difficult one...
Secretary. Listen to the pronunciation. Im a secretary .
Next one, let's see. Here, this one here .
What's my job? Im a...
Im a conductor. Im a conductor. Alright .
And this one, this one here.
Im a scientist. Again a difficult pronunciation. Scientist .
This one here. That's seventy-eight... For the chips... For the chicken.. .
That makes...
That'll be seventy-nine euro, madam. Thank you.

Im a cash assistant, a cash assistant. Alright ?

Next one, this one here.
Follow me.
You see, this beautiful monument that we have
in the city of Florence is the Duomo.
What's my job? Im a tourist guide.
Listen to the pronunciation. Im a tourist guide.
This one, this is difficult.
Ladies and gentlemen of the jury, l believe that this man is innocent .
My job? Im a lawyer, a lawyer.
And next, this one.
Im a... Yeah. A painter. A painter. Good .
And the last one. What do you think this is ?
Im retired, l have no job! Im retired.
So, what's yourjob? What's your father's job?
What's your mother's job?
Well, let's look at the screen together
and check the spelling and the pronunciation
of the jobs we've just looked at, alright? So, here's the screen .
Good, the question is: what's yourjob?
So, the first one: Im a waiter. Where does a waiter work ?
Exactly, in a restaurant.
Next one: Im a computer technician. Where does he work ?

Exactly, in a company.
Im a policeman. Where does a policeman work ?
ln the police headquarters, headquarters. Alright ?
Next. Im a secretary. Pronunciation: secretary. Where do l work ?
ln an office. Okay?
Im a conductor. Where do l work?
ln the theatre. ln the theatre.
Im a scientist. l work in a laboratory. A laboratory, difficult pronunciation .
Next. Im a cash assistant. l work in a supermarket, or in a shop .
Im a tourist guide, l work in a tourist centre.
Im a lawyer. l work in a law court, a law court .
Im a painter, l work in a studio.
Im retired. l don't work, l stay at home.
Okay? Now, those are the different, some different jobs and professions .
Now let's look at some of the questions that you can ask people
about theirjobs.
Let's look at the screen again.
You could ask, for example: do you enjoy, do you like yourjob ?
Or you could ask: do you have responsibility in yourjob ?
Or what about this? Do you have a good salary?
Does your salary reflect yourjob?
Or training, training, education. Do you attend training courses ?
Another one, this: do you have promotion prospects ?

Promotion prospects.
Another one: are the working conditions good ?
Are the working conditions good? Like holidays, for example .
Then: do you meet a lot of people? Do you meet a lot of people ?
And one more: is yourjob creative? ls yourjob creative ?
So, some of... Those are the questions you can ask in conversation
talking about jobs.
Good. Well, that's the end of the first lesson ,
and l look forward to seeing you in the second. Bye .
Right, this way.
Anne, this is Gary.
And this is Rachel.
-Hello! Pleased to meet you.-Hi.
Rachel is a very important team member at our publishing house .
She knows everything about the company .
-She was our first employee... ln 1985!-1985 !
And she can answer any questions you may have.
Okay, Anne, you're in good hands. Have a productive day !
Alright Anne, are you ready?
Well, Mr. Stevens founded this publishing house in 1985 .
Oh, just a moment.
-Okay, Im ready now.-Okay...
Our first product was a children's book.

lt was very successful and sold more than three million copies .
We had 20 different translations.
Over time, the company changed and diversified ,
and we have now fiction, cook books, and tourist guides .
Cook books and... Im sorry l didn't catch that.. .
Tourist guides.
We also have an Encyclopedia of History and one of Art History .
Sometimes we publish economic texts.
And our catalogue with over 10000 titles makes us
one of the most important publishers in the country .
We also employ more than 150 people. ls everything clear ?
Yes... l think so.
Okay, as you know this is Gary.
He works in the advertising office where he develops new client contacts
and keeps in touch with our authors.
Pleasure to meet you, Anne.
lt's so nice to have such lovely colleagues in this company !
Fine, Anne. Okay, let's move from theory to action .
This is your desk, here's your computer. You know how to use one, don't you ?
Yes, yes. As l told Mr. Stevens Im not.. .
Okay, okay! No need to waste time, okay !
Over there is the fax and the photocopier.
-Alright...-Okay.

There's a coffee machine in the hall over there .

But, please, few breaks and keep them short.
Do you understand?
-Oh, yes.-Excellent, Anne! Get to it!
Oh good morning, Mr. Chang.
Excuse me, l was just rearranging my office.
-Take a seat, please.-Thank you, thank you.
-lt looks very nice here.-Thank you.
Well, before we begin to talk about our new product,
l would like to give you some information about our company .
Speedmaster Spector is a multinational company
which specializes in well-designed, high-tech sporting goods .
Founded in Los Angeles in 1995, we now have 15 branches world-wide .
That's very interesting Mrs. Lee. How much is your company's revenue ?
Over the past few years,
Speedmaster Spector's revenue has grown impressively .
Today we have a turnover of more than 60 million euros of revenue .
Our revenues abroad amount to more than 50% of that total .
Very impressive. And what are your target-markets?
We have product lines for men, women,
and children with gear covering head to toe .
Our brand is synonymous with reliability. Speedmaster Spector is trusted
around the world and we are considered one of the leaders in our sector .

Great. So, what can you tell me about this new product ?
This is a revolutionary new tennis shoe.
lt's extremely durable thanks to our high quality materials .
We're interested in the South-East Asian market.
We believe that these shoes are the right product for that market .
And where are they manufactured?
Right. That's our strength. We have factories
that meet all work-standards and regulations in the countries
we would like to target.
And what is your role Mrs. Lee?
ln the past, l was responsible for the Southern European market .
Just last week, l took on a new role
to test and distribute our products into the Chinese market .
-lt's a very challenging position.-That could deliver positive results .
Together, we can do great things, Mrs. Lee .
Well, goodbye, Mrs. Lee. This meeting has been very profitable ,
for both of us. Let's talk soon.
Thank you, Mr. Chang! And yes, let's meet again soon .
Great. Bye-bye.
Now, we just saw Victoria doing a presentation of her company Spector ,
and l would like to look at the questions that we usually ask about companies .
Let's look at those together on the screen .
So, the first question we usually ask is about the type of company .

We say: what type of company is it?

For example, a multinational, a private, a public, a family company .
Another question we often ask is about the main or the principal activity .
So, the question would be: what does the company do ?
Or, what is its main activity?
For example: manufacturing, or engineering, or production .
Another question is about the employees.
Look at the pronunciation of that: employees.
That's the name for the people that work in a company .
So, the question could be: how many employees are there ?
Another question we often ask is about subsidiaries, or branches ,
which are small companies directly linked to the main company .
And the question could be: does it have any branches ?
Does it have any subsidiaries?
Another question important for us is the location.
Where is the company located? Or, where is the company situated ?
And then we need to know about the products ,
the number of products, for example .
So, we could say: how many products does the company have ?
Or, does it have a large product range?
And then the last thing which is very important is the money .
And when we talk about the sales, the profit, etc.
we talk about 'turnover' or 'revenue'.

And the question is:

what is the annual turnover or revenue of the company ?
Okay? So, those are typical questions. Now, let's look at some answers .
ln order to do this l want to compare Spector, which Victoria works for ,
and then l want to look at the company that my brother owns ,
because my brother has his own company,
he's the owner manager of the company ,
he's the director. But it's very different to Spector .
So, let's look at the difference between them .
And let's look at the screen.
Now, if you can see, Spector is a multinational company ,
it's a very big company.
But my brother's company, which is called 'Decoreat', Decoreat ,
is a small family company.
Now, Spector specialises in these, in sports goods ,
especially these hi-tech shoes,
but my brother's company, Decoreat, produces kitchenware ,
objects like this, kitchenware, things for the kitchen .
The employees, now. ln Spector they have 1500 employees ,
it's a big company,
but in my brother's company there are only 37 employees .
Then, the branches. Well, Spector is a multinational ,
it has 15 branches and factories abroad .

But my brother has only one head office.

What about the location?
Well, Spector is located in America, in Los Angeles ,
but my brother's company is located in Manchester, in England .
Then, the product range.
Well, Spector, this company has many products .
lt has 140 products, but my brother's company only has 20 so far .
Then, let's think of the turnover.
Well Spector has a turnover of 60 million euro.
My brother has a turnover, at the moment, of 750,000 .
But that's not bad.
So, that's the language that we use when we're talking
about companies in general.
So, next time, in the third lesson, we'll talk about something new .
And l'll see you then. Bye.
Good morning.
-So, are you ready?-Yes, quite ready.
Okay then, let's begin.
Hello, my name is Gary Renolds from Pilgrim Publishing .
May l speak to Mr. Jones? Oh... Mrs. Jones? How are you ?
And how is that wonderful apple pie of yours ?
Im fine, thanks. Certainly, l'll hold.
With a wink and a nudge, you can get whatever you want.. .

Even... lmaginary apple pie...

-This author is too important for us.-Right.
Hello, Mr. Jones, how are you? Im fine, thank you .
l wanted to know if you are interested in contributing to a new cooking guide
that we have to bring out soon. Yes, it's a six-volume collection of recipes
to fit the needs of all tastes with a detailed photo guide
for preparation and cooking techniques .
Ah, and we have to have the materials by the end of next month .
Right, exactly.
Sure. Of course. Yes.
Excuse me, could you hold on for a moment? Anne, that's enough.. .
-Stop now, l... l can't concentrate!-Oh, sorry, sorry Gary, sorry !
Yes. So, as l said earlier, if you accept, l can send you a copy of the contract
that you should sign and return.
No, no, Im... Im sorry. We can't wait until next Tuesday .
Hum, well, l'll have to check with my boss.
l need to ask Mr. Stevens if we can organize a meeting for next week .
ln the meantime, do you need any prep. materials ?
No, no problem at all. l can send you an e-mail immediately .
Okay, goodbye, it was a pleasure speaking to you.
Do you always have to take notes?
Yes. Yes, l do. l have to learn as much as l can .
There's so much to learn. l study my notes every evening .

What a model colleague! You're so serious, so diligent and.. .

an absolute nut about cleaning. Truly an asset to this company !
-You're making fun of me?!-No, no, of course not !
lt's such a shame such beautiful eyes shouldn't only read all the time .
Come on, Gary. Stop it. Let's get back to work !
Okay, okay! l mustn't pay you any compliments then !
So, Ms. Baxter, can you give me the notes
from my conversation with Mr. Jones?
Okay, so you said to Mr. Jones that...
l have to start from the beginning, right ?
Anne, Anne, calm down. lt's not an exam !
l know what we should do. You should try a telephone call !
-Me? Oh no, oh no! Im not ready yet!-Sure you are. lt's not that difficult !
-Okay, okay!-Here.
-Who do we have to call next?-Try to call Mr. Clifford .
Alright.
Hello, this is Anne Baxter from Pilgrim Publishing .
Please, may l speak to Mr. Clifford?
Oh, l see. Alright, alright, thank you very much. Right, goodbye .
Well, what happened?
Well...
Come on, tell me.
l dialled the wrong number!

So, Mr. Stevens, may l begin to explain our typographic services ?

Just a moment, Mr. Richardson. Im still waiting for our new intern.
She has a lot to learn and l think our meeting would be very useful for her .
Good morning! Im sorry Im late, Mr. Stenvens !
Never mind, Anne. Anne, this is Mr. Richardson .
-How do you do?-Good morning.
Anne, l see you've had your hair done. Very nice .
Oh... Thank you, Mr. Stevens.
lt looks like you were out late last night. l hope you had fun .
Were you at a party, or perhaps a club?
Oh no! l was at home. Actually, it was quite a difficult night .
And anyway, l don't want to bore you with my personal problems .
Right, so Mr. Richardson, tell us about your typographical services .
Founded by Charles Emerson, Montex has been active
in the typographic market since 1985.
From the beginning, we have been known
for our innovation and high-quality products.
Mr. Emerson's children, John and Lucy, have continued the tradition
by improving and enlarging the family business.
The first Montex office was located in Russel street .
Ah Russel street... That's where the flower market is !
l went there just the other day and bought two beautiful yellow orchids.. .
Im sorry... Im sorry, Mr. Richardson, l didn't mean to interrupt you .

And, as l was saying, over the years and following changes in the market ,
our company has diversified and extended its line of products .
We've purchased the latest technology offering our customers
the best package available on the market today.
ln 2000, we moved to a larger office space in order to improve production .
Our new headquarters are located in Rodney Road
and we have approximately 55,000 square meters at our disposal .
-Oh that's a huge space!-Yes, that's right, it's very big .
Anyway, our first success was with brochures, marketing flyers, pamphlets ,
and company catalogues. We also provided business cards
and general printing services.
Over time, we moved into book publishing as digital technology
and expansions in the market gave us the skills to enter the market .
Currently, we are equipped to provide highest quality publishing
at an extremely competitive price.
Our current capacity is more than 100 million pages per year .
So, Anne, have you understood everything?
Would you like to sum up what Mr. Richardson has said ?
-Me?-Yes, could you?
Alright, l'll try.
Established in 1985 by Charles Emerson, Montex has successfully grown
and adapted to changing client needs.
ln 2000, the company transferred to Rodney Road where ,

thanks to cutting-edge equipment capable of high volume ,

it has optimized its production and extended its offerings specialising
in the publishing sector.
Currently, it provides top-quality printing at extremely attractive pricing .
Well done, Anne. You have a great ability to summarize .
You know, Mr. Richardson, we aren't very pleased
with our current typographers.
They don't meet deadlines.
Professionalism, efficiency, and punctuality are the keys to our success !
Do you know that in just a few years the number of Montex clients
has grown by 100 percent?
And what sort of printing do you principally use ?
Digital printing, and offset printing in the case of high density needs .
What? Offset printing?
Young lady, you work for a publishing house
and you don't know what offset printing is?
No, Sir, Im afraid l don't. ls it important ?
Anne, offset printing is the classic way in which a graphic project
done on a computer
is converted to the final printed page .
l get it! l get it! Well, it is important, it's extremely important !
Oh... What an idiot l must seem...
l basically told you l have no technological know-how !

You know, Mr. Stevens, l am studying the editor's manual that you gave me ,
but... But l haven't got to the letter 'O' yet!
dvzlm nket az English Today zleti DVD-je'n!
j, On the job c. trte'netnkben
ke't fiatal karriere'pt lnnyal tallkozhatnak,
e's rajtuk keresztl a ce'ges e'letet
e's a munkahelyen hasznlt szkincset tanulmnyozhatjk .
Mindegyik DVD-n van egy msor,
ami munkahelyi ke'pesse'gekre koncentrl e's bemutat modern strate'gikat ,
amelyek segtenek nknek, hogy munkahelykn sikeresek legyenek .
Ezen a DVD-n az On the job t epizdjt ltjk,
melyet az tletele'ssel foglakoz zleti ke'pesse'grl szl msor kvet .
tn megne'zzk, hogyan besze'ljnk a munkrl ,
jellemezznk egy ce'get, a szervezetet e's annak fejlde'se't .
Ve'gl megne'zzk, hogyan besze'ljnk piacokrl.
J szrakozst!
So, in that scene you saw Mr. Richardson talking
about the history of his company.
Now, to help you understand the language
l would like to talk to you about my brother,
because he has a company of his own which he opened in 1993 .
And it's really interesting because one day,
when he was in a cafe' with a friend of his, he had an idea .

They were sitting at a table and between them they had an object ,
something like this.
lt was transparent, with petals inside it, and he thought :
'well, wouldn't it be fantastic if they could fix that idea?'
So, what he did is he designed a prototype. This is the example .
And he made the first prototype of Plexiglas,
and you can see inside there are real natural objects in the Plexiglas .
Then, he did some market research to see if people would like objects like this ,
and he found some potential customers.
So, then he looked for some suppliers, people who would sell him the Plexiglas .
Then he needed the money, so he asked some banks for financial support .
And he set up, or he established a company .
He formed a partnership with his friend, and then he invented a name .
Now, the name of the company is 'Decoreat'.
So, it's Decor-, which is like 'decoration',-eat, which is 'eat'. Decoreat .
Then he rented an office, he hired a secretary for administration ,
and he launched the first product.
Now, that was... That was in 1993,
and the company has now developed a lot.
And let's look on the screen, because it's interesting :
when you talk about company history you use the Simple Past tense ,
but when you talk about how a company develops
we move into the Present Perfect.

Now, let's look at the screen and see how my brother's

company has developed.
Well, the company has grown, it has expanded.
And the sales have increased a lot. The sales have increased a lot .
Now, they needed more people.
So, they took on, they have taken on new staff,
probably about seven or eight new people.
Then, the equipment.
They have purchased new equipment because there's more production .
Then, the product range has developed, it has diversified .
So, you have more types of products than before .
This was the prototype, and these are other examples .
This plate here is another example of the products they have developed .
So, product range has developed. Then, the client base .
Well, they have increased now, and they have more distributors .
That's good.
The market now has extended from England to the whole of Europe .
And, as you see, investment.
They have invested more in advertising and promoting the products .
Then, they've moved to bigger offices, the premises are much larger .
And they have opened a subsidiary in France .
So, the company is doing really well.
So, that's some of the language to talk about company history

and how a company expands.

Good, that's the lesson for now.
And l look forward to seeing you in the next one. Bye .
Good. Now, let's look at company organisation.
As l said before, companies are usually divided into departments .
So, let's look at some different departments in a large organisation .
For example you can have Human Resources.
Now, Human Resources is usually personnel, it's training ,
'training' is like 'education', and it's wages and salaries .
Human Resources. Another department is Finance.
Now, in Finance you usually have the areas of purchasing,
which is buying things.
Also, customer accounts and other financial services .
The next department is Production.
Now, in this particular department you have... Producing the goods ,
you check the quality, you do the packaging,
and you distribute the goods to customers .
That's Production. And the last one we're going to look at is Marketing .
And in Marketing you advertise the product and you organise sales .
So, here they are: Human Resources, Finance, Production, and Marketing .
Now, it's your turn. Im going to describe some activities in these departments ,
and you must decide which of the department the activity is in. Okay ?
l'll give you an example.

For example, which department recruits staff ?

'Recruits', that's a difficult verb, 'takes on staff'. Which one ?
Human Resources, Finance, Production, Marketing?
Exactly, Human Resources. Now, you go.
Which department creates an image, creates an image ?
Marketing, good. Next one.
Which department manufactures and produces the goods ?
Now, that's easy. Production. Alright. Next one .
Which department, very important, pays salaries, salaries ?
Human Resources, exactly. Next one.
Which of these departments packs the goods in boxes and in crates ?
Which packs the goods, packaging?
Marketing, no...
Production, exactly, it's Production. Alright, next one .
Which of these prepares invoices? Now, do you know invoices ?
'lnvoices' are like the bills that you send to customers or suppliers .
Which one?
That's a job for Finance, exactly. Next one.
Which department checks the quality of the goods, the quality ?
Marketing? No, no.
Production, that's it. Good. Next one.
Who trains the staff? Who teaches the staff ?
Who organises courses?

Yeah, Human Resources, alright? Now, who dispatches the products ?

'Dispatches', that sends the products. Which one ?
lt is Production actually, it's Production.
This is easy: which one designs an advertising campaign ,
an advertising campaign?
Obvious, Marketing. Okay. Who does the budget, taxes and investment ?
Clear, yeah? That's Finance, Finance department, taxes .
Now, who purchases... That's a difficult verb ,
who 'purchases', that means 'buys' .
Who purchases supplies? Who purchases things for the company ?
Which one do you think? Marketing, Production, Human Resources.. .
Well, actually it's Finance. Finance, they purchase .
And the last one: who plans the method of sales ,
the method of selling it to the public?
Human Resources, Finance, Production, Marketing?
Marketing, fantastic. So, good.
So, there you have an idea of four the most important departments
that you find in large organisations.
And l look forward to seeing you in the next DVD
for some more Business English.
So, goodbye for now.
We're meeting here today to show
Mr. Chang our new 'Smarty' tennis shoes.

These innovative shoes are made of high-quality materials ,

and are perfect for the South-East Asian market which,
as we all know, is expanding rapidly.
We're especially interested in the Chinese market ,
which is growing at a pace much faster than the rest of the world .
Excuse me for a moment.
Henry? Hi, Im sorry but Im in a meeting right now .
Let's talk later, okay?
Alright, tell me, but hurry up.
No, Henry. l never told John he can watch TV all day !
He must have misunderstood.
All l said was that he can watch all the TV he wants
but only after doing his homework.
This really isn't the right moment, Henry.
Im sorry, can we continue this conversation later on this evening ?
Pardon the interruption... Now, as l was saying.. .
Excuse me Victoria, but do you think this is the right product
for the Chinese market?
l think that before we export 'Smarty' in the South-East Asian market
we need to take a close look at the local competition
and the market's tastes in the sector.
Excellent observation, Paul. We've actually already done market research ,
and, as Mr. Chang can confirm, demand for sporting goods in China

has grown by 50 percent over the past ten years .

Far Eastern consumers are increasingly interested in the latest fashion ,
they have become the most demanding consumers
of fashion and quality in the world.
-lsn't that right, Mr. Chang?-Oh, yes.
Your fashions have reached our shores.
Fashion is law, especially for young consumers.
ln fact, purchases are driven more by trends than by the actual products .
And what about the competition, Victoria?
lt's a well-known fact that labor costs are lower in China ,
and that shoes produced in China are much more
cost-competitive than in Europe.
Right again, Paul! However, our shoes are manufactured
with high-quality materials
that target an upper level segment of the market.
This market segment is quite happy to spend more on products
that are well equipped,
last longer and are of higher quality.
Do you have any data on how 'Smarty' sales are going
in Europe and in the States?
Yes, our marketing department sent me the latest report just this morning .
And Im happy to say it's very encouraging .
'Smarty' has become one of our most successful products

of the last few years.

Demand is growing exponentially and the satisfaction level of these shoes
is much higher than that of similar shoes produced by other companies .
ln fact, 'Smarty' shoes are considered one of the most durable ,
the most functionable and,
most importantly, the most popular amongst the youth market.
And what about the distribution?
lt's a very important aspect that we shouldn't underestimate !
Yes, Mr. Chang is here to help clarify this issue for us .
lt is extremely important to have a detailed distribution and promotion plan .
We've also got to create a reputable chain of agents to distribute our products
over the widest possible area.
This in turn will help us make the importation easier ,
and reduce taxes for entry into the Chinese market .
Look, Im very happy to provide you with any information you may need ,
as well as contacts inside the Ministry of lndustry
and the Chamber of Commerce.
But of course, success depends on your goals, your strategy ,
and the type of financing plan you are willing to provide .
And besides that... Oh... Excuse me, yet again.. .
John? What do you want? l told dad Im in an important meeting .
No, John, l didn't say that! First do your homework ,
and then you can watch TV... Okay?

And listen... Listen to me! l don't care if your friends aren't studying today
just because it's a holiday tomorrow. Do you understand?
Tomorrow we're going to see your grandparents
so you have to study today!
That's enough of this story, John!
No, that's not true! Im a good mother and l love you !
But it doesn't mean l don't have the right to tell you what to do .
Listen, l don't want to talk about this anymore... Goodbye !
Pardon me... Just a little domestic problem!
Oh, yes Mrs. Lee, we all know that kids cause more problem than work !
You're right, Mr. Chang! Kids...
Anyone who understands them is a genius!
So, in that scene there were some examples of the language we use
when we talk about markets.
To help us understand that language more let's go to the computer and see it .
So, if a company wants to go into a new market,
we talk about it as 'entering a market',
or even 'penetrating a market'.
Now, if a market has been there for a while ,
we say that the market is 'established',
or it's 'well-established'. But often markets change.
lf they improve, we talk about the market situation 'growing or increasing' .
But if the opposite happens, we say that the market 'shrinks' ,

it's shrinking, or it's 'decreasing'.

However, if we find a change which is uneven,
we say that the market is 'fluctuating', that it's changing .
Or, if there is no change, we talk about the market is being 'stable' .
lf the market is full and there's no more room to promote
or sell your product as a company,
we say that the market is 'saturated'.
So, those are the typical words that we use when we describe markets .
Now, also in the scene that we saw with Victoria ,
they talked a lot about China and Europe,
the difference between the two areas.
Now, China is an important country which is coming up .
And what l'd like to do now is to revise the comparatives and superlatives ,
in particular the comparatives,
and look at the difference between those two markets ,
Europe and China. Let's look at the screen to help us. Here .
Now, if we think about market growth,
in general market growth in China at the moment is faster ,
in Europe it's slower.
Labour costs. Labour costs, what's that?
That is the cost of people, people working .
Well, in China, as we know, the labour costs are definitely lower ,
in Europe they're higher.

What about market demand? Well, at the moment

the demand for new products and services
in China is much greater than in Europe,
in Europe it's less. Production costs, another thing .
Well, it's cheaper to produce in China, also because labour costs are lower .
ln Europe it's more expensive,
so many companies are moving to China for that reason .
How about production time? Well, usually it's much shorter ,
it takes less time to produce in China than it does in Europe ,
where it's longer.
But, what about hi-tech? Well, usually hi-tech in China
is less advanced than it is in Europe.
Europe is still more advanced. That may change, though .
And then design.
Well, l would say that in China the situation is more traditional ,
whereas in Europe we are still more innovative, we're more innovative .
So, that's an example of how you can compare different world markets .
Great. Well, thank you. And l'll see you in the next lesson for something new.
Bye.
Hello and welcome to Business Talk,
the programme dedicated to talking about business skills and techniques .
Today's programme is all about brainstorming,
a very popular conference technique designed
to obtain the maximum number of ideas relating to a specific subject .

ln a bit Lucy and l will give a short demonstration

so you can see what it's all about.
But first of all, what does 'brainstorming' mean?
and why is it used?
Well, people put their ideas together with the aim
of finding a solution to a specific problem .
Exactly! lt's a group activity, all the members suggest ideas
and their contributions then stimulate new ideas .
And the first rule is any idea is acceptable .
Sometimes it's the most outrageous idea that can help generate
a solution to the problem!
The ideal number of people for a brainstorming meeting
is from three to eight.
Too many people could get a bit out of hand.
Well, even eight people calling out ideas
and making comments could get chaotic so it's useful to have
a 'facilitator', a person who doesn't contribute
but keeps the session on course and records the ideas on a flipchart .
And, although this is a common technique used in the corporate world ,
you might be surprised to know that during a brainstorming meeting
all hierarchy and roles disappear:
the philosophy behind this strategy is to create a real sense of democracy
within the group so that everyone feels their opinions are valued .
Now, there are certain principles to follow so that brainstorming works well ,

but before we look at these let's do a little brainstorming

so you actually see how it works.
Ok. Now, there are only two of us and there should really be three
or more people in a brainstorming meeting, but this just to give you an idea .
So listen carefully to the language we use.
Let's imagine the situation.
Our company needs to increase its production space .
A brainstorming meeting has been organized to gather some ideas .
Let's start.
How about opening a second factory somewhere?
What if we close this factory and open a larger factory out of town .
Let's explore the possibility of opening a larger factory for production
and keep this space to make the shop bigger .
Perhaps we could rent the building next to the factory .
Why don't we look into renting part of the building next door ?
What about sharing a production space with another company ?
Couldn't we examine the possibility of building a third floor ?
Let's try to re-organize the space we have.
What if we organize 4 shifts a day instead of 3?
We could re-locate our administrative staff
and keep production here.
How about keeping the production here and renting some office space
for the administrative staff?

Would we be able to re-organize the shop floor space ?

Why don't we try moving all the production to China ?
We could move part of the production to China.
What about closing part of the production line?
Couldn't we re-think the production line?
How about keeping the production of smaller items here
and moving the production of larger items to China.
Ok, we're going to stop here because we're running out of time
but this process could go on for much longer until enough ideas
have been collected.
At this point a short list is made of the best ideas
so that they can be carefully evaluated by considering
how each one would work in practice.
So the aim is to conclude the brainstorming session
with one or two good ideas that can be put into action
and hopefully solve the problem!
Did you notice how we didn't stop to judge or analyse the ideas
as they came up?
Well, that's because if each idea were to be discussed
during the actual 'brainstorming' the ball would never get rolling
and too much time would be wasted.
Another thing you may have noticed is that Lucy came up with an idea
that had nothing to do with increasing the production space !
She suggested working 4 shifts instead of 3,

which wouldn't solve the problem of space at all.

Yes: remember all ideas are accepted during the brainstorming process ,
because although an idea may seem silly it might instigate other ideas
that could instead give rise to a solution.
Yes, actually you suggested something interesting
after that apparently irrelevant idea l had!
Well, Im afraid our time's up for today.
See you soon.
Bye bye!
Now, as we said in the programme the language you use
to put forward your ideas during a brainstorming session is really important .
So what kind of language should you use for brainstorming ?
Clear, well-structured sentences, for example,
are essential for this technique to be effective.
And don't use any imperatives or rhetorical language.
Remember the aim is to create democracy within the group
and everyone should feel that their ideas are valued .
Do you remember how we make suggestions? 'Let's ..' ,
'How about ...'-these are the expressions
we use in a brainstorming session.
These expressions open the way to more suggestions ,
and encourage other members to participate .
Let's look at some of the structures

we used during our brainstorming session:

How about opening a second factory.
What if we open a larger factory out of town?
Perhaps we could rent the building next to the factory
Couldn't we build a third floor?
Let's try to re-organize the space we have
Would we be able to re-organize the shop floor space ?
Why don't we try moving all the production to China ?
We could move part of the production to China.
What about closing part of the production line?
Notice how all these suggestions promote group collaboration .
Brainstorming is a group activity,
so it's important to make everyone feel part of a team .
Ok. Now let's see if you've understood.
Im going to make some suggestions as though
l were in a brainstorming meeting and then we'll see
which are tentative suggestions and which aren't.
Ready?
We could rent another factory.
Let's build another floor.
l think we should close part of the production line .
How about moving production to China?
Why don't we try re-locating the administrative staff?

ln my opinion we should open another factory .

Couldn't we re-organize the space we have?
So, of these seven ideas two are not actually suggestions .
Which two?
Yes, the two that started with 'l think' 'ln my opinion'
lt's essential that in brainstorming you don't try to assert your own opinion .
What's important is to work as a team.
Try to limit the use of 'l' and use 'we' instead
lt's not easy when English isn't your first language ,
and you probably need to practise a couple of times
for it to come naturally!

English Today DVD 24-Eng

Sub

So, Anne,
how did your meeting with Mr. Stevens and the Montex representative go ?
Quite...
Quite well, actually it was very interesting !
Did they come to any agreement?
For the moment, Montex is going to print 3,000 copies of our next series of
cookbooks.
Mr. Stevens wants to give them a trial-run and see how they work .
lf they meet their deadlines and price competitively ,

he'll sign on for larger deals in the future.

We're hoping to optimize our work and drive down costs a little .
Anne, the publishing market is in a deep crisis .
Readership is dropping rapidly which is driving down sales .
At the same time, production costs are increasing because of foreign rights
acquisition
as well as distribution costs.
As a matter of fact, l haven't bought many books recently .
Tell me Rachel, does this crisis also affect us here at Pilgrim ?
Certainly! The negative trends of the market are felt throughout the sector ,
beginning with those who work in it! ln any case, Im optimistic ,
and Im sure this is just a passing crisis and that the publishing sector will soon
recover.
That's probably what Gary wanted to talk to me about this morning .
l saw him and he said that he had something very important to tell me .
-A-ha!-What?
Why are you making that face?
No, it's... lt's nothing, Anne! lt's just that.. .
lt's just that l don't trust Gary. He's a Latin-lover and full of himself !
He chases all of the pretty girls around here and you are just his latest victim .
Look Rachel, Im perfectly capable of looking after myself .
l only have a working relationship with Gary and that's how it's going to stay !
Sorry, Anne. l... l certainly didn't mean to offend you .
Im quite aware that you are an intelligent young woman

who can keep men like Gary at a distance. ln any case, l just wanted to warn
you.
Im sure you'll agree with me once you get to know him.. .
Yes, to be honest, l am a bit worried.
Profits are down 8 per cent over the last few months .
And just yesterday l read an article in 'Media World' that confirmed my
suspicions.
Forecasts for the publishing market are quite pessimistic,
and the general feeling is that things are going to continue to go downhill
based on current trends. The next five years could see a further drop of 20 per
cent.
lf we leave out best sellers and fiction,
then the entire publishing market has taken a direct hit,
-or better is in a downward spiral.-What about sales?
For the moment they're stationary, but we won't be able to improve them .
ln fact, we'll have to stop publication of our Encyclopedias of History and Art
History
with awful consequences for those working on this project .
Are you saying that we'll have to lay people off?
No, no, not for the moment.
But if things continue like they are, we will have to let some of our people go !
Oh my God! There must be something we can do to keep from cutting staff .
Im meeting with Mr. Stevens this afternoon to discuss the situation .
We're going to focus on new objectives for the company in both marketing and
sales.

Perhaps we will develop a new line of economic paperbacks which might help
sales.
But the other publishers are already doing that successfully .
l think we'll need to develop new products to
opportunities.

encourage new market

Well said, Billie! l've already got an idea to suggest .

lt won't resolve all of our problems, but it could bring about some interesting
developments.
-And what might this new idea be?-Anne
-Well...-Anne, are you in there?
Hey you! Im looking for my friend Anne. ls she with you ?
Anne! Surprise!
Anne? Hello? Come back to earth. Someone's looking for you .
-Anne!-Alice, what are you doing here?
Well, l came to see where you work, Anne! Could you give me a tour ?
So, these are your colleagues?
What long faces! Are you always like this?
We need a little fun to lighten things up in here !
Why don't you invite them to the party this evening ?
No, no, no, really. l don't think.. .
Today is really not a good time to be talking about parties !
Why don't you come back another time? And perhaps warn me in advance,
perhaps!
Bye bye, Alice!

So, there you heard them talking about the crisis that the company is going
through.
And unfortunately that happens, often when there's an economic crisis in the
country.
So, let's look at the language that we use to describe a period of crisis in a
company.
And let's use the screen to help us.
So, what usually happens is that there's a bad forecast, the future doesn't look
good,
and there are negative trends, negative tendencies.
So, what happens? Things start going downhill, we say .
A hill is like a small mountain. Things start going downhill .
And then the company goes through a period of crisis .
Then, if it's really bad, we talk about the company being in deep crisis ,
that's the worst situation to be in.
But if it's not so bad, it's just temporary, we can talk about a passing crisis ,
a passing crisis.
And then, when things get better again, we usually say 'to recover from a crisis' .
Now, a crisis can actually have quite an effect on employment .
And now l want to look at the language that we use in English to describe
employment.
lt's very interesting because we have many different words to describe that ,
and maybe in your language is too. So, let's look at the screen .
Think of an employee. When an employee goes into a company for the first time ,
we say in English that he or she joins the company .

Now, when they decide to go, they leave the company, or they resign .
We say 'they resign', that's because they don't want to work anymore there .
The pronunciation: resign.
Now, if they reach a certain age, they retire, retire .
lf they decide to retire before the age of 65, or 60 ,
we say 'to take early retirement', early retirement .
So, those are the words which are usually related to the employees .
But what about the companies?
Well, companies, when they take people, companies recruit .
That's difficult to pronounce: recruit. Companies recruit employees .
Another word is 'hire', 'to hire'. Another verb is 'to take on' .
Now, the opposite is when they send people away, we say companies 'sack' ,
which is a strange word, isn't it? 'Sack people'. They fire people .
And in fact, as l said before, in English we use 'hiring and firing'
as the term for employment. So, they sack, they fire, they dismiss people ,
they let go, they let people go, they cut staff, or they lay off .
That's another term that we use, 'lay off'.
So you can see there are many many different terms that we use for employment
description.
Good. Well, that's the language of crisis, and the language of employment .
So, that's all for now.
And l'll see you again in the next lesson for more Business English. Bye .
Uh, right. Anne, are you ready for your next telephone call ?

Oh, yes.
Okay, you need to get in touch with Mr. Bradford .
He's a great author who has worked with us for years.
He's... He's quite friendly and he's quite a wizard at the stove .
He opened a restaurant a few years ago, but he sold it to move on to writing
cookbooks.
He knows a thousand tricks in the kitchen and he can make anything taste
great...
-Even tomato soup!-Come on, stop it, Gary!
l've only had half a sandwich today and hearing about tasty treats is driving me
crazy...
l know, l know... Speaking of eating... When are we going to have dinner together ?

You don't know when to quit, do you? Enough joking around .

Let me give the 'Kitchen Superman' a call.
Okay, okay, but don't forget to pay him compliments... This guy just eats them up !

Hello, good morning. This is Anne Baxter from Pilgrim Publishing .

Please, may l speak to Mr. Bradford?
Oh, Mrs. Bradford, hello! l've heard a lot about your husband .
He's quite the chef, isn't he?
Yes, yes, l also enjoy cooking, but Im not in the same league, of course .
Well, Im calling to propose a new cookbook series to Mr. Bradford .
We are going to be taking it to press soon. Okay, yes. Thank you. Yes, l'll hold .
Good morning,
Publishing.

Mr.

Bradford?

Hello,

this

is

Anne

Baxter

from

Pilgrim

First of all, congratulations! You're a legend around here !

As l was telling your wife, Im calling to see if you're interested
in participating in a new cookbook series that we.. .
Yes, yes, l know that you've always spoken to Gary Renolds but.. .
But Im the new colleague who's been assigned to this project .
l beg your pardon?
Oh well, excuse me, Mr. Bradford, but l don't understand why you consider Mr.
Renolds
to be more competent than myself.
ln any case, if you'd like to speak to him, hold on a moment. l'll put you
through.
Hey Mark, how are you?
Yeah, l think you upset Anne, our new intern.
Oh, she's a fantastic colleague-diligent and hard-working .
Yeah, let's set up a meeting so you can meet her .
You'll be very impressed. She's also a great cook .
ln the meantime, l'll send you a detailed outline of the project .
Okay. And we'll see each other Tuesday at 10. Okay, right. Bye Mark .
Well, what a pleasant person he is!
Oh, come on Anne, don't let him get to you !
Mr. Bradford is just a little shy with those he doesn't know .
But, you'll see, he's quite a lot of fun once you've met him !
-Why don't we take a short break?-How about a little fun on the telephone ?
-l need to relax and have a good laugh.-Okay! But who should we call ?

l know! Let's call my flatmate Alice!

She's always looking for new boyfriends and...
You could pretend to be a friend of Jack's, the other flatmate ,
saying that you saw a picture of her and you'd love to meet her.. .
Okay, but... But she isn't going to get angry with me, is she ?
No! We'll tell her it was just a joke.
Hello, is that Alice? This is Gary and Im calling because... Well, Im a little shy.. .
And Im a friend of Jack's, and yesterday he showed me a picture of you .
And well, l think you're pretty cute...
Hello, could you speak up? The line is terrible .
Oh, yes, Im also having problems.
This line must be congested! My name is Gary.. .
-And l'd like to get to know you a little better!-What? Who are you ?
Im a friend of Jack's... And... And yesterday l saw a picture of you.. .
How could that be? What picture?
Don't raise your voice with me, Alice. ln the picture there were three people .
One was Jack, one was an ugly girl...
And then a very beautiful lady... And Jack told me it was you.. .
Hold on while l put you through to a friend of mine,
who doesn't agree with me about the ugly girl .
Hello, who's speaking?
This is Alice. And l urgently need to speak with the other guy... l think his name is
Gary.

Uh, Im afraid l can't hear you. Could you speak up ?

l said l urgently need to speak with Gary!
Oh, Im afraid Gary is very busy at the moment.
lf you'd like an appointment, l... l can fit you in at the beginning of next month .
What? You are joking, aren't you? l told you l need to speak with him
immediately.
Alice! lt's Anne! lt's a joke! And you fell for it completely !
Anne?! You scared the hell out of me! What a stupid joke !
Okay, maybe it was a stupid joke-but you bought it hook, line and sinker !
So now, let's study some of the language that you need on the telephone at
work.
But first, some basic vocabulary related to phones.
Now, what's this? This, in English, is called a 'land phone', okay? A land phone .
But this one here which you detach, is called a 'cordless' or a 'portable'. Alright?
Cordless.
Now, this instrument here is called the 'receiver' ,
and this action is 'picking up', 'to pick up' the receiver .
Then we... 247567... 'Dial the number', or 'digit the number', alright ?
Then, we 'put the receiver down'. We put the receiver down .
Or another verb that we use in English is 'to hung up' ,
and that's more familiar, but it's very popular. To hung up .
This type of phone, what do we call it? lt's a 'mobile', or even a 'cell' .
And in Germany they actually call it a 'handy', because you can hold it in your
hand.
So, a mobile.

Now, these phones work on batteries, so you need these to keep them running .
This is a 'battery recharger'. A recharger, alright ?
Sometimes you don't want to listen to the speaker on the phone with... By your
ear,
so you can use these. These are 'earphones', or 'headphones', alright ?
Sometimes you need to know the number of somebody ,
so you can look in this book which is called a 'telephone directory'. Telephone
directory.
And if you want special services you can use a book called 'The Yellow Pages' .
Alright? So, that's some of the basic language related to telephones .
Now, we want to learn some phrases which are useful for you
when you start a telephone conversation.
And let's now use the screen which will help you understand and use that
language.
The first thing you do is you... Answer. So what do we say, when we answer ?
Well, we can say this:
hello? Pilgrim Publishing House. This is Louise. Can l help you ?
Alright? So, look at the screen.
You say the name of the company: this is Pilgrim Publishing House .
Your name: this is Louise. How can l help you? Or: can l help you ?
Notice, l said 'this is Louise', not 'l am Louise' ,
because 'this is' is the language we use on the telephone in English .
So, 'this is', not 'l am'.
So, you introduce yourself. You say: hello, this is Jane Holmes, for example .

Notice again, l say 'this is'. You don't say 'l am' .
Now, if the other person doesn't know you, you can say :
l was given your name by... Mr. Smith, for example. Alright ?
l was given your name by Mr. Smith. Great.
Now, you want to speak to someone, so you ask: hello, could l speak to... ,
may l speak to..., can l speak to... ?
Three possibilities: 'could', 'may' very polite, 'can' less formal .
So: can l speak to Mr. James, please ?
Now, if he is in another office, you can ask for his extension number ,
so you can say: could l have extension 573, please? Extension 573 ?
Another thing is you can ask to be connected, and in English the verb is :
could you put me through to Mr. James?
Could you put me through to-that means 'connect'-Mr. James? Alright ?
You can also say: l'd like to speak to Mr. James. There .
The next thing is asking for people to wait, because you have to connect .
You can say: just a minute. Just a moment, please. One moment, please .
Hold the line, please. Hold on, please. 'Hang on' is more informal .
So you see, there are many ways of waiting for time passing .
Then, the next important thing is when you make a telephone call ,
sometimes you need to check that it's convenient, especially on mobile phones ,
because people answer when they are walking in the street, etc .
So, it's good to say: is this a bad time? Or: am l disturbing you? You see on the
screen?

ls this a bad time? Am l disturbing you? Can you talk?

Because that way you know that it's convenient for you to speak to that person .
That's important. And one more thing is... Maybe you want to leave a message .
So, you could say: can you take a message, please? Or: can l leave a message ?
And then you could say: could you tell him that l called? Could you tell him l
called?
And a little bit more complicated: could you get him to call me back on 75396 ?
Can you get him to call me back on... And then the number. Alright ?
That's a lot! Lots of interesting phrases, but they are all very important .
So, you need to learn them by heart,
so they're here when you pick up the phone, alright ?
That's the end of this lesson, but we will be doing more on telephoning later .
So, bye for now!
Hello? ls this Montex Typography?
Good morning. This is Luis Stevens of Pilgrim Publishing .
l'd like to speak with Mr. Emerson.
Oh, he's in a meeting, l see.
Could you put me through to one of his children, to John or Lucy, please ?
Oh, they are also in a meeting.
Fine, then may l speak with Mr. Richardson ?
You don't mean to say that he is also in a meeting? !
Yes, l see... ls there anyone that l could speak with
to find out if our order has already gone to press ?

l'd also like some information about deliveries.. .

Yes, l see, they're all in meetings...
Could you take a message for Mr. Emerson?
Ask him to call me as soon as possible, ASAP. l'll be in my office until 4 .
Thank you, good bye!
Well, they certainly do like meetings at Montex, don't they ?
Good morning, this is Gary Renolds of Pilgrim Publishing .
l would like to speak with Mr. Smith, please .
Hey there, little guy, could you give me your father, please ?
l see, he's not in. May l speak to your mom, then ?
l see, she's out as well! Okay...
Does that mean that you're home alone? No, is there an adult in the house ?
Uh, your babysitter! Okay, may l speak to her?
Yes. Hello, this is Gary Renolds of Pilgrim Publishing .
No, not 'Pinguin', P-l-L-G-R-l-M.
Right. l wanted to speak to Mr. Smith about a new cookbook series that we're
preparing.
No, no, no, you've misunderstood. No, Im not trying to sell anything !
l don't sell encyclopaedias.
No, listen, l work in a publishing house and Mr. Smith is one of our authors .
Hey, wait... Don't hang up... Could you... Hello ?
Well, let's try someone else. Mr. Fox...
Good morning, this is Gary Renolds of Pilgrim Publishing .

Answering machine, great...

Yes, good morning. This is a message for Mr. Fox. Im Gary Renolds of Pilgrim
Publishing.
And l was interested in finding out if you would like to participate
in a new cookbook series that we are publishing soon .
You can contact me at your earliest convenience.
And you can reach me at the number 786-8776. Okay! Thank you, good bye .
Well, it seems like today is just not my lucky day !
No, the answerphone!
Alice! Hello, it's Anne. l need to speak to you urgently .
Please, call me as soon as you get this message .
l've got lots of news to tell you about Peter and Sharon. l imagine you're
interested...
Anyway, no news for now...
Okay, l'll give you a hint.
Peter telephoned to say that he'd called Sharon about Japan .
And do you know what she said? Im not going to tell you !
Call me and you'll find out. Okay, bye. Speak to you soon !
Oh, you can reach me at the office. Bye, bye .
Pilgrim Publishing, good morning.
Who is this? Yes, this is Mr. Stevens' office. With whom am l speaking ?
Oh, good morning Mr. Emerson.
lf Im not mistaken, you're the head of Montex Typography .

This is Rachel Gorden, Mr. Stevens' assistant. lt's a pleasure to meet you, on the
phone.
No, Im sorry. Mr. Stevens isn't in at the moment. He just left .
Yes, l know it's four o'clock. No, unfortunately, he was called away unexpectedly .
Would you care to speak with me?
No, don't worry there are no secrets between Mr. Stevens and myself .
Yes, he telephoned to find out if you had already begun work on our order .
And l think he also wanted to know about the means of delivery .
Fine! Uh, Mr. Stevens will be pleased!
Yes, l've taken note of everything.
ln any case, l'll have him call you tomorrow morning .
When will you be in? At 10. Okay. Fine, goodbye Mr. Emerson .
l look forward to meeting you in person.
Ah! lt's for Anne!
Hello? No, Im sorry she's not here right now. Who's this ?
Alice, this is Gary! Right, the joker!
Which, by the way, was Anne's idea.
No, l didn't want to go along, but she insisted .
No, l don't know where she's gone. Perhaps to make some photocopies .
Would you like to leave a message?
Okay, l'll tell her to ring you as soon as she returns! Are you at home ?
No, your cell phone. Okay, alright, bye... Hey hey, Alice.. .
Ehm, you know, you seem like a really nice girl, even if we don't know each
other.

May l ask you something? No, it's just that...

Well, would you like to have dinner with me tonight ?
But, please, don't say anything to Anne! She might get angry !
No, no! l know you two are such good friends, you live together .
Okay, okay! Don't get worked up!
Listen, l was just joking! Alright, alright. Bye, Alice, bye !
What a hothead! You really can't say anything to her!
Such a pity! l would have liked to take her out! She is very nice !
Victoria Lee, good morning. Do you remember me ?
Yes, certainly. And to what do l owe the pleasure of your unexpected visit ?
Beautiful office, my compliments! You've certainly come a long way, haven't you ?

Well, l can't complain. lf you don't mind, l've got quite a lot to do !
You didn't feel that way a year ago when we first met .
Listen Mrs. Baker, that was a very difficult period for me .
-l wasn't happy with my job and...-Don't worry Lee! Im not here to visit the past
-but, rather, to talk about the future!-What?
l've recently heard quite a bit about you.
l know that you've done great things to improve the bottom line of Spector .
As a matter of fact, that's why Im here today. l'd like you to come and work for
us.
-Thank you Mrs. Baker, but...-Just a moment Lee, let me have my say .
lf you came to work for us, you'd not only have the opportunity to work
for a successful company,

but you'd also have a brilliant career with full satisfaction ahead of you .
Im flattered. But as l said, Im very pleased with my present employment .
And if l were to propose a position as business development manager ,
-would you consider my offer?-Mrs. Baker, please .
lf l were to come and work for you, l'd be doing my company a disservice .
Just think it over Lee.
lf you accept, you'll get a much higher salary than your current one .
Of course, l forgot to mention the company car and mobile phone ,
not to mention an impressive percentage of sales .
That's enough, Mrs. Baker. Your offer is very tempting .
And if l were free, l would certainly accept. However, things have changed
greatly.
l am very satisfied with my job here.. .
Mrs. Lee l've brought you this brochure. l was just.. .
Fine, l'll leave. Mrs. Lee, just think about what l said. l'll be in touch .
Hi Anne, have you got a moment? l just have to show you a few things .
Alice, how many times have l told you to call before you come and visit me at the
office?
lf my boss finds out, l'll be in trouble.
Yes, l know. You're right. Im sorry. Anyway, you are on your coffee break.. .
And l just need some advice. Im going out with Philip tonight .
You know, the handsome guy l met at the library last week ?
-Oh...-l told you about him, didn't l?
l don't know, Alice. l've lost count. Every week there's a different guy .

And what's so important about him that you couldn't wait to see me ?
-What if l wear this tonight?-lt's nice. Red suits you .
Really? But if l wear this, l'll have to find the right black shawl .
By the way, can you lend me the one you bought last Saturday ?
Alice, it's brand new. l haven't even worn it yet!
Come on Anne... l told you that this date is really important to me .
-Okay... What if l wore this one?-Hum... That's pretty, too .
Yes, but if l wear this one, it would go better with your blue hat .
-Could you lend it to me? Please, Anne!-Oh...
Oh, Alice no, not that one! lt was a present from my sister. Im very attached to
it.
-Oh, please Anne. Come on, help me. Please!-Okay, okay !
lt's impossible to talk you out of anything anyway !
But if l'd known you were going to borrow my entire wardrobe ,
l would have immediately told you l was very busy !
-Thanks Anne, you're the best.-Yeah...
Okay, Im going now... Ehm, by the way...
What would you say if l told you l had broken your camera ?
-You've done what?-Oh, come on, Anne. Im joking !
l think work is making you just a little bit too nervous. Bye !
dvzlm nket az English Today msodik zleti angol DVD-je'n!
Ezen a DVD-n On the job c. trte'netnk jabb t epizdjt lthatjk ,
[ Skipped item nr. 393 ]

Ezutn a kvetkezket lthatjk:

Ezutn besze'lnk a munkahelyi vlsgrl,
-a telefonlsrl,-a vals e's valszntlen eseme'nyek lersrl ,
-egyete'rte'srl e's egyet nem e'rte'srl-e's ve'gl a magyarzatke're'srl .
Ksznm e's j szrakozst!
So now, let's talk about the Conditionals in English. The First and the Second .
Now, they're interesting, because there's a difference in meaning
between the First and the Second. And also, a difference in grammar .
The First one we use in situations which are really possible ,
but the Second Conditional we use in situations which are more improbable .
And l want to look at some examples of that now.
You imagine that you work for a large insurance company ,
and you have to explain some situations to a client.
Obviously, you're trying to sell the idea of them having an insurance policy .
Let's look at the board and look at some of the situations .
Now, in the first situation: an accident.
Now, if you have an accident, and you don't have insurance cover, what happens ?

lf you have an accident, you won't be covered for legal expenses. Now, that's a
problem.
The First Conditional is grammatically formed like this:
'if', plus the Present Tense, and then the Future, 'will' or 'won't' in the negative .
Let's look at another example. You see? Number two is: accident, stop work .
So, the First Conditional sentence would be:

if you have an accident, you'll-that's the future-you'll have to stop work .

Look at the third example. lf you stop work, you'll have no protection for the
family.
The fourth example: if you go to hospital, there'll be no cover for hospital fees .
See, you see? You have a situation and then the consequence .
The last example. Let's change the situation, no longer an accident ,
but still related to insurance.
lf you have a house fire, you'll have no cover for lost items .
So here, we see a situation and the consequence, okay ?
So we use-these are real possibilities-we use the First Conditional .
Now, let's look at the Second Conditional.
Now, l want to give you some examples and ask you the question: what would you
do if... ?
And these are situations that maybe you will never find yourself in ,
they're a bit improbable, but you like to hypothesize about them ,
so we use the Second Conditional.
l ask you: what would you do if your company offered you a job in China for five
years?
And you think: my God, China for five years. lnteresting .
Well, l'd accept it, l would accept it.
Now, the grammatical form of the Second Conditional is :
'if', followed by the Past Tense, followed by 'would', and the Conditional. Alright ?
Let me ask you another question: what would you do
if a Japanese businessman gave you his business card, like this ?

What would you do? Well, if a businessman, a Japanese businessman ,

gave me his business card like this, l would accept it with two hands and bow a
little.
Then, l would read it carefully, and put it in a special place to show respect. Okay ?

What would you do? l would do that.There.

Next one. Number three: what would you do
if you lost all your money and all your credit cards? What would you do?
l would phone the bank, immediately.
lf l lost-Simple Past-if l lost all my money and credit cards, wouldn't you ?
Last one: what would you do if you had a first meeting with an Arab
businessman,
with an Arab businessman? What would you do?
Well, l wouldn't talk business until he decided to talk business himself .
l would let him decide to open business conversations. Alright ?
So, there are some examples of the First and the Second Conditional forms in
English,
used a little bit in the business context. Alright ?
So, that's all for now, and l'll see you again in the next lesson. Bye .
Fine! Now let's look at that language that we use, especially when we have
problems
on the phone. And to do this let's use the screen, okay ?
Now, the first thing is problems with understanding .
Often, when you speak to native language speakers there are problems ,
so you have to try and control the situation. Let's see what phrases you can
use.

Well, the first thing is... You can say: could you repeat that, please ?
You notice we say: could you repeat that?
Not 'could you repeat, please?', but 'could you repeat that, please?' .
That's one thing. Another thing, if they're speaking too softly ,
you could say: could you speak up, please? Could you speak up, please ?
Another thing, they're talking too fast, too fast, so you say :
could you speak more slowly, please?
And then, if you didn't quite hear it, you can say: sorry, l didn't catch that .
l didn't catch that. Alright? So, that's problems with understanding .
Now, problems with spelling.
Sometimes people say their name, and you can't really understand the name .
So, you can ask them this: excuse me, could you spell your name, please
They say: yeah, J-O-H-N.
Now, it's useful if you repeat what they say, just to check understanding .
So, you can say: ha, ha! So, that's J-O-H-N. Okay ?
Or you can say: l'll repeat that... J-O-H-N. Alright?
So, problems with spelling. The next thing is problems with these .
Now, since the introduction of these, we have new language which we use on the
telephone.
Things can happen. For example, you could be on the phone and it's.. .
You say: the reception's bad. Okay? The reception's bad .
Now, if you are listening maybe the other person sounds like this.. .
You say: you're breaking up... You're breaking up... l'll call you back .

You're breaking up. The voice is... Okay?

You can also say: the line's bad... The line's bad... l'll call you back. Okay ?
Now, another thing is the battery. Sometimes you can see the battery..., so you
can say:
my battery's running low. My battery's running low. Running low .
Another thing is money. You need money to make this work .
Sometimes you can see that you don't have much credit .
You can warn the person, and you say: look, my battery's running low ,
and Im running out of credit. Im running out of credit. l'll call you back later.
Okay?
And then sometimes, for example, if you are on a train ,
and you are travelling in a mountainous area, sometimes you go through
tunnels,
and the chances are... This will happen .
So, you can say: look, if we are cut off, l'll call you back .
lf we are cut off, l'll call you back. Alright? So, typical problems with mobile
telephones.
Now, sometimes you have problems when you are trying to connect people .
You call, you want to speak to somebody, there are problems reaching that
person.
So, you can hear: Im sorry, there's no reply .
Or: Im sorry, the line's engaged at the moment .
Or: Mr. John's on the other line. Or: she's out of the office .
Or: he isn't in at the moment. Or: he's just left. He's been called away
unexpectedly.
Alright? So, those are typical things that happen when you're trying to connect .

And another thing is the answering machines.

Now, sometimes you will call somebody and you'll hear a message ,
and you have to leave a message. Now, a typical message from America could be :
you have reached 700423. Please, leave a message after the tone .
ln Britain, you would hear: this is 700423 .
This is the answering machine of James Smith, for example .
Please, leave a message after the beep .
So, you do that: you leave your name, the company, the time you called ,
give your message, and then say goodbye. Alright?
So, that's some more language for you to help you in particular when you have
problems
on the telephone, or when you have to leave messages. Alright ?
Well, that's the end of this lesson, and l'll see you again in the next one. Bye .
Yes, yes, Mr. Jones! The collection is divided into thematic volumes .
Your volume will be the first, dealing with starters.
That's right!
Yes, recipes should be written clearly and precisely .
Im not sure l agree with you there.
lngredients should be written separately, directly under the title of each dish .
Okay, l'll expect your first installment next week then.
Alright. Goodbye, Mr. Jones. Goodbye.
Excuse me, Gary, has Mr. Bradford got in touch yet?
Gary? Hello! l asked you a question. Could you answer, please ?

What's up Anne?
Im sorry, Anne. Im writing the contracts to send out to the authors .
Have you spoken to Mr. Bradford yet?
No! Could you give him a call? Im really very busy at the moment .
Okay, could you at least tell me where you are with him ?
Has he sent us the materials?
-Gary? Hello! Gary!-What?
Please, can you tell me what is so entertaining about drawing up contracts ?
-Why?-Because you're glued to your computer ,
-and you keep laughing like a fool!-Im just in a good mood today .
Come on Gary, Im not stupid! What are you doing?
Okay, you've caught me out! Im chatting!
lt's great fun. Would you like to give it a try?
No, thank you very much. And you shouldn't be chatting at work anyway !
-Mr. Stevens might notice...-Now why would he?
lf he walks in the door, l'll just close the window and continue typing up the
contracts.
Anne, relax! Let's chat a bit together.
No! Im afraid l can't. Somebody needs to work around here !
Now could you explain how l should proceed with this ?
You spoke to Mr. Bradford. So, could you give me some details on your agreement ?

Yes. He should have sent some materials in two days ago ,

but we still haven't received anything yet.

Give him a call and see where he's at with those .

Hello, Mr. Bradford. This is Anne Baxter from Pilgrim Publishing .
Hello. We are still waiting for the materials you should have sent us two days
ago.
l just wanted to know if you were having problems.. .
What does the index have to do with it? Im afraid l don't understand .
No, it's just l wasn't aware of the... No, l don't think.. .
Could... Could you just hold on a second?
Hey Mark, this is Gary! No, no, no, don't worry .
Everything's just fine! Anne just didn't know.
Have you finished the index then? Okay, great. We'll expect your e-mail then !
Okay. Bye Mark.
l hate you, Gary!
lf you spent a little time filling me in instead of chatting on your computer ,
l might just know what's going on around here!
-What?-Uh!
Mrs. Lee, excuse me for disturbing, but l need to speak with you for a moment .
You're not disturbing, Mr. Chang. What can l do for you ?
Perhaps it's none of my business...
But considering the importance of the deal for you and your company ,
l wanna be absolutely sure that everything goes smoothly.. .
And that no ugly surprises are around the corner .
l don't understand, Mr. Chang. What are you getting at ?

You see Victoria, l value you highly and trust in you,

but l don't like people going behind my back .
What are you insinuating, Mr. Chang?
Victoria, l know very well the woman who visited you in your office yesterday .
Mrs. Baker, Human Resources Director for Play,
-the world's largest sporting goods chain.-And... ?
Mrs. Baker is well known as a 'headhunter' .
You know, those personnel managers who rob other companies of their own
talents
to employ for their own companies.
So, tell me, Victoria, what did Mrs. Baker want from you ?
You're right. Mrs. Baker made me a very interesting offer ,
but l certainly have no intention of accepting!
Are you quite sure Victoria?
Look, Mr. Chang, l had an interview with Mrs. Baker last year .
At the time, l was working for Spector, but l was very unhappy .
l had been hired to work in the business office ,
and had expected more important assignments .
But unfortunately, my work was very monotonous and boring .
Nothing that met my expectations. So l sent a CV to Play .
They contacted me for an interview, but there weren't any positions open at the
time.
Therefore, l stayed at Spector. And there's another thing, Mr. Chang :
l have a dream! l've always wanted to work in a publishing house !

Ever since l was a teenager! And that's also why l wanted to leave this job !
Numbers just don't go with my creativity!
And what about now, Victoria? Do you still doubt about yourjob ?
-And what about your expectations?-Well, now things are different !
l've taken on a role with more responsibilities ,
and Im working on important projects like this one .
lt's been a double victory for me.
Not many women have such prestigious positions. And Im quite proud of that !
l finally have the chance to demonstrate all my abilities,
and l have no intention to renounce that.
You have to believe me Mr. Chang !
l have no intention whatsoever of betraying my company !
l believe you, Victoria! l certainly appreciate your sincerity .
You're quite a capable young woman!
And Im certainly very pleased to have solved this little misunderstanding !
Do you remember how Anne said in the first scene: 'l don't agree' ?
Now, in English we say: l don't agree.
We don't say 'Im not agree', as in many other languages .
l don't agree. That's one way of disagreeing .
And do you remember how Victoria said in the second scene ?
She said: 'l don't understand what you're getting at'.
Now, that's one way of asking for clarification.
So, l'd like to look at this language with you now .

Now, if l say something like this, l say... Let's look at the screen.. .
l say: l think we should increase our investment in management training .
Now, this is something l could say in a meeting :
l think we should increase our investment in management training .
Now, sometimes after saying something like that, you want to explain it a little bit
more,
and there are phrases we can use in order to do further explanation .
For example, l could say: what Im trying to say is, l don't think we spend
enough money on training. So: what Im trying to say is.. .
Now, another possibility is: what l mean is...
And one more is: the point Im making is...
So, it becomes: l think we should invest more money in management training .
The point Im making is, our company just doesn't do enough training .
Alright? So, that's explaining a point.
Now, what about clarifying? l say that, to somebody ,
and then l want to check that they've understood, so l could say: is that clear ?
ls that clear? Or: do you understand what l mean? Do you understand what l
mean?
Then, in the audience, or in the meeting, if they're not quite sure ,
they can ask you for clarification, and different ways of asking clarification are
these.
For example, you could say: l don't quite follow you. l don't quite follow you .
'Follow', the verb 'follow', one possibility.
Or: well, what exactly do you mean? What exactly do you mean ?

Or: l don't see what you mean. Notice that we use also verbs of sight .
l don't see what you mean.
Or: could l have some more details? Could l have some more details ?
Or: what are you getting at? Now, that's slightly more complicated .
'Get at' means: what are you suggesting?, what are you insinuating ?
Alright? So, these are ways of asking for clarification .
Now, very often in a meeting you want to be able to agree or to disagree .
Now, ways of agreeing... l say, for example :
l think we should invest more in management training .
And you say: l completely agree with you. l completely agree with you .
Notice we don't say 'l am agree with you', but 'l agree with you' .
You can say: yeah, l see what you mean.
You can say: l see your point. l see your point .
And you can say also: yes, l agree up to a point .
Which means: not completely, but mostly yes.
Now, maybe you want to do the opposite,
so l say: l think we should invest more in management training. And you
disagree.
You can say: yeah! l see your point but l think we should invest more in
marketing.
Or you can say: Im afraid l can't agree with you. l can't agree with you .
Or you could say: are you sure about that? Which is more indirect .
Alright? Then, the other thing is giving an opinion. Giving an opinion, well.. .
Different ways of doing that are number one: in my view.. .

You notice 'in my view'? We're using verbs of sight, that's interesting, yeah ?
ln my view l think we should invest more money.
Or, you could ask a question: don't you think we should invest more money in
training?
Or you could say: l think it would be a good idea to invest more .
So, that's you giving your opinion, your idea.
Then obviously, it's important to create an atmosphere of sharing ideas ,
so you want to ask other people about their opinions .
So, you could say, for example: what do you reckon?
'Reckon' is another verb we use in English for 'think'. What do you reckon ?
Or: what do you think about that? What do you think about that ?
What's your opinion?
Alright? So, these are very important things: it's explaining, clarifying ,
agreeing, disagreeing, giving opinions, asking opinions .
lt's very important: you use the language every day, alright ?
So, that's the language for this lesson, and l look forward to seeing you in the
next. Bye.
Hello and welcome back to Business Talk
Hi there
Well, today we're going to talk about giving good
presentations in English.
Yes, giving a presentation can be a frightening prospect but ,
if you understand the psychology behind this business skill ,
it really is quite simple.

Like most business skills, it's all about communication

and using the right kind of language in an effective way, right ?
That's right
... but l still think it's an important moment.
Obviously you want to make a good impression
and the fear of boring your listeners can make you very nervous .
Well in the Anglo-Saxon world 'making a good impression'
usually means demonstrating your ability in teamwork
that you're a good member to have on the team .
Teamwork is all about organization,
and it implies everyone working together,
therefore, the language you use should involve everyone .
And of course you don't want to bore
or lose anyone along the way, so keep it simple .
Yes, organization, language and simplicity
are three very important factors when planning a presentation .
First, organize what you want to say.
And is there some kind of 'winning'
structure for a good presentation?
Definitely. You should always start with a personal introduction ,
then the subject of your presentation and its purpose .
lt's a good idea to briefly outline the main points of the presentation
and then talk about each point in more detail.
At the end give a short summary

of what you've said before your conclusion and there you go !

You make it sound so simple!
Well, the aim of this structure is in fact to simplify your task ,
and remember, the number one rule for giving
a good presentation in English is KlSS, keep it short and simple .
How about giving an example of a presentation?
Ok. Well, we don't really have time for a whole presentation
but l'll give you an example of the kind of language
and structure l mean...
Good morning.
Im Eric Brown and Im in charge of quality control here at the plant .
This morning l'd like to talk about a problem we had last week .
My aim is to stop this problem happening again.
First Im going to give you some back ground information ,
then l'll fill you in on the details,
and finally we'll look at some possible solutions .
So, first of all let's look at the background...
and here Eric would give some background information
about the problem so everyone has a clear picture.
Now we're going to try to understand exactly
what happened last week...
Here Eric would talk about the problem we had last week
And finally why don't we have a look at some possible solutions.. .

At which point Eric would talk about the various solutions

to the problem in turn before saying...
Let me sum up...
Where Eric would briefly summarize the different points
He's made during the presentation and move on to the conclusion .
Starting ...
So, now shall we try to draw some conclusions.. .
Thank you for your attention and
if you have any questions don't hesitate to ask...
That was very precise, and to the point.
Now, it's difficult to remember everything you want to say ,
unless you learn it all by heart, especially if you're nervous
so it's a good idea to have some notes with you
Of course you shouldn't read the whole presentation ,
that could get quite boring but,
you do want to get off to a good start
so perhaps writing your introduction word for word is advisable .
And then just have the opening sentences
of each part of the presentation so you have an outline to follow
Yes, in case you get lost you can easily get back on track !
That's right, and speak slowly and clearly
obviously try to use emphasis and pauses
to highlight the important points.
So, KlSS is the key to a good presentation .

Keep it short and simple.

And the three fundamental aspects to keep in mind are :
organization, language and simplicity.
Today most people use powerpoint to deliver their presentations ,
we can't talk about how to use powerpoint now
remember to get the language right
and your powerpoint presentation will be fine.
Good advice.
Our time's up, so Im afraid we have to say goodbye .
See you soon Bye bye!
Let's look more closely at Eric's presentation and those three
important factors to bear in mind when planning a presentation :
organization, language and simplicity.
So, the first thing to do is organize what you want to say
and give your presentation a clear structure.
Let's look at a basic outline for a presentation :
Start with a brief personal introduction,
so everyone knows who you are.
Then introduce the subject and purpose of your presentation .
Briefly outline the main points, so everyone knows
what you will be talking about and then treat each point in order .
lt's a good idea to give a short summary of all the points at the end .
And finally a conclusion to close your presentation.

Personal introduction
lntroduce subject and purpose
Outline the main points
Point 1
Point 2
Point 3
Summary
Conclusion
And what about the language?
Remember KlSS keep it short and simple.
Simplicity is essential in every aspect of the presentation ,
in its organization and the language we use.
Short, well structured sentences that mark the beginning
of each part of the presentation are helpful to keep you on track
and keep your listeners' attention.
Did you notice in Eric's presentation he marked the start of
each new section of the presentation very clearly .
Let's look at the language he used and how each point
corresponds to the outline we've just seen :
l'd like to talk about a problem we had last week .
My aim is to stop this problem happening again.
First Im going to give you some background information,
Then l'll fill you in on the details,
and finally we'll look at some possible solutions .

So, first of all let's look at the background

Now we're going to try to understand exactly
what happened last week....
And finally why don't we have a look at some possible solutions.. .
Let me sum up....
So, now shall we try to draw some conclusions.. .
Notice how the beginning of each section is clearly marked .
And remember, team spirit is important. As with brainstorming, it's
important that everyone listening feels part of a team, so avoid using 'l'
too much because it detaches you, the speaker, from the group .
Try to find other ways of structuring your ideas
so that everyone feels included.

English Today DVD 26-Eng

Sub

00:08Who's

in charge of delivery to the 'Blue Moon' bookshop ?

and l. Why?
00:13They've just telephoned complaining that they haven't received anything
yet.
00:11Anne

00:19Well,

that's impossible! l sent the delivery five days ago .

just it. l don't understand what could have happened .

00:22That's
00:26The

merchandise should have arrived by now.

00:29Anne,

call the shipping agents to find out what's up.

00:39Hello,

am l speaking to 'Fast' shipping?

00:44This
00:46l'd

is Anne Baxter from Pilgrim Publishing .

like to follow up on the merchandise we sent five days ago .

What? That's impossible! There must be some mistake .

00:58You can't have delivered it! Our client has just telephoned
00:53Sorry?

that they haven't received anything yet !

01:05Okay, okay, l'll take a look at the paperwork
01:08and get back to you. Bye bye .
01:01saying

'Fast' claims that the goods were signed for by the consignee .
01:17Rachel, go get the bill of lading. We need to look into
01:22what caused this mistake.
01:12Well,

are you sure you provided the exact address ?

01:25Gary,

01:29Certainly!

l still remember it. lt's: 35, Lafayette Avenue-Orange .

it, alright. What about the duty? Do you remember paying it ?

01:39Duty? Excuse me, Mr. Stevens, but we're EU members
01:42and aren't required to pay duty.
01:34That's

01:43Merchandise

is free to move between the member states .

01:46And

duty is no longer required, nor is documentation .

01:49EU?

What does Europe have to do with it? !

01:54Excuse
01:56Good

me, but Orange is in France, isn't it ?

God, Gary! 'Blue Moon' is in Orange, but not in France .

is a city in Massachusetts, USA! Call the bookshop immediately !

02:12What an idiot! That's why l paid less
02:14on freight charges than was budgeted !
02:03Orange

02:22Hello,

Pilgrim Publishing. This is Anne Baxter, how may l help you ?

02:26Hello,

this is Victoria Lee. Im calling in regards to the shipment .

02:30l

was wondering if you had any news yet?

actually l was just about to call you.

02:32Yes,

02:37Unfortunately,

there's been a misunderstanding .

02:41But,

don't worry. We're taking care of things on our end .

02:45And

you should receive the goods very soon!

02:48Could
02:52The

you tell me exactly what's happened? My boss is extremely upset .

shipping documents were in order.

02:54According
02:58Can

to the bill of lading, the supplies should have already arrived .

you explain why the merchandise is blocked in the customs warehouse ?

03:03Customs?

No, you see, Im afraid there's been a slight problem

03:09in addressing the goods.
03:11And

they've been sent to a destination in France instead of Massachusetts .

03:17France?

Massachusetts? What are you talking about?

merchandise was destined for China!

03:23China? Well, excuse me, are you the owner
03:28of the 'Blue Moon' in Orange, Massachusetts ?
03:21The

l am not! l work for Spector,

03:31No,

a multinational sporting goods manufacturer.

03:35we're

speaking with 'Fast' shippers, aren't l?

03:38Im

actually, no! This is Pilgrim Publishing!

03:40Well,

afraid you've got the wrong number.

03:43Im

we do have something in common. We both use the same courier .

03:45But,

is funny! l dial a wrong number and who do l call? A publishing house !

04:00Life

04:07Maybe
04:11What
04:15We

it's fate! Nice young woman, as well !

was her name? Anne Baxter, that's right .

use the same couriers and are both having problems with deliveries !

04:19What
04:22Mrs.

a strange coincidence!

Lee, have you spoken with 'Fast' shippers yet ?

Not yet, the number is always busy!

04:29We have to figure out what's happened. This delivery delay is costing
04:32us a lot of money.
04:34The courier assured us that the merchandise didn't have
04:37to pass through customs,
04:38that it would have left their warehouse with the customs bill already compiled
04:42without any additional customs requirements .
04:26Uh...

right! Considering the shipping costs.. .

04:48They're so high because they include all international delivery costs
04:52such as transit, loading and unloading, assembly ,
04:45That's

warehouse storage costs.

04:56and
04:58Just

a moment, l've got it!

05:02Did

you remember to attach the certificate of origin, Mrs. Lee ?

05:06The

certificate of origin? l don't really know what that is !

never been required for our shipments!

05:14The certificate of origin is that document which states
05:18the merchandise's country of origin
05:20for customs purposes.
05:22lt's absolutely necessary for companies doing business in countries
05:25which don't belong to the EU to provide it upon customs officials request .
05:11lt's

05:30-And
05:34l

China is one of those countries!-Im sorry, Mrs. Collins !

didn't know! l swear it! Up until now, l've never taken care of shipments !

is going to be one very expensive mistake !

05:44Oh, by the way... l'll be taking our losses caused by this delay out of your
salary!
05:59Orange,
France. Orange, Massachusetts. That's an understandable
mistake.
05:40This

06:05But...

Orange, China?

see what can happen if the goods are addressed to the wrong place .

06:09You

can be very costly, as we saw in the video .

06:17Now, let's look at that process of buying and selling, that transactional
process,
06:14lt

06:23and

the commercial documents which are related to that .

06:27But

first, do you know other terms for the word 'goods' ?

06:32Other

ways of saying 'goods'.

06:36There's

'products', 'merchandise', and also 'freight', do you know that ?

F-R-E-l-G-H-T.
06:48Yeah, all four of them we use: 'products', 'goods', 'merchandise', and
'freight'.
06:44'Freight':

06:54So,
06:59a

let's look at that process now, and imagine that we are a buyer ,

potential buyer,

would like to buy something, and so we contact a seller .

07:06Look at the screen which will give you the list of the documents
07:11which we would need to do this transaction .
07:01we

first one is: the buyer makes an enquiry .

07:19Now, 'enquiry' can be written with an E at the beginning, or an l, an
'enquiry'.
07:14The

07:25So,

what's that? Well, that's to ask if goods are available ,

the price of those goods are,

07:34what the conditions of delivery are, and also what the terms of payment
are.
07:32what

we-as the buyer-make an enquiry.

07:45Now, the potential seller sends back another document
07:49which is called the 'offer', or the 'quotation' .
07:54ln that document the seller offers
07:57to sell us the required goods,
07:41So

08:00the

goods that we have ordered at their price and in their.. .

08:05with

their conditions.

that, we as the buyer decide if we want to go ahead ,

08:12and if we do, then we make the 'order'. That's the third document: the
order.
08:18Now, in the order we have all the full particulars and details of the goods
08:25that are to be supplied by the seller .
08:07After

we have the enquiry, then the quotation, and now the order .
08:34After the goods are then packaged, and they are prepared
transportation,
08:29So,

for

we contact a shipping agent.

08:43Now, a 'shipping agent' are the people who actually organise
08:47the transportation of merchandise.
08:39usually

08:50And

they're also called 'freight forwarders'.

08:55You

see that word again: freight, 'freight forwarders', or 'shipping agents' .

09:02Now,

that can be by see, by land, or by air ,

on where the goods are going and what the goods are. Okay ?
09:13So, we decide to make the order. Now, the actual process involved
09:21at the beginning of payment starts with what we call a 'pro-forma invoice' .
09:07depending

09:28A

pro-forma invoice. Now, this is like an ordinary invoice ,

in fact it's not the real one.

09:34but

has all the details of the transaction, but it's not yet the real invoice .
09:43And that's often given to shipping agents
09:46who are doing the transportation.
09:36lt

most important document of payment is the 'invoice' ,

09:49The

'invoice', or the 'bill'.

09:55Now, in the invoice... lt's the document that describes the goods, the
freight,
09:53the

10:00the

merchandise, the quality of thath, the quantity and the price ,

10:06also

the terms of payment and the delivery .

10:10And

the invoice is sent to the buyer with the goods .

10:16lt

accompanies the goods.

10:19Then

we as the buyer have to actually buy the goods ,

to do that payment takes place.

10:24and

10:27Now,

the safest way to pay for goods is still the 'Letter of Credit' ,

this is used extensively because it's the safest way, because... Why ?

10:34and

10:39Because
10:45the

what it is, it's an agreement between two banks :

banks of the buyer and the banks of the seller .

when the two banks agree it's a much safer condition of payment .
10:54And, as you heard in the video, you heard the words
10:57'consignor' and 'consignee'.
10:48And

the seller is the consignor, and the consignee is the buyer. Okay ?
11:06l hope that gives you some idea of what the whole selling-and-buying
11:11transaction is about,
11:00Well,

11:12and

also the main documents that you need in that process. Okay ?

11:18Great!

So, see you again in the next lesson. Bye .

back Gary. How was the lnternational Book Fair in Frankfurt ?

11:35Great. l cultivated a number of interesting contacts that could lead
11:30Welcome

great opportunities.
11:41l also participated in a very important conference
11:44on the current state of affairs
11:46-in the international book market.-Oh! Do tell, Gary .
11:50Hum... Yes, okay, but just a brief summary because l've really got to get
going.
11:55Mr. Stevens wants a report on the trade fair ASAP
11:58and l've been away for three days ,
11:39to

l've got a ton of work to catch up on.

12:01ln any case, a number of the top company representatives
12:04from the largest international publishing houses participated .
11:59so

12:08The

most interesting presentation was surely that of John Schuman ,

12:11one

of the top experts in the publishing sector .

12:14And

what did he have to say?

12:16Excuse

me, just a moment... lt's one of my contacts from Frankfurt .

12:23Hum,

as l was saying... Hum, John Schuman!

12:27Using

the most current data as his starting point ,

determined that the publishing market is growing slowly ,

12:30he

that the number of readers is stagnant.

12:36lt's the readers who already buy books and who want to increase the size
12:40of their libraries who are responsible for sales .
12:34and

cut a long story short, the current crisis has been around for a while !
12:49Unfortunately, yes! Just the other day, a friend of mine from Amsterdam
12:53in the publishing trade was telling me that his company has had to let
12:57fifteen people go since the beginning of the year .
12:43To

kidding?! Does that mean that we could become redundant ?

13:05No, Rachel! l just finished telling you that the trade fair was a huge
success.
12:59You're

13:09We've
13:12lt's

the latest technologies that will offer the most success in this market .

13:17-What
13:20We
13:23ln

just got to look at these things over the long term .

do you mean?-Im talking about digital editing.

are on the cusp of a revolution in publishing.

other words, the transition from printed publishing to digital publishing .

afraid l don't agree with you, Gary. lnternet, e-mail, CD ROM, DVDs ,
13:34and all electronic gadgets put together will never substitute the joy
13:39of reading a book.
13:28Im

know, l know, Rachel, you are a Luddite. But this is the future .
13:44The owner of a multimedia publishing house from Stockholm told me
13:49that they were able to greatly lower production, distribution
13:40l

warehousing costs, all due to digital publishing .

13:57Not only that, but just think of the level of interaction
14:01we can achieve with readers
14:02via lnternet. And besides that... Just a moment, excuse me .
13:53and

14:10l

bet it's one of your 'important' contacts from Frankfurt !

as a matter of fact it is!

14:18Judging from your expression, l'd say that these 'contacts'
14:22are mostly female!
14:15Yes,

14:44Oh!

Hi Victoria!

14:50Why

weren't you at the meeting this morning?

meeting?
14:54The meeting that Mrs. Collins called with all the department heads
15:00to come to grips with the situation and, l quote :
15:03'to discuss the means with which we can improve both production
15:07and company efficiencies.' No one told me anything !
14:52Which

15:11l

bet she did that on purpose my 'darling' boss .

wanted to get back at me for a mistake l made on a shipment !

15:19She always keeps me out of the loop on all the important developments
15:22and makes me do the work of a secretary! l hate her !
15:15She

15:26Come
15:29Not

on, Victoria, chin up! Things will get better.

sure about that, Paul. Anyway, tell me:

15:34what

did you discuss at the meeting?

you can imagine the tone that Mrs. Collins used .

15:41She prefers cold and distant. She urged us all to work even harder
15:47to overcome this difficult moment for the company .
15:36Well,

to her, we should be working 24/ 7/ 365 !

15:55Listen to this: she told the warehouse manager to calculate
16:00the efficiency of workers more precisely as they go about their tasks ,
15:50According

if necessary, to lengthen their hours .

16:08Then she 'invited' Mr. Rover-the personnel director16:13to evaluate the necessity
16:15of any new hiring. She told him that from now on ,
16:19each and every short-term or long-term plan must first be evaluated
16:24and approved by her.
16:05and,

16:25-l

always said she was a dictator!-Yeah!

she claims that we should be delighted at her flexibility ,

16:33and that many corporate heads she knows would just resort
16:36with a huge personnel cuts
16:38to improve the situation.-Oh, what an understanding woman !
16:28And

16:42You

bet! Then she added that companies need to meet deadlines

16:50and to work within strict budget in order to keep clients satisfied
16:54and remain competitive in the market.
16:58Finally, referring to you, she reminded us all that delays and errors in
projects
17:05are absolutely unacceptable.
17:11What

are you doing, Victoria? Are you taking notes ?

17:15No!

Im writing my letter of resignation.

17:28Did

you hear what she said? She said: Im writing my letter of resignation .

17:33Now,
17:37it

do you remember what that means? 'Letter of resignation' ,

means she wants to resign,

wants to leave the company and quit herjob. Poor Victoria .

17:47Well, let's now turn back to what we said at the beginning
17:51of the lesson-which was
17:52international fairs-and look at some of the language which is useful for you
17:57related to those. Now, if you decide to represent your company
18:02in an international fair, you are called an 'exhibitor' .
17:41she

18:08Look

what you have in order to display your things is a 'stand' .

18:11And
18:16lt

at the screen: an exhibitor.

can be small, it can be large, but it's a stand. Also we use 'booth' .

18:23Now,

when you go to the fair, the hard work begins ,

18:27because

you have to 'set up',

'build' the stand.

18:32Then, when it's ready, you 'display'-which means 'to show'18:37you display your goods,
18:29or

products, or your services.

18:42Then, at the end of the week-usually it's a week18:44you 'take down' the stand.
18:39your

if you're on the stand, it's really hard work,

18:51and l want to help you
18:52with some phrases that can be useful when visitors are walking past .
18:48Now,

18:58Now,

as they walk past, you often want to invite them on to the stand .

19:05Sometimes

they will talk to you directly,

19:07but

other times they just want to come on and look around .

19:10So,

you could say: do come in and have a look around .

19:16'Have
19:18Now,

a look around'.
another thing we use, which is very nice, is :

19:22please,

feel free to browse.

19:25Please,

feel free to browse.

19:28'Browse'-which

is also computer language-it means 'to look

19:31at things calmly'. Okay?
obviously you don't want to abandon them, so you could say :

19:35Now,
19:38if

you need my help, don't hesitate to ask .

19:42lf

you need my help, don't hesitate to ask me .

Now, obviously with potential clients,

19:50there comes a time when you will be talking
19:52about prices. So, often a question that they will ask you is :
19:46Okay?

price discount do you offer on large quantities?

19:59what

discount', okay?
20:09Or: what discount do you offer on 'up-front payment'
20:15-which is an American term20:17or 'cash in advance'-which is the British term ?
20:06'Price

that means: you pay up-front, you pay before receiving the goods .

20:21So

20:28Now,
20:31it

when you're answering questions like that,

depends on the person you're talking to ,

they might be from Japan, from Germany, from America .

20:38So, an important question to ask is: which currency would you like me
20:44to quote you in?
20:34because

20:46Which
20:50it

currency...? lt could be yen, it could be pounds ,

could be French francs for example.

which currency would you like me to quote you in ?

20:58Now, you could also say, for example: our price
21:01is 'Ex-Works', 'FOB', or 'ClF' .
20:53So,

21:06Now,

these might be familiar to you, they are the specific lNCO terms .

21:11'lNCO

term' means the lnternational Contract terms. Okay ?

move on. Payment. Now, that's an important consideration .

21:17Let's
21:22The

question could be: what are your terms of payment ?

21:26And

you might answer, want to answer:

21:28well,

we usually work with a Letter of Credit.

as we said before, in the previous lesson ,

21:36a letter of credit is probably
21:38the safest term of payment. Then, delivery .
21:43Questions could be: how long will it take you to deliver
21:48after confirmation of the Letter of Credit ?
21:33And,

21:52Other
21:59Can

possibilities are, they will ask you: what are your delivery conditions ?

you shorten your delivery time? Now, 'shorten' means 'reduce it' .

can you shorten your delivery time to, for example, fifteen days ?
22:12And another thing is transportation: which freight forwarders
22:06So,

22:17-do

you remember that?22:18shipping agents... Which shipping agents or freight forwarders do you use ?
22:24Now,

if you have to produce things,

22:28then

you could ask the question, for example,

say, state: we need sixty days production time .

22:30or

word for 'production time' is 'lead time' .

22:40So: we need sixty days production time-lead time-from receipt
22:46of the Letter of Credit.
22:48That's very important, these conditions are extremely important to state
22:52at the beginning of your business relationships .
22:36Another

when you've talked and when it's time for the client to leave ,

22:55Then,

exchange business cards, so you could say :

23:00you

is my business card with our company details .

23:04here

can reach me on this number any time during office hours .

23:08You

23:13Notice
23:17'you

can contact me'.

23:19Then,
23:23let

we say 'you can reach me', 'you can phone me' ,

after the fair you can say, for example :

me know if you need anything.

23:26Or:

give me a call if you have any queries.

23:31'Query'

hesitate to contact me if you need help. Okay ?

23:34Don't
23:39And

is another word for 'questions'.

then just wish them: have a good trip back .

they've probably travelled from another country. Alright ?

23:46Well, l hope that helps you in some way to deal with the situation
23:51when you're on the stand.
23:42Because

23:53And

good luck, because it's really hard work.

23:55Okay,

thanks very much and see you in the next lesson. Bye .

24:14Paul!

tell me this is true... Are you really gonna leave ?

24:15Don't
24:20Yes,

Paul. l just can't stay here.

Mrs. Collins has arrived, the work climate has become unbearable !
24:29She never misses an opportunity to humiliate me
24:32and to assign me the most demeaning tasks .
24:23Since

24:34And

what are you gonna do now?.

24:37Well,
24:41This
24:47A

l've got in touch with a number of companies .

afternoon, for example, l have an interview with a publishing house .

publishing house? You're not going to become an author, are you ?

24:51Precisely!

You know it's always been a dream of mine .

24:54l

don't think the interview is gonna focus on my 'literary talents'.. .

24:59But,

Paul, you look awful. What's the matter?

a bit concerned about things.

25:09We're having a meeting with the major shareholders of Spector
25:12-to take a look at the balance sheets.-And, is that a problem ?
25:17Well, as you know, the year-end balance sheets provide an overview
25:23of the economical, fiscal and fiduciary effectiveness of our management .
25:29And l certainly hope that scrutinizing the books won't uncover
25:33inconvenient discrepancies
25:35that could lead to a change of a company leadership .
25:05Im

25:39What

exactly are you referring to?

you know, things haven't been rosy lately ,

25:47even if there has been a slight improvement in share prices
25:51during the last quarter.
25:53However, at the same time, the outstanding debts
25:57to our suppliers have also increased.
25:43As

26:00ln

other words, our revenues don't cover our expenses .

26:05-The

situation is serious, then!-That's right .

afraid we'll need to resort to additional outside financing .

26:14l've been calculating the various balance sheets entries to understand
26:19what's causing our debts and try to develop a plan of attack
26:24to get our weak points under control. The results are anything
26:29but encouraging.
26:31As you well know, the solidity and integrity of our financial core assets
26:36are indispensable to keeping our production capabilities intact
26:41and revenues flowing.
26:09Im

26:43l

certainly wouldn't wanna be in your shoes at the meeting !

kidding! Im predicting lightning and thunder !

26:47No
26:51l

wish l didn't have to participate!

l could come down with a sudden case of flu or something .

27:00How about kidney inflammation accompanied by high fever
27:05caused by a highly contagious virus mysteriously present in the company ?
26:54Perhaps,

laugh but now that you won't be here l'll have to double the work !
27:17By the way, they don't happen to need someone else at that publishing house
27:24you were speaking about?-So, you're a secret author as well ?
27:11You

27:28No,

but l can do a lot of things.

27:32For

example: use a computer, make photocopies, send faxes .

27:38That

should be enough, shouldn't it?

27:41What

a clown! Im gonna miss yourjokes, Paul!

27:52Yes,

l see, l understand.

27:59But

it has to be done by Friday, is that possible ?

Good. lt's very important. We'll be in touch. Thank you. Goodbye .

28:04Good.

Lee!

28:19Mrs.

28:21-You've
28:25l

got an exceptional CV!-Well, thank you, Mr. Stevens .

don't quite understand why you left Spector.

28:29According

to this, you're in a position of considerable responsibility .

true, l was very satisfied with my job at the beginning .

28:38l had a prestigious position and many high-profile projects were sent my
way.
28:33That's

28:44However,
28:50things
28:54many
28:59And,

once Spector was taken over by a Japanese multinational ,

just took a turn to the worse. My boss was let go ,

of my colleagues were transferred and l was relieved of my duties .

of course... Well, maybe l shouldn't tell you .

29:04Please

do! No reason to be afraid.

the truth is l just didn't get along with my new boss .

29:12l appreciate your frankness! Sincerity is one of the main qualities
29:17that l look for in my employees.
29:08Well,

tell me, Mrs. Lee, how are your bookkeeping, invoicing ,

29:20But

29:24-and

administrative skills?-Excellent, l would say.

29:28But

l wanted to speak to you about...

29:31Are

you familiar with the publishing market?

to a certain degree. But, as l was saying.. .

29:36Yes,
29:40Ever

since l was a child l've always been fascinated by.. .

can tell me about your dreams at another time, Mrs. Lee .

29:43You

we're busy with our year-end balance sheet ,

29:51and l need a well-trained assistant to prepare an assessment
29:54of our administrative expenses, and to study our assets and liabilities .
29:47Currently

29:59You,

considering your experiences, appear to be a perfect fit !

thank you, Mr. Stevens!

30:07But once this emergency has blown over, l was wondering if perhaps
30:12you could take me
30:13into consideration as a... As a...-Yes... ?
30:04Well,

30:17As

an author! Im quite talented.

literature professor at university used to encourage me .

30:23This is not a school, Mrs. Lee! l got in touch with you to speak to you
30:29about our marketing office! That's what l'd like to hire you for !
30:34Please, don't be offended, but keep your dreams
30:20My

yourself for the moment.

30:41As far as books are concerned, we can get started
30:44on the bookkeeping immediately!
30:38to

30:46-Certainly,

but later?-We'll see, we'll see...

31:11Excuse

me, my name's Victoria Lee.

31:14Today's

my first day at work and l'd like to know.. .

31:18Great!

way to start! Where is everybody?

31:25Mr. Stevens told me l was gonna meet my new colleagues
31:28and they were gonna explain everything .
31:22Great

31:30l

wonder if l've come to the wrong department.. .

31:33Ah,

you must be the new arrival. Pleasure to meet you, Im Rachel .

31:37The

pleasure's all mine. My name is Victoria Lee .

31:40Mr.

Stevens asked me to show you the office and explain everything. So.. .

31:44Over

there is the fax and the photocopier.

31:46This

is your desk and computer. What else? Oh, yes.. .

31:51You'll

find the coffee machine down the hall, but, please remember.. .

31:55Few

breaks and, please, keep them short !

31:58This

'gentleman' is Gary Renolds, head of marketing .

32:02How

do you do? Im Victoria.

Stevens tells me that we're going to beb working closely together .

32:08l must say it's quite a pleasure to spend so much time
32:11with such a lovely young lady.
32:04Mr.

32:13Happily

married woman! Married with a son, as a matter of fact !

done, Victoria! Let him know who's who!

32:18Well

32:21Gary's

the kind of guy who can't control himself with attractive women !

32:27Ehm...

Thank you for the compliment, Rachel! Let's get down to work !

32:35Here

is an analysis of last year's investments .

you can see, we've consistently improved our bottom line in all sectors .
32:43Even if, as far as Im concerned, we need to move more aggressively
32:46into the market.
32:38As

32:47What

exactly do you mean?

improve our e-commerce play, for example .

32:52Let's imagine for a moment that Pilgrim were to develop
32:55an advanced online catalog
32:57that would allow users to purchase directly online .
33:01Don't you think that this way we could dramatically cut our distribution
costs?
32:49Well,

33:06Certainly,

but what does Mr. Stevens think?

he's a bit 'old-school' in his way of thinking .

33:12According to his world view, we should focus on sales through
33:16more traditional channels.
33:17l, on the other hand, would be thrilled if you saw things more along my
lines.
33:22Ehm, why don't we develop a realistic marketing strategy
33:25that includes possible e-commerce earnings ?
33:09Well,

33:28Perhaps,

we could convince him together!

33:30Im

afraid l can't at the moment, Gary!

33:32l've

got to focus on the bookkeeping to begin with .

33:36Listen,

why don't we have a little dinner together tonight ,

then continue working at my house?

33:39and

married. Remember, Gary?

33:41Im

33:56Statistics,

accounts, reports. Not much has changed from Spector .

l was hoping for a more creative position.. .

34:01And
34:04See

you later!

34:08Oh,

hello! You must be the new hire. Im Anne Baxter .

Victoria Lee. l recognize your name... Have we met before ?

34:11Im
34:15l

don't think so. Perhaps we met at the Red Lion Pub .

34:19l

often go there with my friends.

34:21No,

it doesn't sound familiar! Actually, l have a son so l don't get out much .

34:27But

still, l've heard your name before!

a moment, now l remember!

34:30Just
34:33We

met on the telephone when l was still working at Spector .

34:36We

both had that problem with our courier Fast!

34:40Oh

yes! Oh yes, l remember now!

34:43You

were having problems with a shipment to... To China !

34:48Gosh!
34:51Well,
34:54-So,

What a coincidence!

who would have ever thought we would end up working together !

how are things going?-Well, it's still too early to say .

34:57Today
35:00Well,

is my first day at work!

l presume you've already met Gary...

35:03Yes,

earlier. We're working on a project together .

35:05And

l bet he's already invited you out to dinner !

as a matter of fact!
35:10And he's probably told you that he loves working with charming young girls
35:15such as yourself.-Yes, and how do you know? .
35:09Yes,

always uses the same line. He did the same with me. How original !

35:18He

35:24Well,

Im pleased that you've joined us here .

35:27And

l hope we'll become great friends.

35:30Yes,

well, Im sure we will! You're very nice.. .

35:34And,

who knows, maybe that telephone call was destiny !

nket a negyedik English Today zleti DVD-n!

36:54dvzlm

a DVD-n On the job c. trte'netnk jabb ne'gy epizdjt lthatjk ,

37:04majd az zleti ke'szse'gek re'szben
37:06a ''win-win nyelv'' egy jabb aspeust vizsgljuk meg .
36:59Ezen

a kvetkez nyelvi te'mkkal foglalkozunk:

37:10utn

zleti tranzakci le'pe'seinek lersa,

37:13az

37:16nemzetkzi
37:20e's
37:25J

ipari vsrokon hasznlt kifejeze'sek,

a prezentciban hasznlt nyelvi e's eladsi technikk .

szrakozst!

let's talk about making presentations.

38:13l think it's very important when you decide to make a presentation
38:16to give it a good structure, because that'll help you
38:20when you're actually giving it.
38:22So, let's look at some of the language which will help you give
38:25the presentation structure.
38:10So,

38:26Okay?

it's important to draw everybody's attention,

38:31First,
38:36to

And let's call on the screen to help us with that .

make sure people are quiet.

you could say, for example: shall we start? Shall we begin ?

38:44Or: let's get started. Alright? Now, those are ways to draw
38:50the attention of the audience.
38:38So,

you need to greet them. So, you could say, for example :
38:56good morning everyone-which is quite informal38:59good morning everyone.
38:52Then,

39:00More

formal would be: good morning ladies and gentlemen .

39:04That's
39:10So,

more formal. So, you greet them. Then, you introduce yourself .

it would be like this, an example would be:

get started. Good morning everyone .

39:17Let me introduce myself. My name is Louise Evans
39:21and l am in charge of marketing.
39:23Okay? So, you give your name, and also your position
39:27of responsibility in the company .
39:13let's

39:30So,

you can say: Im in charge of, or Im responsible for marketing .

39:38Then,

you need to introduce the topic of your presentation, so you could

say:
39:45the

aim, or the purpose-watch the pronunciation-the aim ,

the purpose,
39:52or the objective of my presentation today is to talk about the marketing
strategy.
39:51or

39:59So,
40:06You
40:11or

three words: 'aim', 'objective', or 'purpose'. Good .

could also say, for example: l'd like to give you a brief overview ,

an outline...

40:13Now,

that's quite similar to 'summary', it means 'a general picture' .

l'd like to give you an overview, or an outline of our marketing strategy .

40:25Then, you need to usually divide the presentation
40:30up into 3, or 4, or 5 points.
40:19So,

we could say: l'll divide my presentation up into four.. .

40:39Notice we say 'l'll divide my presentation up into', it's quite complicated,
that.
40:33So,

40:46l'll

divide my presentation up into four points .

40:51Now,

another word for 'points' is 'items', or we could say 'headings' ,

40:58'areas',

'sections', or 'subjects'. Please, don't say 'arguments' ,

41:05because
41:10So,

'an argument' means 'a heated conversation between two people' .

l'll divide my presentation up into four main points ,

41:15items,

headings, areas, sections, or subjects .

41:21Then,

you need to look at the verbs that you can use ,

41:24because
41:26firstly,
41:32l'd

you can say then:

l'd like to discuss the marketing strategy .

like to introduce the marketing strategy. l'd like to look at.. .

at' is the same as 'analyse', or 'consider' .

41:42l'd like to explain... That means 'to talk about the details'
41:47so that people understand.
41:37'Look

like to examine... l'd like to show... And l'd like to illustrate.. .

41:55These are the main verbs that you would use when describing
42:00what you're going to do.
41:49l'd

42:02So,

firstly... You could say: firstly, secondly, and finally. Or: last of all .

42:11So,

you see, you divide it up into sections :

42:14firstly,
42:19Now,

secondly, finally, last of all.

it's often a good idea to talk about the duration ,

length of your presentation,

42:25because often business presentations
42:23the

be too long and boring.

42:29And if you say, for example: my presentation shouldn't take
42:34longer than thirty minutes,
42:27can

are psychologically prepared,

42:38and feel happier that they're not going to have to sit through
42:42a whole load of slides
42:43and a long, long explanation. Give them a time reference .
42:35people

you need to decide, when you're giving your presentation ,

42:48Then,

you want people to interrupt you during it,

42:56or if they should ask questions
42:58at the end of your presentation. Now, if you want to invite participation
43:03during the presentation, you could say, for example :
42:52if

43:07please,
43:13Okay?

feel free to interrupt if anything's not clear .

Please, feel free to interrupt if anything is not clear ,

you want to ask questions.

43:22Now, sometimes in a shorter presentation you would prefer to take questions
43:28at the end of the presentation. So, you could say something like this :
43:32if you have any questions, could l ask you to keep them until
43:40the end of the presentation?
43:19if

look at that again, it's not easy.

43:44lf you have any questions, could l ask you to keep them until
43:50the end of the presentation,
43:42Let's

l'll be very happy to answer them? Alright?

43:56So, there you keep control of how much interruption
43:59you have in your presentation.
43:53when

44:02So,
44:04or

we've said: firstly, l'd like to discuss ,

l'd like to talk about the marketing strategy.

44:07Now,
44:11you

when you want to move on to the second point,

can say in English:

44:13good,

now let's move on to my next point move on to my next point .

44:21Another

possibility is: good, that brings me to my next point .

that's moving the presentation forward .

44:32lf somebody interrupts you and you don't want to handle
44:38the interruption at that moment,
44:40you can say: yes, that's a very good question but can
44:44l come back to that later?
44:28So,

44:46So,
44:50to

recognize the question and say 'that's a good question' ,

show that you're going to deal with it, but then say :

44:53can

l come back to that later?

44:55And

of course, if you say that, make sure you remember that question .

44:59Make

a mental note, and always answer it.

45:03Then,

to conclude the presentation you can say :

45:08l'd

like to finish by saying that...

l'd like to conclude by saying that...

45:12Or:
45:17Or

you can say: in conclusion, l think we should.. .

45:22'ln

conclusion'. And the very last things to say are usually :

45:29thank

you very much for coming.

45:32'Thank

you for your attention' is not necessary ,

you're doing the work, they're there to listen to you .

45:38So it's just better, l think, to say: that's it-'that's it'
45:42which means 'it's finished'45:44and thank you very much. Thank you very much for coming .
45:35because

45:47Or,

thank you very much. Alright?

l hope that helps you with your future presentations .

45:53Remember: structure is very important, and it will help
45:57you remember things more clearly .
45:49So,

46:00So,

good luck with any presentation that you'll do in the future .

good luck in general with your Business English. Bye .

46:13Did you notice how Mr. Stevens was reading a CV
46:17-it was Victoria's curriculum vitae46:20when he was doing the interview with her ?
46:23Well, often in reality people doing interviews don't have time
46:28to read the whole CV.
46:31And so, if you're in the interview, you have to look
46:34at the information very quickly ,
46:03And

just get the general understanding of it.

46:37and
46:39So,

what he was doing, he was skimming for important information.

46:45And

that's what l want to talk to you about now:

four skills that we use for reading,

46:48the

46:52which
46:57and
47:00So,

are: skimming, scanning, extensive reading,

intensive reading.

let's call on the screen to look at those .

47:03Now,

the first thing that l talked about was 'skimming' ,

is what l said Mr. Stevens was doing.

47:09And that means that you read quickly in order to get
47:13the most important information,
47:06which

47:15or

to get the gist.

47:18The

'gist' is the general understanding, the most important information ,

get the gist. And this is what you will do in yourjob ,

47:22to

example, if you have to use...

47:26for

read a newspaper quickly, magazines ,

47:29to

47:33business
47:36So,

and travel brochures, for example.

you read them quickly to pick out the important information .

skimming.
47:42The second one is 'scanning'. Now, we use scanning in order to extract
47:49particular information, a particular piece of information .
47:41That's

47:54So,

for example, if you want to see a particular television programme ,

47:59you

scan it.

48:01lf

you want to... think about travel, if you want to see what train ,

what plane leaves,

48:07a train or a plane schedule, you scan it
48:11and pick out the particular information
48:13important for you. Also a conference guide ,
48:06or

48:17when

there are many speeches,

scan and pick out the one relevant to you .

48:19you

that's skimming, scanning.

48:25What about extensive reading? Now, extensive reading
48:29is the type of reading
48:31you use when you want to obtain a general
48:34understanding about a subject.
48:22So,

48:37So,

for example, it could mean for you reading a market strategy book ,

48:43or

a novel,

48:45or

a magazine article which is related to yourjob.

48:49So,

extensive reading for general understanding .

48:53And

the last one is the intensive reading.

48:57And

that is for very close, very accurate reading for detail .

49:03And

that's when you read for every word.

important to understand every word, and every fact obviously .

49:11And in this case you would use it with like a bookkeeping report
49:16-very important to look at the details-an insurance claim ,
49:06lt's

49:21or

for contracts terribly important to read every word .

is intensive reading.
49:27So, remember that when you're in your workplace
49:31it's important to be able to move
49:33between skimming, scanning, extensive reading ,
49:25That

49:37and

intensive reading.

49:39Sometimes

in English you are tempted to want to understand every word ,

49:44so

you use a dictionary... lt takes ages! lt's just not necessary .

49:48Remember:

check on what the task is that you want to achieve ,

49:53and

then choose whether you need to skim or scan ,

49:57and

don't bother about the words that you don't understand .

50:01Go

for the particular information. Alright?

happy reading! Bye and see you in the next lesson .

50:12Hello and here we are for the last Business Talk programme
50:15Hi there, today we'll look again at 'win-win language' but this time we'll
50:20concentrate on the language of negotiation and small talk .
50:04So,

saw last time that those three fundamental points:

50:28organization, simplicity and appropriate language
50:31are very important in any context .
50:34But let's have a look now at how win-win language can produce
50:38positive results in a negotiation.
50:40Eric and l are going to act out on example of a supplier
50:44asking for a price increase to cover transport costs .
50:24We

you listen keep in mind team spirit and a positive approach .

50:54Listen James, Im afraid, we're going to have to increase
50:57the cost of our deliveries to you .
50:48As

50:59We

can't go on delivering at the price we agreed last year .

cost of fuel is too high at the moment.

51:05Im sorry Carol, but l can't accept any changes
51:07to our agreement at the moment.
51:02The

51:09But
51:13We
51:14l

James, we're losing money on every delivery we make .

have to do something.

think my company would prefer to look for another supplier in that case .

really not prepared to change what we agreed.

51:21Im sure other suppliers will be just as expensive and you know we have
51:25always met our deadlines.
51:26No! Either you keep to your agreement or Im going to look
51:30for another supplier.
51:18Im

this was a typical l win-You lose situation.

51:40Ok, now let's have a look at a possible outcome if win-win
51:43language had been applied
51:47Listen James, Im afraid, we're going to have to increase
51:50the cost of our deliveries to you .
51:36Now

51:52We

can't go on delivering at the price we agreed last year .

51:56The

cost of fuel is too high at the moment.

51:58Carol,

this is very difficult.

try to see if we can find an alternative solution .

52:01Let's

idea!
52:05Why don't we try to break down your costs and see if we can help you
52:08make some savings?
52:04Good

52:09Well,

as l said the problem is simple. lt's the high cost of fuel .

52:14How

about trying to reduce the number of trips .

52:16lf

we can order in bigger quantities surely you can save on the fuel .

might be possible. Give me some time to make some calculations .

52:24OK. Shall we talk tomorrow and see if we can reach an agreement that
52:28works for both of us?
52:20lt

result in this situation is very different.

52:34Eric was friendlier in his approach and didn't immediately
52:37turn down my request,
52:39first he tried to find out exactly what l wanted
52:42Yes, the idea is to look for alternative solutions
52:45that make both parties happy.
52:47Let's have a look now at how the same language l used
52:50in this negotiation can also work in a more informal situation ,
52:55like a business lunch
52:57This time we're deciding where to go for dinner this evening .
53:01A clear l win-you lose situation would be
53:06What would you like to do this evening ?
52:31The

53:09l'd

like to go to a fish restaurant.

53:11Unfortunately
53:14Im

my wife doesn't like fish.

sure the restaurant will serve something else for her .

53:17Well

yes, alright. l know a good fish restaurant.

53:21Could
53:23Yes,

you pick me up at the hotel?

sure.

time l'll apply some win-win language.

53:32Let's see what happens
53:35What would you like to do this evening ?
53:29This

about going to a fish restaurant? Does your wife like fish?

53:41Unfortunately she doesn't
53:43No problem. Why don't we try to find a restaurant
53:45that your wife likes that can offer me
53:47some good fish as well
53:49Great idea! l think you'll like her favourite restaurant
53:52they do fish too...
53:37How

53:54Fine.

Let's meet at the restaurant. l can take a taxi from the hotel .

course not! We'll pick you up at the hotel .

54:03Well we haven't got time for anything else today, so Goodbye
54:07Bye, bye.
54:11So if you're negotiating or deciding where to go for an informal
54:15business dinner win-win language can really make a difference .
54:20Let's have a look at the four phrases used
54:22in both win-win situations that made this difference :
53:58Of

54:27How

about...

54:28How

about trying to reduce the number of trips ?

don't we...?
54:34Why don't we try to find a restaurant that your wife likes
54:37Let's...
54:32Why

54:39Let's

try to see if we can find an alternative solution .

54:43Shall

we...?

time shall we meet?

54:46When placed at the beginning of a sentence these phrases involve the
54:50other person and keep them involved in the conversation .
54:53Even in informal situations it's important that no one comes away
54:57feeling they've lost.
54:44What

54:59so

this technique can be very useful.

55:01The

key to small talk is simplicity.

55:05Use

open questions.

did you go on holiday last year?

55:10They keep the conversation going
55:11Try not to use closed questions .
55:07Where

55:14Did

you go on holiday last year?

55:16They

only require a yes or no answer,

55:19which

can often finish a conversation.

55:21Prepare
55:26That's
55:28Oh,

interesting! Congratulations!

How terrible! That's too bad! Fantastic! Amazing !

55:34Most
55:39l

some simple responses to things that people may tell you .

important; prepare an appropriate way to say goodbye .

think it's time for me to get back to the hotel .

55:42Thank

you for a lovely evening Im afraid l have to be leaving soon .

still have to finish some work.

55:49lt's been wonderful meeting all of you
55:51Well, it's been really nice talking to you
55:54Use win-win language and everyone is a winner .
55:46l